Professional Documents
Culture Documents
1996
III Lili
UNESCO Publishing
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
1996
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
1996
UNESCO Publishing
Editor: Howard Moore
ISBN 92-3-103220-8
© UNESCO 1996
A Banson production
3 Turville StreeL
London E2 7HR, UK
The publication of this, the second World Science commitment to science. A realistic - and attainable -
Report, coincides wiLh a period in which we are target would be for all countries of the world,
celebraLing Lhe 50th anniversary of the esLablishment especially the least developed, to devote a minimum
of UNESCO. It is a Lime for reflection and for taking of 0.4% of their gross national product to scientific
stock - and for a re-affirmation of the Organization's research and development by the year 2000. Equally,
mission in establishing peace through international as I have proposed on earlier occasions, Member
cooperation in education, science and culture. We States might consider devoting at least 3% of the
must pay tribute Lo lhe foresighl of UNESCO's assistance received from the United Nations
founders in deciding lhat science was indeed to have Development Programme to science and technology.
an important place in the programme of the Part One of the Report describes the state of
Organization in the attainment of its goals of science around the world. The overwhelming
building peace, endogenous capacities and demo¬ impression is one of change. The richest countries
cracy UNESCO's first Director-General, Julian are needing to radically rethink their scientific and
Huxley, recognized Lhe potential of science and technological priorities and strategies in the face of
technology for development in his first publication economic constraints, saturated markets and new
on the Organization in 1946. 'The application of political - and ethical - challenges; states in the
scientific knowledge', he wrote, 'provides our chief process of economic and social transition grapple
means for raising the level of human welfare.' Whilst with the delicate business of building new scientific
concepts like 'progress' and 'development' have infrastructures whilst retaining the desirable features
succeeded one another in the decades that have of the old; and the developing countries are
followed, the Organization has not wavered in its confronting the problems of providing the necessary
belief in science as a major force in the development critical mass in teaching and research essential for
And yet, paradoxically, although there is almosl to one extent or other, are modifying their science
universal support for ihis idea of science as an engine according to changing conditions.
of economic and social improvement, we have to In the second part of the Report we examine a
come to the regrettable conclusion that the sharing of number of importanl issues confronting science and
knowledge is extremely asymmetric and that in many scientists today. It seemed unthinkable to produce a
parts of the world there is still a lack of political science report and not address the crucial issue of
commitment to science. As the first part of this science ethics. In the same way how can we avoid the
Report shows, there are scientific communities and subject of international cooperation without which
infrastruclures lhal fall far short of what must be no large-scale science is possible today? Whilst the
thought of as a minimum viable level. As we prepare Report, like its predecessor, does not pretend to be
to cross that most symbolic of thresholds into the encyclopaedic, we have nevertheless chosen to
third millennium, perhaps this is the moment when supplement the descriptive regional and national
political leaders should be asked to demonstrate their analyses with certain important environmental
Lhemes and the three major new technologies - - implying also women 'in power' (their current
impact on society and their importance in national respectively) - is essential for a significant mod¬
The gender dimension of science has captured If the Report has an overall message then it is that
attention of late, and has appeared on the agendas of science and technology is an activity whose potential
international fora and national governments. The UN needs to be developed to the full to meet the global
Fourth World Conference on Women held in Beijing challenges of sustainable human development. This,
in September 1995 presented an important in turn, calls for a better sharing of scientific
opportunity for stocktaking. Part Three of the Report knowledge, across societies and between nations, and
examines the issue of gender and science and poses a sustained commitment to science on the part of
two key questions: 'science by whom?' and 'science society as a whole - including ordinary citizens as
for whom?'. The first addresses the obvious concerns well as politicians and scientists themselves.
Introductory essay: The case for scientific literacy Geoscience and the environment: understanding
Francisco J. Ayala 1 human impacts on natural processes
Antony R. Berger 225
1 STATUS OF WORLD SCIENCE 7
Land degradation
Science and technology systems:
Herman Th. Verstappen 236
a global overview
Pierre Papon and Rémi Barré 8 Biodiversity
Francesco di Castri 242
North America
Central Europe
Antoni Kuklinski and Bogdan Kacprzynski 81
Science by whom?
Africa
Elizabeth McGregor and Sandra Harding 305
Thomas R. Odhiambo 135
South Asia
Science for whom?
Sandra Harding and Elizabeth McGregor 320
A.R. Rajeswari 149
The ethics of science: between humanism and International players and initiatives
Elizabeth McGregor and Sandra Harding 336
modernity
Noëlle Lenoir 204
Women in modern scientific research:
A historical overview
Megascience
J. Thomas Ratchford and Umberto Colombo 214 Pnina G. Abir-Am 348
Acknowledgments
Introductory essay:
The case for scientific literacy
FRANCISCO J. AYALA tMte&USäJ&m
The Copernican Revolulion is crediLed wiLh changing These statements lay the ground for the case I want
man's perception of himself and his place in the lo make: lhat scientific literacy, understood as an
universe. The Earth was no longer thought to be the everyday working knowledge of science, is as
centre of the world, as the ancients believed, but necessary as reading and writing (literacy in the
rather a small planei rolating around an average star. commonly understood sense) for a satisfactory way of
The discoveries of Copernicus, Kepler, Galileo and life in the modern world. I wish to claim that scientific
Newton indeed showed that the universe was literacy is necessary for ihere to be a capable
immense in space and time; that the motions of the workforce, for the economic and healthy well-being of
planets around the Sun could be explained by simple the social fabric and of every person, and for the
laws, the same ones that accounted for the motion of exercise of participatory democracy.
physical objects on our Earth; and that the tides were
caused by the gravitational pull of the Moon. These
SCIENTIFIC LITERACY
and other discoveries greatly expanded human
knowledge, and yet the substance of the Copernican I should make clear at the outset that by 'scientific
Revolution was embodied in something more funda¬ literacy' I do not mean detailed knowledge of scientific
mental than the accumulation of particular dis¬ constructs, such as is conveyed in textbooks of physics,
coveries, however wondrous. Its great achievement chemistry, physiology or genetics. I rather mean a
was that it ushered in a conception of the universe as comprehension of what might be called the scientific
matter in moLion governed by natural laws; the approach, or the scientific way of knowing, or even the
realization thaL Lhe universe obeyed immanenL laws scientific method. This comprehension requires that
LhaL could account for natural phenomena. Therefore, specific scientific knowledge be held, but this need not
physical phenomena could be reliably predicted and be ample or detailed, extensive Lhrough lhe disciplines
manipulated whenever the causes were adequately or profound.
known. Science ihereby came Lo be explanation by In ihis sense, a scieniifically literate person would
natural laws. The extensive knowledge we now have know that astrology is not science, and that children >
O
<
of the natural world is one outcome of the Copernican are not born with slronger muscles jusl because Lheir CE
Revolution; the Industrial Revolution is another. parents exercise in the gym; but there is no
Science is a successful mode of inquiry, and also of expectation that a scientifically literate person would O
problem solving. Science has Lhus broughL abouL Lhe know the definition of angular momentum or that the
sLupendous technology that pervades the modern world: expression of DNA is mediated by transfer-RNA LU
O
high-rise buildings; highways and long-span bridges; molecules. To be scientifically liierale implies that CD
CE
rockets that carry people to the Moon; telephones thai whether or not a person endorses a government O
LL
provide instant communication across continents; com¬ programme for water fluoridation or for building a LU
crj
puters that perform complex calculations in millionths nuclear power plant is not a decision based on the <
O
of a second; agriculiural crops wiih desired attributes; prejudice that all tampering with natural resources is LU
I
vaccines and drugs that keep bacterial parasites at bay; harmful (or, at the other extreme, unambiguously
and gene therapies that replace DNA in defective cells. beneficial), nor on ignorance that decisions involve
The accomplishments of technology may not all be an
unmixed blessing, but science and technology have
changed the world in which we live and will surely
trade-offs, as may exist between a nuclear and a coal-
fuelled power plant.
UNESCO has defined literacy as an individual's
I
continue to do so in the future. ability to 'read and write a short simple statement on
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
his everyday life'.1 Wilh lhe phrase 'scientifically investment that a nation makes in science and
lilerale' I do not inlend to mean that a person must be technology research and development (usually assessed
learned in matters of science, but I do nol mean eilher as the fraction of the country's GDP invested in R&D)
thai it suffices that a person be able to read and write. and the standard of living and other measures of
I rather mean something that has recently become economic well-being that predominate in that nation.
known as 'functional literacy', defined as lhe ability to The poinl I wish Lo make is Lhal Lhe productive
comprehend what is read or written to an extent sector of the economy of any industrial nation
sufficient lo perform adequately in society, whether to demands a labour force lhal is scientifically literate.4
communicate with individuals, to further one's own Thus, a country's economic well-being depends on
economic or other interests, or to participate in the there being high levels of scientific and technical
democratic way of life.2 Scientific literacy implies this literacy. Scientific and engineering breakihroughs are
functionality: the ability to respond to the technical at the basis of industrial productivity. But economic
issues that pervade our daily lives and the world of and industrial development more immediately come
political action in a meaningful way. from the adaptation of scientific ideas: new
manufacturing materials and processes, advances in
productivity and performance of workers, quality
THE NEED FOR SCIENTIFIC LITERACY
control of products, and consumer appeal and
There is universal need for scientific literacy. I will marketing. Economic development certainly depends
support this claim with arguments derived from two on lhe scientists and engineers who discover and
increasing demands of modern nations. First is the invent and on those who develop these innovations.
need for a technically trained labour force. Second is But the successful implementation of the innovations
the requirement that citizens at large pass judgment depends on there being cadres of educated workers,
on the promises and actions of iheir governments and skilled in the management of machinery, computers,
on the claims of advertisers of consumer goods. control centres, quantitative information and materials.
> President Bill Clinton of Lhe USA has recenlly The workers required by modern industries have to
O
< wrillen lhai 'Technology - Lhe engine of economic understand technologically complex instructions in
LT
LU
growlh - créales jobs, builds new induslries, and order to operate equipment and communicate and
improves our standard of living. Science fuels cooperate with each other in tasks that are far from
O
technology's engine.'3 This is not the place to argue that purely repetitive. This need, as well as the benefits of
LU the cascade of causal agencies proposed by Clinton is scienlific liieracy, extends beyond industry to other
O
CO
correct: Science > Technology > Economic growth. sectors of economic activity such as agriculture. The
CE
1 will, nevertheless, point out in support of that greatly increased agricultural productivity of recent
O
LL
causation the strong correlation between the size of the decades in countries such as the USA is largely
LU
<
O 1 . Cited by Graubard, S.R. (1 983) on p. 232 of Nothing to fear, much to do, Daedalus, Journal of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences,
LU 112(2): 231-48.
I
2. S.R. Graubard defines functional literacy as 'the capacity to read and write so as to be able to function effectively in the group or community to
which the individual belong[s].' (See preceding note.)
3. Clinton, W.J. and Gore, A., Jr (1994) Science in the National Interest (Preface), Washington, DC: Executive Office of the President, Office of
O
and technology decision-making process may be At the base of the pyramid is the labour force, the CO
ce
represented by a pyramid (Figure 1). At the top are large majority of those involved in the productive O
LL
the government officials (executive, legislative, sector of the economy. They need to be scientifically LU
CO
judiciary) in charge of making and executing political literate in order to fulfil the needs of modern industry <
O
decisions; just below them are the policy advisers: and commerce, as I have argued. From the perspective LU
X
experts who provide the policy makers with scientific of political practice and lhe exercise of democratic
and technological analysis of the issues, including freedoms and powers, it is apparent that the public at
their economic and public health consequences. The
third level is represented by the scientists, engineers
and technicians who embody the technological
large must also be included in the large base of the
scientific pyramid because all citizens are (or should
be) involved in the election of government officials,
I
expertise of lhe body politic, who get the industrial who are selected on the basis of their performance or
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
experts. But a public that has no inkling of the up the second tier of the science and technology
technical issues at stake exposes the democratic pyramid.) Schools must also prepare the workforce
process to exploitation by special interests and demanded by science-based industries and by the
demagogues, and even to fraud (of the kind that fakes increasingly numerous enterprises that also require
pseudoscience such as astrology or parapsychology in technically skilled labour. Finally, schools must
the cloak of science). The public need not be endowed accomplish the goal of preparing people for
with scientific knowledge of the kind that is imparted participatory citizenship, which I have argued
> in science classes and textbooks, but it must be able at requires as a minimum some understanding of the
O
< least to evaluate lhe cogency of lhe arguments nature of scientific knowledge for individuals to make
ce
advanced by experts and understand the economic, personal decisions that affect their day-to-day
O
ecological or health consequences which might follow. living as well as their participation in the body
Policy making starts with educated guesses as to politic. These broad goals make it imperative that
LU what the future may bring to the body politic as a science education be started in the early school grades
O
CO consequence of the interventions of the government. A and continued through all years of mandatory
ce
O
scientifically literate public will be prepared to evaluate education.
LL
LU
current plans, promises or platforms in terms of In virtually every nation there is dissatisfaction with
CO
< previous trends and outcomes. Scientific literacy will the scientific education imparted in schools. This
O
LU
often be sufficient to see through vacuous promises observation brings me to a second point. Science in
X
of cost-free social programmes, risk-free decisions schools is largely taught as a reading subject,
affecting the environment or misleading advertisements something that is learned from a textbook and is later
hands-on methods, by illustrating principles with I will conclude by making Lhe poinl lhal science
practical observations and experiments, which education need not end with the school years, either
through elementary and much of secondary school for those who become scientists and engineers, or for
may simply derive from the daily experience of the the general population. The media can educate as ihey
students.5 report and comment on political, economic and health
The last point I wish to make concerns science news with technological import, bul also as ihey
education in nations where general literacy is low, or entertain. Television, in particular, is a powerful agent
in villages and remote areas, or where the years of for continuing the public's science education.
schooling are few and little, if any, scientific Commercial interests now handicap this opportunity,
equipment is available for instruction. There are but this is because news reporters and producers of
many opportunilies for measuring, counling and topical programmes fail to convey the seductive
classifying in a classroom and in lhe immediate excitement of discovery and technological knowledge.
surroundings (Lhe sludenis ihemselves and classroom The time is ripe for lhe press, radio and lelevision lo
objecls can serve many purposes). The relationship do iheir share in achieving scienlific literacy, as they
between form and number can be taught by engaging fulfil their other unique but essential functions in
the children in sewing, weaving, carpentry, modern society.
bookkeeping and mapping. Similarly heat and light,
sound and motion can be used for teaching physical
science. The experiences of growing up and
childbirth within the family, the growth of plants and
Francisco J. Ayala is the Donald Bren Professor of
animals, the physiological consequences of the
Biological Sciences and Professor of Philosophy at
seasons, and much else in the immediate experience
the University of California, Irvine, and is a member
of lhe child will serve lo leach biology. The general of the US President's Committee of Advisors on
point I am making is not only that high-quality Science and Technology. In February 1993 he was
science education through elementary and much of elected President of the American Association for >
Ü
secondary school does not require technical the Advancement of Science (AAAS), the largest <
CE
LU
scientific organization in the world. He Is currently
equipment, but also that it will be much more
Chairman of the AAAS Board.
successful by relying on the daily experience of O
Professor Ayala has held senior positions in a
students.
number of other professional societies and served as
The success of science and mathematics teaching a member of various national advisory bodies. He is LU
O
will, of course, be largely predicated on the a frequent lecturer in universities and institutions in CO
CE
the USA and elsewhere, and has more than 500
preparation and dedication of Lhe leachers of primary O
articles and 1 0 books to his credit. LL
X
5. The literature on science education in schools is very extensive. One notable example that may be mentioned is the long-term Project 2061 of the
American Association for the Advancement of Science. This three-phase plan was initiated in 1 986 for the purpose of improving school education in
science, mathematics and technology. Phase I, completed in 1988, focused on the substance of scientific literacy and resulted in several documents,
of which the most important is Science for All Americans (1 988, Washington, DC: American Association for the Advancement of Science). Phase II has
involved teams of educators and scientists transforming the substance of Science for All Americans into alternative curriculum models for use under
different economic, cultural and social conditions. An important outcome of Phase II is Benchmarks for Science Literacy (1 993, New York: Oxford
University Press). Phase III is intended as a widespread collaborative effort that will continue for a decade or longer and will involve many groups
I
seeking to use the resources of Phases I and II towards the goal of achieving scientific literacy through school education.
1
In all civilizaLions people have fell lhe need Lo know had an important place. By way of example,
and understand the world and society in which they astronomy was regarded to some extent as an official
live, and have gradually found it necessary lo organize science since China was an agrarian country and
lhe activity of obtaining new kinds of knowledge. This astronomers were employed in the drawing up of
is the background to the emergence of scientific official calendars. The same was true for mathematics,
research, whose aim is to measure and devise experi¬ physics and, above all, hydraulics. Most societies have
ments and theoretical models so as to be able to sought, at a very early stage, to establish a stable and
understand and interpret natural phenomena, discern viable long-term structure for the systematic and
the structure of matter and living organisms, and so on. organized production of scientific and technological
At the same Lime, lhe developmenl of new technologies knowledge, a process that we now call research and
has become an essential feature of industrial societies development.
and, since the second half of the 19th century, has been However, it was in Western Europe in the 16th
closely linked with scientific research. century that science began to develop a stable
No civilization has ever monopolized scientific institutional structure and declared its independence
research and technological development in the long from philosophy and theology. During the same period
term. Both science and technology are the result of the expansion of international trade with the great
history: the leading role now played by science and maritime discoveries favoured the emergence in
technology is the result of a lengthy evolutionary Europe of a class of merchants who were keen to use
process which has gradually given rise to the the new technological inventions. At that time and for
emergence of 'modern science' and the technical a long time to come, the work of learned individuals
know-how on which technology is based. Each (yet to be called 'scientific research') was restricted to
civilization has given its stamp to scientific institutions academies or the teaching chairs at universities and
which enabled scientific and technological activity to colleges. The first scientific institution in modem
be pursued in more or less close symbiosis with the history in the West was the Accademia dei Lined,
way society is organized, with its cullure and ils founded in Rome in 1609, of which Galileo was a
political structures. Long before any European state, member. The academies of science of London and
LU
China and the Islamic countries managed to give a Paris, founded respectively in 1660 and 1666, were
O
Z relatively organized and developed form to scientific real institutional innovations: their purpose was
LU
O activity and were responsible for major discoveries in to replace purely philosophical speculation by
CO
o
the fields of magnetism, acoustics and optics. Many observation and experiment. They also instituted a new
_l
ce large cities in the Islamic world had an astronomical form of relationship between the world of knowledge
O
observatory at a very early date, and the observatories and the political authorities, which gave social 'status'
O of Baghdad, Cairo and Samarkand played a major role and political recogniiion Lo lhe produclion of
co
in the development of astronomy from the 9th century knowledge and, consequently, to research.
onwards. In the Islamic countries the education This institutionalization of scientific research was
S
CO
system played an important role in the dissemination continued and consolidated, particularly from the 19th
of knowledge, with universities like the al-Azhar century onwards. Scientists, far-seeing university
laboratories with apparatus and teachers assisted by THE MAIN AIMS OF RESEARCH AND
inventions were the source of technological innovations, This is the main purpose of basic or fundamental
particularly in the field of organic chemistry. research, the objectives of which are set for the long
Nowadays, science and technology (S&T) are basic term. Results are published in articles in scienlific
components of human activity. They largely determine journals (if every discipline is included, more lhan
the view that our societies take of the future and they 75 000 tilles of specialized periodicals have been LU
>
enable states to meet economic, social and cultural recorded) or disseminated at meetings and conferences. ce
LU
>
demands. It is for that reason that the provision of This type of activity also provides the input to O
_i
databases.
backing for scientific research to generate new <
m
O
understanding and stimulate technological innovation is _i
economic, social and miliLary components and In mosi university systems, teachers are also involved
ai
corporate strategies in industry. Setting up research in research work. This provides some guarantee of
programmes; making the best use of publicly funded quality in higher education, as well as being instructive CO
>
research and applying the results in different fields; for the students, in particular for those doing, or about CO
>
stimulating innovation in and strategy for industrial to do, postgraduate work. It should be emphasized a
o
research; meeting social requirements; organizing that in many countries today, this training is also _i
international cooperation programmes; and training carried out by scientists and research engineers from z
X
o
specialists - all these activities require a wealth of both public and private laboratories and, increasingly, LU
r-
with both national and international components. Production of knowledge and technical expertise O
National research and technology policies, and those of required for public policy
O
major industrial groups, are designed to keep this A great deal of government work consists of defining CO
system not only alive but evolving. At the national level technical standards and regulations by means of
industrial and technological risks, and the monitoring The so-called R&D phase takes place upstream of
of waler qualily. All this is based on the expertise of innovation, that is, before the first use or com¬
scientists who for the most part work for public mercialization of goods or services. Scientists and
establishments. The environment, public health and research engineers, particularly in industrial corpora¬
the food industry are all examples of sectors where tions, are therefore involved in a process which results
technical expertise is playing an increasingly in the development of new products and processes to
important role in our society, involving appraisal, be industrialized and marketed. Research work,
diagnostics, situation analysis reports and technical generally applied in nature, often obeys economic rules
questions of all sorts (such as the state of the based on stimulating corporate innovation. It should be
environment, the safety of an induslrial facility, and noted, however, that not every innovation is the result
so on). In many couniries research bodies are of research work. Design and engineering offices,
required bolh lo promole research in their field of manufacturing departments, heavy industry and the
competence and to place their expert knowledge at service industries are also sources of innovation
the service of the state. The development of high-level (software systems are increasingly innovations in
S&T research enables the state to obtain the expert themselves, for example).
advice it needs to discharge its responsibilities. One might say, by analogy with scientific research,
that the patent is the basic product of technological
Contribution to national strategic programmes activity. It is an intangible asset, like a scientific
Modern states very often have 'strategic' objectives, in publication, but it gives its holder a monopoly and has
the broad sense of the word, denoting key national market value, which a scientific publication does not.
priorilies. These are mosl often part of their power The patent recognizes an invention, such as an
logic: they require complex weapons systems that do industrial process, or a new product or material. In all
not depend on foreign nations' know-how, need fields of technology in 1991, 81000 patents were
satellites to ensure control over their own tele¬ granted in the USA to inventors of all nationalities (as
communications and wish to be energy independent. against 62 000 in 1986) and 41 000 patents in Europe
LU
To meet these objectives they have to set up large- (directly registered through European channels).
O
z scale technological research and development (R&D) Technological innovation is also integrated into the
LU
O programmes within their main public research capital goods and components of various types that a
CO
o
organizations covering areas such as nuclear or company develops or uses for production purposes.
_l
ce aerospace research. These programmes are also For example a car industry assembly line may use
O
implemented, in industrialized countries at least, in various computers to control the robots involved in
O the laboratories of industrial corporations (in the the manufacturing process. Innovation is therefore the
co
public or private sectors) in fields such as electronics product of highly diverse processes.
z>
r-
or aeronautics. The results of this work generally All these S&T activities, some of which, as we have
CO
remain unpublished, and form the basis of seen, date from many centuries ago, were embodied
international competition which does not follow free- within a concept which gradually emerged at the start
common typology that over the last 30 years has come state programmes. Basic research is very often linked to
to be known as the Frascati Manual, in which three training, while applied research is to be found as often
categories of R&D work are defined. in instilutions producing the knowledge and technical
Basic or fundamental research covers all the expertise required for public policy as in those involved
experimental and theoretical work undertaken to in the development of strategic state programmes, and
acquire basic knowledge on observable phenomena of course in industrial research laboratories.
and events, without the scientisis having any a prion As with any other form of classification, the Frascati
prospective applications for their work. Major names Manual lends itself to criticism. Why, one might ask,
in science such as Max Planck, Marie Curie, Vantaka do we need a taxonomy of S&T activities on which
Raman and Jacques Monod worked with this state of everyone agrees? Classification, however, is not just
mind, and they may be appropriately deemed the obsession of statisticians or R&D administrators.
experimental development. This involves systematic it is worth observing that it is much hazier when <
m
work based on existing knowledge obtained via applied to military matters (such as the development of O
_i
research work or practical experimentation in order to new weapons). The defence ministries of the main
<
manufacture new products or develop new industrial industrial countries (including the USA, the UK, France CO
processes. For example, the discovery of new and Russia) classify under this heading prototype test LU
1-
polymers by research laboratories gave rise to the work (of military aeroplanes for example) which, in CO
>
CO
manufacture of plastics, but transfer to the industrial general, is extremely expensive. One has to be prudent,
>
phase was only possible after investment in further therefore, when analysing national R&D strategies, a
o
_i
development work, requiring the setting up of pilot since for some countries this entails accounting for the o
z
plants for testing and adjusting. fact that the concept of development has been X
o
We can thus see how basic research, applied expanded to cover certain work for military purposes. LU
research and development are linked within our Similarly, the dichotomy between basic and applied Q
Z
typology of S&T (our five categories). While the border research is not always relevant, either from the scientific <
LU
between basic and applied research is often hazy, it is point of view or from that of economics. Is research on O
z
clear none the less that in almost all national S&T the role of carbon dioxide and other chemical sub¬ LU
ü
systems it is basically the commercial companies and stances in the 'greenhouse effect' basic or applied? The CO
certain state technological organizations (civilian and distinction, it has to be said, is sometimes specious. In
military nuclear power stations, or petroleum research
institutes for instance)
work, either linked
that carry out development
to the target of stimulating
certain industrialized or developing countries where the
public research sector is very large, we are led to
distinguish between public R&D expenditure allocated
I
industrial innovation or in close liaison with strategic to basic (or fundamental) research on the one hand, and 11
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
interest on the other. In areas such as public health, The measurement of resources is made at the level of
the environment, energy, telecommunications and each country by national surveys on R&D expenditure
transport, public research organizations perform basic and scientific staff.
and applied research which is directly linked to public
assignments in the broad sense of the term, such as
Measurement of scientific production by
enhancing the health of our fellow citizens,
publications
understanding environmental evolution, and so on.
Scientific activity is measured by its production of
Since a great deal of their work is therefore 'finalized',
scientific publications (science bibliometry). A
we may consider their research to be equally finalized,
publication is indeed a basic product of scientific work
and aiming to meet a social requirement. In Anglo-
but, as we have seen, it is not the only one: science also
Saxon R&D terminology, this type of research is
generates other forms of 'product', for example higher
referred to as being 'mission-oriented'. It is, in a way,
education or technical expertise. The indicator focuses
finalized research work on the borderline between
here on just one specific aspect of scientific research.
basic and applied research. In this category we may
Indicators have been calculated using the databases
classify a large part of research in the biomedical
of the Science Citation Index (SCI) and Compumath
sciences (for example that on the HIV virus or on
established by the Institute for Scientific Information
tropical diseases), in such areas as the environment,
energy control, the engineering sciences and basic (ISI), based in Philadelphia, USA. The 3 500 or more
technological research in data processing and robotics. science journals whose publications are indexed in the
This work is carried out in research institutes, councils ISI databases are classified into eight disciplines.
O units of measurement of the parameters defining the These indicators were used, and more fully defined,
CO
o
status and dynamics of research and technology in the World Science Report 1993. Despite their
_l
ce systems. Possible uses for these indicators are highly imperfections, they are the most widely accepted
O
diversified: as a national overview for science policy means of measuring and comparing S&T activities in
LL
O
makers or legislative authorities, strategic analyses for the world. Some of their limitations are discussed
co
decision taking by research institutions, S&T surveys briefly below.
3
or programme evaluation, and so on. An increasing For resource indicators, the difficulties stem on the
CO number of leaders in S&T are confronted with one hand from the definilion of what is a research
I
indicators. considerably from one country to another, and on the
Three types of indicator are used in this global other hand, from the absence of reliable exchange
overview which make international or interregional rates in 'purchasing power parity' for many countries,
12 comparison possible. which means uncertainty in the conversion to a single
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
TABLE 1
GROSS DOMESTIC EXPENDITURE ON RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT (GERD), GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT (GDP) AND
CD
Note: For non-OECD countries, both the correspondence between national currencies and US dollars and the definition of what is <
included in 'R&D activities' raise many difficulties. The figures presented can only be considered as orders of magnitude. The recent
CO
estimates of GERD by the University of Cambridge and published in the European Report on S&T Indicators suggest much higher
figures than previously considered for China and India, due to the value of the purchasing power parity exhange rate; the opposite is
CO
true for the CIS countries. >
CO
>
1 . The monetary unit is US$1 billion (current), calculated in purchasing power parity (PPP), except for the countries marked with 5. Ci
o
2. Gross domestic expenditure on R&D (GERD) measures the spending on all R&D activities in the national territory, all sources of _l
5. Values in US$ billion calculated from the exchange rate of the national currencies; data from UNESCO, plus OST estimates.
6. EU: the 1 5 member countries of the Union as of 1 995: Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy,
7. EFTA: the four member countries as of 1995: Iceland, Lichtenstein, Norway and Switzerland. ü
z
8. CEEC: includes Baltic States (Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania) but excludes former Yugoslavia. LU
O
9. CIS: republics of the former USSR but excluding Baltic States.
CO
1 0. From Turkey to Pakistan.
1 1 . Newly industrialized countries or economies of Asia (Republic of Korea, Malaysia, Hong Kong, Singapore and Chinese Taipei).
Sources: OECD (for OECD countries); European Commission (1994) European Report on Science and Technology Indicators, Luxembourg: Office for Official
Publications of the European Communities (for the other countries for which GDP and GERD are presented at purchasing power parity rate); UNESCO (for the countries
for which GDP and GERD are presented at the exchange rate of the national currencies). Adjustments and estimates for incomplete data from OST, 1 995.
I
13.
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
currency for international comparison. Another point For indicators of scientific production (publications),
is that resource indicators make little or no distinction the evaluation of possible bias consists of questioning
between the disciplines of science and technology. the representativeness of the science journals used in
the databases in question, in this case the SCI and
Compumath. Whilst the criteria used for the selection
TABLE 2
R&D SCIENTISTS AND ENGINEERS AND POPULATION of science journals in these databases are solid (to be
RATIOS FOR DIFFERENT AREAS OF THE WORLD, 1 992 chosen, for example, a journal must have an average
number of citations received by the articles it
R&D
publishes above a certain threshold), it is clear that the
scientists
journals of industrialized countries published in the
R&D scientists per
English language are over-represented.
and engineers Population thousand
('000s) (millions) population This question has been the subject of numerous
debates and raises a genuine problem for the diffusion
740.9 369.0 2.0
European Union of research carried out in developing countries. In
European Free Trade effect, the scientists in these countries face the
Association 32.6 11.9 2.7
following dilemma: publish the results of their work
Central and Eastern
131.0 2.2
in national journals, which are neither distributed
European Countries 285.5
Israel 20.1 5.4 3.8 worldwide nor indexed in major databases; or seek
Commonwealth of acceptance in the more prestigious international
452.8 283.0 1.6
Independent States periodicals, thus depriving the national journal of
USA 949.3 257.5 3.7
their contribution. By the same token, Lhe publishers
Canada 64.6 27.8 2.3
of the naLional reviews complain of the difficulty in
Latin America 158.5 464.6 0.3
219.7 0.4
being accepted by the influential databases.
North Africa 81.6
Middle and Near East 117.4 465.9 0.3 These problems are being examined by a number of
Sub-Saharan Africa 176.8 482.6 0.4 international and national organizations in order to find
Japan 511.4 124.8 4.1 a solution that would enhance the diffusion of scientific
NICs 136.7 92.5 1.5
LU
research results from the developing countries, improve
O China 391.1 1 205.0 0.3
Z
the quality and regularity of national journals and
India 106.0 887.7 0.1
LU
O
favour the setting up of regional databases.
Other countries
CO
o in Far East 60.3 513.5 0.1 For indicators of technology production as measured
I
ce Australia and by patents, the evaluation does not concern the
o
New Zealand 48.5 21.2 2.3 databases (they are exhaustive and exact), but the
Ü_
O
interpretation that can be made of the indicators.
World total 4 334.1 5 563.1 0.8
CO A first possible bias may stem from the fact that
3
two major open markets, namely the USA and Europe. 1993 index
Israel 1.0 90
results; scientific publication indicators say nothing
Commonwealth of
about work in training or technical expertise; and patent
Independent States 4.8 56
indicators say nothing about technological fields in
USA 35.3 96
which no patents are granted, nor do they say anything Canada 4.5 108
about the use of the patent for innovation. It is clear that Latin America 1.5 127
indicators only have meaning when considered together, North Africa 0.4 111
O
Australia and New Zealand 2.7 94
reality. <
co
World total 100.0
expenditure on science and technology. It is important not included, since their pattern of publication is not O
Z
internationalized at all, and prevents any meaningful
to note that, with the recent economic developments <
LU
comparisons between countries.
and a reappraisal of exchange rates, China, India and O
Z
LU
the newly industrialized countries (NICs) together Sources: ISI data {SCI, Compumath); OST treatments, 1 995. ü
CO
account for almost 10% of the world's R&D. If Japan,
Australia, New Zealand and the other countries of the
TABLE 4
Commonwealth Other
Scientific disciplines Europe1 States America America countries2 Africa Asia3 Far East4 Zealand
Clinical medicine 41.0 1.4 41.4 1.3 0.9 1.2 8.1 1.6 3.2
Biomedical research 36.8 2.9 44.9 1.3 0.4 0.5 9.5 1.4 2.3
Biology 31.5 2.2 43.6 2.5 1.2 2.1 7.6 3.3 6.0
Chemistry 36.9 9.9 27.9 1.3 1.7 0.5 14.0 6.1 1.7
Physics 34.4 10.7 32.8 1.9 0.8 0.3 11.7 6.1 1.3
Earth and space sciences 32.7 5.7 45.5 2.1 1.1 1.2 4.1 3.5 4.1
Engineering sciences 29.6 4.3 44.0 0.9 1.6 0.4 12.6 4.8 1.8
Mathematics 38.0 4.8 39.7 1.6 1.2 0.6 6.3 5.6 2.3
All disciplines 36.5 4.8 39.8 1.5 1.0 0.8 9.5 3.4 2.7
Note: In this table, we have grouped certain regions together in order to arrive at values for 'continents'.
together) and Israel being around 2%. Canada, Australia If lhe figures are looked at in relation to the total
and New Zealand, the Central and Eastern European population, a clear distinclion can be made beiween
countries and the NICs are in an intermediate position industrialized countries (with a ratio equal Lo or
with ratios between 1.2% and 1.5%. greaLer than 2.0 per 1 000 and reaching a high of 4.1
LU
Ü
India, China and countries of the Commonwealth for Japan) and developing countries (with a ratio
Z
LU
O
of Independent States (CIS) have GERD/GDP values between 0.1 and 0.4 per 1000). The CIS countries
CO
close to 1%, whilst the remaining regions of the world and the NICs find themselves in an intermediate
Q
_l
CE have a ratio below 0.5%, with notable exceptions at position with 1.6 and 1.5 per 1 000 respectively.
O
country level within these regions (for example, South
O
Africa, Brazil and Argentina have values well above
SCIENTIFIC PRODUCTION
CO average for their regions).
Z)
r-
When we consider the distribution of R&D personnel The scientific production figures for the various
CO in the world (Table 2), another picture emerges: one in regions of the world, as measured by publication rate
which the OECD countries account for only half lhe (Table 3), show the dominance of North America,
similar Lo that of their R&D spending. The countries - and the dramatic increase of the share of the NICs
of Asia from India to Japan (and including Australia and China - with increases by factors of 4.1 and 3.5
and New Zealand) account for only 15.6% of the respectively.
world total, significantly below their share of research Latin America, North Africa, the Middle and Near
spending. East and other countries of the Far East are developing
An analysis of the global scientific publication regions lhal have increased iheir share of scientific
totals over the past 10 years shows a sharp production. Of the industrialized countries, it is the
contrast between the drastic diminuLion of Lhe CIS members of the European Union, Canada and - even
counlries - wiLh a reduclion by almost a factor of two more so -Japan, that are increasing their share.
TABLE 5
TECHNOLOGICAL PRODUCTION, MEASURED BY PATENTS GRANTED IN EUROPE AND THE USA, 1993
O
Canada 0.8 82 2.3 105
<
Latin America 0.1 120 0.2 102
¿ó
North Africa 0.0 0.0 -
CO
<
World total 100.0 100 100.0 100
LU
ü
z
I
Note: European patents here refer to patents taken out through the 'European system' of patenting, which is a procedure by which a patent
can be established in several European countries at the same time; US patents refer to patents taken out in the US patenting system.
Sources: INPI/EPO and USPTO data; OST and CHI-Research treatments, 1 995.
17
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
181 73
completely different pattern, with strong points in
European Union 126
4
space sciences.
Independent States 235 10
251
preference for chemistry, engineering sciences and
Japan 81 208
O
For definitions of the regions of the world, see Table 1 . Europe (nearly 50% of world total), the USA (27%)
CO
TABLE 7
GERD financing
GERD implementation
1 . EU: the 1 5 member countries of the Union as of 1 995: Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy,
>
Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, Sweden and the UK. cc
LU
>
O
(an increase of 5% over the same period); the EU <
TABLE 8
countries are in sharp decline (a 24% decrease). A CO
TECHNOLOGICAL PRODUCTION AND ITS EVOLUTION IN
significant feature of the situation in US patenting is
THE TRIAD, MEASURED BY EUROPEAN AND US
CO
the share of the NICs, which is almost 1.3%. Already >
PATENTING, 1987-1993
CO
55% of Canada, 5% of Japan and 7% of the EU >
CD
countries, this share has almost doubled over the six European patents US patents
o
_l
technological production whilst avoiding the size European Union1 49.9 45.4 24.4 18.6
<
effect of their respective economies (Table 6). USA 26.6 27.3 46.3 48.7
LU
O
The most 'scientifically oriented' countries or regions Japan 16.2 20.9 22.5 25.0
z
LU
in terms of scientific publications are then Israel, the
O
CO
Central and Eastern European countries, the CIS 1 . EU: the 1 5 member countries of the Union as of 1 995: Austria,
countries, Canada, Australia and New Zealand (twice to Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland,
I
Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, Sweden
four times the average index). At around 50% above
and the UK.
average come Europe (the EU and EFTA) and the USA.
Sources: INPI/EPO and USPTO data; OST and CHI-Research treatments, 1 995.
Japan holds a modest position here (19% below average),
with an index similar to that of sub-Saharan Africa. 19
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
TABLE 9
LU
Mechanical engineering/transport 23.6 45.4 22.5 80 110 102
O
z 19.1 50.1 12.5 76 103 106
Consumer goods
LU
O
CO All fields 18.6 48.7 25.0 76 105 111
o
_l
ce
o
1 . EU: the 1 5 member countries of the Union as of 1 995: Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy,
Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, Sweden and the UK.
o
CO
Z)
Sources: USPTO data; OST and CHI-Research treatments, 1 995.
I
<
I
CO
Norway, basically) and Israel are also noteworthy. The areas, but lose ground particularly in electronics/
USA appears relatively strong in American patenting electricity (minus 17% in six years) and instruments/
(index 200), and in European patenting (index 112), optics (minus 16%). The Japanese show sharp
whereas Europe is relatively strong in its own market increases in all areas, including consumer goods,
(index 181), but weak with respect to exports overseas except for chemistry/pharmaceuticals. The USA shows
(index 73 in American patenting). an unchanged profile.
An important feature is the index of the NICs, In the electronics/electricity area, Japan has more
which is more than half the level of EU countries in than 75% of the amount of American patents registered
American patenting (index 38 as against 73). by the Americans themselves (35.4% as against 46.7%),
and appears well in the inslrumenLs/opLics area. The EU
countries are particularly weak in those areas, but show
COMPARISON BETWEEN EUROPE, THE USA AND
better in chemistry/pharmaceuticals and mechanical
JAPAN
engineering/transport, where they are above Japan, and
The origins of R&D funding are strikingly different in in the latter case, at more than 50% of the Americans
the three regions of the 'Triad' (the EU, USA and (23.6% as against 45.4%).
Japan) (Table 7). Thirty-eight per cent of funding During the last six years, the USA slightly increased
comes from public civilian sources in Europe (and its world share in American patenting, except in the
only 17% in the USA), 24% from military funds in the yj
electronics/electricity area where it lost 2%. In that >
USA (and only 1.4% in Japan), 76% from industry in same area, Lhe EU countries have lost 36% of their LU
>
Japan (and only 53% in Europe). The pattern of R&D already modest share; in all the others they have lost O
_i
implementation is more similar. Between 13% and 10% or more. Japan has gained ground in all areas; in <
m
18% of R&D is performed in public research electronics/electricity the increase has been 17% in six- O
_i
O
institutions, between 13% and 19% in universities and years.
<
levelled off; but they have lost 4.5 percentage points in foreign country for their studies, or part of their o
O
_i
six years, while Japan has gained 4.7 points during the studies (Table 10). Mosl of ihese inlernaiionally O
z
same period (Table 8). In world share of US patenLs, mobile students come from the EU countries, the CIS
O
Lhe USA has gained 2.4 percenLage poinLs in six years, countries, the Middle and Near East, the NICs and
points, now at 25%, which is about 50% of the share highest rates are those of the Middle and Near East O
z
of the Americans themselves. countries, as well as African countries on one side, the LU
Ü
In Europe, the three regions of the Triad enjoy NICs and China on the other. Students from the USA CO
almost the same share of the electronics/electricity are the least internationally mobile.
area, the USA being also particularly
instruments/optics, as well as in chemistry/pharma¬
ceuticals, where it comes close to Europe (Table 9).
strong in The USA receives about 0.4
students per year and Europe 0.5 million, which
amounts to about 70% of the world total; Japan
million foreign
I
The Europeans are strong, and stay strong in most receives only about 3.3% (Table 11). In several 21
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
TABLE 10 TABLE 11
INTERNATIONAL MOBILITY OF STUDENTS, 1992 COUNTRIES RECEIVING THE MOST FOREIGN STUDENTS
1992
2.2
USA 439 32.4 3.0
European Union1 10 740 232
0.2
Canada 37 2.8 1.9
USA 14 556 25
1.0
Switzerland 25 1 .9 16.8
Latin America1 7 715 73
90 4.9
Austria 22 1 .6 9.7
North Africa1 1 834
Other countries in
Australia and
LU
O New Zealand1 711 15 2.1 Pierre Papon is Professor of Physics at the École
z
LU Non-specified 32 supérieure de physique et chimie industrielle de Paris
O and President of the Observatoire des sciences et
CO
World total 68 408 1 354 2.0
o des techniques (OST). He is the former Director-
_l
CE General of the Centre national de la recherche
O
For definitions of the regions of the world, see Table 1 . scientifique (CNRS) and of the Institut français de
LL recherche pour l'exploitation de la mer (IFREMER).
O 1 . Including ¡ntra-zone mobility.
co
h-
Rémi Barré, civil engineer and economist, has been
Sources: UNESCO data; OST treatment, 1995.
the Director of the Observatoire des sciences et des
CO
techniques (OST) since its creation in 1990. He has
been director of an economics consulting firm, has
North America
The enterprises of science and Lechnology (S&T) involve expanded private alliances and investments,
across Norlh America - encompassing Canada, Mexico diverse exchanges through professional societies and
and lhe USA - are generally heallhy. At the same time, academic institutions and government-organized
however, the scientific community faces relentless consultations and programmes.
retrenchment as governments, firms and universities
Lighten budgets. Similarly, the technological com¬ Changes and continuities in policy
munity confronts shorter timetables to meet sharpened In the USA during 1994 the federal government
economic goals. Both communities are more pursued presidential initiatives to accelerate the com¬
concerned with faster and more efficient transfer of mercialization of promising technologies by building
knowledge: university and government laboratories new partnerships between government and industry.
wiLh supply-side 'disseminalion' of scienLific resulls, Programmes for developing a 'clean car' and for
and induslrial LechnologisLs with demand-side 'search' aiding defence firms in their conversion to civilian
for technology. This chapter highlights trends in each purposes, were examples of this new thrust. In early
country as well as regional activity and global 1995, however, as Congress convened under the
comparisons. National profiles reveal the paradox of control of the Republican Party, significant re-
rising expectations for rapid progress in research and evaluations were underway; and cutbacks were
increasing constraints on finance for the work. anticipated in government funding for such industry-
oriented initiatives.
combined gross domestic product of US$7 trillion. are facing pervasive challenges to their traditional
North American investment was almost 45% of the ambitions, finances and organizational arrangements.
worldwide total funding for R&D. Recently, both Comparable financial sLrains in Canada and Mexico
governments and firms have emphasized increasingly impose even more severe conslraints on research.
specific, short-range objectives. While aware of the In parallel, dramatic changes have occurred in US
growing requirements for international cooperation in industrial R&D. Although total business-funded R&D
science, each nation also aims for technological increased 140% during the whole period between the
competitiveness in the global market for its products mid-1970s and the mid-1990s, such funding has been <
O
and services. flat for the past few years. Corporate sponsorship of ce
LU
This North American grouping of three countries is basic science has changed, with a much greater
<
somewhat arbitrary, given the substantial differences emphasis on the short term, while R&D in the service i
r-
in population, language, level of economic develop¬ industries has grown substantially. Many firms have CE
O
ment and other factors. However, the North American imposed much shorter-range R&D objectives because
Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) has given the region a product improvements must be made more rapidly. In
fresh sense of economic coherence
Despite the economic pressures the region also Maierials science and engineering - also animaled
displays many underlying continuities in policy. These by cross-disciplinary acLiviiies - pull together
include concerted efforts to: physicists, chemists, ceramicists, metallurgists and
others, with increasingly powerful analytical instru¬
improve elementary and secondary education in ments. These efforts range over studies of the
science and mathematics, which is seen as crucial composition of matter and reveal how to exploit
for preparing the future workforce; deeper knowledge for designing new materials and
improving manufacturing techniques.
emphasize centres of research excellence, which is
Sparkling progress in the information sciences and
viewed as important as a protection from across-
telecommunications encompasses both hardware and
the-board funding cutbacks;
software. Not only does performance continue to
design R&D performance criteria, which is double every two years, but prices decline. High-
visualized as encompassing not only the quality of performance computing and information networks
scientific and engineering efforts but also their promote the effectiveness of every industry and
relevance to economic payoffs. institution and enable investigators to communicate
with collaborators more intensively and efficiently.
Opportunities for research Further, modern data handling enhances the depth,
Research scientists, engineers and physicians in North range and productivity of most lines of research - on
America are among the global leaders across most the brain, the oceans, the human genome and the
scientific frontiers. Owing to the limitations of space origins of the universe.
in this report, only a few brief illustrations will be During the last decade of the 20th century there are
given to suggest the extraordinary opportunities in daily reminders of Pasteur's insight: 'There is only one
contemporary research. science and the application of science, and they are
In the life sciences, stunning advances at the bound as the fruit is to the tree'. This century is often
molecular level of understanding the mechanisms in characterized as the golden age of science. Yet the
genetics, immunology, virology and neuroscience benefits and consequences of pursuing these
LU
continue to underpin the development of improved promising frontiers are often unpredictable. Through¬
O
pharmaceuticals and medical devices. The life sciences out North America, working scientists and research
O not only pave the way for progress in medicine but executives are frustrated by trying to reconcile the
CO
Q
also enhance the base for modern agriculture. Hope conflicts posed in framing an agenda that responds to
_i
ce rises for solving such daunting medical problems as the open-ended opportunities for long-term research
O
AIDS, Alzheimer's disease, cancer and heart disease. as well as to the narrower objectives imposed by
LL
o
Similarly, deepening work on the environment - urgent social and economic goals. Many observers see
co
arguably Lhe mosl inierdisciplinary of research subjecls a growing risk of underinvestment in the global
z>
because of the challenge to integrale biological, reservoir of basic science from which all countries
CO physical and human sciences - is clarifying how draw to provide the next generation of talent.
climale change affects the planet. New environmental
24 technologies embodied in new products and services. R&D, university-industry collaboration and defence
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
18%
Industry 72%
INVESTMENT IN S&T
Government
68%
FIGURE 2
Performed by:
Financed by:
Industry 30%
Industry 42%
Government Government
45% 51%
University 1 9%
LU
Other 13%
O
X
LU
Sources: CONACYT, 1994; OECD, 1994; NSF, 1994.
O
CO
Q
_l Performed by:
CE
O Government
5 Comparative indicators
LL 20% /
O To help diagnose the R&D intensiLy of Lhe Lhree
CO counLries wiLhin iheir nalional conLexLs and with
3 /
I
University/
North American region confirms a pattern seen
non-profit 26%
elsewhere: the level of industrialization correlates with
laboratories are less significant. Such correlations intensive economy; and accordingly, despite economic
assuredly do not, however, explain how best to strains in 1995, the high priority Mexico has been
synchronize and sustain the crucial details of S&T assigning to S&T will probably be maintained as it
priorities with national economic policy. continues to industrialize and prepare a technically
trained workforce.
TABLE 1
performed by
government 10 20 51
% scientists and
performed by
engineers in manufacturing
academic/non-profit 18 26 19
Science 21 39 na
Engineering 79 61 na
Population (1992) (millions) 255 27 88
(World aggregate is 5.5) Sources: NSF-NSB-93-1; UNDP, 1994; World Bank, 1994; OECD, 1994.
indices of the base of human resources for R&D in the accommodation to these new demands.
I
three North American countries. As is true for other Many observers see a period in which entirely new
series of data, definitions differ and time periods are forms of organization may emerge. Research universities
not strictly comparable. Nonetheless, it is clear that will be compelled not only to shrink their range and
Mexico lags behind in the evolution of an R&D- level of activities, but also to reconstruct the terms and 27
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
(US$ billions) R&D %GC largest reductions in funding. Universities are viewed
as a key partner in this emphasis. Whether projects
Canada 2.2 23 0.40 concern space, social science or medical research,
Mexico1 0.3 19 0.06
budgets will be limited and priorities will be
USA 24.0 14 0.40
refocused. Unfortunately, because the overall
responses by universities were not yet adapled during
1. 1991.
Sources: UNDP, 1994; NSF, 1994; World Bank, 1994. time-series about funding across fields are not relevant
to interpreting current and prospective trends. A
thinning out of efforts with long-range timetables in
expectations of agreements with induslrial firms and basic research may occur, as it has in other countries
govemmenLal sponsors. Al lhe same time, colleges and facing similar constraints on funding and similar
universities must renew their commitment to training demands for short-range economic relevance. Should
students even more broadly. In the increasingly such a trend take hold, it may become a disincentive
competitive workplace, technological change impels for doctoral education in science and engineering as
increased adaptability and mobility for everyone, either well as restrain the scale and scope of Canadian
R&D are summarized in Table 3. As noted below, With the sharp downturn in the value of the peso
trends during lhe past year have been characterized by during early 1995, Mexican investment in all sectors
a growing squeeze on such expenditure. has been cut. Education generally and academic science
LU
in particular have been affected adversely in a variety of
O
Canada ways. But it remains difficult to interpret how seriously
z
LU
o Research budgets at universities in Canada will the cutbacks will retard what had been an extraordinary
CO
evidenlly be cut sharply during 1995 and will renewal of Mexican research during the early 1990s.
CE decrease further over the coming two or three years. The March 1995 announcement of the creation of a
O
One estimate is that academic science will decline by Mexican National Research Foundation - akin to the
about 15% in current dollars (which will amount to US National Research Council - is an illustration of the
O
CO
a larger cut in buying power) over the period rising recognition of the importance of organizing
3
from 1995 to 1998. Projections are still uncertain in scientific panels to address major policy issues. This
I-
co mid-1995, so it is impossible to gauge their impacts process in turn should underscore the priority for
in detail. Nonetheless, given the estimated 35-40% building a scientific and academic base for economic
FIGURE 4
30
25
20 -
1
Ol 15
T3
a
o
a As a proportion of total US R&D
10
-g
5 -
n ! , , ! ! |
1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1993
Notes: Academic research includes basic research and applied research. Data for 1992 and 1993 are estimates.
FIGURE 5
80-1
Federal government
60
<
O
CE
20 LU
Academic institutions
<
State and local government
I
"i;'
H
Industry CE
O
~t- 1 1 1 T -i 1 r
universities struggle with further budget cuts and Non-profit 0.4 0.6 0.7 1.2
contract' between universities and the American Total US 9.0 9.9 15.0 25.0
that academic R&D has increased over the past 20 1.6 1.8 3.0 4.1
Non-profit, other
years both as a proportion of total US research and as
a proportion of total US R&D. Figure 4 shows these Sources: NSF, 1994.
Figure 5 shows that the federal government's support 1995, however, it is highly unlikely that there will be
for academic R&D has declined slowly over the past any substantial growth in funding for academic basic
20 years, reducing from almost 70% of the total science during the next few years.
funding of university R&D in 1973 to less than 60% Two other indicators reveal the stresses on
in 1993. During this interval non-federal sources have American academic investigators and research
grown from about 30% to more than 40%, and executives. One, illustrated in Figure 6, is that the
LU
academic instiiuiions have increased support of their percentage of funding to 'individual investigators'
O
z own work by almost a factor of two. Although dropped over the decade of the 1980s. While the
LU
O industrial funding has risen for a variety of reasons, it decrease is not large, from a little more than 55% to
CO
remains a comparatively small fraction of total about 50%, this decline corroborates the fact that the
o
_l
ce academic R&D funding. competition for smaller grants has become even more
o
The data in Table 4 show the trends for basic severe. It would be an oversimplification to say that
LL
o research, long a dominant mission of major American this is an unambiguous index of crowding out
CO
universities. Over the past 30 years (1965-94), 'curiosity-oriented research'. Nonetheless, the increased
I
research-oriented campuses have almost tripled their efforts of larger teams, new research centres and major
CO effort. The apparent increase in industrial basic facilities have made it increasingly difficult to support
science during the past decade is largely attributable to the large number of qualified individuals who wish to
FIGURE 6 FIGURE 7
300
60 286
40 Industry 31%
200
£
30
c
o
o
I
o 150
&
o
20 .Q
100
10 ¡j
m
72
]_ 1 1 61
H
50
1980 1983 1986 1989
16
| Individual investigators
I I Research teams
Major facilities
Year of founding
I
were established and supported generously by a For the future, whatever the level of federal funding 31
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
for basic and applied science, universities will Choices will have to be made about how universities
continue to be pressed to contribute more to can best enhance their distinctive missions and their
economic growth. This will lead to broader and productivity while cooperating efficiently with
deeper ties to commercially oriented R&D enterprises. corporate and governmental R&D centres across
In turn, US universities will be tempted to become institutional and geographical boundaries.
even more sophisticated, aggressive and flexible about
exploiting intellectual property rights in areas such as
S&T IN INDUSTRY
biotechnology, information systems, new materials
and electronic devices. During the past decade companies have made dramatic
US research universities are reframing their actions changes in the process of acquiring the knowledge to
and policies on many topics. These include: drive innovations for new and improved products,
processes and services. This section describes these
Upgrading obsolescent scientific facilities and
changes. Particular emphasis is given to the USA,
equipment, a long-standing problem that surely
where total company-funded R&D is estimated to
will not be solved immediately, especially since so
exceed US$100 billion in 1994, representing over 95%
little governmental funding will be available.
of the company-funded R&D in the region.
Creating opportunities for initial and permanent
positions for young investigators generally, Overall trends and comparisons
including women and minorities - also a long¬ Company-funded R&D over the past generation has
standing goal and now being complicated by new grown substantially faster than government-funded
laws permitting later retirement by senior faculty R&D in most nations of the world. For example, in
members. the USA the federal government's R&D funding (in
constant dollars) increased by 30% from 1974 to
The increasingly deep cutbacks at academic
1994, while company-funded R&D increased by
medical centres, whose revenues are being reduced
144%. Table 5 displays industrial R&D for the region
as a consequence of national health care cost-
as a whole during 1989-94.
controls, thereby reducing funding for research
LU
O and training for the next generation of
z
LU investigators. TABLE 5
O
CO R&D EXPENDITURE IN THE INDUSTRIAL SECTOR
Outlook
o
_l
CE For science-intensive North American colleges and US$ billions PPP'
O
universities, the outlook for the 1990s is conflicted and
1989 1991 1994 (est.)
o uncertain. Despite the continuing need for trained
co Canada 3.7 4.2 4.9
scientists, engineers and physicians - not to speak of
Mexico 0.33 0.5 na
the growing demand for technically trained support
USA 102.0 117.0 124.0
CO
staff in corporate laboratories, financial services,
communications, computers and other fields - na = not available.
during the 1980s. At a time of imminent downsizing, Sources: NSB, 1993; NSF, 94-327; OECD, 1994.
Increases in company-funded R&D in the non- data (collected with the 1992 survey) to those of the
manufacturing (service) industries in the USA have 1991 survey; NSF is developing an algorithm to link
been dramatic in recent years. In 1975 about 3% of smoothly the results from the 1987 survey with those
the industry R&D total was estimated to have been of 1992. Table 6 gives the best available data for each
performed in the service sector. This increased to 9% decade from 1955 to 1994.
Research and Development. This survey is conducted by Over the past generation the character and boundary
the Bureau of the Census, Department of Commerce conditions for indusLrial R&D changed considerably.
with NSF support. No equivalent statistics are These changes have been much more pronounced
available for Canada and Mexico. during lhe pasl decade. What some regard as the
The 1992 NSF survey was designed to be 'golden age' of corporate research in the USA, i.e. the
representaiive of all companies performing R&D in pattern of large, centralized, long-lerm research
the USA, both publicly and privately held. Its sample laboralories and programmes, is deemed Lo have
size was approximately twice that of the 1987 survey, passed and is nol likely to return.
in order better to represent new companies with R&D Industrial R&D is now relentlessly market-driven.
activities and to reflect more accurately R&D in the Markets are global, wiih few pockels of proiectionism
service sector. Surprisingly, the new survey shows an remaining. In mature industries, such as that of
evident discontinuity in 1991 with an increase of chemicals, the market is defined by the low-cost
about US$15 billion, i.e. comparing the revised 1991 producer, regardless of either its depth of technology
or its geographical location. R&D is one of the costs to
be controlled, by cutting in-house programmes,
TABLE 6
developing technology alliances, or purchasing lhe
1955 1965 1975 1985 1994 but quickly. In company laboratories this means
shorter and shorter time-horizons for R&D. A three-
Constant 1987 US$ billions technology is a commonly used tool. This out¬
<
sourcing takes several forms: for example, I
1955 1965 1975 1985 1994
H
procurement of R&D, design and engineering or
O
Federal 9.5 27 17 29 20 services; technology alliances with other firms;
Company 11 22 32 60 80 participation in R&D consortia; industry-university
Total
processes and services, and perhaps develop new ones civil/military R&D ratio from 41/59 to 50/50. The
for existing businesses. But these central laboratories major funding increase proposed in R&D was for
will not provide the basis for entirely new businesses. technology development. By contrast, the Bush
Instead, in the future, a company will enter new areas administration's technology policy, issued in
by investing capital to buy start-up enterprises. It September 1990, had mentioned increased funding
remains to be seen whether this will be a better use of only for basic research. Funding of technology
company resources than sustaining corporate labor¬ development has emphasized federal programmes
atories conducting long-term research. based on partnerships with industry. Figure 8 shows
FIGURE 8
3000
2 000
I | MEP - Manufacturing Extension Program
LU
O
z
| ATP - Advanced Technology Project
LU
c
O 1 SBIR - Small Business Investment in Research
CO = 1 500
o
_l tr>
CE
3
O
1000
o
co
3
500
r-
CO
Years shown are fiscal years (e.g. FY1995 =1 October 1994 to 30 September 1995).
34
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
the rapid growth of funding for these programmes in Market changes driven by technological advance
recent years. The Fiscal Year 1995 figures reflect also have sweeping effects on company R&D. For
Clinton Administration budget estimates, not actual example, as new trends in computer hardware and
appropriations. software took hold and many new competitors seized
The results of the mid-term elections in November large market shares, IBM cut back the size, narrowed
1994 brought brisk challenges to President Clinton's the range and shortened the time-horizon of much of
policies. The new Republican majorities in the House its research.
characterized as an 'industrial policy' which entailed Top managements of companies view R&D differently
too much funding and too extensive governmental from their predecessors a generation ago. No longer
intervention in the market. This debate has attracted do top managers provide R&D funding based on a
growing attention, but many companies have not general faith in the payoff from research, or even
spoken out one way or the other. because of a large demonstrated return on investment
in R&D in their own company in the past. Studies
in their regulatory and business environments. In R&D programmes are no longer persuasive.
turn, these changes affect how corporate management Some trends suggest that the stock market's
views R&D. Three of the most notable forces on evaluation of intangible capital resulting from R&D
business are mergers, governmental action and market declined in the USA during the 1980s. Relative to
changes driven by technological advance. tangible capital, the value of R&D capital apparently
Mergers between large companies tend to reduce declined by a factor of as much as three during the
total R&D. A merger of roughly equal-size companies decade. This decline, if it is in fact real, could be due
may result in doubled sales, but the resulting to several causes: for instance, an increase in the
corporate R&D may increase by a factor of only 1.5 as depreciation rate for R&D capital (this is consistent
overlapping programmes are reduced. In some cases with decreasing product life cycles); or a fall in the
the need for entire laboratories may cease; for private rate of return for R&D; or increased
example, the General Electric-RCA merger resulted in uncertainty in the benefits from R&D.
the sale of the David Sarnoff Research Center, which However, other evidence indicates that the value of
now performs contract research for many companies a company's stock is enhanced if the growth in sales <
O
as a unit of SRI International. resulting from R&D is sufficiently greater than the cost CE
LU
Governmental actions sometimes have substantial of the research. This approach permits the pro¬
<
repercussions on industrial laboratories. Perhaps best gramming of a 'correct' level of R&D for a particular I
I-
known is the American Telephone and Telegraph company, with the critical variable being the CE
O
divestiture under US anti-trust laws. This action productivity of R&D. The magnitude of this correct
changed the Bell Telephone LaboraLories, whh a level depends in most cases on the industry in which
I
35
operating companies. Further changes are underway. competitive than do firms in the steel industry.
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
More valuable Lhan aggregate economic indicators are are cooperating with each other to develop and
case studies aL Lhe level of each firm. Many companies maintain these strategic necessities through alliances,
find LhaL Lhe pattern of actual sales makes the case for consortia and joint ventures. Substantial benefits may
R&D more compelling than national or industry-wide emerge from such cooperation, and substantial
economic analyses. It is not unusual, for instance, for a penalties may be paid for swimming against the tide on
company to have more than half its sales in products a technological solution to a common problem.
that were not in its inventory a decade earlier. Strategic differentiators are another matter. They
provide distinctive competitive advantages in the
Search to research ratio market, and are the basis of intense competition
Today, chief executive officers and non-technical between companies. Technological superiority is often a
managers are more involved than in the past in necessary (but not sufficient) condition for maintaining
developing the corporation's technology strategy and lasting strategic differenLiaLion.
then measuring the results from those R&D
investments. Sophisticated information technology The future
makes monitoring possible. At the same time, Spending by US companies on R&D in Lhe 1990s has
industrial R&D organizations have flatter structures, been flaL. A survey by Lhe US-based IndusLrial
i.e. decisions are pushed down to the lowest possible Research InsLitute (IRI) indicated guarded optimism
level because shortened product cycles demand that 1995 will show higher R&D spending than 1994,
flexibility and accountability. Thus, the authority of but not by much. The 1992 NSF survey showed a
mid-level research managers has been eroded both large increase in industrial R&D in the late 1980s, as
from above and below. well as large increases in research and overall R&D in
The traditional vertical integration within companies, the service sector. However, a detailed explanation of
in technology as well as in business units, has given these data is not yet available and most research
way in many cases to a new form of integration of executives, along with earlier surveys of IRI member
technological competence through corporate alliances, companies, suggest that company support of R&D has
where the partners are often international. Furthermore, not grown substantially since the mid-1980s.
LU
in any company's laboratory, the scienLisLs and Acquiring and applying new knowledge in the 1990s
O
z engineers ('knowledge-providers' may be a belLer is much more than merely funding R&D. No company,
LU
O descripLion) are shifting from full-Lime roles in research no matter how large and powerful, can produce in its
CO
to a combination of both in-house research and a search own laboratories all the new knowledge its businesses
o
_l
ce for pertinent knowledge ouLside Lhe firm. Company require. Companies search broadly for market-relevant
o
resources are also shifting towards greater emphasis on and product-or-service-pertinent knowledge as well as
this external reconnaissance as the overall 'search to performing research to develop knowledge in their own
O
CO
research' ratio is increasing. laboratories. Firms must run faster than their
3
H
It is important to understand the character of competitors: this means pressure to shorten producL
CO corporate alliances within and across industries. As cycles, and Lhey must innovate smarter and faster and
firms chart their futures, a key distinction concerns obtain new knowledge efficiently. R&D is an
I strategic
Strategic
companies
necessities
necessities
need to
versus
are
meet
the
strategic
capabilities
minimum
differentiators.
that
competitive
all
expenditure, not just an investment, in the minds of
company managers. Accordingly, great pressure has
been exerted from the top of companies in the USA to
36 standards in a particular line of business. Companies increase R&D productivity substantially.
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
What does the future hold? Company-funded human genome. The rising imperative to share costs,
R&D and related 'search' activities are likely to even in 'little science', makes cooperation more essential
increase over the next decade in real terms. Although and management more complex.
further increases in the productivity of 'search and For the future, reappraisals of the international
research' can be expected, the easy advances have infrastructure of cooperation must be conducted in
already been made. This implies that increases in two ways. One is a 'bottom up' mode - i.e. consulting
funding and personnel may be on the horizon. younger and mid-level working scientists, engineers
Whether this will prove to be a one-year or five-year and research-oriented physicians about opportunities
horizon is hard to tell. and needs. The second is a 'top down' perspective, i.e.
involving senior leaders from government, universities
and industry who know the strengths and weaknesses
INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION
of the traditional ongoing system and can relate long-
Perspectives on international cooperation may be term public and private sector objectives to the roles
grouped into three clusters. One concerns global for S&T. The underlying goal will be to chart those
institutions - i.e. changing requirements for, and institutional reforms that help to energize national,
rising problems with, cooperative research in many regional and global development.
areas of science, engineering and medicine affecting The criteria for choice in these reappraisals are
every nation and field. A second concerns the needs more complicated now than a decade ago. For
and actions of individual North American countries, example, since elecLronic communicaLions are such a
reflecting their distinctive national goals. Third are powerful new Lool for cooperalion, the need for
regional efforts among the three countries, based upon centralized staff coordination has changed and
proximity, mutual scientific interests and a variety of perhaps diminished. At the same time, new needs
political, social and economic incentives. have arisen for jointly planning and financing major
projects as well as for conducting global coordination
General outlook of the collection, interpretation and dissemination of
Like scientists in all nations, North American pro¬ large databases. With generous public funding no
fessionals are internationally minded - participaLing in longer assured, new frameworks may be required to
meetings and joint experiments, scanning the research ensure adequate quality-control, efficiency, reliability,
literature, considering competitors and colleagues participation and productivity in a far-reaching array
everywhere. But frustration grows about many of the of research investments for the next century.
mechanisms of international cooperation in science, The complex challenges are illustrated vividly in the <
O
engineering and medicine. Economic competition, with environmental domain. With the global expansion of ce
LU
its technological foundation, produces some of the research in environmental sciences, rising investments
<
frustration because of new tendencies to consider tight in science must be related to tangible improvements in I
r-
face new demands, vie for scarce funds and thus need on national and international scales, each country aims
renewal. Ad hoc arrangements have emerged to to advance its own scientific knowledge and to learn
orchestrate large-scale global research in areas ranging how to apply the best data from global research to
from high-energy physics and fusion to AIDS and the understanding environmental policy choices. 37
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
In Lhe USA part of the interest in broadening current budgetary cutbacks in all three countries will
international cooperation springs from the painful fact undoubtedly constrict the international flow of
that the USA no longer can afford to finance alone the students and young investigators, the long-term trend
'big science' projects that are at the frontiers of key will probably continue to be towards greater
fields, especially in the physical and engineering exchanges. The USA is likely to continue to be the
sciences such as fusion. Projects like these cost largest scientific partner.
hundreds of millions of dollars - indeed, often billions During 1993-94 Mexico affirmed a commitment to
- and require sustained, complex work over a decade bringing its R&D investment up to 1 % of GDP by the
or more. Governmental support involves the year 2000. Despite recenL economic Lurmoil, Mexico
Department of Energy, NASA and the NSF. Several will probably move Lowards ihis goal again as soon as
have been terminated owing to complex political and circumsLances permiL. Such rising R&D would build
financial problems including, in some cases, large cost Lhe capacity for regional research efforts with Canada
increases. For the future, international cooperation and the USA. Furthermore, North American S&T
will be essential for such projects and must encompass cooperation is likely to expand to the Asia-Pacific
plans, design, finance and management. region and to parts of the western hemisphere.
While no reliable surveys are available, informed Megascience refers to very large, predominantly basic
esLimaLes suggest that there are thousands of scientific research projects or programmes. The two
substantial contacts every year among working major types of megaprojects concern central and
scientists, engineers and research physicians in distributed facilities. A detailed treatment of mega¬
Canada, Mexico and the USA. Many are focused on science at the global level is given in the chapter
'little science', i.e. in the traditional mode of sharing devoted to the subject later in this Report.
information and techniques within the research The USA and Canada have been and are currently
community. Many ongoing links are being facilitated involved in the construction and operation of central
by new trilateral activity symbolized by economic facility megaprojects. Scientists from those countries
LU
agreements such as NAFTA. Still more are fostered by and from Mexico have also participated as 'users' of
O
z
electronic communications. At the same time, central facility megaprojects located in other countries
LU
O however, rising economic competition by the three and as researchers in distributed megaprojects. Both
CO
o
nations in global markets may mean that some kinds of megaproject are of crucial importance to the
_l
ce opportunities for R&D cooperation will be examined advancement of certain fields of science and to the
o
more closely to assure their commercial benefits. solution of basic problems facing the world
O
Among the formal structures for North American community, such as global climate change.
CO
scientific collaboration is the trilateral arrangement of The availability of funding for megaproject
3
the US National Science Foundation with Mexico's construction is increasingly scarce in Canada and the
S
CO CONACYT and Canada's National Science and USA. The cancellation of the Superconducting Super
Engineering Research Council. Trilateral cooperation Collider (SSC) in the USA and the demise of the
Data handling is perhaps the most pressing issue Since most of the defence companies and their
among sponsors of disLribuLed facility megaprojecLs. In suppliers are involved in high-tech products and
addiLion lo lhe fundamental questions of the costs and services, the net effect on private sector research and
effectiveness of data collection, storage and distribution, development is severe. Governmental laboratories and
important problems must be addressed about standards universities also continue to experience sharp reduct¬
for data quality and the conditions (including costs) for ions in their defence funding for R&D. Broadly put,
making data available to researchers worldwide. the physical and engineering sciences, mathematics
The enhanced capabilities and low costs of modern and computer science are the fields most affected.
communications have also affected the debate over Reaching more than 50% of the federal govern¬
institutional arrangements for funding and managing ment's Lotal funding of basic research during the
megaprojects. To some extent, in 'small science' the 1950s, the defence proportion dropped to roughly
need for institutions to coordinate and catalyse 25% during the 1960s. It fell further to about 10%
international cooperation is disappearing. But in during the 1970s and 1980s as the National Institutes
megascience the 'bottom up' process of scientific of Health and other agencies assumed larger shares in
consultations can address only the easy parts of the US research. Defence R&D declined from about 20%
problem: issues of scientific merit and feasibility. of the national R&D investment on campuses to less
Questions of scientific priority and financial than 5% in the 1980s and early 1990s.
affordability are different, and resolving these issues As funding has changed, so has the focus of debate
demands governmental decisions and institutions on overall defence R&D. During the past decade,
building both public and private support. The future concerns were raised about the substance of key
for international science institutions may very well be projects, such as whether strategic ballistic missile
the appearance of strong new ones for megascience and defence would be either technically feasible or
radical restructuring of institutions involved in 'small consistent with prudent arms control and national
science' cooperation. security policies. By the mid-1990s many debates
concentrated more on the philosophy and goals of
sustaining 'dual-use' R&D, i.e. publicly funded efforts
DEFENCE RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
combining military and civilian purposes, such as in
Within the North American region, defence R&D the Technology Reinvestment Project. More broadly,
programmes are much more significant in the USA new worries have arisen about financing the long-term
than in either Canada or Mexico. Accordingly most of preservation of the S&T base for US defence
this section concerns US trends. programmes as the US Congress considers deep cuts <
O
in funding for defence-related work on campuses. ce
LU
Defence policy and funding Table 7 summarizes the recent R&D funding by the
<
US defence spending is down and still declining; since US Department of Defense. The top two lines - often I
r-
1985 the defence budget has decreased more than combined in the phrase 'technology base' - constitute CE
O
40% in real terms. These cuts, and the related the basic and applied science activities which are the
consolidation of defence firms through mergers and principal source of funds for academic investigators.
acquisitions, have eliminated more than a million jobs
since 1987. Further reductions in
substantial job losses are projected for the rest of the
spending and
This base of about US$4 billion, especially the support
of 'basic research', has been relatively stable in the
past, but is presently under heavy pressure.
I
1990s. Table 8 compares defence and other US federal 39
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
TABLE 9
TABLE 7
FY 1994 FY 1995
FY 1980 FY 1994
(actual) (est.)
Natural resources/
Engineering and manufacturing
7.3 8.9 environment 1.4 1.7
development
Guiding principles
Function % t<3tal R&D 'Vo basic research Technology priorities on defence-wide basis
LU
Ü
1 . Information science and technology
Defence 55 9
z
LU
2. Modelling and simulation
Health 16 44
O 3. Sensors
CO 11 12
Space
Q
-J Energy 4 7 Army priorities: Terrestrial science and armour materials
CE
O General science 4 19 Navy priorities: Ocean geophysics and acoustic signature
ri Other (including environment analysis
O and agriculture) 10 9 Air Force priorities: Atmospheric physics and space launch
CO
r-
Source: US Department of Defense, 1 994.
Source: NSF data, 1 995.
rn
I
functions for 1995 in terms of per cent total R&D and US priorities for defence S&T
per cent basic research. Table 9 reviews the 1980 and In September 1994 the US Department of Defense
1994 funds for R&D (and related facilities) by issued two major reports, a Science and Technology
40 defence and other major governmental components. Strategy and a Technology Plan. Table 10 illustrates key
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
components of the strategy. Such plans change each weapons but also on a broad array of fields related to
year as budgets and R&D results unfold. Nonetheless, energy, waste management, materials engineering,
these policy outlooks are likely to be sustained during biomedical devices and environmental goals. Several
the mid-1990s. have had strongly defence-related missions. Just three
Although during the 1980s and early 1990s the US - Los Alamos, Lawrence Livermore and Sandia - have
Defense Department renewed its emphasis on basic combined funding of almost US$3 billion and a total of
research, funding for this purpose is likely to be 20 000 staff.
reduced in the short term, as it was during 1995. To As weapons work has declined - one estimate is
the extent that defence research funding declines, from more than 60% to about 40% of their budgets -
universities will be affected because most defence these laboratories try to diversify. The goals are to
basic research is carried out on campuses. In 1994 engage new sponsors and to expand links with firms
the Pentagon provided about US$1.5 billion of the and universities that are more closely coupled with
total federal R&D funding of about US$11.6 billion civilian purposes and markets. Because the
to on-campus research. Nearly half of all federal laboratories have great talent and distinguished
support for mathematics and computer science at traditions, changes so far have been cautious. The
universities, and more than 40% of support for shake-out will take several years. But jobs will be cut
engineering research, came from the Defense as budgets fall and as experimental arrangements for
Department. Both the stability of such funding and its new missions lead to more or less successful
distribution among key fields are likely to be critical transitions into fields such as environmental S&T.
subjects for decisions in US S&T policy during An independent task force recently reviewed
1995-96. 'alternative futures' for the Department of Energy
Detailed objectives, funding and timetables for laboratories. The group concluded that the labs have
19 defence technological areas were also announced not yet developed sound new missions and that their
in late 1994. These priority technologies include governmental governance does not work well. The US
aerospace propulsion, chemical and biological government faces many decisions about how to
defence, many applications of advanced electronics proceed, especially since some informed observers
and modelling and simulation. The efforts involve recommend cuts of as much as 50% in the
work is carried ouL in industry, the underlying Canadian R&D expenditure on defence was about <
O
scientific base involves both governmental US$250 million during 1993-94, and is not likely to CE
LU
laboratories and universities. The in-house rise substantially in the light of the overall constraints
<
laboratories of the Department of Defense are also on the Canadian budget. The number of federal I
H
being re-evaluated and trimmed along with other personnel engaged in Canadian defence S&T dropped CE
O
defence programmes. slightly during 1991-94. Canada continues to be a
key participant in NATO defence efforts, including a
I
US trends in DOE's national laboratories variety of peacekeeping and military-diplomatic plans
The USA has long had a group of 'national laboratories' involving advanced technology. Mexico, in contrast,
affiliated with the Department of Energy. These multi¬ has only a small defence programme and invests in
little military R&D. 41
purpose laboratories focus not only on nuclear
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
PUBLIC ATTITUDES AND NATIONAL MOODS biomedical research. Such divisive issues reinforce
expressed, for example, through the political process science itself and about the ability of science-based
of debate on governmenl R&D funding. Nalional programmes to advance social and economic goals.
regulatory and tax structures also tend to favour
science and education, especially in the USA. Beyond Approval of government support of research
these specific, financially oriented themes, however, The USA has a tradition of supporting R&D for
extensive survey data available in the USA reveal practical purposes in both the public and the private
mixed and changing national moods. sectors, which is reflected in the R&D budgets of
towards S&T, and have done so for a long time. Time- ATTITUDES TOWARDS FEDERAL SUPPORT FOR
60 -j
Mixed views of research and scientists
O
~z. proposition that scientists want to work on things to
yu
make life better.
O
CO
20
Q
On the other hand, the same 1993 survey showed
_l
CE that over half of the American public feels that many
O
scientists make up or falsify research results when it is
LL
in their own interests to do so. This confirms the fears 1985 1988 1990 1993
O
CO
z>
of many scientists that unless the issue of integrity is
r-
dealt with head-on, the public's confidence in
CO
organized science will be undermined and public Question: 'Even if it brings no immediate benefits,
scientific research which advances the frontiers of
funding for science will be jeopardized. Another
I
knowledge is necessary and should be supported by the
lingering public concern relates to the use of animals
federal government. Do you strongly agree, agree,
(especially mammals) in research. On this issue the
disagree, or strongly disagree?'
public is almost evenly split, with a bare majority
42 favouring the use of mammals such as dogs in
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
governmenl supported basic research on such a large The authors wish to thank Jennifer Sue Bond of the
scale. There remains a consensus that this is an
US National Science Foundation for her
important federal responsibility, with approval levels extraordinary professional assistance with providing
running consistenlly al 80%. Four surveys laken from timely data. In addition, thanks to Terry Jones,
1985 to 1994, however, indicate a troubling trend: Science Officer, US Embassy, Ottawa, Canada;
Paul Dufour, Industry Canada; Edward Goff, Acting
although the 80% approval level holds, Figure 9
Science Counselor, US Embassy, Mexico City,
shows the percentage of those who 'strongly agree'
Mexico; Graham Mitchell, US Department of
that basic research should receive federal support Commerce; and Jon Miller, Chicago Academy of
declining by over 10 percentage points. The drive to Sciences. Invaluable advice on changes in industrial
reduce government deficits, along with caustic attacks R&D came from James Clovis, Rohm and Haas;
on the role and impacts of science in society, combine George Heilmeier, Bellcore; Charles Larson,
Industrial Research Institute; and William Ballhaus,
to make the US national mood more cautious about
Martin Marietta. Edward Harcourt, New York
investments in research.
Academy of Sciences, provided indispensable
editorial and administrative support.
CONCLUDING NOTE
likely to be prolonged, the North American Carnegie Commission (1992) Enabling the Future: Linking
Science and Technology to Social Goals, New York:
governments are conducting high-level reviews of
Carnegie Commission on Science, Technology and
research priorities. Major institutional changes may Government.
unfold as governments struggle to finance basic Clinton, W.J. and Gore, A., Jr (1994) Science in the National
science and frame new policies that will spur national Interest, Washington, DC: Executive Office of the President,
Offrce of Science and Technology Policy.
job creation and economic growth. Especially in the
Cohen, W., Florida, R. and Goe, W.R. (1993) University Industry
USA, powerful forces aim to reduce government Research Centers in the United States: Final Report to the
spending and this process will undoubtedly affect Ford Foundation, Pittsburgh: Carnegie Mellon University. <
O
R&D. The purposes, scale and scope of public-private Cole, J.R., Baxter, E.G. and Graubard, S.R. (eds) (1994) The CE
LU
Research University in a Time of Discontent, Baltimore and
partnerships related to R&D-intensive commercial
London: Johns Hopkins University Press. <
markets are being hotly debated. X
CONACYT (1994) Science and Technology in Mexico, Mexico r-
I
Industry Canada (1994) Resource Book for Science and
for advancing S&T are crucial for meeting most social
Technology Consultations, Volumes I and II, Ottawa:
and economic goals. Accordingly, the latter half of the Secretariat for Science and Technology Review.
1990s may well see increased R&D investments, if not National Science Board (1993) Science and Engineering
43
by the public sector then by the private sector. Indicators, Washington, DC: US Government Printing Office.
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
New York: New York Academy of Sciences. Scholar-in-Residence at the Carnegie Corporation of
OECD (1994) Main Science and Technology Indicators, Paris: New York (1 990-92). A graduate of Harvard, he earlier
Organisation for Economie Co-operation and Development. served as an applied physicist, systems analyst and
US Department of Defense (1994) Defense Science and R&D manager in private industry and government.
Technology Strategy, Washington, DC: US Department of His advisory work has been on behalf of, amongst
Defense. others, the White House Office of Science and
World Bank (1994) World Development Report, New York: Technology Policy, the State, Defense and Energy
Oxford University Press. Departments, the National Science Foundation, the
National Institutes of Health and the United Nations.
I
International Affairs at the White House Office of
44
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Latin America
Our contribution to the World Science Report 1993 a prerequisite of the economic growth required to
presented a historical overview of the evolution of reduce poverty and integrate the majority of the
scientific research in Latin America from the colonial population into the development process. Similar
period to the present, including a brief description of consideration could also be given to other sectors
the structure of the science and technology (S&T) having a significant S&T component, such as health,
sector in the countries of the region. It also included a agriculture, environment and energy.
global review of the state of science, using as In order to illustrate the difference that the
indicators the number of scientists and research units harmonization of S&T policy with other national
in the various fields, expenditure, scientific policies could mean for LaLin America, a comparison is
production and regional and international scientific made beLween Lhe siLuaLions of ArgenLina, Brazil, Chile,
cooperation. Certain suggestions were also made of Mexico and Venezuela, Lhe five LaLin American
ways to strengthen the national S&T sector and to counLries wiih the highest scientific production, and the
promote regional scientific cooperation (Villegas and Republic of Korea, Singapore and Chinese Taipei, three
Cardoza, 1993). of the newly industrialized countries (or NICs) of Asia.
This chapter deals with important aspects of the
S&T sector in the light of the current situation in Lalin
STATUS OF SCIENCE IN LATIN AMERICA
America. FirsL, a picLure of Lhe sLaLus of science is
presenLed and, as far as available informaLion has Tables 1 and 2 presenL indicaLors for education,
allowed, previous sLaLislics on S&T have been enriched science and economic development in Latin America
wiih additional data. Indicators of economic for the years 1980 and 1990. The purpose of pre¬
development are also included, as a contribution to the senting these data is to study their variations and
discussion on the role that science must play in the possible relationships. Table 1 shows figures for the
creation of a new S&T-supported development model. total population, the number of students enrolled in
Further issues considered important for the higher education, research and development (R&D)
progress of science in LaLin America are Lhen personnel and the number of scientific publications
discussed. They are: Lhe esLablishmenL of priorities for produced in the countries of Latin America. Table 2
the financing of S&T; the relationship between depicts the values corresponding to the gross domestic
education and S&T, with special emphasis on product (GDP), GDP per capita, inflation rate, gross
recruiting human resources for S&T; the evaluation of domestic investment (GDI) and expenditure on
scientific cooperation in LaLin America wiLh menLion education and R&D as a percentage of GDP. This kind
of some major regional iniLiaLives; and Lhe role of new of comparative study is difficult because of the lack of
<
Lelecommunication technologies in S&T cooperation. efficient national S&T statistical systems. O
CE
Finally, the status of S&T in Latin America is Table 1 reveals a large increase in the number of LU
considered within the context of the economic crisis students in higher education per 100 000 inhabitants <
that has affected the countries of the region since the for the majority of the countries of the region between
beginning of the 1980s. 1980 and 1990, this increase being greater in 3
Since efforts made by scientists have had only Argentina, Bolivia, Colombia, Chile, Cuba, El
moderate impact in most Latin American countries, it Salvador, Honduras, Uruguay and Venezuela. A
would appear necessary to harmonize S&T and decrease is observed in Brazil, Ecuador, Nicaragua and
industrialization policies, in order to ensure that S&T Paraguay. However, as indicated by UNESCO (1995),
contributes to the process of industrial modernization, the quantitative expansion of higher education in 45
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
TABLE 1
(milllions) (per 100 000 inhabitants) (per million inhabitants) (per million inhabitants)
Mexico 69.6 86.1 1 387 1 552 1 94 (84) 260 (91) 15.8 15.7
Central America
Costa Rica 2.2 3.0 2 434 2 461 1 45 (79) 538 (89) 42.2 29.0
Nicaragua 2.7 3.8 1 259 836 1 97 (85) 207 (87) 0.4 1.3
Caribbean
Cuba 9.7 10.6 1 568 2 285 553 1 205 (89) 6.3 13.9
Andean
Venezuela 15.0 19.3 2 044 2 847 279 (83) 284 (89) 29.4 22.0
Brazil 121.2 150.3 1 162 1 074 298 (83) 432 17.3 19.8
South Cone
Argentina 28.2 32.3 1 741 3 293 337 352 (88) 46.5 60.4
Chile 11.1 13.1 1 305 1 938 320 (81) 422 98.4 83.8
LU
O Paraguay 3.1 4.2 855 769 - -
0.5 11.9
z
LU Uruguay 2.9 3.1 1 338 2 315 -
675 15.5 25.2
O
CO
LL
O
CO
Z)
most countries was unfortunately not matched by a some countries the data available correspond to years
CO
growth in quality and relevance. Likewise, the increase close to 1980 and 1990, which were normalized
in the number of students was noL accompanied by a according to the population of the corresponding year
TABLE 2
EXPENDITURE ON SCIENCE AND EDUCATION AND MACROECONOMIC VARIABLES OF THE LATIN AMERICAN COUNTRIES
Country/sub-region 1982 1990 1982 1990 1980-91 1980-90 1980 1990 19803 19903
Mexico 169170 184 080 2 498 2 266 66.5 -2.0 4.7 4.1 0.43 0.30
Central America
Costa Rica 3 674 5 081 1 517 1 685 22.9 0.7 7.8 4.6 0.1 4 (86) 0.16
Guatemala 7 376 8 290 1 008 901 15.9 -1.4 1.9 1.4 0.50 (83) 0.20 (88)
0.37 (85) -
Caribbean
Cuba - -
7.2 6.6 -
0.80
Andean
Colombia 34 365 46 989 1 224 1 425 25.0 0.9 1.9 2.9 0.1 0 (82) 0.60
Ecuador 11 790 13 336 1 370 1 260 38.0 -4.2 5.6 2.8 0.13(79) 0.11 (89)
Peru 34 001 29 083 1 883 1 350 287.3 -5.2 3.1 -
0.20 (84) -
Venezuela 61 865 65 027 3 881 3 295 21.2 -7.0 4.4 4.1 0.35 (84) 0.37
Brazil 275 689 333162 2173 2 216 327.6 2.2 3.6 4.6 0.44 0.66
South Cone
Chile 23 571 33 289 2 046 2 527 20.5 0.6 4.6 3.7 0.44 0.55
0.16(71) 0.03
Uruguay 7 653 8 539 2 593 2 760 64.4 -8.5 2.3 3.1 0.20 (75) 0.20 (87)
<
O
1 . GDP: gross domestic product. 2. GDI: gross domestic investment. 3. If different, the year of the data is given in parentheses. CE
LU
2
Sources: ACAL, 1994; IDB, 1992 and 1993; MCT, CNPq and IBICT, 1994; UNESCO, 1993 and 1994; World Bank, 1991b and 1993. <
lack of correlation between the growth in R&D the increase in personnel of 1990, not paralleled by a
personnel and the number of scientific publications
could be due, among other things, to the time delay
usually necessary for personnel to become productive.
similar increase in publications in the same year, may
nevertheless be the reason behind the growth in
publications in 1993 (Figure 1). However, other
I
An example of this might be seen in Venezuela, where factors, such as the creation of the system for the 47
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
promotion of scientists in that country in 1990, could Table 2 gives the data corresponding to
also explain the increase in publications in 1993. In expenditure on both education and R&D as a
other cases, a lack of correlation could be the result of percentage of GDP for 1980 and 1990. The figures
differing syslems of classificalion of R&D personnel. show that in eight countries (Bolivia, Chile, Costa
The number of scientific publications per million Rica, Cuba, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Mexico
inhabitants, taken as an indicator of scientific and Venezuela) out of 14 for which the data for both
production, increased significantly in 1990 compared years were available, there was a remarkable decrease
with 1980 in Argentina, Cuba and Panama, and in expenditure on education. A similar reduction in
decreased in Costa Rica, Chile and Venezuela. The R&D expenditure is observed in four countries
countries with the highest net number of publications (Guatemala, Ecuador, Mexico and Paraguay) out of 11
in both years were: Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, for which Lhe data for both years were available. It is
Mexico and Venezuela. The data corresponding to these important to note that in no case did R&D
countries for lhe years 1980, 1985, 1990, 1991 and expenditure reach 1% of GDP.
1993 are shown in Figure 1. Of lolal numbers of The reductions in education and R&D expenditure
scientific publications produced by LaLin America in were due to the severe economic crisis that has affected
1980 and 1990, 6 551 and 8 727 respectively, these six the region since the beginning of the 1980s, and
countries together contributed 94% and 91.5%, particularly to capital outflow related to foreign
respectively. indebtedness. As demonstrated by Table 2, most of the
FIGURE 1
PUBLICATIONS OF THE SCIENCE COMMUNITIES IN BRAZIL, ARGENTINA, MEXICO, CHILE, VENEZUELA AND
COLOMBIA
LU
O
z
LU
O
CO
o
_l
LT
O
LL
O
co
H
CO
I Brazil
Latin American couniries regislered significanl centres quickly demonstrated the contribution that
reductions in per capita income and in GDI, and also S&T could make to the solution of problems in
suffered high inflation rates, even reaching levels of various sectors.
hyperinflation as occurred in Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, The budgetary cutbacks in the S&T sector caused
Nicaragua and Peru. As a consequence of this economic by the economic crisis of the 1980s and the demands
situation and of the devaluation of the local currencies, of technological modernization posed by the
budgets of research centres declined, affecting research restructuring of the economies of the region fuelled
salaries, the maintenance of the research infrastructure, debate on the need to establish a system of research
and the acquisition of equipment and research material resource allocation which would take into account
that for the most part must be imported. Some nalional developmenl priorilies. Il is clear lhat il is
countries, however, have tried to mitigate the impact of necessary lo bring logether ihose responsible for
the economic crisis through financial resources from developmenl policies and the research community in
multilateral organizations. order to design mechanisms lo ensure optimal use of
investments in research. Today, efforts should
Priorities for the financing of S&T concentrate on the creation of channels for this
In the decades that followed the Second World War, dialogue so that research priorities do nol overlook the
the countries of LaLin America, wiLh Lhe support of intrinsic criteria of scientific endeavour. In this process,
UNESCO, esiablished national councils for S&T that the participation of the political sector is essential to
concentrated efforts on the creation of a scientific securing the resources required lo promote priority
infrastructure, in the hope that scientific progress basic and applied research and to guaranteeing both
would be translated into development. However, the the norms that regulate lhe research and the successful
crisis that marked the 1980s clearly indicated that the pursuit of economic and social objectives.
production of knowledge alone does not lead
spontaneously to development. As research activities Recruiting human resources for S&T
were largely concentrated in the basic sciences, and The shrinking enrolment in universily degree
were carried out in universities and research centres programmes in science and engineering reported by
with the characteristics of graduate schools, the several countries in the region is linked to the meagre
greatest impact was felt by the higher education science teaching at lower education levels, as well as to
system and to a much lesser extent by sectors such as the lack of attraction of careers in research,
health, agriculture and natural resources. particularly with regard to income, social recognition
It has become clear that basic research, and even and professional stability. There is no current
<
oriented basic research, require additional science enthusiasm for these vocations.
y
ce
policy decisions in order to guarantee their application Il is very difficult nowadays to offer a growing LU
in other sectors. Only exceptionally do the research population of undergraduate students, generated by
resulls aulomatically impact on areas outside the expansion of higher education during the last
education and science itself. More recently, as these decades (Table 1), an adequate level of quality
facts became apparent, governments, S&T councils, education. A similar trend is noted in graduate
research institutions and private enterprises began to
support the creation of R&D centres dedicated to
applied research and/or development in areas of
programmes
small. In
in
undergraduate
universities and
although at this level the student population is still
science
research
programmes,
centres,
the
I
particular interest to their own countries. These limiting factors are the recurrent budgetary cutbacks, 49
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
lhe lack of trained staff and the growing number of developments and be able to relate them to the society
part-time instructors replacing full-time staff, as well where they live, but also that, through research, they
as the absence of educational activities geared to create must be able to teach scientific methodologies and
an early attraction towards research careers. At lhe approaches'. As indicated by Pavitt (1993), 'contrary
graduate level, in addition to the scarcity of good to the common belief, the main economic benefit of
advisors and the limited research resources, the lack of basic research is not knowledge directly applicable in
recognition and support for high-quality basic and a narrow range of sectors, but background knowledge,
applied research tends to make science an unattractive research skills, instruments and methods that yield
professional career. All of these compromise the economic benefits over a much broader range of
continuity of research projects, and the very existence sectors'.
of the S&T sector is at stake. On the other hand, we must keep in mind in the
It has long been recognized that for the sciences formulation of staff training policies the migration of
and the arts to flourish, fertile ground must be scientisLs and auxiliary R&D personnel to industrialized
prepared in advance. In this regard, the countries of countries, and also the declining enrolment of students
the region need to face up to the dual challenge of in science and engineering programmes which poses a
expanding and including science education at all problem of shrinking numbers of scientific personnel
levels. This is the only way to generate the human for some countries of the region. These trends are
resources needed to reach a more equitable S&T- emphasized by the growing globalization of the labour
based development. market for scientists and high-level technical staff.
Krauskopf (1995) underlines that since S&T Forecasts for the coming years indicate that
capacity in Latin America is linked for the most part to industrialized countries will experience a growing
universities, they must act institutionally in order to shortage of such personnel (OECD, 1992). This
provide a serious and stable environment for critical situation obliges the countries of LaLin America lo
reflection and the creative task. Certainly, universities provide compelitive working condilions in order to
and research centres need support in order to provide curb the brain drain of scientists and technical staff. To
an adequate response to the demands imposed by the this end, the highest priority is to train science teachers,
modernization of Latin America. update the study programmes, produce relevant
LU
O
Governments need to redefine the role that teaching texts and provide educational institutions with
z
LU
O
universities and research centres are called upon to adequate infrastructure. The region offers some good
co
play in these times of great expectations and rapid examples of how to pursue these urgent goals.
Q
_l
CE transformations. Although this evaluation process is
O
already under way in several countries of the region,
SCIENTIFIC COOPERATION IN LATIN AMERICA
o
the greatest danger lies in having the universities and
co basic research centres abandon their essential vocation As shown in Figure 2, Latin American scientists
of knowledge production in order to become cooperate for lhe most part with scientists from
co primarily lechnical service providers. As Hasselgren industrialized countries and to a lesser degree with
and Nilsson (1990) indicale, the development of basic those of the same region. As in our 1993 report we
only
in
have
the
the
have used the numbers
produced jointly by scientists
of scientific publications
from two or more
countries in Latin America as an indicator of regional
50 opportunity to follow and understand the latest cooperation, and the numbers of those produced by
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
scientists from one or more countries of Latin America where most of the scientists have received their doctoral
with scientists from countries outside the region as an degrees or have worked as postdoctoral fellows for some
indicator of international cooperation. time. As Hasselgren and Nilsson (1990) have pointed
The relative scarcity of regional cooperation is out, it also means that 'most Third World country
considered to be largely due to the isolation caused by scientists... have been engaged in research relevant to
the difficulties of communication between Latin industrialized countries but not necessarily to their
American scientists, and by the small number working home countries'. These personal links and common
on the same problem or related scientific topics. In research interests result in permanent relations that do
addition, if we consider that graduate education permit scientists who have returned to their countries of
programmes are relatively recent in these countries, it origin to keep up to date in areas of frontier S&T and, in
is easy to understand why most of the cooperation some cases, even to receive certain inputs and funding.
takes place with colleagues in industrialized countries, In order to avoid the tendency for links with
industrialized countries to lead to brain drain when
American States (OAS), the International Council of OAS. RELAB pursues the integration of regional
Scientific Unions (ICSU), the Third World Academy of activities and policies of research and training in the
Sciences (TWAS) and the Programme of Science and biological sciences. Among ils aclivities are the
Technology for Development (CYTED). preparation of studies of different factors that affect
The regional centres created jointly by UNESCO and biological research and training in the region and the
certain countries of the region took off in the late 1970s organization of symposia, workshops and training
and early 1980s. Among the centres, we would like to courses. RELAB is now part of the Committee on
mention the Latin American Centre of Physics (CLAF), Science and Technology in Developing Countries -
the Latin American Centre for Biological Sciences International Biosciences Networks (COSTED/IBN), a
(CLAB), the International Centre of Tropical Ecology joint initiative of ICSU and UNESCO established to
(CIET) and the Simon Bolivar International Centre for organize similar networks in chemistry, mathematics,
Scientific Cooperation (CICCSB), the first with physics, earth sciences and astronomy. The Latin
headquarters in Brazil and the other three in Venezuela. American Academy of Sciences (ACAL) is also
These centres offer short intensive courses and participating in the organization of these thematic
workshops that have helped to promote the personal networks.
acquaintance of many scientists in Latin America Other networks devoled to specific research areas,
interested in related research topics. Other centres of an such as the Regional Programme of Biotechnology for
international character supported by other LaLin America and lhe Caribbean (PRB) wiih
organizations are the Central American Institute of headquarters in Argentina, the Latin American Network
Research and Industrial Technology (ICAITI) and the of Botany (RLB) located in Chile and the High Altitude
Institute of Nutrition of Central America and Panama Andean Biology Research Programme with headquarters
(INCAP) both located in Guatemala, the Inter-American in Peru, also support research projects and training
Institute for Cooperation on Agriculture (IICA) with courses. The International Brain Research Organization
headquarters in Costa Rica, the International Potato (IBRO) has two branches in Latin America, CARIBRO
Centre (CIP) in Peru, and the International Centre of with headquarters in Cuba and SABRO in Chile.
Tropical Agriculture (CIAT) and lhe Inlernalional At the sub-regional level it is worth citing, as
LU
Cenire of Physics (CIF) both located in Colombia. examples, the S&T Programme of the Andres Bello
O
z Also worthy of note is the creation of networks, Agreement Executive Secretariat (SECAB) located in
LU
o pioneered by the Latin American Network of Bio¬ Colombia, established by the Andean countries to
co
o
logical Sciences (RELAB) with headquarters in Chile, strengthen cooperation in science, education and
_)
CE which was created in 1975 under the sponsorship of culture; the S&T Programme of the Andean Simon
O
the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) Bolivar University located in Bolivia, which promotes
o
and UNESCO. Presently it has 14 national members exchange of information in the fields of biotechnology,
co
(Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Costa new materials, information technologies and energy,
Z>
Rica, Cuba, Ecuador, Honduras, Mexico, Paraguay, and the Argentinean-Brazilian Centre for Biotech¬
CO
Peru, Uruguay and Venezuela) and six regional nology (CABBIO), which coordinates binational
52 (ALACF), and is sponsored by ICSU, UNESCO and the Interamerican Development Bank (1DB). This
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
programme promotes joint ventures between R&D THE ECONOMIC CRISIS AND ITS IMPACT ON
American countries.
The legacy of the crisis of the 1980s has conditioned
later developmenl in lhe countries of Latin America.
ROLE OF NEW TELECOMMUNICATION During that decade, as shown in Table 2, the decline
TECHNOLOGIES IN S&T COOPERATION in the standard of living of the population was
coupled with an inflationary process and with a
The new telecommunication technologies, offering
reduction of investments able to generate productive
both high speed and low cost, are facililaling
information flow and the setting up of cooperation
networks in S&T, allowing for groups of scientists
living in different countries to maintain an exchange
of information in work areas of common interest.
Regional cooperation
Many applications have been developed in the and ACAL
context of these telematic networks. A few examples
The Latin American Academy of Sciences (ACAL) is a
are: e-mail; access to bibliographic and documentary
regional scientific society with headquarters in Venezuela,
data banks; the use of remote processing capacity; and sponsored by the private Simon Bolivar Foundation for
the creaLion of discussion groups on specific lopics. the Latin American Academy of Sciences (FSB-ACAL).
These nelworks also offer lhe possibilily of creating The membership of the Academy now consists of 120
Computer-based communications also become a COSTED and TWAS. The Programme has among its
activities the maintenance of S&T databases on research
very useful tool in reducing the isolation of scientists
institutions, scientific events, graduate education pro¬
in developing countries (Cardoza, 1993). Communi¬
grammes and fellowships, and the dissemination of this
cations that are established in the first instance at the
information through its printed and electronic quarterly
personal level can eventually lead to the development publication Ciencia en América Latina. It also includes
of formal inter-institutional cooperation agreements. support to scientific activities, mainly to encourage the
These telecommunication technologies will also participation of scientists in training courses and research
<
facilitate the setting up of linkage programmes activities for short periods; the promotion of regional and O
between scientists in Latin America and their sub-regional networks; and more recently, the organiza¬ ce
LU
community of Latin America previously envisaged Programme of Regional Cooperation. ACAL also has the
I
Centre for Science Studies, a research unit at its
(Villegas and Cardoza, 1993), and a programme
headquarters devoted to the monitoring and evaluation of
of international scientific cooperation involving
S&T in Latin America.
expatriate scientists in the development of science in
their native countries and in the region. 53
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
employment. In fact, if we compare the data published The privileges afforded by protected domestic
by the Interamerican Development Bank (1993) for markets tended to encourage the development of a
the decades 1970-80 and 1980-90, it is clear that for passive government-provides-all mindset among
all the countries of the region combined, the average businessmen, and to discourage the spirit of
annual growth rate of GDP per capita declined from competitiveness and innovation characteristic of a
3.3% to -1.1%, at the same time as the average annual modern enterprise. These facts could explain, at least
growth rate of GDI dropped from 7.2% to -3.0%. In partially, the profound impact caused by the
addition, some countries had a three-figure annual liberalization and opening of trade policies on most
inflation rate throughout the 1980s. enterprises in Latin America.
The countries of Latin America were thus The recent adjustment and stabilization pro¬
confronted with extremely complex situations grammes, conceived as solutions to the crisis, have
characterized by external pressures and domestic failed to provide the long-awaited economic growth
strife arising from the unsatisfied demands of large with equity. Ralher, Lhe opposile has come abouL. The
sectors of the population in the areas of education, Mexican crisis of the first months of 1995, and the
health, housing and public services. The search for effect it had on the rest of the regional economies,
financial resources and the formulation of responses underlined the fragility of the solutions to the crisis
to the pressing demands of the impoverished implemented by the countries concerned. The crisis has
population filled the entire agenda of the also made evident both the strategic nature of the
governments. They had to dedicate most of their education and S&T sectors in their contributions to
energies to managing the crisis from one day to the development, and the need to bring them up to date in
next, thus neglecting the implementation of the order for them to be able to contribule Lo salisfying Lhe
medium- and long-term policies that could provide demands for modernizing lhe Latin American
the only guarantee for the attainment of sustainable economies.
and equitable development. The recent evolution of the world economy, marked
The over-extended application of the import by economic, financial and technological globalization,
substitution strategy (ISS) up to the late 1970s had poses a great challenge to Lalin American counlries as
LU
detrimental effects on the global competitiveness of they continue their efforts to change their traditional
O
z the Latin American economies. The application of the role in world trade, which in large part is still based on
LU
ü ISS allowed the economies of the region to report high the export of commodities and low-value goods. The
CO
o
growth rates and make headway through the so- LaLin American counlries musí replace their currenl
_l
CE called easier stages of import substitution-driven role by a more compelilive one based on exports
O
5 industrialization. However, the lack of S&T capacity of goods with high added value, and this requires
LL
O
needed to move into the next stage of local production that the education and S&T sectors play leading
CO
of manufactured goods and equipment quickly roles. Unfortunately, as has already been underlined,
Z)
became evident. The net result was that as Latin the deteriorating economic situation of the 1980s
I-
co America entered the 1980s, all the countries of the resulted in reduced expenditure on education and on
region, even those more advanced in the imple¬ S&T virtually throughout the region.
identifying strengths and weaknesses. This Although a certain level of consolidation of the
evaluation would also serve as a basis for S&T sector is apparent in several countries in the
implementing reforms to guarantee effective region (Table 1), it is also true that most research
cooperation by each sector in the attainment of activities bear no relation to the productive sector.
development goals. As indicated by Papon and Barré Moreover, it is well known that very few enterprises
(1993), the main role of national governments with have their own R&D divisions geared to respond to
respect to the S&T system is that of a 'regulator'. technological modernization demands. Nevertheless,
The government carries out the strategic analysis as certain successful results confirm, it is fair to say
and predictions at the national level as well as the that in recent years serious efforts have been made to
evaluation of the work and operation of public foster cooperation between S&T and industry, both at
research organizations, universities and research a regional and a national level.
agencies, and also the follow-up of the interfacing The lack of in-house R&D in most of the
between the S&T national system and the industrial enterprises of the region tends to limit the diffusion
and educational sectors, other sectors of state of technologies and also an enterprise's ability to
intervention and society in general. absorb them. The establishment of an R&D facility
gives a company the opportunity to formulate its
S&T, industrialization and economic growth needs in research terms. R&D is a prerequisite to
Industrialized and developing countries differ both in reaching the levels of competitiveness required to
their capacity to create new knowledge and in their participate in the most dynamic international
ability to apply it. In most Latin American countries, tradeflows, which are characterized by intensive
the limited capacity of the S&T sector to generate and technology. In this regard, Chesnais (1990) states that
apply new knowledge to the industrial sector is innovation is the result of a very lengthy and complex
reflected in the obsolescence of the industrial process of accumulation and appropriation of
infrastructure. It also explains the low competitiveness technology, and that the capacity of an enterprise to
of enterprises, the economies' progressive loss of assimilate scientific knowledge depends on whether it
market share in international trade and their growing has ever participated in the production of knowledge
dependence upon industrialized countries. in similar areas.
Rapid advances made in production technologies In the light of the difficulty in setting up in-house
and new conditions of competition prevailing in R&D facilities, due to lack of incentives, shortage of
international trade have caused a rapid erosion of the trained personnel and the high investment involved,
comparative advantages of Latin American countries, companies would be advised to establish mechanisms
<
advantages based on an abundance of natural resources for industry-research cooperation which, at least for O
ce
and low labour costs. The challenge is to achieve the time being, could satisfy the demands for R&D in LU
specialization of production, built on the creation and the process of innovation. To this end, it might be
reinforcement of new comparative advantages arising necessary for the industrial sector to approach the
from the generation and application through R&D of research centres and for the S&T sector to set up the 15
new S&T accomplishments. Latin American countries structures required to allow it to monitor the
need to foster R&D specialization in order to reach the
rate of innovation required to maintain the levels of
competitiveness demanded by the international
problems and demands of industry.
Precisely with the intention
knowledge-intensive economies, as suggested by the
of building I
markets. OECD (1992), the national organizations responsible 55
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
for S&T, as well as national R&D capacity, industrial As Quenan et al. (1994) indicate, the economic
R&D capacity, educational and training institutions prospects of Lalin America will depend on the potential
and engineering design capacity, should all competitiveness of the economies most exposed to the
contribuLe to the establishment of national international marketplace. To this end, continual
innovation systems to foster cooperation among the adjustments in the quality of specialization are required
various actors involved in the innovation process. in order to maintain the competitive advantages that
These systems should also encourage the formation derive mostly from technological innovation.
international markets. In this way, Lhe minimal R&D During the 1980s, the Republic of Korea, Singapore
endogenous capacily required for the transfer and and Chinese Taipei, three of what have been termed
adaptation of technologies will be created, facilitating Lhe newly industrialized countries (NICs) of Asia, took
access to global networks of technical cooperation steps to increase their expenditure on R&D (Figure 3).
and modern management and production The situation was altogether different during that same
FIGURE 3
R&D EXPENDITURE (GERD) AS % OF GDP IN SELECTED COUNTRIES OF LATIN AMERICA AND THE NICS,
1980 AND 1990
2.0
1980'
-MME--
1.8
1990'
üf
1.6
1.4
LU
Ü
z
1.2
LU
Ü
CO
Q
_l
CE
O
O
co
Z)
CO
56
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
and Venezuela, Lhe counlries in Latin America with expressed in terms of the total population, it is apparent
the highest scientific production (see also Table 3). that the values for Singapore and Chinese Taipei are
Similarly, it is also apparent that as a result of their several times higher than the others (Figure 5).
human resource training policy for R&D, the NICs If we refer to the scientific and economic
had acheived, by 1990, a number of researchers per development indicators set out in Table 3, the
million inhabitants several times higher than the six temptation is to imagine that an increase of
Latin American countries considered (Figure 4). These expenditure on R&D and a larger population of
differences in the indicators for expenditure and scientists would be tantamount to higher economic
human resources dedicated to R&D by the two groups growth. However, it should be noted that although the
of countries have iheir rools in Lhe differenl roles R&D infrastructure facilities constituted a fundamental
assigned by ihese counlries to S&T in their pillar in elevating the productively of the NICs, other
development processes. determinant factors of success were involved. Among
Regarding scientific production, measured by lhe these factors were the progressive growth of higher-
number of publications in journals wiih internaiional value-added manufactured exports; the adoption of
circulalion, we find similar levels in both groups of economic stabilization programmes, including trade
countries (Table 3). However, when these figures are opening and monetary devaluation, which laid the
TABLE 3
R&D EXPENDITURE AND PERSONNEL, SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS AND MACROECONOMIC VARIABLES IN LATIN AMERICA
R&D
1981' 19901 19811 1990' 1988 1990 1993 1965-80 1980-91 1970' 19801 1990
Argentina 0.77 0.80 (92) 337 352 (88) 2 000 1952 2193 3.4 -0.4 1 020 1 970 2 400
Brazil 0.44 (80) 0.66 298 (83) 432 2 590 2 973 4 043 9.0 2.5 450 2 060 2 680
Colombia 0.1 0 (82) 0.60 139 138 188 194 5.7 3.7 340 1 190 1 260
Chile 0.44 (80) 0.55 320 422 1 500 1 098 1 231 1.9 3.6 840 2100 1 940
Mexico 0.43 (80) 0.30 194(84) 260 (91) 1 250 1 350 2 062 6.5 1.2 820 2 320 2 490
<
Venezuela 0.35 (84) 0.37 279 (83) 284 (89) 510 424 667 3.7 1.5 1 260 4 070 2 560 O
rr
LU
Rep. Korea 0.64 1.91 535 1 628 1 227 1 780 2 839 9.9 9.6 270 1 620 5 400
<
Singapore 0.30 1.10 1096 1546 653 843 1 033 10.0 6.6 950 4 550 11 160
Chinese
3
Taipei 0.93 1.65 1101 2 303 2 001 2 861 4 318 446 (65) 3 594 (85) 4 355
Sources: ACAL, 1994; ISI, 1988, 1990 and 1993; MCT, CNPq and IBICT, 1994; UNESCO, 1993 and 1994; World Bank, 19921) and 1993.
I
57
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
FIGURE 4
R&D PERSONNEL PER MILLION INHABITANTS IN SELECTED COUNTRIES OF LATIN AMERICA AND THE NICS,
2 500
2 000
1 500
1 000 -
500 _
grounds for compeiiliveness; Lhe development of their per capita income between 1982 and 1990 (Table
domestic demand (Lipietz, 1985; Bustelo, 1992); the 3), contrasts with the apparent low impact of S&T on
adoption of a production-trade pattern making the economies of Latin American countries during the
intensive use of human capital and technology based same period. The low impact may be due to the meagre
O
z
on a model of intra-industrial exchanges (Won Choi, in-house R&D capacity within enterprises and the
LU
Ü 1993); and the redeployment to other countries of the paucity of cooperation between the S&T and the
CO
segments of their industrial base corresponding to industrial sectors (as noted above). In fact, unlike the
Q
_l
cc products with declining competitive advantages, at the majority of Latin American countries, the NICs
O
same time as they set out to develop new industries for conceived their S&T policy in terms of the
u_
O
the export of products with higher value-added and identification of market needs and of a close linkage of
CO
higher technological input. This latter strategy R&D staff with the process of innovation. One of the
z>
I
< of spatial globalization and regionalization was main objectives of the NIC governments has been the
r-
co accomplished on the basis of direct foreign investments creation of an endogenous S&T capacity geared to the
by multinational enterprises. strengthening of industrial production, so that it
NICs is Lhe role played by Lhe state in the supply of the promotion of production and of the country as a
the financial resources required to maintain research whole', and that 'the Ministry of Education also
programmes with an emphasis on high technologies understands very clearly that the path of technology
and basic sciences, and its contribution to the transference leads to the generation of endogenous
definition of priority research areas, as well as the technology and is based on the training of scientists,
establishment of institutional networks of S&T engineers and technical staff.'
cooperation aimed at strengthening the process of The NIC governments have also made a strong
innovation. contribution to the creation of in-house R&D
The case of the Republic of Korea illustrates the divisions by implementing subsidy-based incentive
crucial role played by the state when it adopis an policies, tax exemptions, promotion of strategic
economic model geared Lo the exports of alliances with multinational companies in areas of
manufactured goods. In this regard, Orozco (1992) high technology and support of human resource
recalls that 'from the establishment of the Ministries of training efforts for R&D. There was also increasing
Science and Technology during the decade of the investment in R&D by private enterprises - in strong
seventies, the policies in this area have been geared to contrasl Lo Lhe meagre conLributions made by the
private sector of Latin America to R&D work (Cardoza
and Azuaje, 1992). The achievements in productivity
and competitiveness of the enterprises in the NICs can
FIGURE 5
INHABITANTS IN SELECTED COUNTRIES OF advances into their industrial processes and products.
LATIN AMERICA AND THE NICS, 1993 Another conclusion we can draw from the successful
150
the .concerted participation of the various sectors
<
involved in the innovation process is required. Only a O
ce
100 synergic structure of this sort allowed the NICs to LU
50
backwardness and to succeed in modifying their
patterns of international trade. 3
m O d) B m m d>
As Amable and Boyer (1991) point out, policies
I I
c Ü tt)
3
-O
i
Si o
I
X o o
Ç o
m
0)
2
O) u
V m
o>
that foster the creation of virtuous circles are required,
en c 0 ü o c
tt)
< o d)
W based on imitation, learning, innovation and
Sources: SCI, 1993; UNESCO, 1994. competitiveness, and these in turn require a stable
economic context to supply skilled labour, market 59
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
In summary, one could state that, in good measure, and a council member of the International Network
the success of the Asian economies is based on the for the Availability of Scientific Publications.
chapter, similar consideration could also be given to in France. In 1991 he created the Centro de
other sectors having a significant S&T component, Información y Estudio de la Ciencia de América
Latina at ACAL, of which he is Director and where
such as health, agriculture, environment and energy. It
he carries out research on Latin American science.
should also be emphasized that the contribution of
S&T was possible thanks to the widespread belief by
Raimundo Villegas is Chancellor of the Latin
society in general of the importance of S&T for
American Academy of Sciences (ACAL) and
development, as well as the implementation of a Professor at the Instituto Internacional de Estudios
S&T policies and national development policies. graduated as a Doctor in Medical Sciences from
the Universidad Central de Venezuela and has been
raised throughout this chapter, lead us to propose the In Venezuela Professor Villegas served as Director
adoption for our region of a new S&T-based of the Instituto Venezolano de Investigaciones
LU
O Científicas (MC), President of IDEA and Minister
z development model: one able to foster expanded
LU of Science and Technology. He was active in the
O coverage of the social rights of the population, help
co
International Council of Scientific Unions (ICSU), the
overcome economic stagnation and improve the
o International Union of Pure and Applied Biophysics,
_l
CE position in international trade of Latin American the ICSU Committee on S&T in Developing Countries
O
countries. The formulation and implementation of (COSTED) and the Panamerican Health Organization
Research Committee. He is a member of the
O
development strategies by these countries call for the
Regional Committee of Latin America Scientific
CO
concerted participation of governments, the S&T
z>
Networks of ICSU-COSTED/IBN and of the
sector, the production sector and other social sectors.
American Association for the Advancement of
co This task should be granted the highest priority in the
Science Western Hemisphere Initiative Steering
development plans of Latin American countries in the Committee.
I years to come,
millennium.
as we rapidly approach the next
60
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
H. Croxatto, President of ACAL; W. Jaffa, Vice- Krauskopf, M. (1995) La escasa capacidad científico-
President of CONICIT; A. Leone, Sistema Económico tecnológica en América Latina exige fortalecer la
Basic Sciences in Third World Countries, SAREC Report, SELA, Paris/Caracas: Sistema Económico Latinoamericano.
Stockholm: Swedish Agency for Research Cooperation with <
UNESCO (1984) Statistical Yearbook, Paris: UNESCO
Developing Countries.
Publishing.
IDB (1992) Economic and Social Progress in Latin America,
(1991) World Education Report 1991, Paris: UNESCO
I
Annual Report. Theme: Manufacturing, Washington, DC:
Publishing.
Interamerican Development Bank.
(1993) World Education Report 1993, Paris: UNESCO
(1993) Economic and Social Progress in Latin America,
Publishing.
Annual Report. Theme: Human resources, Washington, DC:
Interamerican Development Bank. (1994) Statistical Yearbook, Paris: UNESCO Publishing. 61
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Q
_i
CE
O
O
co
Z)
CO
I
62
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Western Europe
ROS HERMAN
A curious blending of secular and religious cultural their work on research facilities managed under
LradiLions creaLed in Europe a fertile, if not always multilateral collaboration. Many companies conduct
approving, environment for new ideas, their R&D in more than one European country; and the EU
development and implemenLalion. This unLamed plays an important role in encouraging and funding
garden has been evolving and cross-fertilizing wiLh collaborative research within and beyond its 15
oLher LradiLions for 400 years, providing a rich Lopsoil member states.
for the recenL rapid expansion in numbers and scope In this brief description of science in Western
of its community of research and development (R&D) Europe it is not possible to illuminate more than a
personnel, which now number 1 in 250 of its small corner of the activities entailed. I will, how¬
workforce and account for 2% of gross domestic ever, try to provide some introductory insight into
product (GDP). This chapter will concern itself with how the different parts of what are now fairly
frameworks for science in the member countries of the complex communities of science fit together to fulfil
European Union (EU) and the European Free Trade the tasks set for them. With a variety of histories
Association (EFTA). and cultures as backdrops, even in this small
The averages mask a large variation between the geographical region there are examples of many
different counLries: SwiLzerland devoted 2.9% of its different ways of organizing science. I shall begin by
GDP to research and development in 1989, largely looking at some of the typical approaches and then
spent by industry, while for Greece Lhe corresponding turn to more general characteristics of scientific
figure was 0.5%, mosLly from public sources. For the output, higher education, economic impact and a.
majority of countries the percentage increased during new type of approach to science policy that is
the early 1980s, to fall off as recession hit in the late beginning to pervade the region. The conclusion will
1980s, and has still not fully recovered in the early consider the unifying forces at work in science in
1990s. Overall a convergence can be observed between Europe, without forgetting that diversity and
R&D-intensive countries - France, Germany, the autonomy have always characterized dynamic and
Netherlands, Sweden, Switzerland and the UK - and innovative science.
keeping up with new developments. part recent impositions on systems for research that
LU
0_
While Europe no longer dominates the world of have grown up through the efforts of individuals and O
rr
science, the role of scientific research as a key to private enterprises. In Europe the smaller countries z>
LU
improving the quality of its citizens' lives underlies the have been persuaded to follow their larger Z
CE
strong support that European governments continue counterparts in formalizing and actively strengthening LU
H
to provide for education and training, research and such arrangements: these structures are now a CO
development and, increasingly, for dissemination and significant though not all-pervasive part of the system.
innovation. On average, industry provides about the They will therefore form the core of our initial
same amount, though the part played by industry
varies widely from country to country. Increasingly,
such efforts are of international concern also: many
discussions here, in which I will present a tentative
categorization of three types of system exemplified in
Europe and based around the oldest and best-
I
established traditions (Table 1): 63
scientists collaborate transnaLionally and some rely for
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
European countries.
LU
Size of country and degree of R&D intensity also
O
z affect the ways the systems work. In smaller countries
LU
Q
institutes and industry are in general simpler, and
_l
cc policies are necessarily more selective, aiming to keep
o
work in line with the country's industrial and
TABLE 1
countries (%) >2% 1.5-2.0% 1.0-1.5% <1% (%) (%) R&D (%)
Category A
10.1 Germany 61.4 69.0 3.9
Category B
5.4 UK 49.3 63.9 16.0
Category C
7.1 France 42.5 61.5 17.6
1. 1989.
2. 1990.
o_
O
en
Category A. Systems with a number of though it has fewer science graduates in its youthful
complementary sources of agenda setting and workforce.
CE
funding for R&D The research system in Germany is highly diverse, LU
The prototype for this small group is Germany, a centrally conceived and coordinated, but for the most CO
country that in its reunified form will almost part run on the principle of institutional autonomy.
inevitably come to dominate Europe in science as in That said, both central and regional governments share
other spheres. Germany has set examples for Europe
and the world in its development of the principle of
research and autonomy in its education system, and in
in the funding of research institutes and universities. A
key part of the system is a group of national fora for
debate on all kinds of policy affecting the research
I
the application of science in modern industries, system. Politicians, scientists and industrialists meet 65
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
regularly in the Science Council and at the federal/slate seen as a series of concurrent interactive processes
commission level to act on educational and research with heavy dependence on basic science and scientific
planning and to develop policies, which can then be engineering at every step.
considered by all the parties, such as central and The strength of the German model has been
regional government, that will eventually have to demonstrated in the way that Germany has syste¬
participate in and fund initiatives. The basic principle matically integrated the science system of the former
is to allocate research tasks by 'subsidiarity'. Work German Democratic Republic. The Science Council
should ideally be carried out in industry; if this is not reviewed the strengths and weaknesses of its resources
possible - as in basic research, for example - for science and the plans for the future offered by the
universities are the proper places. A specialized various institutes. The resulting plan recommended
institute should be set up only if it is absolutely that some institutes be incorporated into the national
necessary for reasons of efficiency and logistics, for networks and others adapted to make this possible.
example, if specialized equipment is needed. There are Non-viable institutions, including the Academy of
no fewer than four networks of research institutes: the Sciences of the GDR, have been replaced by a number
Max-Planck-Gesellschaft (MPG - the Max-Planck of regionally-based institutions.
Society - for basic research); the Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft Politically, Switzerland is highly decentralized, so
(Fraunhofer Society - for applied research); the that the federal government plays only a limited part
Association of National Research Centres (institutes in intervening in science and technology policy. On
based around large and/or expensive experimental the whole, industry, through its large share of science
facilities); and the 'blue list' laboratories which perform expenditure, dominates R&D activity, perhaps even
basic research associated with public missions such as more than in any other country in Europe, and indeed
health and social welfare. In addition there is a Switzerland files more patent applications per capita
generous allocation to the national research council, than any other country. Nevertheless, government
the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft (DFG - German concerns that industry is not keeping up with the very
Research Society). Germany has recently formed a latest technologies have prompted some activities at a
'superministry' for education, science, research and national level to promote R&D in specific areas, as
technology, which has been nicknamed the 'Ministry well as initiatives in advanced vocational and research
LU
O
z for the Future'. Backed up by such laboratories and by training.
LU
O direct state support, companies invest heavily and While the universities are mainly supported by the
co
systematically in research. cantons, two Federal Technical Institutes and several
o
_i
ce Universities are seen as a stronghold of basic research institutions are directly financed and largely
O
research, although it is acknowledged that not all controlled by the federal government. The Fonds
students are to be trained as researchers and that national pour la recherche scientifique (Swiss National
O
co
concentration of resources through differentiation and Science Foundation), as the major funding agency,
3
specialization is necessary if university research is to receives nearly all its money from the federal
CO
stay internationally competitive and not lose expertise government, which also stipulates some general
to the well-funded and equipped laboratories. The guidelines for the use of these funds.
More than twice as much is spent on R&D in of research in industry has declined. Moreover, the
industry as in the state secLor in counLries of ihis group. laboratories supporting manufacturing industry and
agriculture were pruned throughout the 1980s, and in
Category B. Predominantly national systems with the 1990s many of them have been or are on the point
limited central control of being privatized. Much research in the defence
The UK is Lhe largest of such systems. Government sector - which underpins a substantial export
funds for science come from central government industry, for example in aerospace - is going the same
through a large variety of ministries and agencies. way. Increasingly, then, agendas for such research,
Support for the 'science base' is provided via a range insofar as it continues, are market-led rather than
oriented research councils and through block funding While there is no single ministry for research in the
for universities, as well as from private foundations UK, the recently crealed Office of Science and
and the EU. Most basic research is done in the Technology, pari of lhe Office of Public Service and
universities, which are fairly free to plan their own Science, creates a focus for government efforts to
work without outside interference. On the other hand influence science as a whole.
financial constraints on such support make such The small but technologically ambitious countries
institutions increasingly dependent on money for of the north, particularly the Scandinavian countries,
research associated with specific short- and medium- which also have their own research grouping, operate
term objectives. this way. Such countries rely on industry and high
The system embodies a clear split between technology for a large part of their gross domestic
mission-oriented research, which is the responsibility product and have long scientific and innovative
of individual government departments, and traditions. A common theme of their current policies
knowledge-oriented research, which has for the most is to adapt and strengthen their knowledge base
part been the job of the universities. Spending on through developing their university systems, for
mission-oriented research is dominated by that of the example by developing university colleges with a
Ministry of Defence, which maintains its own strong emphasis on research. At the same time
network of laboratories as well as supporting sub¬ governments are identifying strengths and weaknesses
stantial amounts of R&D in the industries that supply in the areas related to their respective industrial
weapons and other high-tech equipment to defence strengths with a view to directing funds to ensure
forces. Such spending has decreased in recent years, effective development across the spectrum from basic
LU
D_
as defence is no longer seen to be such a high to applied research and innovation. Finland, and O
ce
national priority. particularly Sweden, are the highest proportionate 3
Ministries responsible for industry have in the past spenders on R&D: the Netherlands' contribution has
LT
made substantial outlays in support of research in civil declined in recent years, with funding in Denmark LU
industry, both directly and as partners wiLh industry and Norway rising. Austria's contribution is also CO
LU
in the so-called research associations that were climbing bul remains behind. Ireland is still way down
designed to provide underpinning research for a at the bottom of this group. Not surprisingly, the two
variety of different industries. Government has been latter countries share a brain-drain problem: well-
backing away for lhe last 15 years from such educated citizens see no opportunilies al home and
spending, regarding 'near-market' research as not are attracted to countries where there is greater
demand for their skills. 67
appropriate for public support. Hence direct support
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
In all ihese countries, industry performs between laboratories, possibly to help stimulate investment by
one and Lwo Limes lhe amounl of R&D carried out in industry. CNRS administration has been decentralized
the state sector.
to help such relationships develop. Each of the seven
subject groups also has its regional policy, spreading
Category C. More centralized, state-driven R&D its work out to develop centres of excellence in each
systems region. There are also a number of agencies that carry
In the Mediterranean countries academic activity and out mission-oriented science in space, health and
attainment are well respected for their own sakes and other areas.
as a contribulion Lo nalional cullure, personal Universities are in fulure to play a bigger role in
aspiralions and self-fulfilment. Research activity, research, and the government hopes to improve
particularly in science and engineering, is shared mobility between the universities and the research
between dedicated institules, often centrally planned, institutes, which will be looking for many new young
organized and funded, and lhe university system. It recruits as a generation retires over the next decade.
comes under the ministry for higher education and Both research institutes and universities are to look for
research. The strong role of government in driving opportunities to work with such outside bodies as
and controlling national infrastructures and econo¬ industry and local, regional and national government.
mies has also led to much applied research being Industry has recently been drawn into setting agendas
carried out at the expense of and under the control of for science on a national basis, and there is to be an
the state in nationalized industries.
annual national plan for science in which objectives
The focus of the country's research effort is a single and achievements are laid out for discussion.
government-funded organization which acts as an Italy, too, has its network of research institutes of
umbrella for a large network of research laboratories. the Consiglio Nazionale delle Ricerche (CNR - National
Researchers are then for the most part employees of Council for Research), in which the state conducts
the organization. The most extreme form of this research in designated subjects within basic science
pattern is France, the leader and role model for this and health; the state's research network for energy
group of countries, with its Centre national de la (Ente per le Nuove Tecnologie, l'Energia e VAmbiente -
LU
recherche scientifique (CNRS - National Centre for ENEA) has recently had its role - and its title -
O
z Scientific Research). The CNRS covers every subject expanded to cover new technologies and environment
LU
ü from astrophysics to the humanities and is the major as well, and there is also a relatively new space agency.
CO
o
voice for science in the country. This makes it a very Like France, Italy has a ministry that covers higher
_l
ce strong national focus for science. There are a number education and research: it defines priorities as well as
o
of free-standing research laboratories, but most supervising and supporting public and some industrial
o research centres are based al universilies, though few research. An applied research fund provides a wide
co
3
CNRS staff undertake teaching. Universities may bid range of options, including support of basic research
h-
to have a centre based at iheir campus. in industry, national research programmes for strategic
¡í
CO
The region around Paris has in lhe past hosted a technologies, preliminary work for international
disproportionate number of CNRS laboratories, but collaborations and evaluation.
Universities and Scientific and Technological science through the provision of adequate finance, at
Research. A three-year development plan has added the same time as moulding systems so that they
new universities to the system to reduce over¬ deliver science in such a way as to meet the needs of
crowding, and the state will also be strengthening the state.
the 1980s. It has a national R&D plan that promotes It is important to remember that in Europe the newish
training of research personnel, starts research pro¬ systems are only a recent overlay on societies and
grammes and supports the scientific and technical networks of natural philosophers that have been
infrastructure. An interministerial commission for evolving since the 17th century, often with little or
science and technology drafts and executes the plan: haphazard support from private and public sources. It
several other organizations promote the objectives of is in such contexts that the foundations of the scientific
the plan and evaluate its execution. Once again, revolution were laid, and the achievements of the
government laboratories and universities are almost Industrial Revolution formulated and consolidated.
equally balanced, with industry playing an increasing Europe's domination of the world of science has, of
part on the national scene. course, diminished as other countries, notably the USA,
Greece and Portugal lack networks of research have jumped ahead. But, for their populations and even
institutes, and R&D is concentrated in their university their economic clout, the countries of Europe still make
systems. They differ from the smaller countries in lhe a disproportionate impact on Lhe world's science.
north in lhat lhe state will have to play a central role Basic researchers aim high: iheir ambilion is to
in encouraging industrial development and expansion achieve breakthroughs in science that overturn
until the resulting industries are ready to take the previous theories, demonstrate results not hitherto
initiative in undertaking and setting the agenda for possible or achieve original solutions to problems
research. others have found intractable. The most outstanding
In France, Spain and Italy industry performs of such achievements are rewarded by such prizes as
between one and two times the R&D carried out in the three annual Nobel Prizes for science, and, since
the state sector, while in Greece and Portugal industry they go to top scientists anywhere in the world, they
performs only one-third of that carried out by the can be used as a measure of a country's scientific
state. standing and achievement in basic science (Table 2).
Scientists of German and British nationality received
LU
Q_
most prizes up until the early 1950s; the USA then
COMMON ISSUES AND CURRENT O
ce
took over the lead and has maintained it ever since.
3
TRANSFORMATIONS
LU
The UK and Germany now vie for second place, with
CC
These systems have evolved largely since lhe Second France, Sweden and the Netherlands next, ahead of LU
World War: iheir similarities and differences arise the former USSR and Japan. In terms of prizes CO
from the interaction between the essentially national awarded over recent years the USA is way ahead of
political culture and the worlds of science, created any other country; in fact, there are few prizes awarded
partly by national cultures of science but also heavily
influenced by the nature of the international scientific
enterprise. They represent the attempts of individual
that are not shared by a scientist in the USA. While
Germany was the star of Europe before the Second
World War, the UK has dominated the European scene
I
governments to take responsibility for promoting ever since, though to a decreasing extent. 69
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
TABLE 2
NOBEL PRIZES AWARDED IN NATURAL SCIENCES (PHYSICS, CHEMISTRY AND PHYSIOLOGY OR MEDICINE) BY
NATIONALITY
Index of
Nobel success
(no. prizes
Current 1963-93 per
population 10 million
LU
O
z
LU
O In more quantitative terms, the outputs from science The figure shows that Western Europe and the USA
CO
Q
can be assessed and compared using a number of are roughly evenly balanced in terms of scientific
_l
CE yardsticks. In Figure 2 shares in world publication and publications and gross domestic product. However,
O
patenting are compared with the level of gross national the USA spends rather more on R&D to achieve this:
O product and share of scientific investment. The results on the other hand it achieves more in terms of patents.
co
3
confirm the general image of Europe as a scientifically Japan spends relatively a slightly greater percentage of
sophisticated part of the world, but with a betler gross domestic product on R&D; while its scientific
CO
performance in science lhan in palenling activity. The publications lag, it achieves well in patents, being
differences, however, are not great, apart from Japan's granted more patents in the USA than the whole of
FIGURE 2
USA 35%
Others 6% Others 4%
Western Europe
¿»
20% Japan 1 9%
Japan 24%
USA 28%
Western Europe
49%
USA 50%
aged Lhe developmenl of scientific research and higher the fulfilment of personal and naiional aspiraiions,
education. They have, by and large, consolidated their including lhe generation of prosperily ihrough
systems in such a way as to maintain the principles of mainlaining and developing a skilled workforce and
LU
the natural philosophers: the idea of autonomy for Lhe developmenl of knowledgeable, responsible and Q.
O
researchers combined with allocation and reward reflective citizens. However, the proportion of the ce
3
LU
systems based on peer review. This approach has been young workforce (aged 25-34) with a university
ce
fairly successful in promoting research of good quality education, varying between 17% in Spain and 5% in LU
I-
and also in providing a cadre of teachers ready to Portugal in 1991, with the larger countries achieving co
LU
teach the increasing numbers of young people who between 11% and 15%, is much lower than in the 5
enter higher education. USA with 24%. In terms of research scientists and
Higher education
FIGURE 3
Natural sciences,
Ü mathematics, Engineering
computer science
France 1991
UK 1990
Germany 1990
Spain 1990
Italy 1992
Belgium 1989
Finland 1991 m
Netherlands 1990 l
Greece 1990 |
Denmark 1990
Ireland 1990
Norway 1990 |
LU
Austria 1991 j 1171
O
z Switzerland 1992 1 271HH Total 2 048
LLJ
O
CO
1
Q
_J
Japan 1991
CE
O
Total 101 614
O
CO
3
H
USA 1990
CO
72
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
1 000 for Japan. Thus Europe is well behind in terms however, generated its own problems. Expansion has
of the general spread of scientific expertise in the rarely been accompanied by commensurate growth in
labour force. This is particularly worrying in view of funding, particularly in recent years, and in many
the discovery of a direct link between the level of countries academics have come under pressure both
education achieved and chance of obtaining as teachers and researchers. Higher education
employment: some are suggesling lhal one key to institutions are still expected to provide a reservoir of
tackling Europe's high levels of unemployment is creativity, scholarship, autonomy, independence and
through providing more opportunities for its young objectivity that can form an important source of
people to train and study. review and comment on Lhe workings of society. To
Even so, tertiary education in Europe has expanded resolve the problems involved in reconciling the
rapidly since the Second World War; growth has, development of Europe's tradition of long-term
TABLE 3
Research
scientists and
engineers per
Austria 8 782 -
2.5 (1989)
O
Spain 32 811 41 901 2.6
CE
3
Sweden 25 585 27 445 5.9
Switzerland 14 250 -
5.2 (1992)
ce
UK 134 000 123 000 (1992) 4.5
CO
academic achievemenl with short-term pressures is indusLry has conducLed basic research: eleclronics and
one of the major challenges of the decade. Recent pharmaceuticals are two examples; the new science of
policy has tended to combine focusing on partici¬ genetic engineering can hardly be distinguished in
pation rates with measures that will ensure that terms such as basic and applied from its offspring
research of high quality and relevance takes place. A biotechnology. Europe occupies a middle rank for the
common response has been to increase the proportion production of aerospace and scientific equipment.
of support for research in universities that is allocated For the most part research and development in
by competitive means from external agencies, such as industry - which accounts for well over half of R&D
government and industry. In addition, some countries investment in most technologically advanced countries
such as France, the Netherlands, Denmark, Finland - builds on scientific results often generated in the
and Switzerland are reforming their university systems public sector, and in some countries (Germany being
as a whole, paying special attention to improving the most notable exception) industry has traditionally
opportunities for research and research training at worked independently of basic research institutions.
postgraduate levels. Many governments have encouraged companies to
develop technologically: through subsidizing research
Developing and applying research for products in which it was directly interested; in
The availability of such personnel has enabled industry providing research institutes where expertise is
and public services to expand and increase their available; in providing tax advantages and other
technical expertise and thus develop sophisticated financial incentives; in promoting schemes for industry
products and techniques. to exchange ideas with scientists. In some countries
Innovation is essential to keep industry's products government provides a significant proportion of the
competitive. Some industries are more research cost of such research: in France, Sweden, the UK and
intensive - i.e. have a higher ratio of investment in Germany 20-30% of government R&D funds go to
R&D to production - than others. In Europe the industry, largely in the defence sector. In addition,
industries with the highest ratios are aerospace, most European governments spend between 20% and
pharmaceuticals, electronics, computers and chemicals, 30% of their civil appropriations on various schemes
LU
with motor vehicles, electrical machinery and for economic development, with Austria and Belgium
O
z instruments also significant. Compared with com¬ spending less and Ireland nearly half in this way.
LU
O petitors in the USA and Japan, Europe produces most A more recent development is to invite industry to
co
Q
goods in three of these groupings: chemicals, participate in setting the agenda for research in the
_l
ce pharmaceuticals and motor vehicles. Many of the public domain, particularly where pressure on funds
o
5 companies involved are large and multinational: they has made some selectivity between subjects inevitable.
u_
o produce and even carry out research in several Almost all the European countries have conducted, or
co
countries. They can thus profit from research done are in the course of conducting, reviews of where their
3
I-
almost anywhere, even outside Europe: technical technological future lies and how the state can
co
advance in biotechnology for example has been more underpin its development. Often this involves having
easily appropriated from research in the USA than expert panels match exciLing areas of basic research
74 deterioraling. Moreover Lhere are some areas in which governments, which can arrange their funding plans
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
FIGURE 4
100
| Food
3
XI KfcSÎ | Industrial chemicals
£ 80
WW'
u>
c
WW-
kWW
I Pharmaceuticals
kwW
3 WWN WW kWW
kww jww Other chemicals
k\w4 *
&S
wxv
60 - WW
IS
WW
WW
j^^x; Non-electrical machinery
WW
WW S
|-Qx':-:i Computers
40 -
ES J0\yi Electrical machinery
Q
|l I I "j Communications equipment
rr H*I*^ Motor vehicles
o
2 20 - j\\- Aircraft
% ^ YZZl Other fabricated metals
p^ Y2
| Other manufacturing
c
a
ro i0
it! a.
3
E E a
c -3
ai
a O
Note: Only the most significant groups and subgroups are shown.
and infrastructures in such a way as positively to exports, her internal markets are not coherent or
LU
influence the R&D activities of large and small strong enough to maintain adequate levels of Q_
O
CE
companies, particularly in terms of long-term work employment for her workforce. Tackling such 3
LU
and work 'at the margins', i.e., what they might not problems is a high priority for regional and national
CC
undertake except with some public involvement. governments and for the EU as a whole, and LU
We have seen that such efforts have cost a governmental approaches to R&D, as we shall see CO
LU
significant share of GDP - yet they have not altogether below, do not tend to be designed accordingly.
succeeded in keeping Europe's industries competitive. And so in the last few decades, European
In particular Europe has a problem with productivity: governments have arrived at a new view of the role
output per fulltime equivalenL employee is way below that' science plays in the life of the state, and the
that for Japan and under half that of the USA. While philosophy of their involvement with it has altered
Europe has a reasonable market share in high-tech accordingly. The most dramatic change has been that 75
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
lhe earlier assumpLion lhal in order lo achieve such practice as well as a Senior Academics in Industry
objeclives as economic compeLiliveness it was scheme.
necessary only to provide sufficient financial support A more integrated approach to science and its
for education and research is no longer tenable. implementation has also concentrated the minds of
Governments need to examine all aspects of policy in planners on stimulating regional development by
which they are involved in order to tackle such developing networks of conlacls and particular
problems, including involvement with science by the specialisms. Such initiatives take place most naturally
state and in the nation as a whole. where local governments, for example in Germany
and Switzerland, already play a significant part in
The new science policies funding R&D. However, such countries as the UK,
An important recent change is that the role of the state Spain, France and Italy, where the regions have
has tended to move from that of being a central actor considerable powers but still make a relatively modest
in the technological innovation process to that of contribution to science and technology, have also
coordinating, facilitating and promoting it. In addition embarked on regional policies designed to redress
to considering only the early stages, that is, basic imbalances in wealth and employment, and also to
research, the state now considers technology transfer build on existing local industrial and academic
as being within its remit. It not only supports such strengths. Even countries that have no regionalized
efforts financially, but also comments on organi¬ policy structures have looked at such approaches: for
zational, institutional and cultural aspects of example Greece has instituted technology parks in
technological practices. Rather than just being part of Athens, Patras, Salónica and Heraklion and plans to
economic policy, R&D has become an independent encourage the development of regional research and
policy field closely interlinked with other policy areas. innovation magnets in Piraeus, Macedonia and
The new philosophy has resulted in changes in the Thrace.
structure of government organizations, as we have While in many ways under attack from various
seen above; it has also resulted in specific measures elements in sociely, both intellectual and anti-
and affected regional development policies. intellectual, science remains for the most part a source
LU
Almost every country has new measures to of reliable and objective knowledge about the world.
O
z strengthen its scientific infrastructure: for example, the It is still generally accepted, for example, that the
UJ
O Netherlands has developed a framework programme advancement of science is essential for improving
co
o
for science and technology in the 1990s, and has health and the quality of life in general, and will
_l
CE
instituted a new network of scientific research continue to offer opportunities for economic growth
O
colleges, and Portugal has put special emphasis on and the satisfaction of human needs and aspirations.
LL
O
strengthening basic research through the PRAXIS However, science and its applications are no longer
co
3
programme of support for basic research and the accepted uncritically. A growing feature of the state's
r-
< CIENCIA programme lo strengthen infrastructure in involvement with science concerns what the Germans
H
CO
priority areas. In the area of the technology base, call 'preventive research', work concerning the
Spain has recently completed a technology action environmental and social effects of technological
economic objectives of major importance; promotion Such efforts have had the effect of stimulating exciting
of the acceptance of science and technology by the innovations in teaching and research, but they have
public; assessment of ethical and social aspects of also stimulated a backlash, when the autonomy, scale
technological development; and the improvement of and scope of knowledge-oriented work has come
mechanisms and methods of assessing programmes. under threat.
recent years, for example, many European countries of multinational corporations. There is an increasing
have increased their emphasis on the advancement of tendency for researchers from different countries to
knowledge through basic research, while they have combine forces. This is true for all scientifically active
cut their spending on research into industrial countries, but those in European countries are more
productivity and production technologies and, even likely to publish with nationals of oiher countries than
more dramatically, into energy. Spending on defence those in either the USA or Japan. Collaboration arises
objectives, responsible for substantial proportions of from bilateral and multilateral agreements of many
R&D in the UK and France, has declined in priority, kinds, often fostered by government or charitable
though it still accounts for 20% of the total grants for travel and equipment.
governmental R&D funding for the EU. Space takes The tradition that scientists from different countries
another substantial and increasing share. Research into should meet and share their results and knowledge is
health, environment and social structures and as old as science itself, and has become increasingly
relationships has grown. institutionalized since the 19th century in such events
National science systems are changing in the light as international meetings. A famous example is the
of these two sets of pressures, to stimulate growth and series of Solvay conferences at which nuclear scientists
to harness science to global and social ends in a met in the early 20th century. The idea of working
publicly acceptable way. So far the institutions that together is more recent and has really only been made
carry out research have not altered substantially from possible on a systematic basis by increasingly fast
LU
D_
their post-war shape: such a change would take transport and the communication revolution. The
o
CE
decades rather than years. Nevertheless, substantial increasing specialization of science has also put 3
modifications have taken place in the way science is pressure on scientists to combine their work in this
CC
handled within government, and also in the way way, as indeed has the cost and scale of the equipment LU
I-
industry runs its scientific research. Throughout, there required for state-of-Lhe-art work. The posl-war years CO
LU
is added emphasis on results, value for money and were a Lime of greaL oplimism for science, combined 5
accountability. New layers of assessment and review with a driving force towards mutual understanding
are being added to peer review systems in order to
feed in external criteria for the value that should be
ambitious centralized laboratories to pursue their Even for slightly cheaper equipment, the outcome of
work: examples include the European Molecular competition for funds may determine whether or not
Biology Laboratory (EMBL), the European Southern a particular group will have access to the equipment
Observatory (ESO) and the Joint Research Centre of that will or will not keep them up with the state of
the European Community. These mirrored only the art.
slightly less grandiose schemes undertaken nationally But in keeping with the more frugal approach to
to enable scientists to keep ahead. Multilateral projects the funding of science nowadays, there is great
arose that were geared to more sanguine objectives reluctance to set up collaboration that involves
than the promotion of basic research. These included massive capital investment and high running costs. It
the European Space Agency (ESA) and various has also been shown that large laboratories set up with
aerospace and defence projects. It has been estimated generous funding and given a virtually free hand often
that such joint expenditures account for some 3% of find it difficult to keep up with new trends and adapt
R&D spending in Europe. to new ideas. A more usual approach is actively to
Similar enterprises do, however, still come about promote 'virtual' collaboration, where work is done at
when countries can agree on the need - a recent the home bases of various groups of scientists who
example in Europe is the European Synchrotron agree on a common objective and share out the
Radiation Facility (ESRF) at Grenoble in France. The operations necessary to complete the project. This is
scientific and technical case for this was made by the now the major strategy adopted for the collaboration
European Science Foundation (ESF), which since its that is encouraged by the EU.
establishment in 1974 has provided a forum where The involvement of the EU in science and
representatives of 56 funding agencies in the member technology is in step with the tighter relationships
states can meet, arrange collaboration and discuss between science and its applications documented
matters relating to the changing shape of science and above. The European Economic Community had no
the best way to promote it. How to meet the new remit to promote science for its own sake: its research
challenges set for European research is now a key part plans had to be geared to the economic advantage of
of the role of the ESF as a pan-European forum for the Community, just as the Joint Research Centre had
LU
national research funding organizations. The ESF has to be geared to helping the member states use atomic
O
also advised the European Community on matters energy. By the late 1970s it became clear that Europe's
O relating to basic science, and is represented on a new erstwhile preeminence in science was being eclipsed
CO
o
body set up by the European Commission, the by the USA and Japan and, moreover, the members
_l
CE European Science and Technology Assembly (ESTA). were also losing the battle for markets and technology:
O
The realization of the importance of the European hence the need to give a European dimension to
LL
context for science is demonstrated by the recent birth research, to standards and to the market base. Out of
O
CO
of a number of other organizations, including the these imperatives arose the Framework programmes,
3
h-
Academia Europea, the Alliance of European Academies designed to build collaboration in science with
£
CO (ALLEA) and the European Rectors Conference (CRE). potential to improve economic competitiveness.
One of the concerns is about scientific facilities that Under Framework, the EU offers half the cost of
CO
complexity and expense of some scientific endeavours LU
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
O
European Commission (1994) European Report on Science
co
3
and Technology Indicators, Luxembourg: Office for Official
Publications of the European Communities.
r-
I OECD.
Central Europe
ANTONI KUKLINSKI AND BOGDAN KACPRZYNSKI
The transformation of Central Europe1 is a complicated This new model of science needs to solve the
and historical process with many dimensions. We may dilemma of being national and European at the same
define transformation as a qualified structural change time: national in the sense that the new model of
where the object of change will - after the consecutive science must be deeply incorporated into the tradition
stages of transformation - have a new identity. The of national culture and into the systems of values and
question as to whether Central Europe will be able to patterns of behaviour of the given society. The
create a new image and new identity during the first relationship of this model to the competitive
decade of the 21st century cannot be answered in a challenges of the given national economy as related to
broad way since the countries of the region are in the global economy is also important. In other words,
varying stages of the process of transformation: some this model of science must function within an efficient
of them are well advanced, some are just starting out system for the creation and diffusion of innovation in
on the difficult road of structural change; yet others are the given country (OECD, 1992; Kacprzynski, 1994).
undecided and torn between the past of real socialism This new model of science must also be European in
and lhe fulure of real capilalism. This is Lhe definilion the sense of being a creative adaptation to the
of Iransformation in real lerms, much more bruial than conditions and parameters prevailing in the territory
The transformation of science We can perhaps begin by asking the question: how
Transformation is a holistic process where successes and effective has the first stage of transformation been
failures in one field have a deep impact on performance during the years 1989-95? In Central Europe the
in the remaining ones. The transformation of science achievements have been very great. An optimistic
must therefore be seen in this holistic perspective. interpretation is that the point of no return to the old
However, particular attention must be given to the order has already been reached. However, whatever
relaiion between lhe Iransformalion of science and lhe the interpretation, we must acknowledge that the
transformation of the economy, society and the state. process of creating the new model has been much
The transformation of science in Central Europe is slower and less efficient than the importance of the
the process of creating a new model of science. This historical opportunity might suggest. The barriers on
implies the creation of: the road to the future have proved, quite simply, to be
LU
far greater in number and impact than originally Q_
new patterns of motivation and behaviour on the First was the legacy of real socialism in terms of
<
part of the scientific community; both mental and material structures. With a certain
CE
a new scope and structure to the demand for indirectly, subordinated to the demand created by lhe
science (Kuklinski, 1994). military-industrial complex of the Soviet Empire. In
1 . Central Europe is taken in this chapter as being a group of six countries - the Czech Republic, Slovakia, Poland, Hungary, Bulgaria and Romania - having
I
81
strong common denominators: the experience of real socialism; the transformation process; and the prospect of joining the European Union in the future.
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
TABLE 1
Area
Population
('000s) 1993 8 470 10 327 10 289 38 459 22 760 5 300
Inflow of
Foreign debt
(US$, billions) 1994 12.94 9.1 28.1 41.3 4.3 4.1
Unemployment
level (%) 1994 15.7 3.1 10.4 16.0 10.8 14.5
Industrial 1994
R&D
scientists and
engineers (FTE)
per 1 000 1989 11.35-6 8.5 4.1 na 5.6 1.7
tertiary level 1992 195 447 116 560 117 460 584177 235 669 66 002
LU
Females (%) 1989 52 na 51 59 na na
O
Z 1992 57 44 51 56 47 48
LU
O
Academic
co
teachers at 1989 20 752 na 16319 65 917 11 696 na
o
_l
tertiary level 1992 21 976 14 798 17 743 60 783 18123 9 351
LT
O
Student: teacher 1989 7.6 na 6.2 7.7 14.1 na
3. 1990-93. 6. 1985.
I Sources: UNESCO, Statistical Yearbook, 1 994; Monitoring European Integration - The Impact of Eastern Europe, CEPR Annual Report, 1 990; National Accounts
Statistics: Main aggregates and detailed tables 1991, UN, 1993; Statisticka Ftocenka Slovenskej fíepubliky 1993, Bratislava, 1994; Statisticka Rocenka Ceske Republiky
1994, Prague, 1994; Statistical yearbook of Hungary 1994, Budapest, 1994; Roczmk Stafystyczny 1994, GUS Warsaw, 1994.
82
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
the objective long-term perspeciive, this was not It is a system representing a 'cohabitation' of elements
necessarily a negative factor in all situations. of the new and old orders. New solutions come up
Secondly, there was the inefficiency of the old-new, against large patches and islands of old institutional
new and new-old governmental structures which were patterns, and the general level of coherence of the
not able to carry out long-term strategic thinking related system is relatively low. The new finality of the
to the development of science in Central Europe. No system is generally accepted - at least it is claimed so.
consistent vision of scientific and industrial policies was As regards motivation, the role of Lhe old mentality is
developed and implemented. The governmental still very important. The dilemma - excellence versus
structures were not able to resist two types of pressure mediocrity - has generally not yet been solved.
paralysing the power to design appropriate policies:
The system is functioning in a situation of financial
The populist pressures pushing the spiritual and restrictions and difficulties, generating a shrinkage
material position of scientists down to a level very effect in many fields. However, certain successes in
seldom experienced in the history of Central the creation of new financial foundations can be
Europe. recognized.
The primitive vision of the neoliberal ideology The system is a patient bleeding from external and
internal brain drain which ihrealens Lo remove
promoting the false view that market forces alone
would create a new model of science, contrary to certain siraiegic links from Lhe mosl advanced
the theoretical and pragmatic experience of the fields of research and teaching.
A third main barrier was the lack of strategic thinking dearth of young, dynamic scientists is a growing
and holistic perspective on the part of the great Western phenomenon (European Commission, 1995).
_l
than long-term strategic programmes.
research and development (R&D) intensity and gross <
CE
I
According to the recent report prepared for the
European Union, the system of higher education and The positive side of the years 1989-95 is largely related
science in Central Europe in 1995 has the following to the creation of new institutions and agencies
features: responsible for the development of science, especially at 83
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
FIGURE 1
3.0
2.5
European Union
CL 2.0
Q NICs
1.5-
O
CC
Ol
O 1.0 CEEfl)
CEE(2)
0.5
1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994
European Union - Belgium, Denmark, Federal Republic of Germany, Greece, Spain, France, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg,
Netherlands, Portugal, UK
CEE(1) - Bulgaria, former Czechoslovakia, Hungary, Poland, Romania, Russian Federation, Ukraine
LU
ü
CEE(2) - Bulgaria, Czech Republic, Slovakia, Hungary, Poland, Romania
Z
LU
ü
CO Sources: European Report on Science and Technology Indicators, EC. 1 994; various national sources.
Q
_l
or
O
the national level. These institutional changes have been created inducements to inject the spirit of competition
LL
O
well documented and analysed in a pioneering and into the research system. Peer review, the objective
co
comprehensive series of publications developed by the competitive evaluation of projects submitted for
3
H
Institute for Human Sciences in Vienna (1993-94), and financing, is a very positive innovation in R&D, and an
CO activities of the institutions have been described by adaptation of the scientific community to the general
Frackowiak (1994) and Imre (1994). The new patterns of behaviour characteristic of the competitive
FIGURE 2
3.5
3.0
Romania
S 1-5-
- * " *
- . . --
1.0- . - ' *"* ..
Poland
0.5-
n
u
I I I I I I I I I
1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994
Sources: European Report on Science and Technology Indicators 1994, EC, 1 994; various national sources.
THE TRANSFORMATION OF HIGHER EDUCATION the excessive power of collective bodies such as
senates and faculty councils. In practical terms,
The process of lhe transformation of the system of
these bodies reduce the decision-making powers of
higher education in Central Europe during the period
university re.ctors and deans below the necessary
1989-95 was slower and less efficient than originally LU
minimum, even as regards current management, let CL
expected. There are three things that might explain O
alone strategic long-term solutions.2 Cl
2. We share the value judgement expressed in TERC: 'As far as the problem of schools' self-government is concerned, the majority of responders in all four
countries believe that too much power was transferred to collective bodies (senates, departmental faculty councils and institutes' scientific councils).
I
Directors', rectors' and deans' executive powers are too limited.' S. Amsterdamski, TERC, vol. 5 (Institute for Human Sciences, 1993). 85
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
schools - especially in the fields of economic, legal they were expanded during the years 1918-39 when all
and managerial sciences. Most important are various the Central European countries were independent states.
types of business school responding to the growing These academies were developed following the
needs of private enterprise. general European pattern. This natural evolution was
International organizations and foundations are destroyed, however, in the late 1940s and early 1950s
promoting the development of new instilutions of when in all the Central European countries the
higher education. Just two examples may be traditional academies were liquidated and in each
mentioned: the Central European University in Prague country a new academy of sciences was created:
and the extension of the College of Europe (Brugge) in basically an institutional copy of the Academy of
Warsaw. However, this activity is still relatively Sciences of the USSR.
limited in comparison with the great potential demand However, during the years 1949-89 this Soviet
as seen in the long term. pattern was modified in each country, according to
The most important task, however, is to transform lhe positive or negative pressures of the national
the existing academic institutions. There are three political environment. We can perhaps mention just
dimensions to this transformation: two examples - the positive liberal change in the
Polish Academy of Sciences after 1956 and the
what might be described as the 'spiritual' transform¬
negative totalitarian change in the Czechoslovak
ation - the internalization of the competitive
Academy of Sciences post- 1968. The Romanian
approach by both professors and students;
Academy of Sciences proved to be a special case, with
the adaptation of teaching curricula to the new both negative and positive dimensions.
demands engendered by scientific, technological In the first stages of democratic transformation after
and economic progress; 1989, those in radical circles expressed the view that
the academies ought to be liquidated because of their
material transformation the rapid modernization
sin of Soviet origin. It is fortunate that this extreme
of lhe technical equipment of the universities.
proposition was not implemented and that the
Even from a pessimistic viewpoint, the academies were able to survive the historical storm
achievements of the years 1989-95 are not to be and start on the difficult road of transformation. It is
LU
O
underestimated. However, the tasks for the next to be regretted that the process of transformation of
LU
ü decade are immense. The system of higher education the academies in the years 1989-95 has been rather
CO
o
needs to be developed rapidly in both quantitative and slow and inefficient - wiih the possible exception of
_J
ce qualitative terms. At present, the student community the Czech Academy (Illner, 1994).
O
in Central Europe is too small in comparison with In any reflection of a comparative nature, three
O
other regions in Europe and with respect to the questions are especially important:
co
demands of the economy and society.
O
TABLE 2
SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATION AND PATENT 'OUTPUT' PERFORMANCE OF CERTAIN CENTRAL EUROPEAN COUNTRIES
Former
Growth in number of
by residents and
Number of patents
Sources: Scientific Citation Index 1981-1992, Institute for Scientific Information, Philadelphia; US Patent Office.
which has, of course, created its own bureaucratic research seen in the perspective of global science -
machinery. We consider lhat in the Czech Academy offer, after certain adaptation, very good conditions
the old bureaucratic machinery was totally, or for a new successive stage of development? (It is nol
almost totally, liquidated. clear, however, whelher this development should be
standards, has been used as the argument for THE TRANSFORMATION OF THE R&D SYSTEM
O
maintaining an unbroken succession in the Polish
The system of real socialism gave rise to a very large and
and Hungarian Academies.
FIGURE 3
TOTAL NUMBERS OF S&T PUBLICATIONS AND CITATIONS FOR SELECTED EUROPEAN COUNTRIES, 1981-92
Sweden
90 000 - Switzerland
80 000
70 000
«T 60 000
o
o
m
c
o
.1 50 000
I Israel
Denmark
.a
40 000 Belgium
Spain
30 000
LU
Ü
Finland
z
LU
O
CO
Norway
Q 20 000 Austria
_l
Poland
CE
O
Ireland
\ Hungary ^Former
O Czechoslovakia
10 000
CO
IO
I Romania Greece
CO 0_ 0 Bulgaria
Portugal
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Source: National Science Indicators 1981-92, Institute for Scientific Information. Philadelphia, 1993.
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
economy. It succeeded in receiving a much larger share other hand, it must be said that the countries of
of the centrally allocated resources than did the system Central Europe have had a poor record in terms of
of the academies and higher education. Nobel Prizes awarded.
The transformation processes of 1989-95 have The performance of real socialism has been a mixed
served to reduce this legacy of real socialism: something one. In the field of natural and technical sciences the
that could be seen as a positive phenomenon and as an support of lhe state was relatively strong, and of course
unavoidable verdict of history. There is, unfortunately, in this context, the role of the Soviet military industrial
a very dangerous trend in that the liquidation of the old complex has to be mentioned. In the field of social
R&D system is also destroying many valuable elements sciences and humanities there was a significant
of the old system that were not totally rotten. What is difference between the relatively liberal experiences of
more important is that this process of destruction is not Poland and Hungary and the hard-line policies
being counterbalanced by the rapid creation of a new implemented in Czechoslovakia, Bulgaria and Romania.
R&D system. Instead it is emerging very slowly because The transformation stage of the years 1989-95,
of the lack of coherent science and induslrial policies contrary to initial expectations, has not led to an
designed and implemenled since 1989, and a improvement in the ranking of Central Europe on the
reluctance on the part of the new private entre- world scientific scene (see Table 2 and Figure 3). On
preneurship lo promoie research and developmenl. the contrary, the financial difficulties and lhe effects of
Wiih respect to the latier, one recenily published the brain drain have clearly diminished the
commenl on the situation in Poland is striking: We competitive power of Central Europe and shifted the
know for example that in 1992 the private sector's Central European countries to lower rankings on the
share in GDP creation was 47.2%, its share in total international scale.
industrial employment was 55.7%, and its share in This shift, however, is not dramatic and an
employment in integrated enterprise R&D units improvement in this field can be realistically expected
(altogether 45 500 persons) was... 9%' (Kwiatkowski, in the near future, if a more positive scenario for the
1994). development of science is put in place in Central
A third reason for the slow creation of a new system Europe.
O
European and worldwide challenges of the 21st Central Europe is welt advanced, although both the CE
LU
century is one of the most urgent developmental endogenous and exogenous barriers diminishing the
_l
<
problems to be solved in Central Europe. efficiency of this process have proved greater than rr
analyse the whole process in a rigorous method¬ He served as Under-Secretary of State at the Polish
Ministry of Foreign Affairs and on the State
ological framework. In these studies, not only will the
Committee for Scientific Research.
general features of the transformation process in
Professor Kuklinski has published widely on the
Central Europe be properly defined bul also lhe
subject of science and technology policy and
specific characierislics of each couniry. Discussion on regional planning and has numerous books and
the latter has not been possible in this chapter due to series to his credit.
limitations of space.
Bogdan Kacprzynski was Professor at the
Finally, in all activities related to the transformation
University of Warsaw and associated with its
of science in Central Europe there is a need for reliable
European Institute for Regional and Local
and well-organized statistical data - prepared in the
Development. A graduate of the Technical
framework of the methodologies developed by the University of Warsaw in telecommunication, he
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and developed a broad, interdisciplinary interest in the
Development (OECD), the European Union and mathematical, technical and social sciences, and
LU
that presented in the European Report on Science and
O
Z Technology Indicators (European Commission, 1994)
LU
should serve as an inducement for the statistical
O
co
o
offices in Central Europe to be much more efficient in
_l
CE
the future.
O
O
co
CO
I
90
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
I
91
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
and democratic society in the countries now making states formerly making up the USSR shared a will to
These processes are generally taking place under interference could become a basis for a new type of
conditions of economic recession, inflation, severe unity. Main areas of coordinated activity have been
systems inherited from those of the former Soviet Armenia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Moldova, Tajikistan,
Union, special care is needed to avoid the erosion of Turkmenistan and Uzbekistan joined the CIS upon
science in the newly independent countries, and to signing the protocol on 21 December 1991 in Alma-Ata.
O
extremely large R&D base, bigger, in relative terms, economic growth. In this connection agreements were
CO than that of most of the industrially developed adopted on, amongst other things, a free-trade zone
Z)
H
countries. The substantial concentrations of highly and common political, scientific and cultural activities.
£
CO qualified human resources provided the foundation
for some impressive achievements in basic research
92 reflected in the decline of growth rates of both input general and in most former republics in particular.
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
These negative trends, which have only fully come to Thus almost 58% of R&D institutions, 54%
light recently, are deeply rooled in lhe special nalure of higher educational establishments, 68.5% of
of lhe Soviet R&D model. postgraduate students, 66.7% of R&D personnel and
over 72% of the total R&D expenditure in the USSR
The legacy of centralization were to be found in Russia.' For example, Russia's
The strong centralizalion of R&D and Lhe uneven contribution lo R&D in lerms of expenditure was five
disiribution of research institutions over the USSR that times greater than that of Ukraine, which ranked
had developed over the decades have imposed second in this regard, and the gap was much greater in
differences between the CIS countries in terms of the case of other states. The shares of Belarus,
scientific capacity and specialization. Regional Kazakhstan and Uzbekistan were in the range 1.3-
distribution of R&D has been concentrated in those 3.4%, and the R&D efforts of Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan
developed regions with intensive economic activity, and Turkmenistan did not exceed 0.15-0.2% of the
and this is true both for the USSR and Russia. USSR's total (Table 1).
TABLE 1
PERCENTAGE DISTRIBUTION OF MAJOR R&D INDICATORS OF THE FORMER USSR BY COUNTRY, 19911
CO
Other CIS countries 39.8 30.7 25.5
LU
1 . The individual figures may not add to the totals because of rounding.
2. Excluding Lithuania.
I
1 . Here and elsewhere, unless specifically cited otherwise, data are from the Centre for Science Research and Statistics, Moscow. 93
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
The uneven geographical distribution of R&D has and, as a result, the R&D capacities of newly
been influenced by political exigencies and historical independent slales in some research areas do not
tradition, and the impact of these factors cannot be necessarily respond to the demands of their national
overestimated. The network of Academy of Sciences economies. On both these counts it is reasonable and
research institutions and leading higher educational mutually beneficial to transform the relationship that
establishments inherited from the former Soviet Union was of a 'centre-periphery' nature into equal and long-
was concentrated mostly in large cities - the capitals of term S&T cooperation between CIS countries.
the former union republics and the centres of the
administrative regions. This is a function of the Common infrastructures
concentration of governmental bodies and of admini¬ The R&D sectors of the CIS countries are marked by
strative power under the Soviet system, as well as of the basically common instilulional structures and organi¬
higher living standards found in the big cities. The first zations that are greatly influencing their trans¬
institutions of the Academy and the universities were formation during the period of transition.
established, for example, in Moscow, St Petersburg, The institutional R&D infrastructure in the USSR
Kazan, Kharkov, Kiev, Lvov and so on. The major centres was organized in line with the general principles of the
of scientific and technological information, libraries and Soviet administrative system; like other legal entities,
archives were also located in the main cities. R&D institutions were attached to specific branch
The USSR Academy of Sciences was organized as a ministries. Generally, R&D in the CIS countries is
highly centralized administrative body, while carried out within four groupings (see Figure 1).
republican academies existed as affiliations serving to Due to the technocratic orientation of R&D, the
enhance the political prestige of the republics and to industrial R&D sector played a dominant role in the
provide a platform from which local economic and USSR, both in terms of numbers of R&D institutions
social problems might be addressed. In order to create (64%) and researchers (66%), as well as in the value
a stock of researchers quickly for the nalional republics of R&D (75. 8%). 2 This distribution of R&D capacities
special action was undertaken, including creating quotas by sector is still largely in force in Lhe CIS counlries,
for entry into Russian universities without competition wiih some local variation.
LU
and having lower requirements for dissertations. Traditionally, sectors of R&D performance have
O
z Russia's R&D and higher education services used to specialized in different types of activity. Thus, basic
LU
ü be Lhe source of progress in science and technology research has been concentrated in the academy sector,
CO
Q
(S&T) in many fields in the other newly independent in a limited number of R&D institutes, mostly serving
_J
ce states, and the break-up of the USSR has threatened military industries, and also in some elite higher
O
their further development. Access for citizens of other educalion institutes.
O
republics to the elite universities and technical In contrasl to the majority of learned scientific
co
colleges in Russia has been reduced. At the same time academies in Western countries, the CIS academies have
Z)
a number of advanced basic research institutes, in¬ been entrusted with the administration of networks of
co dustrial R&D units and special facilities of importance R&D institutes separated from industry and higher
(such as the space launching site in Baikonur and the education. They have inherited a hierarchical structure
I Crimean
themselves
and Armenian
located outside
observatories),
the Russian
now find
Federation
typical of Soviet branch ministries.
The former system created barriers between the
94
2. Data for 1 990. The value of R&D includes current expenditure on R&D and profits obtained by R&D institutions from R&D activities during the year.
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
FIGURE 1
co
LU
CO
LU
Q
academy, the universities and industry, and the Each branch minisiry or deparimenl tended to Z
LU
Cl
artificial separation of science from higher education establish its own nelwork of R&D units, many of LU
Q
served to damage the social status and the scientific which primarily served the administration rather than
LL
authority of universities. R&D in the higher education enterprises. The most advanced R&D in industry was o
x
sector came to be considered, at least by academy devoted to military applications. LTj
There were large, elite universities and a few higher sector was relatively weaker than Lhe others, being
O
engineering colleges training personnel for military R&D generally able only to adapt innovations to production in
that were exceptions to this rule. These were much order to modernize current products. It was O
o
better provided with resources and enjoyed the status of characterized by the lowest rates of R&D indicators. LU
science. The USSR's R&D strategy was a broad one, Earth & space
sciences
covering all fields of science and technology. In some
Physics
areas, the domestic objectives of the scientific
programmes repeated those being set abroad. This
Chemistry
caused ineffective resource spending instead of gains
Biomedical
that might have been made from international
research
LU
Opening up frontiers to imports resulted in a rejection social infrastructure for the provision of housing,
O
of domestic products, and related R&D efforts have medical and childcare services, foodstuffs and
ü therefore been of little practical use. consumer goods, whereas researchers in other sectors
CO
Q
Political considerations influenced the setting of were deprived of such things. Consequently,
_l
CE research priorities according, first of all, to military employment in those two sectors was much more
O
objectives, while biology and medical sciences, prestigious than that in the civil industrial R&D
o cybernetics, the social sciences and humanities were institutes or in the higher education sector. This in
co
beset by ideological limitations and the lack of resources. turn helped to attract skilled personnel, and
3
I
The academy sector and military-oriented R&D recognized research schools were created in many
CO
enjoyed the highest priority. They were supported by fields of science and technology.
large-scale state action implemented in various forms All these factors resulted in severe inertia within the
Moldova 48 51 15 90 900
The principal macroeconomic indicators (Table 2)
Russia 61 56 39 74 200
paint an all-too-clear picture of the current economic
Tajikistan 51 48 33 76 400
recession. Between 1991 and 1994 the gross domestic Turkmenistan 1501 66 -
423 600
product (GDP) of the CIS countries fell by 39% and Ukraine 60 62 43 1 079 000
1995). Continued investment in unprofitable sectors, technology programmes, capital investment and Q
e.g. agriculture and military industry, needs to support supplies and the rupture of R&D contracts between
O
more and more social programmes, and failure to make different states' institutes and enterprises; I
ti
payments on the part of enterprises has made the increasing burdens on national budgets and,
situation even more complicated. In many cases
consequently, decreases in real terms in the
o
economic difficulties have been exacerbated by
proportions of government approprialions on
political crises, ethnic conflicts and military clashes. R&D; o
o
LU
I lack of interest in long-term investment on the part
R&D FUNDING of enterprises, and a near-absence of industrial
demand for R&D;
All these problems have meant
governmenls nor enierprises are able lo conlinue R&D
funding al the earlier achieved levels. This has been
that neither
I relatively low prestige of employment in R&D and
poor remuneration, especially when compared with
I
reinforced by the following factors: the business sector. 97
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
TABLE 3
1 . Million roubles.
Source: Centre for Science Research and Statistics, national statistical agencies.
The CIS countries are consequently experiencing a Growth in R&D expenditure has lagged behind that
drastic downsizing of their R&D base, an unprece¬ of the main macroeconomic indicators. The share of
dented event in the history of science and technology R&D expenditure (GERD) in GDP in Russia declined
in the 20th century (Freeman, 1994). from 2.03% to 0.81% between 1990 and 1993. In
Problems of R&D funding need to be examined in terms of the OECD data for this indicator, Russia fell
the context of the further decline of research in national below the median in the group of countries with low
LU
O
Z priorities as expressed in the decreasing indicators of R&D potential such as Ireland, Iceland, Spain and New
LU
O R&D effort. Growth in R&D value (Table 3) has not Zealand. In most other CIS countries the R&D
CO
o been sufficient to compensate for accelerating inflation. percentage of GDP was even smaller (Figure 3).
_l
CE Measured at constant prices, R&D expenditure in the In spite of substantial institutional transformation,
O
CIS during the period 1991-93 fell by 40-60% per the government budget still remains the largest source
O country. of R&D funding and almost the only one for basic
co
D
In Russia R&D expenditure calculated in research. The extremely centralized system of R&D
!< accordance with OECD standards reached some financing is being maintained, even as the pace of
H
CO
1313.6 billion roubles in 1993 (Table 4). Its average economic reform has quickened. The states have simply
annual growth in 1989-91 was slightly ahead of that not succeeded in attracting private investment in
TABLE 4
FIGURE 3
CO
LU
CO
Q_
LU
Q
O
I
o
% 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 ü
LU
1 . This seems to be overestimated. According to the data of the Ukrainian Academy of Sciences, the figure was 0.7% in 1 993.
2. 1990.
Source: Calculated by the author using data from national statistical agencies.
99
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT' WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
CIS countries differ in the share of appropriations of allocation of budget funds for R&D, predominant in
on R&D within the total government budget (Figure the former Soviet Union (Gokhberg and Mindeli, 1993:
4). According to this indicator, they can be classified 12), is still in force in the CIS countries.
into four subgroups reflecting the relative importance As a result of increasing short-term economic
of R&D in national priorities: pressures, there are signs in all seciors of waning
interest in R&D on the part of enterprises. But the fact
relalively high priority (Russia); that national scientific academies continue to be
FIGURE 4
LU
O
z
LU
O
CO
O
_l
LT
O
O
CO
z
% 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
CO
I 1 . R&D appropriations on civil R&D in Russia in 1993 constituted 2.5% of the total government budget.
2. 1991.
Source: Centre for Science Research and Statistics, national statistical agencies and scientific academies.
100
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
leading industrial nations: 13% in the UK and Japan, Under unstable financial conditions the academic
14% in the USA, 19% in Germany and 23% in France institutes are being forced to implement projects
(National Science Board, 1991: 344). which do not meet the objectives of their research. For
FIGURE 5
1989
Armenia
1993
i 1989
Azerbaijan
I 1993
I 1989
Belarus
I» 1993
Basic research
Applied research
CO
LU
Development
I
r-
Z
LU
Q
Z
1989 LU
Q_
LU
1993
Q
Z
LL
1989
Turkmenistan O
1993 I
b
1989
Ukraine §
1993 z
O
i 1989
Uzbekistan O
: 1993 O
LU
% 0 20 40 60 80 100
Source: Centre for Science Research and Statistics, national statistical agencies.
I
101
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
example, the academies of science in some CIS The implementation of structural changes needed
countries provide a significant number of S&T to prevent further deterioration of the R&D base is
services to other research units and enterprises: the being hampered by high inflation. In 1991-92, along
Academy's share in the respective national total in with increases in material costs, there was rapid
1993 reached 8% in Azerbaijan, 9.7% in Uzbekistan, growth in salaries and labour-related costs (indexation
and as much as 18.3% in Moldova and 19.6% in and compensation payments, increased social security
Kazakhstan. In this respect the Centre for Scientific contributions and the introduction of retiremenl tax).
Research and Statistics (CSRS) sample survey at the Depreciation rates for machinery and equipment were
Russian Academy of Sciences gives a picture which, in also raised. As a result, research institutes sometimes
fact, is characteristic of other CIS countries. Thus, simply found themselves with no funds for current
according lo lhe survey data, in 60% of the Academy spending.
institutes some 10% of the research does not Efforts to compensate for the sharp growth in the
correspond to the profile of their activity; in the cost of living by increasing wages have proved
remaining 40% the level is approximately 25%. unsuccessful, and were, in any case, made at the
As far as the higher education sector is concerned, expense of other items of expenditure, notably
the CIS states each pursue their own different policies. material ones. In Russia in 1992 aggregate wages rose
In Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, Moldova and Russia to 38% of current R&D expenditure (48.9% if social
universities are set to increase their participation in security contributions are taken into accounl).
basic research in both absolute and relative terms. The deficit of foreign currency and the fall in the
This reflects budget support for basic research al exchange rate of the rouble and other CIS national
universilies, whereas higher educalion colleges of currencies have reduced imporls of research
engineering are funded to a lesser degree. At the same equipmenl and lhe acquisition of foreign S&T
time, higher education institutions in Belarus, Ukraine literature to nearly zero. Many advanced capital-
and Uzbekistan are generally more oriented towards intensive research institutes with expensive equipment
applied research in an attempt to salisfy the needs of and modern premises have found themselves in a
industry. most difficult situation. The absence of the necessary
The industrial R&D sector itself has suffered to the instruments and materials has sometimes caused the
LU
ü
Z greatest extent from the market changes. Decreasing termination of research projects.
LU
o
influenced the declining role of this sector in
_j
CONVERTING DEFENCE RESEARCH
CE performing R&D. In Russia, for the first time for a
O
long period, the contribution of industrial R&D The major CIS countries (Russia, Ukraine, Belarus and
LL
o
institutions to national R&D expenditure decreased, Kazakhstan) are involved in lhe conversion of the
co from 90.3% in 1991 to 86% in 1993. The share of defence industry and allied R&D, and this has had an
Z
r-
< basic research in the R&D totals in the major influence on the decline in industrial R&D lotals. In
r-
co industries is within the limits of 0.4% to 1.7%, ihose stales some 70-75% of R&D totals were devoted
but among these industries there are branches to defence applications at the beginning of 1990s.
determining technological progress (chemislry, It is impossible not to be struck by the reduction in
electrical machinery, instrument-making, etc.). In the share of R&D within total military expenditure.
Belarus industrial research institutes and design Thus between 1989 and 1993 this figure decreased
102 organizations have lost 60-70% of their contracts. from 19.8% (USSR) to an approximate 7.2% (Russia).
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
sharply than military production per se. The chaotic, R&D EXPENDITURE AT R&D INSTITUTIONS OF
Statistics, 1993a). 40
as being only 1.1% of aggregate R&D activity. dominant feature in the decline of R&D employment in
the CIS countries. Between 1991 and 1993 this outflow
protection, galloping inflation and difficult consumer Belarus. Historical variations in numbers of R&D
conditions, personnel in R&D institutions cannot be personnel in the newly independent states have been
retained with existing wage bills. In those CIS aggravated by these uneven staff decreases. Thus, by the
TABLE 5
I
Ukraine 449 782 380 797 345 849 243 019 208 058 189 445
1. 1990.
104
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
end of 1993, a 310-fold gap was reached between This relatively favourable picture is the result of the
Russia and Tajikistan (Table 5). academies' policy of preserving human resources for
In spite of declining R&D personnel numbers, basic research. It seems that the majority of scientists
Russia, Ukraine and Belarus still have a relatively high do not intend to leave their academy, because they
level of R&D employment as a proportion of the consider research to be their life's work and have
national employment lolals compared wiih oLher CIS already achieved some worthwhile scientific results.
counlries (Figure 7). According to the Centre for Science Research and
Generally speaking, lhe national scientific Statistics sample surveys in research institutes of the
academies have been less affected by the large-scale Russian Academy of Sciences, almost 85% of academic
reduction in personnel compared with other R&D researchers questioned planned to continue their
sectors. The academy sector's R&D personnel in careers at the Academy, whereas only 2% of the
Russia fell by 9% between 1991 and 1993, as opposed respondents expressed an intention to leave.
to 33% in industrial R&D institutions, and in Ukraine Employment within the academies is altractive to
the figures were 9% and 28% respectively. Azerbaijan researchers because of the opportunities for combining
and Turkmenistan academies were notable for a their primary job with secondary employment in the
growth in staff engaged in R&D. business sector. Analysis of data from CSRS sample
FIGURE 7
200
185
co
LU
180
CO
160
145
LU
o
Q
140
Z
o LU
3 Q,
LU
o
120
Q
o 106
o
LL
100
O
81
80
69
LU
60
E
3 60
45 44 O
41
40 35
o
23
ü
20 LU
ra ra c C c c C
> ra ra ra ra ra
c
I
o *m
« 0) w a> « 0) «
-o
x: N
E 'c '£ "3
EZ o je >.
o
ro CD 'c?
< 5 .o
E i_
I-
N >>
ra
z> S£
3
Source: Centre for Science Research and Statistics.
105
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
surveys highlights the growth in the proportion of the purposes was accompanied by changes in the
body of Academy researchers employed part-time in distribution of R&D personnel between defence and
private firms - from some 35% in 1992 to 45% in civil programmes; according to existing estimates,
1993. Twenty-four per cent of the Academy 48.4% of personnel in conversion R&D units were
researchers questioned also worked as university employed in defence programmes versus 51.6% in
teachers and 11% in industrial R&D institutes. civil ones. However, lhe opportunities for them to
This factor to some extent explains the healthy secure new jobs are very limited; only 25% of
statistical appearance of employment in the academy personnel disengaged from defence R&D actually
sector. In order to preserve research units, heads received offers within the same organizations
sometimes allow their staff members long-term unpaid (Economist, 1995; State Committee on Statistics of the
leave, or transfer them to half-time jobs. This gives Russian Federation, 1995).
researchers an opportunity to keep their nominal The decisive element in this human resources issue
posts, whilst in practice working elsewhere. Inevitably, is the reduced inflow and growing outflow of young
however, this has a negative influence on the volume researchers, linked with the low interest of young
and quality of the actual research work carried out in people in R&D careers. There has thus been a marked
the academies. It is clearly difficult to combine tendency towards the ageing of R&D personnel, due to
employment in basic research with commercial the reduction of the 30-40 year age group. At the
activity, and this is why basic research is more beginning of 1994, 37.6% of all R&D personnel in
seriously threatened by this kind of development. Russia were under 40, but for highly qualified
In the absence of strategic measures aimed at researchers this proportion was lower - 2.8% and
bringing about urgently needed structural changes, the 19.9% among doctors and candidates of science
downsizing of R&D establishments and the formation respectively. As many as 40.8% of doctors of science
of an S&T labour market are widespread. Most are of retirement age. The average age of Russian
personnel leaving R&D institutions do so voluntarily. Academy of Sciences members - academicians - is in
Thus in Russia redundant staff accounted for only 8% the range 63 (economists) to 72 (international relations
of the total outflow from the R&D sector in 1993. specialists). Even in the most dynamic fields of S&T
LU
The overall reduction in R&D personnel has such as nuclear physics, informatics and biology, the
O
especially involved technicians and support staff (with average age of academicians is 68-69. In other CIS
O the exception of Azerbaijan). This can be explained by countries the situation is similar, e.g. in Belarus 34.5%
co
o
the drive to reduce overhead expenditure and by of doctors of science are over 60 years old.
_l
ce cutbacks in R&D equipment. Not surprisingly, a The system of remuneration does not encourage
o
reduction in the effectiveness of researchers and a younger researchers. Those aged 30-34 years receive
O deterioration in working conditions have resulted. At salaries which are some 84% of the average, and
co
Z>
the same time, representatives of the two 'suffering' researchers below 30 years of age earn just 73% of
r-
categories adapt themselves more easily in the new that figure. According to our estimates, researchers
CO economic situation. over 60 years of age are paid 50% more than those in
In the Russian Federation during the period 1989- the age bracket 35-44. To help counter this in Russia,
94 the total personnel employed in the R&D state scientific fellowships have been offered since
institutions of the defence industry decreased by 40%, 1994 to talented young researchers and postgraduate
and included in their number were many talented students, as well as to prominent scientists with
106 researchers. Re-orientation of research towards civilian outstanding research achievements.
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Against the general background of reduced R&D Of the CIS countries, Russia is the only one with a
employment in the CIS, the picture of highly qualified net inflow of migrants from olher republics of lhe
researchers looks different. Thus the number of former USSR, the total number of immigrants reaching
doctors of science engaged in R&D on a full-time basis 0.8 million in 1994. Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan and
grew between 1991 and 1993 in Turkmenistan by Uzbekistan have become the largest donor countries,
75%, in Kazakhstan by"30.3%, in Ukraine, Belarus whereas Tajikistan, Georgia and Azerbaijan occupy
and Moldova by 16-18% each and in Russia by second place in this respect. Migration from this latter
12.5%. This was related to simplified procedures for group is largely the result of political and military
well as to the continued high prestige attached to In many cases national or ethnic problems also
doctoral degrees. By contrast many candidates of affect populations of native nationalities and they too
science, being younger and more dynamic, have left participate in immigration flows to Russia. It must be
the R&D sector. said that a negligible number of immigrants have
The uneven decreases in categories of R&D found jobs related to S&T in Russia.
personnel and the absolute growth in the numbers of S&T researchers, representing as they do the
doctoral researchers have led to an increase in the highest rung of the R&D ladder, are feeling the
share of personnel with advanced degrees by 3-6% in influence of the international migration of scientists
certain states during the period 1991-93. Only in and engineers and other kinds of external 'brain
Armenia and Kyrgyzstan have numbers of scientific drain'. For decades the former Soviet Union, a country
degree holders declined both absolutely and relatively. ranked third in the world in terms of population, had
no part in international migration. Since the
The migration of scientists emigration procedure was simplified, however, within co
LU
Political, economic and social changes in the CIS the framework of human rights policy action
countries since the disintegration of the USSR undertaken in the USSR in 1985-86, the country has
i
H
Z
have brought about substantially new trends in become open to migration. LU
Q
inlernational migration. In this connection two major External 'brain drain' is particularly prevalent in Z
LU
Q_
flows of scientists and engineers should be considered: Russia and Ukraine, which are becoming increasingly LU
Q
between the former Soviet Union states and to other open to international economic and S&T cooperation. Z
LL
factors. Various political and ethnic conflicts in the owned subsidiaries and joint ventures, has meant the z
o
newly independent states have caused a significant entry of these countries into the international S&T
proportion of the so-called Russian-speaking population labour market. It is hardly surprising, therefore, that o
o
to move to Russia. This has involved skilled personnel scientisls and engineers dissalisfied with the social and LU
(engineers, teachers, qualified workers, etc.), including political situation in their home country, wiih low
some who had graduated from Russian universities or welfare standards and poor opportunities for
A receñí study conducted by the Centre for Science Of the RAS emigrants, 13.2% worked in general
Research and Statistics, using data of the Ministry of physics and astronomy and 11.6% in biochemistry,
Internal Affairs of the Russian Federation, made biophysics and the chemistry of physiologically
possible a statistical evaluation of the numbers of R&D active compounds. Most of the emigrants held
personnel who have emigrated from Russia (Figure 8). the degree of candidate (55.9%) or doctor of science
Emigranls accounled for only 0.6% of lhe total (16.2%). Half of the researchers who emigrated were
outflow of staff from the R&D sector. This seems to under 40 years old. Israel and the USA dominated
indicate that the process of 'brain drain' has not yet the list of receiving countries, accounting for 42.1%
taken on serious dimensions. The greater part of the and 38.6% respectively of the total number of
flow of emigration is driven by elhnic factors, as emigrants.
previously; the labour market still plays only a At the same time contract R&D jobs overseas are
researchers to emigration in 1991-92, a figure with recognized scientific track records. If they do not
representing some 0.8% of its total. According to the return, this form of 'brain drain', though not
Ukrainian Centre for Studies of Science and significant in scale, may have substantial qualitative
Technology Potential and History of Science, 160 impact and represent a long-term problem for the
researchers with advanced degrees previously employed development of science and technology in Russia. In
at lhe Ukrainian Academy of Sciences emigrated in 1991-92, 1 701 researchers of the RAS were working
1990-92, or approximately 1% of their number. on long-term missions (of more lhan six months) or
under contract abroad. As many as 60% of these were
under 40 years old.
FIGURE 8
It is interesting to see how the various fields of
EMIGRATION OF R&D PERSONNEL FROM RUSSIA
science are represented in the list of RAS researchers
temporarily working abroad. Mathematics leads
2 500
(12.1%), followed by biochemistry and biophysics
LU
(9.2%), then nuclear physics (4.9%) and general
O 2 000
z
physics and astronomy (4.1%). The majority of these
LU
ü
researchers work in the USA (38.2%) followed by
CO
1 500 Germany (16.2%), France (8.9%), the UK (5.7%),
Q
_1
CE Canada (5.2%) and Japan (4.1%).
O
5 1 000
LL
O S&T EDUCATION
CO
z
500
In the USSR a wide network of higher education
r-
I
o CD O CM
CO CO CD CD CD CD of all the Union's republics. By the end of 1991 there
CD CD CD CD CD CD
breakdown of lhe existing linkages and a need for 1993/94 academic year there were 999 higher
division of labour in S&T education between the education institutions in the CIS (Table 6).
former Soviet Union countries. The CIS states were It should be noted that higher education still enjoys
thus obliged to increase their own capacities in S&T high prestige among the people. Thus, despite the
education and the training of highly qualified crisis, competition for places at universities and
specialists in order to meet national demands. All the colleges has been relatively stable, and in Kyrgyzstan,
CIS countries, with the exception of Armenia, have Russia and Uzbekistan it has even increased since
of public higher education institutions: some 40 new The numbers of students per 10 000 population in
institutes were established in 1993 alone, including most of lhe CIS counlries are decreasing bul for a few
those providing training in economics (Kyrgyzstan 1, of them, such as Russia (Figure 9), Belarus, Georgia,
Moldova 1, Russia 1, Tajikistan 2 and Uzbekistan 1), Kazakhstan and Ukraine, at the 160-170 mark (Table
law (Kazakhstan 2), industry and construction 6), they remain comparable to those of some OECD
(Kazakhstan 2, Kyrgyzstan 5, Russia 4), agriculture countries (see OECD, 1994b, p. 52).
(Russia 2, Ukraine 1), transport (Turkmenistan 1) and In the USSR higher education was directed towards
theology (Moldova 1). New universities of a general the mass training of specialists. Part-time (i.e. evening)
nature were opened in Kyrgyzstan (2) and Russia (3); and distance education were therefore significantly
military colleges and police academies were created in oversized (representing up to 46% of the total higher
Belarus and Tajikistan. At the beginning of the education enrolment). Obviously, these forms of
TABLE 6
CO
MAJOR HIGHER EDUCATION INDICATORS BY CIS COUNTRY, 1993/94 LU
Es
CO
Number of
O
Azerbaijan 23 94.3 13.6 18.8 127
I
Belarus 38 175.4 34.4 35.8 169 b
Georgia 23 91.1 12.5 14.9 168
21 52.3 o
Kyrgyzstan 11.3 10.0 117
I
Uzbekistan 55 272.3 28.7 63.0 123
Source: Centre for Science Research and Statistics; national statistical agencies.
109
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
education cannot provide the required quality of Another important feature of higher education in
training, and their reduction has caused an overall the USSR was the priority given to engineering.
decline in the higher education student population in Enrolment in higher education institutions of
the CIS during the period 1991-93. industry, construction, transport and communications
Entrances to part-time and distance higher accounted for approximately 42% of the total for the
education institutions declined sharply in all newly Union. On the other hand, the share of graduates in
independent states (except for Tajikistan) during this high technologies was quite small.
period. Pan-lime courses decreased 4.2-fold in In spite of an absolute decrease in the numbers of
Belarus, 3.8-fold in Uzbekisian and by one-lhird in entrants in the CIS countries, the different national
Kazakhslan and Russia. Armenia and Moldova priorities of the CIS countries have resulted in a number
discontinued evening courses at higher education of fields of study in which actual growth in entrance
institutions. For the moment, the highest shares of numbers was achieved during the period 1991-93. In
part-time students in higher education enrolment are order to promote the development of domestic industry,
in Azerbaijan (11%), Georgia (9%), Uzbekistan (8%) construction and agriculture the Central Asian
and Russia (7%). In certain countries there is still a governments have brought about entrance number
high and growing proportion of distance education increases al related colleges. However in Russia, along
students, namely in Azerbaijan, Tajikistan, Georgia with the new growth trends in entrances to higher
and Uzbekistan (31-37%). education institutions of economics, law and
FIGURE 9
250
206
200
200 193 190
186
LU
O 171
Z
LU
150
O
CO
Q
_l
ce
O 100
O
co
z 50
CO
110
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
agriculture, there is a still increasing interest in and social difficulties, changes to the CIS higher
'traditional' university education. Entrance figures for education system are being focused on the following:
Russian universities have been steadily growing since
The establishment of private universities competing
the end of the 1970s, and this confirms the fact that
with public ones. In Russia they numbered some
university education in Russia continues to maintain
200 in 1993, but less than half - 78 - were
its historically high prestige.
officially certified as providing education to existing
Five or six years ago engineering, medicine and
slandards. Privale universities accounted for 7.9%
agricullure were the most popular fields in the former
of the total number of higher education entranls in
Soviet republics, with economics and law being
Russia in 1993.
considered less prestigious. Since then, the demands
of the labour market have changed, but an inflexible The gradual inlroduclion of two university
higher education system established under centralized educalional slandards (equivalent to bachelors and
planning has not had sufficient financial and masters degrees), and a revitalization of education
managerial capacity to respond adequately. Thus the programmes.
in Russia for example, 17.6% of graduates did not The postgraduate training of well-qualified S&T co
LU
receive a job offer from employers via the higher personnel in the CIS countries involves two levels of
education institutions, as had been the practice for course, directed towards candidate and doctoral CO
decades. In addition, 25.7% of graduates turned down degrees. The lasi two decades have seen decreases in LU
Q
their offers, preferring to find better paid and more postgraduate training; over the period 1970-90 the Z
LU
CL
prestigious jobs for themselves, mainly in the business total number of postgraduate students decreased by LU
Q
sector. Among these there were graduates of modern 7.3% in the former Soviet Union as a whole. The main
LL
and broad subject areas needed by the market, i.e. 30- reductions, e.g. in Russia, occurred in the fields of O
33% of all graduates in economics, humanities, natural science connected with technology (engineering,
sciences, radio engineering and telecommunications, physics, mathematics and chemistry), agriculture and LU
computers and automated control systems. economics, while growth was notable in medicine and
O
Wiih the present trends in higher education, further the humanities.
reductions are to be expected in the inflow of qualified Some signs of an increase in postgraduate enrol¬ o
o
personnel to R&D. In the USSR in 1976-80, the ment were evident in most CIS countries in 1993.
LU
proportion of graduates intending to work as researchers Only in Azerbaijan and Kyrgyzstan did the numbers of
was 6%, but this figure had fallen to 2% by 1986-90. In entrants decline, by 42-46%.
1993 only 1012 graduates started work at the Russian
Academy of Sciences, compared with 3 300 in 1989.
In response to the new challenge created by the
The effectiveness of postgraduate courses is usually
low: only 12-20% of postgraduate
country) completed their candidate dissertation in
students (by I
market transition and the presenl economic, financial 1993 (in Russia the figure was 24%). 111
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
The insufficient prestige of scientific degrees and low policies. Most of the former republics, involved as
stipends do nothing to encourage postgraduate students they have been in drastic economic and societal
to continue their education. The numbers leaving transformations, have simply not been able to
courses before finishing programmes in the CIS formulate proper S&T policies nor organize their
countries increased 1.2- to 2.2-fold in 1991-93, except implementation from scratch. After a period of
for Russia and Belarus, where they did not change. uncertainty in this domain from 1991 to early 1993, it
Only a small proportion of graduates intend to follow a has now become generally accepted that S&T should
research career after taking postgraduate courses. The not be maintained only as an inheritance from the
1993 CSRS sample survey of postgraduate students at USSR, but that these disciplines can serve as an
the major Russian universities and higher education important motor of economic and social development.
institutes for engineering showed that only 8.8% of From late 1991 onwards the newly independent
respondents hoped to work at the Academy of Sciences states began setting up national S&T policy insli-
after completing their education, whereas 54.2% Lutions. These have taken various forms (Ministry of
expressed an interest in joining the business sector. Science and Technological Policy in Russia; State
Doctoral courses represent the ultimate stage in the Committees on Science and Technology in Ukraine,
training of S&T personnel, and they have been Azerbaijan and Uzbekistan; Ministry of Science and
established at the leading research institutes and uni¬ New Technologies in Kazakhstan; State Committee on
versities. In Russia in 1993 there were 452 institutions
Science and New Technologies in Kyrgyzstan;
offering such courses, with an enrolment of 1 700. Ministry of Higher Education and Science in Armenia;
Some 34% of students in doctoral courses graduate etc.), but notwithstanding formal differences these
with a doctoral dissertation. The Supreme Certifi¬ agencies all have responsibility for the elaboration and
cation Committee of the Russian Federation confirmed implementation of governmental S&T policies.
19 200 degrees (both candidate and doctoral) in 1993, In order to increase the authority of S&T policy
compared with 35 100 in 1991. making and its practical influence, high-level
coordination bodies have been established in some
O all administrative bodies responsible for a common the Russian Prime Minister; the Commission for S&T
co
o
S&T policy (the USSR State Committee for S&T, the Progress, Technological Development and Conversion
_l
ce Presidium of Lhe Academy of Science, Lhe Minisiry of under the Kazakhstan Cabinet; the Supreme Council
O
Defence and branch ministries) were located in on S&T under the President of Turkmenistan, etc.
u_
O Moscow. Particular republics did not usually have Where they exist, these councils are responsible for
co
z
expertise in elaborating and implementing compre¬ the development and evaluation of national strategies
H
hensive S&T policies. Exceptions were made for in S&T, priority measures and interdepartmental
CO
republican and regional S&T programmes devoted to coordination. Such bodies include representatives of
local applications and the semi-public management of governmental agencies involved in S&T and scientific
prominent scientists.
governing scientific institutions. In Russia and Ukraine The ratio of these two major parts of the civil R&D
national academies have been declared as non¬ budget is of political importance. While the first
governmental bodies, but in all the CIS countries they reflects the will to continue maintaining a large
are almost wholly financed from government budgets. number of research institutions, often without any
Academies have not undergone any major internal visible output, the second is a step towards
changes, and are currently trying to keep the establishing a mechanism for government policy
administrative levers of control over research institute implementation under market conditions (however,
activities. in this context the determination of chosen priorities
The necessary 'infrastructural departments, such as is an issue of the utmost importance). The
patent agencies, certification committees responsible basic allocations therefore reflect the degree to
for approving scientific degrees, agencies for which the transformation of S&T policy is being
standardization and metrology, and so on, have also carried out.
concentration of resources in priority S&T wonder, then, that this policy meets with some
(up to 80% of lhe total in Russia and Ukraine) is total budget appropriations on civil R&D, and
allocated to national academies and branch depart¬ programmes on electronics, agricultural machinery,
ments for the subsequent financing
institutes. The remainder is divided between national
in
equipment.
Ukraine and
I
established foundations (2-6%). Kazakhstan. 113
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
TABLE 7
O y /
Ecology / / / /
CO
Q High technologies / / / / /
cc New materials / / / / / / /
O
Energy / / / / /
5
LL Agriculture S / / / /
O
Mining / / / / / /
CO
z
Manufacturing / / / /
1
<
Construction / / / / /
1
C/3
Informatics and
telecommunications / / / / /
Social problems / / / / /
Source: Compiled by the author on the basis of information supplied by national authorities.
114
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Reforms of S&T systems in the CIS countries have These provide finance for both basic and applied
included the establishment of foundations aimed at research and are derived from budgetary sources and
supporting basic research in Belarus, Russia and contributions from ministries, enterprises and abroad.
Ukraine. These operate as self-governing institutions Shareholding by interested ministries or enterprises in
in open competition for grants to finance basic expenditure on applied R&D has become a necessary
research performed not only by research institutes or condition of budgei financing of such projecls in
universities, but also by small teams of researchers and Belarus. In Kyrgyzslan even some governmenl S&T
individual scientists; the development of the material programmes are financed on a loan basis.
and equipment bases of R&D institutions; the
acquisition of scientific literature; the granting of
THE INSTITUTIONAL STRUCTURE OF R&D
fellowships, and so on. Such funds are important for
the support of research in specific fields (like pure The insiitutional structure of the R&D base has
mathematics, botany and zoology), which, being experienced significant changes since the beginning of
outside governmental programmes, are not provided perestroïka in 1985. R&D institutions became free to
with funding within the framework of R&D budget set their own research objectives and to spend iheir
priorities. The Foundation for Fundamental Research own funds. The contractual form of R&D support was
was first established in Russia, to be joined by the introduced, and research institutes and enterprises
Foundation for Humanities Research in 1994. The became effectively self-financed.
role of these funds remains limited, however, since In the market environment they have had to adjust
their share does not exceed 3-4% of the civil R&D to budgetary constraints and decreasing industrial
budget. demand. In order to preserve the large research
Another type of newly established foundation is institutes which are leaders in Russian science and co
LU
represented by those aimed al supporting induslrial internationally famous for their achievements in basic
R&D and innovation. They can be budgetary (for research and high technologies, a Programme of
I
example, the State Innovation Fund in Ukraine and Support to the Federal Research Centres was adopted LU
Q
the Russian Fund for Promotion of Small Enterprises in Russia in 1993. By the end of 1994, 60 institutions Z
LU
Q_
in S&T) or non-budgetary. In order to ensure funding had been accorded the status of recognized research LU
Q
for sectoral or intersectoral R&D and innovation, a institute, and it was expected that their number would
network of non-budget funds was established in increase to 70-75 by the end of 1995. Among these O
Russia in 1992 under ministries, agencies, associations were the, Kurchatov Institute of Atomic Energy, the
b
and corporations. The resources of the branch funds State Optical Institute, the Research Centre for LU
are derived from levies paid by enierprises (1.5% of Shipbuilding and other institutes in nuclear physics,
O
production costs). Twenty- five per cent of the total aviation and space, chemistry, biotechnology,
funds are accumulated in the centralized Russian electronics and instruments making. The federal o
o
Fund for Technological Development, to support research centres will coordinate the most valuable
LU
I
R&D considered particularly essential for state and strategic long-term national priorities. Envisaged h-
national scientific centres in the areas of nuclear However, more attention needs to be given to a
research (based on the Physics Institute of the legislative basis for entrepreneurship in S&T, a logical
Academy of Sciences), biotechnology, comprehensive system of tax, trade and other incentives for R&D-
mineral processing, pario-electronics and tele¬ performing institutions and universities.
communications, computer engineering and infor¬ Goals for S&T policy in turn are determining the
matics and ecology to meet the needs of major state objectives of a revision of R&D statistics (see box).
programmes. The State Centre for New Space Action undertaken in Russia to implement
Technologies is based on lhe Baikonur space-vehicle international standards in national R&D and
launching complex. In addilion, scientific analytical innovation statistics (Gokhberg, 1993) is supporting
centres were established by the Ministry of Science policy making with a realistic picture of trends in S&T
and New Technologies to design national programmes and provides the international community with
on the development of the rare metals industry, increasingly transparent information.
ecological monitoring, Caspian Sea studies, etc.
National S&T centres have been organized in
INTERNATIONAL S&T COOPERATION
Kyrgyzstan with the aim of introducing high
technologies into particular branches of industry. Disintegration of the USSR has obliged the newly
Another important aspect of the transformation of independent states to develop their own strategies in
R&D institutions concerns their privatization. In international S&T cooperation, something that was,
Russia almost 20% of industrial R&D institutes and once again, previously organized centrally. Direct
design bureaux have been privatized, including some linkages between research institutes and enterprises of
100 large research units of the defence industry. the former Soviel republics had been integral elements
Hundreds of industrial R&D units are now of a common economy. Now they have become a
incorporated into industrial groups, associations and means of S&T collaboration within the CIS as a new
companies. Along with 34800 small enterprises and specific dimension of regional S&T cooperation.
305 foreign-related joint ventures (1993), they An agreement on S&T cooperation between
represent an expanding non-government sector of member countries of the CIS was signed by the heads
LU
R&D. A number of university-based technoparks have of governments in March 1992 in Moscow. The
o
also been established. motives underlying such collaboration were related to
Z
LU
O Special attention is being given to a legal a long-term interest in preserving national R&D bases
co
framework for S&T. In most, if not all lhe CIS and providing for their improvement through both
o
_l
ce countries, laws on national S&T policies have already multilateral and bilateral initiatives. This is particularly
o
been approved or are presently under parliamentary important -in the case of large-scale research projects,
o scrutiny. These define the principles of S&T policy e.g. of basic research; unique scientific facilities and
co
z
elaboration and implementation, the administrative experimenlal plants of overall importance that are
bodies involved and the financing procedures. A series excessively expensive for an individual country to
co
of laws to provide for regulations on intellectual maintain; the training of scientists and engineers; S&T
property have been adopted, including in the case of information and the protection of intellectual
influence of the centralized S&T planning and funding with the participation of the CIS countries plus the
system and their official role was limited to the Czech Republic, Slovakia and VieL Nam. Il was
informational support of governmental bodies. These declared an association open to other states to
S&T statistics were based on gross indicators and were
collaborate in basic research, support prospective
ill suited to analytical study. Soviet R&D statistical data
research projecls and coordinate academy policies.
were as a rule incompatible with international standards
While S&T cooperation between the CIS countries
because of differences in the objects of surveying,
methods of accounting, data collection and processing. has been supported by both multilateral and bilateral
As a product of rigid centralization, the USSR Central intergovernmental agreements it is still not carried out
Statistical Agency alone was in charge of methodology on the widest possible scale. Unstable political and
of R&D statistics, data aggregation and publications.
economic relations between the CIS countries,
Thus all the related expertise was concentrated in
domestic financial problems in research units and
Russia, while the other republics had neither experience
industrial enterprises, and even difficulties of fund
nor tradition in the subject.
In December 1993 the Ministry of Science and transfers, all serve to hamper the re-establishment of
Technology Policy (MSTP) and the State Committee on contact at the level of the R&D practitioner.
Statistics of Russia issued a joint statement aimed at the Due to differences in R&D potential and
improvement of R&D and innovation statistics. According
opportunities for S&T cooperation the CIS countries co
LU
to the statement, the Centre for Science Research and
participate in major multilateral international
Statistics (CSRS) established in early 1991 and sub¬
collaborative efforts to a varied extent. CO
ordinated both to MSTP and the Russian Academy of
Sciences, was to be directly responsible for S&T statistics Russia enjoys the most developed international LU
Q
methodology, the implementation of the international S&T cooperation, thanks to its participation in Z
LU
statistical standards, data analysis and software for data collaborative aclivilies undertaken by UNESCO, Lhe G_
LU
O
processing. The CSRS was also authorized to represent
United Nations Industrial Development Organization
the Ministry in relations with interested international
(UNIDO), the United Nations Environment Pro¬ O
organizations in the field of S&T statistics.
gramme (UNEP), the World Health Organization
In line with S&T policy objectives the CSRS has
designed new national R&D and innovation surveys in line (WHO), the International Council of Scientific Unions i
with OECD standards and the experience of the European (ICSU) and many other international and regional
O
Union. The priority areas to be developed further include S&T organizations and programmes. Cooperation
governmental budget R&D funding, human resources in
with the European Union is increasing; common o
S&T, technological balance of payments, patent and o
interests include public health and medicine, new LU
regional statistics. The Centre also has an ambitious
materials, telecommunications, information systems,
programme of statistical publications. The CSRS
methodological developments have attracted the interest new sources of energy, biotechnology, agriculture and
of the CIS Statistical Committee and individual countries,
high-energy physics, nuclear energy and safety (the The USSR conducted bilateral S&T cooperation
European Organization for Nuclear Research - CERN, with foreign countries over a period of more than 25
the International Thermonuclear Experimental years. In Russia the legal framework for collaboration
Reactor - ITER and the International Atomic Energy in S&T takes the form of some 100 intergovernmental
Agency - IAEA) and on space exploration. Since 1992 agreements with most industrialized and developing
scientific cooperation has been organized between countries, and 52 intergovernmental and more than
Russia and NATO. 400 interdepartmental agreements with countries in
Among recent large-scale international initiatives Easlern Europe and Soulh-Easl Asia previously
aimed at supporting S&T in the CIS there are the belonging to the CMEA. In 1992-94 the government
Technical Assistance for the Commonwealth of of the Russian Federation revised agreements
Independent States (TACIS) Programme of the concluded by the former Soviet Union, and new
European Union (from 1991) and the International agreements have been signed with China, the Republic
Association for the Promotion of Cooperation with of Korea, India and the Republic of South Africa, as
Scientists from the Independent States of the Former well as a protocol agreement with Chinese Taipei.
Soviet Union (INTAS), established in Brussels in 1993. The Russian and Ukrainian academies of sciences
In its first four years of operation, 1991-94, TACIS has have concluded a number of agreements with the
made 1 900 million ECU (US$2 500 million) available national academies and research centres of the USA,
to launch more than 2 000 projects, providing Germany, France, Italy, the UK, Israel, and so on.
Western know-how combined with local experience In Kazakhstan it is planned to launch joint studies
(European Commission, 1994: 308, 309). INTAS on ecological monitoring from space in cooperation
plays an important role in supporting the twinning of with NASA .and the French National Space Agency.
research teams and individual scientists from the West Other important areas of bilateral collaboration cover
and newly independent states in all fields of natural mining, renewable energy sources, satellite
sciences, engineering, humanities and social sciences. communications, pharmaceuticals and training in
The total funding for 1994 is 21 million ECU advanced technologies.
(US$27.5 million) (op. cit.: 308). The CIS countries are also developing regional
The International Centre for Science and bilateral S&T cooperation wiih neighbouring stales:
LU
O
z Technology (ICST) was opened in Moscow in 1994 in examples include Moldova wiih Romania; and
LU
O accordance with an agreement signed in November Azerbaijan and countries of Middle Asia with Turkey,
co
Q
1992 by the representatives of the European Union, Iran and Afghanistan.
_l
ce Russia, the USA and Japan. Subsequently, Finland, Effective cooperation is being achieved through the
O
Sweden and Georgia became members, and Canada, establishment of international research centres, such
O
Belarus, Armenia and Kazakhstan have expressed their as the Baikal International Centre for Ecological
co
intention to join. ICST activity is oriented towards Research, the Euler International Mathematics
z
I-
facilitating the conversion of military and nuclear Institute in St Petersburg and the International Physics
¡í
co research to civil purposes, and supporting basic and Institute in Moscow, as well as joint universities (e.g.
applied research projects in the fields of nuclear the Russian-American University and the Russian-
Direct
University
contact
of
between
Informatics
counterpart
and Applied
institutes,
11Í US$80-100 million (op. cit.: 311). companies and individual researchers is also an
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
essential part of international S&T cooperation, and REFERENCES AND FURTHER READING
this is increasing in influence as the political and Centre for Science Research and Statistics (1993a)
economic situation stabilizes and the legislative base Development of Science in Russia, Moscow.
improves. At present Russian research institutes and (1993b) Science and Technology Indicators in the CIS,
Data Book, Moscow.
enterprises are carrying out more than 200 projects
(1993c) Science in the USSR: Analysis and Statistics,
with foreign partners, and the exchange of researchers Moscow.
Moscow- based Centre for Science Research and (1994) Basic research in Russia: human resources and
Statistics, an organization under the joint auspices funding, Economic Systems, 18(2): 159-78.
of the Ministry of Science and Technology Policy Gokhberg, L. and Mindeli, L. (1993) Soviet R&D resources:
basic characteristics, in Research and Development
and the Russian Academy of Sciences. A graduate
co
Management in the Transition to a Market Economy,
of Moscow Transport University,. Dr Gokhberg LU
Laxenburg, Austria: IIASA.
received his Masters and Doctorate degrees in
National Science Board (1991) Science and Engineering §
Economics.
Indicators, 1991, Washington, DC: US Government Printing
He has served as consultant on S&T indicators LU
Office.
Q
to UNESCO, Eurostat and the OECD, and has Z
(1993) Science and Engineering Indicators, 1993, LU
taken part in numerous international projects and Q_
Washington, DC: US Government Printing Office. LU
1993/2, Paris. b
I
119
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
SUBHI QASEM
The Arab States comprise a highly diverse group of the impact of the much hoped for peace may be
countries that vary widely in size, wealth, state of profound, few tangible positive developments have
science and technology and level of social and taken place thus far.
economic development. Some states, like Somalia,
Sudan and Mauritania, are classified amongst the
HIGHER EDUCATION IN SCIENCE AND
poorest in the world, with gross national product
TECHNOLOGY
(GNP) per capita income of US$400-600 for 1992,
while others like the oil-exporting Gulf States are Overview
among the richer countries with US$17 000-20 000 Institutional capacity in higher education in the Arab
GNP per capita income. In spite of lhe increase in States has developed rapidly over the last 14 years.
overall Arab GNP in lhe early 1990s from its levels of About 50% of the 132 universities that were
the mid-1980s, the Arab States have become poorer operational in 1993 were actually established between
with lime. The average GNP per capita income for all 1980 and 1993. In 1992 about 2.4 million Arab
states for 1992, for example, was about US$2 000 students attended higher education institutions, of
compared with almost US$2 600 in 1980. which only 4.6% were enrolled in institutions outside
The overall development of science and technology the Arab States. Those studying within the region were
(S&T) in the Arab States has not, on the whole, been enrolled in 132 universities, 136 university-level
satisfactory in recent years. Development in higher colleges or institutes operating independently of the
education, albeit with some weaknesses in output, has universities and 437 two- to three-year community
been much more positive than in research and colleges or technical institutes granting diplomas. The
development (R&D) activities. The general picture, distribution of student enrolment by level of study has
whether positive or negative, does conceal wide varied widely among the Arab States but has averaged
disparities among the countries of the region. One 15.7% of the total for the diploma level, 78.6% for the
cannot speak of any aspect of the Arab States without first-degree or Bachelor level, 4.3% for the Masters
considering the political, economic and security and only 1.4% for PhD level. The ratio of students
problems that have confronted many of them. enrolling in S&T fields in each level has also varied
LU
Somalia, for example, has been devastated by a between countries but averages as percentages of the
O
Z decade-long civil war, while Lebanon, long recognized total enrolment are 45% for the diploma level, 34%
LU
O for its strengths in a number of areas, especially in for BSc, 49% for MSc and 67% for PhD. These ratios
co
higher education, is now emerging from another civil were not significantly different from those in 1984/85,
Q
_i
CE
war which lasted for more than a decade. Other Arab except for the diploma and Masters levels (see Table 1).
O
countries are suffering from a wide range of difficulties
LL
that include international boycott, as in the case of Trends in S&T education
O
co
Iraq and the Libyan Arab Jamahirya, or civil The rate of growth of S&T enrolment at the first-
z>
r-
disturbances, as in Algeria, Sudan and Egypt, and degree or Bachelor level averaged 4% per year over
co these problems, coupled with decreasing oil prices on the period 1980-92, compared with 9% for the
the world market for the last decade, have left their humanities and social sciences and 7% for the total.
hand, the Arab-Israeli peace process, which started in changed over the period 1980-92 (see Figure 1).
1992, may eventually replace the Arab-Israeli war that Although the absolute numbers in each field have
120 has flared off and on over the last 50 years. Although increased in all fields, the percentage of engineering
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
students enrolled in the basic sciences, on the other DISTRIBUTION OF FIRST-DEGREE STUDENT
I 9
Basic sciences 9
TABLE 1 I 12
STUDENTS ENROLLED IN TERTIARY EDUCATION IN THE
14
1984/85 1991/92
Medical 10
9
sciences
Number % Number %
Masters 55 57 103 49
administration
has not developed at the Masters and PhD levels as it Distribution of student enrolment
<
studies averaged 12% between 1980 and 1992, of student enrolment by S&T field has not changed I
CO
compared with 7% for the Bachelor degree in all significantly over the last 14 years, with medical sciences CO
<
fields. However, the rate of growth in S&T fields at maintaining their top position throughout the period, CE
<
the graduate level was 10% compared with 4% at the followed by basic sciences (see Figure 2).
BSc level. The ratio of graduate students to total The ratio of females in higher education has I
university level enrolment has remained among the improved over the years, reaching 35% in 1991/92,
lowest in the world, though reaching 6.5% in 1992
compared with 4.8% in 1980.
The share of S&T of students enrolled at the MSc and
compared with 29% of total first-degree enrolment in
1979/80. Female students dominated the enrolment in
OF STUDY, 1992
about 95% of university budgets was devoted to
human resource development, leaving only 5% for
MSc (total 103000)
research and other functions. The human capital out¬
Basic sciences 1 2% put of university-level institutions has been dominated
O which females had the highest enrolment (of total discipline was considerably different from that of first-
co
female student enrolment) was basic sciences, with degree graduates (see Figure 4).
o
_J
CE 12%, followed by medical sciences with 9%, These averages embody a wide variation among
O
engineering with 8% and agriculture with 3%. Arab States with regard to the ratio of the various
LL
O Average student enrolment at first-degree level in levels of graduate, the S&T ratio and the per capita
co
z
all fields and for all Arab States was 815 per 100000 share of total graduates. The average number of
inhabitants in 1992, with national levels showing wide university graduates per 100000 population in 1993
co
variation, from the 96 per 100 000 inhabitants of amounted to about 1420 for all Arab countries, of
Somalia to the 2 198 of Lebanon (see Figure 3). which 8 were higher than average and constituted
FIGURE 3
2500
1 800 to 2 200
600 to 799
Average, all
Arab States
815
Below 500
c o ra ra III ra
o 'C ra <r 'c
m si
S o
B 3 ra
r n> si
p
ra <
o < *
2 B
3
«
05
In conclusion, it can be said that the Arab higher at MSc and PhD level would be increased to 10%
education system has been successful in the formation within lhe next 10 years and later would approach the
of human capital at the first-degree level but less so at ratios prevailing in most developed countries, which in
co
producing much needed graduates at the Masters and 1990/91 came to 1 PhD and MSc to every 4 first-degree LU
¡<
PhD levels. Most Arab States suffer from unemployment graduates, compared to 1 to 19 for the Arab States. For I
CO
among first-degree graduates, even in some S&T fields, this shift to take place, Arab States must invest sizeable m
<
but at the same time there is a demand for Masters and funds in strengthening graduate study programmes. r_c
<
PhD graduates and especially the latter. The fact that LU
37% of university teaching staff and 51% of research Future outlook for Arab higher education
staff of institutions performing R&D activities outside Most Arab States adopted an open-door admissions
the universities
potential need
are
for
only
PhD
MSc holders
holders. This
underlines the urgency of a shift to a more balanced
shows the
situation
policy towards higher education. This came at a time
when both high school graduates and numbers in the
universily age group were increasing al unprecedented
I
output of human capital formation in which graduates rates. The numbers in the university age group, which 123
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
FIGURE 4
TABLE 2
S&T FIELDS PER 100 000 INHABITANTS DISTRIBUTED BY MASTERS AND PhD GRAD UATES BYDI! ÎCIPLINE IN
S&T students
enrolled on
I10
Basic sciences 18
first-degree
I 19
courses
865 Jordan
5 8
First degree
(total 3189000)
Medical
21
530-630 Masters
Lebanon, Syrian Arab Republic,
| 20 (total 121 000)
Algeria
El PhD
380-480 12
Palestine, Libyan Arab Jamahiriya, Agriculture (total 39 000)
Bahrain, Morocco 1 19
10
administration 'mmg-r
230-320 Qatar, Kuwait, Tunisia, Egypt, Iraq,
Saudi Arabia
1 48
Humanities 26
100-200 UAE, Mauritania, Oman, Djibouti
|23
Below 1 00 Yemen, Sudan, Somalia
% 0 20 40 60
universiLies, especially in regions away from iheir offer graduate studies has also suffered, due lo limited
outside the universities. Each department in an S&T lowest degree of autonomy among all R&D institutions
college, whose numbers reached 557 in 1993, is a except for programmes.
institutions were operational in agricultural production research varied widely in 1992. The highest share, 44%
systems, water and irrigation, marine science and of total research staff, was allocated to R&D activities in
fisheries, forestry, food technology, desert studies and agriculture and allied areas, including waler and
environment. The other R&D institutions may be irrigalion, fisheries, food lechnology and foreslry. The
divided among seven major areas of research (Table 3). balance of 56% was allocated to all other areas of
Research staff in the Arab States totalled 14500 in research, made up of health, energy, petroleum, basic
1992, of which 53% were PhD and 47% MSc holders. sciences, minerals, remote sensing, industry, education,
Support staff at the BSc level came to 6800, while humanities and the social sciences (Table 4).
technicians and administrative staff totalled 28500. The averages presented in Table 4 conceal large
This means that support staff are in greater supply and disparities among the Arab States. The share of Egypt,
are in the ratio of 2.4 to each researcher. The overall for example, comes to 52% of the total research staff,
number of research staff in the Arab States is among the while it has just 24% of the total population of the
lowest in the world: the ratio of researchers in 1992 Arab States. Another country of good standing is
came to one researcher to every 4 295 of the work force, Morocco, with 9% of total Arab research staff and
or one researcher to every 15000 of the population. 11% of the total Arab States' population. All other
About one-third (32.5%) of research staff work in the Arab countries combined had a share of 37% of total
universities, while the other two-thirds are distributed research staff, but with 65% of the total population.
amongst R&D institutions outside. R&D activities
continue to be public sector concerns, with less than R&D expenditure
1% being implemented by the private sector in all areas. In the great majority of Arab States, R&D has remained
The allocation of research staff to various areas of a public sector activity in which governments are the
TABLE 3
R&D INSTITUTIONS IN MINISTRIES (OUTSIDE UNIVERSITIES) AND THEIR DISTRIBUTION BY AREA OF RESEARCH IN THE
Industry 5 6 11 2 24
Engineering 3 4 5 -
12
Education development 7 - - -
7
I Total
126
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
sole domestic source of funding. The level of R&D in the early and mid-1980s but decreasing in the late
expenditure has fluctuated over the years, but a 1980s and the early 1990s. Among the major
decreasing trend has been evident since the mid- recipients of such outside support were Egypt,
1980s, when a large number of Arab States started to Morocco, Tunisia, Jordan, Sudan and Yemen. The level
face economic difficulties. The situation worsened as a of this support reached an average of US$90 million
result of the Gulf War, when sizable funds were cut per year during the mid-1980s but decreased to a mere
from national budgets and diverted to military one-third of this amount in the early 1990s.
activities. Unfortunately, funds formerly allocated to The level of R&D expenditure is on the whole
research were the hardest hit. It often happens that much lower than the threshold point required to carry
funds allocated to research are encouragingly high out meaningful research. The average ratio of R&D
initially but that expenditure is very susceptible to expenditure to GDP in the Arab States amounted to
reduction when government budget cuts take place. only 0.1%. This figure, however, covers wide
In 1992, the total R&D expenditure from domestic disparities in levels of national expenditure among the
sources in all Arab States came only to US$548 million, stales. In turn, state expenditure averages also conceal
of which 99% was from public funds and only 1% wide variations amongst levels of support to the
from the private sector. This figure is much lower than various sectors; the share of agricultural R&D, for
the levels prevailing in the mid-1980s, a period in example, constitutes just over 40% of total
which R&D expenditure peaked in several states. Most expenditure. In some countries, it approaches the
non-oil exporting Arab States have received research minimum threshold level - considered by inter¬
support funds from bilateral, regional and international national standards to be 1% of sectoral GDP.
agencies under technical assistance programmes. This Agricultural output contributed 14% of total Arab
outside support has fluctuated over the years, peaking GDP in 1992, but consumed 42% of total expenditure
TABLE 4
RESEARCH STAFF (PhD AND MSc HOLDERS) AND THEIR DISTRIBUTION BY AREA OF RESEARCH IN THE ARAB STATES,
1992
Research staff
Share of universities
CO
Agriculture and allied fields 6 400 53.1 10.5 3 200 LU
Health, nutrition
CO
Geology, remote sensing <
or
and engineering 2100 59.0 63.1 1 100
<
62.2 LU
Humanities and social sciences 1 500 85.7 400
x
1 500 42.0 2.7 900 H
Energy
on research. On Lhe other hand, the share of oil and available PhD and MSc holders. Existing universities
gas production to total GDP amounted to 21%, while in most Arab countries employ large numbers of MSc
their share of total R&D expenditure came only to a holders hired to carry out functions usually assigned
little less than 5%. Manufacturing is another sector in to PhD holders. As was mentioned earlier, Masters
which the share of GDP, at 10% in 1992, far exceeded holders already make up 37% of total teaching staff in
the share of R&D expenditure, which totalled only Arab universities. If Egypt is excluded, the represen¬
4%. Health and nutrition research came second to tation of Masters holders on the total teaching staff of
agriculture in size of funds and consumed close to all Arab universities rises to 44%. In 1992 the share of
activities have been supply-driven. In several Arab Funds allocated to R&D activities are not expected
countries research planning, coordination and finance to rise sharply in the coming years. What is possible,
institutions have been established in recent years. The however, is that some states may opt to concentrate
Egyptian Academy of Science and Technology, the their R&D activities in one or two areas and therefore
Kuwaiti Foundation for the Advancement of Science, have a better chance of providing sufficient funds for
the Jordanian Higher Council for Science and their effective implementation.
Technology and the Saudi King Abdulaziz City for The role of industry and other private sector parties
Science and Technology are examples of such in support of research is promising in several Arab
institutions, whose objective is to bridge the gap States but is moving at a much slower rate than
between supply-driven and demand-driven research. expected. Several countries have provided incentives for
Each institution allocates funds to support research industries to establish their own R&D units. All Arab
LU
O
z identified and coordinated by producers as well as by States have agreed to join the World Trade Organization
UJ
ü users. The research support budget of these institutions, that emerged out of GATT in 1994. If Arab exports are
co
o
however, does not exceed 5% of total R&D expenditure to be competitive in regional and international markets,
_l
CE in their respective country, and their impact in and indeed in their own markets, the states must adopt
O
reorienting research to national needs and demands more aggressive policies for the development of goods.
O therefore remains far below expectation. This will certainly create a demand for R&D activities
co The future outlook for R&D activities does not look and such related technical services as quality control and
z
I-
< good. With Lhe exceplion of Egypt, which has a good standard operational procedures.
r-
co
supply of PhD and MSc personnel, most countries in
the region are short of scientists sufficiently qualified
POLICIES FOR SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
to carry out research. Over 50 universities have been
established during the last 10 years. Many more are S&T policy-making bodies
being planned and will become operational during the Most, if not all, Arab States have established a national
128 coming few years. Such universities compete for S&T policy-making body. Traditionally, lhe models of
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
a minislry of higher education and a council of standing. The establishment of such bodies came in
scientific research were adopted for policy-making response to what policy makers perceived as a need to
bodies for higher education and research institutions plan, coordinate and consolidate S&T activities in
respectively. In recent years several models have each Arab State.
emerged for S&T policy-making bodies. These have The objectives of higher education policies often
included a higher education ministry, a scientific include most, if not all, of the following:
institutions and universities are older than the new Provision of free-tuition higher education in which
the government is responsible for all university cosls.
institutionalized S&T policy-making bodies. Many
Exceptions to this policy may be found in only one
universities have enjoyed a large margin of autonomy,
while R&D institutions were established either under state and in the Palestinian Occupied Territories.
agricultural affairs in each Arab State. The same goes for objectives have proved to be far below the required level
health, industry and energy. Few R&D institutions enjoy in all non-oil exporting states and even in some oil
co
great autonomy, and those that do are usually exporting ones. Most universities suffer from low levels of UJ
i
<
multidisciplinary. These historical developments in S&T finance, and many of them have failed to provide quality i
CO
institutions have made it difficult thus far to produce education consislenL wiih inlemalional indicalors. Many CO
<
harmonious working relationships between S&T policy¬ of lhe universities have not been able to respond in time
<
making bodies and S&T implementing institutions. lo lhe changes and demands of the social and economic LU
Identification of R&D and technical services in pattern of R&D institutions operating under various
prioritized plans consistent with the needs of the ministries on the other. The patLern of funding of R&D
social and economic developmental sectors. inslitutions governed by Lhe minislries of agricukure, for
Maximal use of resources allocated to R&D example, provides salaries and operational funds for
activities through the coordination and consolidat¬ normal institutional activities. Normally, operational
ion of activities of all R&D instilu lions. funds are hardly sufficient to produce quality and
effective output. Institutions usually fight for more, but
Promotion of linkages among all stakeholders in
the traditional financial procedures of the ministries do
R&D and technical service activities, especially
not allow for providing adequate funds. As a result,
among users and producers.
researchers are usually content to carry on business as
Creation of a healthy environment for high usual, there being little incentive to seek additional
productivity of R&D and technical service staff. support, which usually comes with conditions and
The degree to which policy-making bodies have been which thus remains unpopular for the majority of the
successful in meeting R&D and technical service research community. Most researchers are used to
objectives has varied considerably among the Arab formulating their own research agenda, setting their own
States. Experience shows that performance of these priorities and reporting their research results in the form
bodies depends largely on the type and effectiveness of of publications suitable for their own promotion; outside
the instruments employed to achieve policy objectives. evaluation is usually resisted. The relationship between
Many countries, for example, have resorted to the for¬ researchers and senior administrators has reached a form
mation of committees representing all stakeholders to with which both seem to be comfortable. What is
plan and coordinate R&D resources and activities, but needed is policy interventions that will break this cosy
there is little evidence to suggest that such committees relationship and produce a state of affairs that is more
were effective in bringing about the desired changes. A realistic in achieving policy objectives.
more successful mechanism, however, proved to be the In conclusion, most Arab States have invested
financial support tool that was exercised outside the sizeable sums in building higher education as well as
normal budget of R&D institutions. Unfortunately, the R&D institutions. The fact that many Arab States have
LU size of this support to policy institutions was far below established S&T policy-making bodies and have further
O
Z the level needed to have comprehensive impact. In formulated S&T policies was a necessary condition but
UJ
O several cases, financial support was not sustained at not sufficient to ensure an effective S&T system. There is
co
Q
initial levels, and eventually lost its ability to produce the plenty of evidence to support the notion that a wide gap
_J
LT desired objectives. In 1988-92, the average annual sup¬ exists between declared S&T policy objeclives in many
O
port provided by policy-making bodies to R&D pro¬ Arab countries, and the instruments needed to achieve
LL
O grammes in four Arab States - namely Egypt, Jordan, such objectives. The gap between declared objectives and
co Kuwait and Saudi Arabia - amounted to 3.6% of total
z
implementation mechanisms is generally wider in R&D.
te R&D expenditure.
r-
co
Research contracted between users and producers of
RESEARCH PRIORITIES, PAST PERFORMANCE
R&D is anoLher successful mechanism for increasing the
AND FUTURE TRENDS
times. With the exception of certain achievements in Past achievements and future research trends
agriculture and in natural resources development, the Although Lhe Arab States are not well endowed with
contribution of the Arab region to world R&D has agricultural resources, their performance in food
been marginal as compared with the industrialized production has improved substantially in recent years.
countries. Most of the improvement has been achieved through
The Arab States are endowed with 61.8% of the better use of S&T inputs into the food production
world's oil reserves and 2 1 % of its gas reserves. They system rather than the expansion of resources. It is
also enjoy a geographical location lhat gives them the true that the region's share of total world arable
possibility of exploiting solar energy extensively. Their agricultural land amounted to 3.8% in 1992, a figure
proven mineral reserves are vast, especially in close to its share of world population of 4.2%.
phosphate and potash. On the other hand, the Arab However, 80% of the food produced came from 25%
States are poorly endowed with water resources. The of its total arable land endowment, the area which
desert and the arid climate lhal prevail over 82% of happens to be irrigated. During the late 1980s the
the Arab region have, together with scarce water Arab States intensified the use of such improved
resources, limited the amount of land suitable for production inputs as seeds, fertilizers, pesticides and
stable food production. The per capita share of irrigation technologies, and were therefore able to
potential renewable water resources, of which 60% is achieve productivity levels in certain crops to match
already being used, has been decreasing over the years the highest in the world. These achievements,
and has reached close to 1 100 cubic metres, a figure however, were not without negalive consequences.
equivalent to only 12% of the world per capita Much of Lhe Arab groundwaler resources, for example,
average. By the year 2000, the per capita share of have been overexploiled, causing delerioration of
water that would be actually available for aquifers. Another consequence has been the deterior-
consumption will remain, based on the more alion in the produciive capacily of irrigated agricultural
promising scenarios of potential water resource lands due to high salinity and to monocropping. Arab
development, at around 550 cubic metres, which is agricultural research systems have, thus far, focused
about the present level. their efforts on maximizing resource utilization with
The total human capital in most Arab countries still little regard for sustained productivity. Some states suffer
suffers from structural weaknesses, with first-degree more than others in the degree of deterioration of
graduates dominating university output with a ratio of resource quality and productivity. Those endowed with
19 Bachelors to one Masters and PhD. In a region that large river basins have already been severely affected. On
CO
has one of the highest population growth rates, the in¬ the other hand, the gap between population growth and LU
creasing demand on food, health and educational ser¬ economic growth is widening in most countries. Family r-
CO
vices will continue to consume most, if not all, planning programmes have been instituted in several CO
<
expected improvements in gross domestic production Arab States but do require effective implementation to cc
<
in the majority of Arab States. The use of beneficial bring about more consistency between the rates of LU
S&T know-how, whether in the area of increasing population growth on the one hand and adequacy of
quality and productivity of human capital or in conditions for reasonably acceptable levels of human
maximizing the value added income
resource development, manufacturing and services,
appears to be the best, if not the only option for
of natural development on the other.
are
Arab mineral and non-renewable energy resources
processing is becoming a priorily. Modest research well as mineral mining. An increase of just 1% in
efforts to this end have already started but require the extraction of existing oil reserves means a gain
strengthening in order to produce the desired impact. of tens of billions of US dollars.
O
that range from the very good Lo lhe inadequale. In
_J Development of water and soil management models
CC rich states or in those that enjoy stable economic and
O in order to optimize and sustain productivity of
political conditions, institutions usually provide work¬
these resources, especially in irrigated produclion
O ing environments that attract scientists. In these
co
systems.
z
institutions, scientists earn good to moderate incomes,
enjoy a number of incentives and fringe benefits and
Generation and development of technologies to
co
desalinate brackish and sea water, conserve the can carry out their teaching, research and/or service in
Lhe community with an acceptable level of satisfaction.
quality of existing water resources and maximize
132 increase the efficiency of oil and gas extraction as constraints that range from low staff income,
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
compared with regional and international standards, scientists and engineers from the Near and Middle
to severe inadequacies in the environment required for East region at 1600 in 1991. It also indicated that
the normal carrying out of scientific functions. 29% of PhD recipients from countries of West Asia
Budgets of about 30 universities and major R&D had firm plans to stay in the USA.
centres were analysed over a number of years. The impact of a temporary, and perhaps
Invariably, the items most affecLed by culs in budgei permanent, brain drain on the region has not been
are ihose Lhal have a direct bearing on the quality of studied in detail. Institutions that grant leave of
performance, and include the following: absence to staff members often suffer from inadequate
staff : student ratios. On the other hand, some may
funds allocated for research support in universities;
argue that the temporary emigration of scientists has a
funds allocated for new books, reference materials
positive result in the transfer of experiences. Thus far,
and subscriptions to new periodicals; however, no reliable information is available on the
reduction in subscriptions to established periodicals; effects of such movement on the performance of S&T
institutions in the Arab region.
maintenance items;
consequence of this situation is the massive movement intervention is needed to help speed improvement:
of Arab scientists in the search for better working
The provision of models of resource management
conditions abroad. In 1990/91, statistics show that
has always been needed but has become urgent in
6800 Arab scientists, of which 89% were PhD
recent years. The objective of management models
holders, were working outside their home state but
is to improve productivity of human, financial and
within Lhe Arab region. This figure was equivalenl to
natural resources in order to optimize performance.
11% of total PhD staff members in all Arab
Some of these tools have proved to be universal or co
universities and R&D institutions. A second category LU
located in four Arab States came to 8-15% of the total required. Higher education and research are both
staff members in each of the universities. costly activities, and many Arab countries are not
Statistics on Arab scientists emigrating to countries
outside the region are not available. However, the US
National Science Board's Science and Engineering
wealthy enough to afford sophisticated
institutions in all areas. Thus far, policy objectives
are often too ambitious, if not totally unrealistic,
S&T
I
compared to the means available. All public 133
Indicators, 1993 put the total number of immigrant
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
sludies, research and community service. Such in his native Jordan before continuing his scientific
studies at Kansas State University and the
objectives may be legitimate when a state has only
University of Minnesota in the USA.
one university. The majority of Arab States,
On his return to Jordan he worked with the
however, have four or more universities or
Ministry of Agriculture for five years before joining
university-level institutions, 50% of the states have the University of Jordan, where he held successive
eight or more universities and the numbers are posts as Associate Professor and Professor of
growing each year. Most of these institutions, with Plant Pathology, and founding Dean of the
Faculties of Sciences, Agriculture and Graduate
the exception of those operating in the oil-
Studies.
exporting Gulf States, are suffering from low levels
Dr Qasem served his country as Minister of
of funding; finance is simply not adequate, to say
Agriculture in 1991 and then in 1992 established
the least, to achieve declared objectives. What is himself as a full-time consultant. His consultancy
required is the development of policy instruments work in the area of S&T education and R&D has
and institution performance indicators to guide been carried out for numerous international and
both bodies suffer from budget deficits, a situation Arab Fund for Economic and Social Development, and others
that has constrained their activities in facilitating (1993) The 1993 Unified Arab Economic Report, Kuwait.
dialogue and the exchange of experiences amongst National Science Board (1993) Science and Engineering
LU
Indicators, 1993, Washington, DC: US Government Printing
O
S&T institution leaders. The two organizations, Office.
z
UJ namely the Association of Arab Universities and the
Qasem, S. (1990) Higher Education in the Arab World, Amman,
o
co
Union of Scientific Research Councils, can Jordan: Arab Thought Forum (in Arabic).
Q
_l nevertheless still provide useful fora at which (1995a) The Higher Education System in the Arab States:
ce
Development of S&T Indicators, Cairo: UNESCO.
o realistic approaches to S&T policy choices may be
(1995b) R&D Systems in the Arab States: Development
discussed. Outside support is required for meetings
of S&T Indicators, Cairo: UNESCO.
o
designed to bring about the exchange of
co
z
experiences to mobilize funds in support of S&T
activities, to define criteria for Lhe measuremeni of
co
134
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Africa
THOMAS R. ODHIAMBO
As it meets the third millennium, the continent of HIGHER EDUCATION IN SCIENCE: NEW
democratically free. Second was the fragmentation and the poorly stocked and outdated libraries; scantily
parcelling of Africa into arbitrary entities by the colonial equipped laboratories; workshops with non¬
powers in the closing decades of the 19th century. This functioning machinery; overworked lecturers, who are
one irrational geopolitical activity spawned at least two so underpaid that they have to take a second
major conundrums: it exacerbated the diverse ethnic occupation in order to survive; a tiny group of
rivalries in Africa, and it created a whole range of postgraduate scholars, who spend two to three years
minuscule nation-states. Of the 53 existing African beyond the normal period before they can successfully
states, 22 are micro-stales, each consisting of less than 5 complete their studies; frequent student riots, and
million people, and another 12 are mini-states, each occasional staff go-slows; and an overwhelming
having between 5 and 10 million people only. Added to administrative bureaucracy. What is not so visible to
the colonial heritage of tightly controlled borders, there the casual observer is the creeping irrelevance of the
exist tremendous disincentives to undertake cross- contemporary African university to the community
border communication, cooperation and trade. Indeed, and society in Africa.
there are much stronger historical linkages with the In 1972, the Association of African Universities
former metropolitan powers than with neighbouring (AAU) convened a major conference in Accra, Ghana,
African countries. And third, ever since the early 1970s, on the theme Creating the African University, to
Africa has become steadily impoverished, even in the consider the then emerging issues only a decade after
face of its enormous range and extent of natural the political independence era had begun in earnest.
resource endowments; and has become greatly The conference decided that its principal goal was to
indebted to bilateral creditors (64% of all debt stock) re-design the university in Africa as a 'development
and multilateral financial institutions (MFIs), especially university', and, in this context, to carry out five
the World Bank, the African Development Bank (ADB) special functions: to create an African academic
and the International Monetary Fund (IMF), which community; to develop curricula relevant to African
account for 19% of the total debt stock. Existing debt problems, economy and society; to end the academic
reduction strategies in Africa have proved inadequate, and administrative dependence on universities
and have not stemmed the steady growth of the belonging to the former metropolitan powers; to
external debt stock; yet MFIs have opposed any introduce, for the first time, the teaching of African <
O
writing-off of their debts, or even of their being languages in African university institutions; and to CE
LL
rescheduled. Consequently, in reality, the African become involved in national development. <
external debt has become unrepayable. While enormous progress has been made in
I
It is in this context that the critical role of science implementing the 1972 AAU vision of the African
and technology (S&T) in the future development of university, new emerging issues have taken the centre
Africa, and in its commitment to the growth of stage. Increased pressure for university undergraduate
scientific knowledge worldwide, should be seen. enrolments in the face of decreasing university 135
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
budgets; the rise of graduate unemployment in the of developing countries approaching S&T solely from
face of escalating liberalization of the economy; the point of view of its utility in technological
worsening confrontation between students and innovations, the well-springs of new scientific
university administrations, and between universities knowledge might tend to dry up in the long term. A
and governments in the context of political corrective measure therefore needed to be put in
democratization; and the vital need of a critical mass place, by strengthening the basic sciences (biology,
of postgraduate specialists and entrepreneurs in the chemistry, physics and mathematics) as a basic
deepening marginalization of African economies - all foundation for indigenous education and technology.
these issues led the AAU to convene a second review The Uppsala conference declared that a 'foundation in
of the African university in the context of this new the basic sciences is essential for all research in the
geopolitical and geoeconomic environment. applied sciences and for long-term development'; that
Thus in January 1995 an international conference 'a strategy for support to the basic sciences should be
of heads of nearly 100 African universities was held in articulated by each developing country and its
Maseru, Lesotho, on the theme, The University in national institutions, and should be geared to solving
Africa in the 1990s and Beyond, with the goal of specific development problems in that country'; and
proposing practical measures to reverse the decline of that 'research questions within the basic sciences must
the African university and its role in Africa's be chosen judiciously with the future development
development (AAU, 1995). The conference realized needs of the specific country in mind'; and went on to
LU
a major objective must be to repair the damaged capacity building in molecular biology being
O
public perception of the African university as a driving included in the funding for a health-related project.
O
force for the transformation of that society. As one
CO
Q
consequence of the Maseru review, the AAU is in the Increased coordination and cooperation among
_i
ce process of establishing a multi-campus graduate donor agencies within each country, as has been
O
training and research programme in key areas of effectively demonstrated by the coordination efforts
O
development, starting with environmental of Eduardo Mondlane University in Mozambique.
co
management and biotechnology. Such donor cooperation is required for regionally
z
I-
The donor community has watched these recent organized postgraduate training programmes and
CO movements, and taken its own parallel measures. In South-South training and research programmes.
June 1995, a small group of donors convened an
research and teaching infrastructure in most African Because of their very conservative nature, turning
universities, and their proper re-equipping, as a these entities into dynamic motors for change is likely
critical precondition for the development of to prove a herculean task, demanding an unusual
commitment.
capacity in S&T.
All these recent attempts at re-engineering the
Rehabilitation and re-equipping of the S&T
African university are a means of ensuring the full
functions of the major universities in Africa,
development of African talents and of bringing a more
somewhere in the order of 200 entities, will probably
entrepreneurial spirit into these developments. These
require at least a decade and an investment of some
include a determined attempt to integrate women fully
US$6.0 billion. This is a vast sum for African
into the university life as students and staff. At present,
governments who own 98% of these entities and wield
according to the UNESCO Statistical Yearbook 1993,
female university enrolments in the natural sciences,
computer sciences, medicine and agriculture are low
Science-Led Development in Africa (RANDFORUM), in the modern economy, tertiary education, comprising
based in Nairobi, Kenya, in which a small planning group universities and polytechnics, is one major contribution
is designing a pilot scheme for establishing a different to the solution to Africa's current development crisis.
model of the African university - a small, highly
Such a network, involving distance education pro¬ driven, mission-oriented organization of Africa's
grammes, will then constitute the Research University, science enterprise.
which will concentrate on postgraduate education,
The emerging typology of the structure and
development-oriented research, and consultancy work,
organization of S&T in Africa seems to have following
and establish strong functional linkages to the host
format:
community and the productive sector. With such a
<
O
remit, the Research University will be highly relevant to
At the regional and continental level, S&T takes its CE
the problems and needs of the productive sector, the LL
1993. Since ihen, Lhe Scientific Council for Africa established professional fraternities and chartered
(SCA) has been resurrected (in mid-1994), under institutions (for example, for the medical, banking,
OAU/STRC auspices, as the OAU's main S&T policy accountancy, legal and management professions);
advisory organ, after lying dormant for nearly 15 or as nodes in international networks (such as for
years. Furthermore, S&T policy protocols are being the academic research community, the scientific
formulated within the charter instruments signed in societies and the engineering associations). Such
Abuja, Nigeria, in 1991 establishing the African linkages are very much outward looking, taking
Economic Community by the year 2025. their professional reference points from worldwide,
industrial country criteria.
At the national level, there has grown since the early
1970s, a government-initiated national S&T policy
The academy of science, as an elite organization
advisory agency, or ils varianls, on a model pioneered
purposely positioned to recognize excellence and
by UNESCO in Lhe early years of political indepen¬
achievement, as well as to promote scientific
dence, to replace colonial structures which formerly
advancement, is a recent growth in the continent
answered to a metropolitan policy body for direction
(Odhiambo, 1983). The majority of the national
and monitoring. Often the university has played a academies of science, such as those of Morocco,
substantial role in these bodies. In some cases since
Nigeria and Kenya, have taken the European
the early 1980s, following on the Vienna Conference
historical model of being private organizations of
on Science and Technology for Development in
academicians, of publishing journals, arranging
1982, some African governments have established
discourses and conferences, awarding prizes for
Ministries of S&T (or their variants), while
singular scientific achievement and advising
mainLaining lhe national S&T policy advisory organ
governments on S&T policy whenever called upon to
as a sepárale advisory mechanism. In almost all cases,
do so. The Ghana Academy of Science took a
industry has not played a significant functional part
different path, starting off four decades ago in the
in formulating policies, or in their review. In
executive agency mould of the former East European
principle, the S&T policy should be a strategic academies of science, with all research institutions
element in the national development plan and its
LU
coming under its purview. The Ghana Academy has
O implementation; but it rarely is, except in the com¬
z moved away from this model, but still enjoys strong
UJ
petitive production of the major export commodities.
ü links with the government. The African Academy of
co
Sciences, established in December 1985, is an
Q
_l
At the private sector level, the essential innovations
ce
are sourced either from the home-based scientific
altogether different species. It is a members'
O
organization at the continental level, probably the
research and development (R&D) establishments of
LU
O
only one of its kind. It is not a federation of national
the foreign corporations, or are purchased in the
CO
academies, nor an apex body; its main remit is one of
z form of capital goods or turn-key projects. There are
H
fueling Africa's science-led development, through the
an insignificant number of problem-solving R&D
CO promotion of excellence and relevance, and through
efforts undertaken by manufacturing industries
within most African countries.
its own programmatic activities, such as those on
All these S&T structures have yet to tackle, in a Already, private initiatives have led to the formation
systematic, long-term way, the issue of intellectual of inventors' associations in Congo, Côte d'Ivoire,
property rights, as Africa positions itself for Egypt, Kenya, Morocco, Senegal, Sudan, Tanzania,
competitive production and marketing in both the Zaire and Zimbabwe. The Association des inventeurs du
intra-African and inlemaiional markeis. Indeed, even Congo is particularly dynamic, promoting the inventive
Lhough Lhe Organisation africaine de la propriété work of young people, putting up exhibitions of
intellectuelle (OAPI), based in Yaounde, Cameroon inventions and innovations and operating information
(eslablished in 1962), and lhe African Regional programmes for the general public. Nonetheless, a
InLellectual Property Organizalion (ARIPO), based in synergistic bridge with the productive sector has still to
Harare, Zimbabwe (established in 1976), were be constructed and made enduring.
founded to initiate new mechanisms which did not
The key issue in Africa at the moment is not the Research Foundation of East Africa mobilizes its
protection of foreign patents and other industrial enlire R&D funding ihrough a levy exacted from
property (irademarks, utility models, brand names each tea producer, whether at the peasant scale or
and industrial designs); these are already well catered the plantation level; and the producers as a body <
O
for through the various conventions to which African participate fully in developing the R&D agenda, all CE
states are individually party. The crucial concern is the way from production to the fully processed and
how Africa will provide stimulant incentives to its own packaged product. As a consequence of this
inventors, innovators, entrepreneurs
capitalists in order to create, produce and market
competitively Africa-specific solutions for its demand-
and venture demand-driven, problem-solving,
approach, and the efficient marketing system which
has been operated over the last
participatory
half-century
I
driven technological needs. including an effective tea auction exchange at the 139
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
TABLE 1
BUDGET ALLOCATION FOR R&D IN ETHIOPIA BY THE ETHIOPIAN GOVERNMENT AND FOREIGN DONORS FOR
R&D budget
major Easl African sea-port, Mombasa, lhe science- number of institutions, such as the International
led Easi African tea industry is highly competitive Foundation for Science (for aquaculture, livestock
on the world marketplace. production, crop science, and forestry and
agroforestry), the Third World Academy of Sciences
The donor community, through the United Nations
(TWAS) (for equipment spare-parts, scientific
Development Programme (UNDP) and the United
conferences and South-South research cooperation)
LU
Nations specialized agencies (UNESCO, UNIDO,
O
and the African Academy of Sciences (AAS) (for
z
FAO, WHO, etc.); the OPEC Fund for International
LU capacity building in soil and water management,
O Development and other regional development
CO forestry research and research into female education).
organizations (for example, the Arab Fund for
Q
_l
ce Economic Development); the technical assistance I Loan funding, through specific loan programmes
O
funds of the African Development Bank (ADB) and negotiaLed wiih lhe World Bank and the ADB.
O
the World Bank; foreign national development Recent loan programmes have covered higher
CO agencies (for example, Canada's Inlemational education (Nigeria and Kenya), agricultural R&D
z
Development Research Centre (IDRC), the Japan (Sudan and Uganda) and rice improvement
CO International Cooperation Agency (jTCA) and (countries of the Economic Community of West
Sweden's SAREC); the private philanthropies (the African Stales, ECOWAS). Such loans have been
the
New York,
Sasakawa
the Nuffield
Foundation); and
Foundation and
self-standing
negotialed under exlremely low inierest rates, of
about 0.5-1.0%, for 25-40 years, with a grace period
of 5-10 years. With the extraordinary level of
140 international funding mechanisms established by a indebtedness of Africa to external creditors,
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
including the MFIs, this low-interest facility is the of S&T for Development in Africa. Its governing organs
only remaining possible source for substantial have now been inaugurated; and it will start its
capital sums for the rehabilitation of the R&D operations al its headquarters in Lilongwe, Malawi, in
infrastructure, which has been so eroded over the early 1996. It has recently initiated its fund-
last two decades, and for initiating new strategic mobilization programme: this includes the collection of
national development programmes. Nonetheless, a one-time grant from each supporting African state;
technical assistance grants would be preferred, even grants from philanthropic and development bodies; the
though they are relatively small in volume. In the establishment of a contributory fund for all partners in
period between 1974 and 1992, the ADB affiliate for Africa's science-led development, whether they be
low-interest financing, the African Development individuals, institutions or corporations - the African
Fund (ADF), disbursed a total of 517.14 million Millennium Trust Fund; and negotiations towards the
FUA (i.e. about 6.5% of the total ADF loans and Debt-for-Science Swap (DFSS) scheme in respect of a
grant approvals over the period) to all African states formally allocated portfolio of external debt negotiated
and R&D institutions. (Each FUA is a unit of for such a purpose. Most of these funds will be
account equivalent to slightly over US$1.00 and to prudently invested as an endowment fund, the income
one Special Drawing Right, the unit of account of the from which will be allocated to priority programmes of
IMF.) There has been a sharp increase in technical strategic importance to Africa.
assistance granls from Lhe early 1980s (ADB, 1993). If AFRAND does become operational and successful
in its chosen role as the premier fund mechanism for
Wiih increasing jeopardy of governmenl funding the in-coming science-led development paradigm in
for R&D in general in Africa, the constriction of Africa, it will have achieved the epoch-making
funding from the donor community so evident now, breakthrough lhal the continent uniquely needs.
and the very small contribution to industrial R&D by AFRAND is an element in the growing independent
either the government or the manufacturing industry, sector, just as the originators of the continent-wide
new forms of more assured R&D funding are consultations that began in 1988 and led eventually to
beginning to emerge within the continent itself. its establishment - AAS, TWAS and the International
At the national level, several countries (Ghana, Centre of Insect Physiology and Ecology (ICIPE) - are
Botswana, the Republic of South Africa, etc.) are also part of the independent sector. Part of the
establishing government-supported foundations to strength, as well as promise, of AFRAND lies in the
finance selected areas of R&D as well as the required fact that there already exists a powerful instrument for
capacity building for these fields. Annual allocations continually nurturing an enabling geopolitical environ¬
are provided to these national foundations from their ment for R&D and science-led development in Africa,
treasuries, and at the same time they are encouraged namely the Presidenlial Forum; and also thai all the
to attract funds from the private sector. main streams of economic and development partner¬ <
O
At Lhe coniinenlal level, a new endowment funding ship are directly involved in the African Foundation ce
LL
system is being created, in the form of the African through three think-tanks it has created - the <
Foundation for Research and Development (AFRAND). Roundtable of Science Advisors for Science-Led
I
session of the Presidential Forum on the Management Another prospective strength is that AFRAND will 141
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
endeavour lo mobilize African brainpower resources Going further, nearer to the root of the problem, it
worldwide through its programme on Distressed and is quite evident that Africa's S&T policy researchers
Expatriate Scientists and Scholars from Africa (DESSA), and analysts tend to have weak connections to
lhe plan of implementation for which was endorsed by industry (Tiffin and Osotimehin, 1992). For example,
the third annual session of the Presidential Forum, although national agencies for S&T policies have been
meeting in Kampala, Uganda, on 24-25 July 1995. established in some of the Southern African
At the international level, two recent initiatives are Development Community (SADC) countries - the
of especial significance. The first is the establishment, Botswana Technology Centre in Botswana, the
some five years ago, of the African Capacity Building National Research Council in Malawi, the Tanzania
Foundation, based in Harare, Zimbabwe, by the Commission for Science and Technology in Tanzania,
World Bank, UNDP and ADB. Although its main the National Council for Scientific Research in Zambia
concentration is on capacity building for Africa's and the Research Council of Zimbabwe, all reporting
management of its economy, it contains obvious areas ihrough cabinel ministers, except in Zambia where the
of convergence with AFRAND and Africa's overall Prime Minister is the chairman of the Council - they
drive to promote R&D. The second initiative was do not seem to have brought about a transformation
authored by UNESCO, which two years ago created in the direction and content of the nations'
an International Fund for Technology Development in development. They have limited their activity to
Africa, under its Priority Africa Programme, with an coordinating research, with only a limited functional
initial donation of US$1 million, and which is linkage to the productive sector shown in the case of
expected to attract contributions from other donors. Zambia, where the mining industry funds research
UNESCO has started using the net income from this and infrastructure at the School of Mines at the
fund to finance innovative projects under its University of Zambia. They lack expertise and
university-industry linkage programme (UNISPAR). experience in developing industrial extension services,
industrial consultancy services, strategic planning and
budgeting for S&T, and choice and assessment of
POLICIES FOR S&T
technology; and they do not have a regular
LU
The S&T policies that African states have adopted in programme for S&T policy studies at the microlevel,
ü
z the last three decades have been concerned largely for sector-specific or plant-level policy formulation
LU
O with science rather than with technology. Perception (Tiffin and Osotimehin, 1992).
co
o
is gaming ground that these two facets of the same Yet Africa must move away from over-dependence
_l
ce policy entity are in effect 'two dancing partners who on the export of basic commodities. During the period
O
each have their own steps although dancing to the 1900-86, the prices of food staples declined at an
O
same music', and that technology has been fending for average annual rate of 0.35%; 0.54% for non-beverage
co
itself without any manifest influence from science foods and 0.82% for non-food agricultural products.
z
(Aju, 1994). For example, of the 25 major federal During the period 1950-92 the decline in food prices
co research institutes in Nigeria, only four deal with accelerated to 1.3% per year. Future forecasts indicate
industrial research, and they have wielded little that world prices for agricultural products (Figure 1)
I influence
which still
raw
on
materials
Nigeria's
depends on imported
and
economic
intermediate
development,
technology and
goods for the
will continue to decline in real terms, although future
gains from new technologies could change the picture
somewhat (Valdes and Zietz, 1995).
142 manufacturing industry. In the SADC countries, minerals are the second
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
FIGURE 1
o _
m
o 0 «
0 c ô c ra 0
ü
XI o ra o 0
ra
XI
E c u c
XI
3 o ra ra o o
o
H ce o a m O o
1985-2000
1985-2005
Source: Valdes and Zletz, 1 995.
mainstay of the economy, with the Republic of South nation's industrialization programme; the establishment
Africa occupying a dominant position in this sector. of export production zones (EPZs), with highly
The region is making an entry into the iron and steel attractive incentives, including those of infrastructure
industry, as well as the fabrication of metal products construction and tax-exemption; the enactment of
and rolling stock (the Republic of South Africa, off-shore financial sanctuaries; the operation of joint
Zimbabwe, Zambia and Tanzania). A coherent natural ventures, particularly wiih emerging Asian multi¬
resource-based industrialization programme has still to national corporations in selected strategic fields within
be formulated by the region, and put into the larger manufacturing; and the deliberate programme of
African context. The attempt to do so ihrough the diversifying the economy away from the export of basic
UNECA-sponsored, UNIDO-programmed Industrial commodities, such as cane sugar.
Zimbabwe and Mauritius are self-generated. In the case It is ironic that the African continent so rich in natural
of Mauritius, it is being accomplished through a bundle resources, both biological and mineral, is yet deeply
I
start from this reality, as it adopts a science-led, 143
level of solely those fields of direct relevance to the
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
lechnology-dominated strategic approach in its future multinational enterprises to begin to emerge. In this
economic growth and social development. latter respect, the Standard Chartered Bank has
The final GATT, which was concluded in 1994 undoubtedly the most extensive branch network in
after seven years of negotiations and which led to the Africa, since it established itself in Africa some 130
establishment in 1995 of the successor mechanism, years ago, followed by the Banque Nationale de Paris,
the World Trade Organization, promises a substamial which has an extensive network in French-speaking
boosl for world irade. But it is unlikely particularly to Africa. Ecobank, founded in 1990 by the Federation
favour Africa, since Africa has conventionally relied on of West African Chambers of Commerce, with
the export of raw materials and primary commodities, affiliates in Benin, Côte d'Ivoire, Ghana, Nigeria and
which already attract only minimal tariffs or none at Togo, is likely gradually to cover the entire
all, while its hitherto preferential treatment regime ECOWAS region (Sudarkasa, 1993). These pioneer¬
through the Lomé Convention will begin to be ing banks in their multi-country banking endeavours
dismantled within the next decade. have recently been joined by the ADB-sponsored
In adopting a science-led development approach in African Export-Import Bank (AFREXIMBANK),
order to be competitive in the export of processed or based in Cairo, Egypt, which is initially capitalized
manufactured goods and services based on its natural at US$100 million.
The continent must, in moving away from Belgium, France, Germany, Italy, Portugal and the
traditional dependence on primary commodities UK, and by extension the European Union. Since
(from agriculture, forestry, fisheries, mining), political independence, the USA has come on
carefully identify niche markets for value-added strongly, purchasing 20% of African exported
products and services, and non-traditional items for goods (by 1991), followed in the second place by
o
_l
through whatever feasible mechanisms are
ce Africa needs rapidly to develop its capital markets,
o
available, whether government, private or a
mixture of both.
which (apart from the Johannesburg Stock
O
Exchange) are still very fragile and illiquid
co
African governments must abolish legislative and (Sudarkasa, 1993). While the Johannesburg Stock
z
procedural structures that hinder investment from Exchange lists over 700 corporations and is
co domestic, intra-African and foreign sources into capitalized at over US$180 billion, the other 12
the national and regional economies. It is only existing, mostly very young, stock exchanges - in
(Boiswana), Lusaka (Zambia), Lomé (Togo) and industrialization - different from that of the current
Kampala (Uganda) - are capilalized in lolal al a Asian industrialization model, or the original 19th
mere US$6 billion wiih listings of only aboul 1 000 century European Industrial Revolution, both of
corporations. Even though these security exchanges which were largely founded on heavy manufacturing
national currency terms, 163%). Clearly, the with the Conference of the Swiss Academies, pro¬
African capital markets are poised to be significant duced a strategic policy on future cooperation
players in the mobilization of investment resources, between Swilzerland and Lhe developing world, which
and hopefully in pre-investment R&D in could have pivotal impact, particularly since it chose
technology-dominated enterprise fields. Africa as its principal area of concern (Swiss Federal
Department of Foreign Affairs, 1993). The policy laid
Perhaps one of the principal areas in which this down some fundamental principles for Lhe prospective
integrated framework will be put into operation is in Swiss-African cooperation: that a special programme
the whole field of traditional knowledge -based herbal on research partnerships would be developed between
medicine (Okogun, 1985). This recognizes that a the two parties; that deliberate interest would be taken
disproportionately large share of healthcare (about in networking arrangements, for the sake of cost-
80%) is delivered by way of herbal medicine in the effectiveness as well as for reasons relating Lo
developing world (WRI, IUCN and UNEP, 1992). Switzerland's own self-interest; that, because of
Coupled with this it is acknowledged that the major difficulties in mobilizing adequate funding for
tropical diseases, such as malaria, leishmaniasis and research by African graduates returning lo iheir
trypanosomiasis, are not being adequately addressed counlries, the programme would encourage the
by the major foreign multinational corporations, allocation of medium-term funding for research for
because the African market is perceived to be small such qualified returnees; and that incentives would be
and impoverished. And, third, it is recognized that the created for the promotion of development-related
rich African traditional knowledge base has not been research. These elements of a new prospective
exploited systematically, nor in the context of an compact between Switzerland and Africa have still to
organic partnership between the traditional inheritors be tested in an environment for consensus that should
of this knowledge and the modern analytical and be built up between the two parties; but this
synthetic chemists, pharmaceutical chemists and partnership model is already a sufficiently significant <
O
medical practitioners, as the Chinese have done departure from the conventional aid and technical CE
LL
(Eisenberg and Wright, 1995). If such a programme assistance model that it justifies close consideration. <
were to come into being, through the development of It is under a variation of such a partnership
it could prove a
arrangement, of a long-term
national cooperation can be productive. For one thing,
most of the major concerns
nature,
of
that
the
inter¬
African
I
145
strategic initial point for a modern start-up in Africa's development community are not necessarily wilhin
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
lhe priorily areas of lhe industrialized countries. Biotechnology in relation to the enhancement
For another, the problems are usually of a very long- of agricultural productivity, health, environment
term span. And, thirdly, conventional development management and the evolution of new materials.
aid has virtually failed; and one is obliged to consider
The development of new materials for vastly
a different basis for a more synergistic, organic
increasing economically feasible human settlements
partnership and joint ventures in the S&T field -
for both rural and urban areas, under tropical and
between African countries, between Africa and other
semi-arid conditions.
developing regions, between Africa and the newly
induslrializing countries the world over and between
The important factor dampening such international
Africa and the established industrialized countries.
cooperation is that Africa, as a partner, is constrained by
The problem areas lhat are ripe for such
a weak financial framework. Certainly, most govern¬
international cooperation, and where seed money can
ments will be shy of long-term commitments which will
be critically placed for principal priority fields, can
take them away from their on-going obligations to
only be listed here in a very summary form. They
national S&T programmes, or which will intrude on
include the following six areas:
their sovereignty as has often happened in the past.
Tropical diseases, including those caused by the Thus new instruments will need to be fashioned,
emerging arboviruses, such as Ebola virus and perhaps through the African-based independent sector.
the generation of hydropower for small human Non-Proliferation Treaty in 1991 (Collina, 1995).
I settlements.
Nevertheless, it should be noted that the state-owned
ways of trebling its arms exports (Cock, 1994). For Aju, A. (1994) Industrialisation and Technological Innovation in
an African Economy, Akoka, Nigeria: Regional Centre for
that purpose, it is seeking the lifting of the United
Technology Management.
Nations embargo on its arms trade, and to become a
AAU (1995) The University in Africa In the 1990's and Beyond,
member of the Missile Technology Control Regime. Summary Report of a Colloquium held at the National
University of Lesotho, 16-20 January 1995, Manuscript,
Accra: Association of African Universities.
CONCLUSION
Bhagavan, M.R. (1989) Ethiopia: Development of Scientific and
Technological Research and SAREC's Support 1979-1988,
The strongest impression from a bird's-eye view of the Stockholm: SAREC (SAREC Documentation, Research
Surveys).
African S&T scene is that, despite the civil turmoil and
Cock, J. (1994) We must break with our militarized past if we
economic crisis presently engulfing Africa, the continent
are to prosper, Business Day, 18 May, 1994: 6.
is showing plenty of initiatives to seize the promise of
Collina, T.Z. (1995) South Africa bridges the gap, Bulletin of
S&T and thereby avoid the hopelessness that loss of Atomic Scientists, 51(4): 30-31.
development would create. iL will be mosl inLeresLing to Eisenberg, D. and Wright, T.L. (1995) Encounters with Qi:
see what position is attained in this endeavour as we Exploring Chinese Medicine, London: W.W. Norton and
Company.
move closer to the eve of the 21st century.
Ellis, G.F.R. (1994) Science Research Policy in South Africa: A
Discussion Document, Cape Town: Royal Society of South
Africa.
Thomas R. Odhiambo is presently Director of the International Science Programs (1995) International
Research and Development Forum for Science-Led Conference on Donor Support to Development-Oriented
Research in the Basic Sciences (Uppsala, Sweden, 15-16
Development in Africa (RANDFORUM) and
June 1995), Declaration and Recommendations for Action,
President of the African Academy of Sciences. An
Uppsala: Uppsala University.
experimental biologist with particular interests in
Maduemezia, A., Okonkwo, S.N.C. and Okon, E.E. (eds) (1995)
insect endocrinology and developmental biology, he
Science Today in Nigeria, Lagos: Nigerian Academy of
became first Professor of Entomology at the Science.
UNESCO awarded in 1991. He has written widely Okogun, J.I. (1985) Drug Production Efforts in Nigeria:
I
on scientific research, and his publications range Medicinal Chemistry Research and a Missing Link: 29-52,
Nigerian Academy of Science, Lecture.
from science readers for children to monographs on
development and science policy in Africa. Sudarkasa, M.E.M. (1993) The African Business Handbook: A
Practical Guide to Business Resources for US/Africa Trade
LU
O
z
LU
O
CO
Q
_l
CE
O
O
CO
z
tí
r-
CO
I
148
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
South Asia
A.R. RAJESWARI
INDIA
FIGURE 1
Scientific thought and innovative ideas relating to INDIAN R&D INSTITUTIONS BY SECTOR
private-sector industry;
Information Forecasting and Assessment Council
private non-profit institutions and associations.
(TIFAC), the National Informatics Centre (NIC) and the
In all, there are some 2 750 Indian institutions National Information System for S&T (NISSAT), to
<
performing research and development (R&D) provide S&T information and a variety of allied services. co
<
deployed for S&T activities and the type of activities economic planning is the responsibility of the
undertaken.
and the major scientific departments and agencies in laboratories, and is provided for sponsored research
particular are the main vanguards of national research projects approved by high-level committees. Industry
effort in India. Funding Lo this sector is through hardly funds any research in the higher education
budget allocations according to the recommendations sector. Due to the small flow of funds for R&D
of the Planning Commission based on the in-depth between various sectors, the share per sector of R&D
discussion of S&T programmes, both ongoing and expenditure by source and by performer in India is
new, of various ministries and departments identified more or less the same.
by S&T working groups. The ministries and agencies Budget allocations are made for the five-year period
allocate funds to their research institutions and and are monitored annually; they comprise plan and
laboratories. In addition, the latter receive extramural non-plan components. The plan allocation is for work
funding for sponsored projects, though in small on projects and invariably for new activities, whilst the
measure. All the states and union territories have set non-plan allocations cover wages, maintenance and
up state S&T councils and separate departments of other routine expenditure.
S&T to promote science. The planned outlay for the
state S&T sector is decided by the central Planning S&T policy
Commission after in-depth discussion with the state A conviction of the importance of S&T both for its
S&T departments and S&T councils of their proposed own sake and as an engine of national development
programmes. In addition, state governments provide was reflected in the formulation of the Scientific Policy
S&T funds in the areas of agriculture, rural Resolution (SPR) in March 1958. Included in the aims
development, energy, etc. to research institutions of the SPR were: to foster, promote and sustain
under their respective departments. The total planned scientific research; to ensure an adequate supply of
outlay of the state governments is made up of the scientists of the highest quality and to recognize and
state's own resources and assistance from central reward their work; and in general to secure for the
government. people of India all the benefits that could accrue from
LU
The financing of S&T in public-sector industry is the acquisition and application of scientific
O
both from its own sources and also from central knowledge.
z
LU
O (federal) government adminislraiive ministries and Having realized the importance of technological
co
Q
departments. Private-sector industry finances its own choice in the context of economic, social and cultural
_l
ce R&D activities, as well as sponsoring non-profit factors, the government adopted the Technology
O
research institutions. The higher education sector in Policy Statement (TPS) in January 1983. The aims of
O India receives both extramural and intramural funding the Statement, among others, were to attain
co
for S&T activities. The extramural funding is derived technological self-reliance; to make maximum use of
z
more or less from the central government S&T indigenous resources; to provide maximum gainful
co
departments and agencies, whilst intramural research employment; to develop technologies that are
funding is obtained from the University Grants internationally competitive; and to reduce demands
has adopLed policies on induslry, trade, computers, Prime Minister (SAC) 1 948
national developmenL. These are listed in Table 1. The Science and Technology (CCOST) 1 981
by the various education committees and commissions has resulted in the steady growth of S&T personnel Z>
O
set up by the government. As a result of their work, available in lhe counlry over lhe years. The annual CO
there has been a phenomenal increase in the number enrolmenl in S&T disciplines in recenl times has been
of universities and professional colleges in India.
Today, there are 210 universities and more than 7 500
colleges, of which roughly 6400 offer training in
of the order of 1.4 million, as detailed in Table 2. The
Field Male Female Total laboratories can communicate with each other and
FIGURE 2
Engineering and
GROWTH OF NATIONAL R&D EXPENDITURE
technology 214 900 19 200 234100
60 -,
Science and
O
emigrating to Western countries and the Middle East
CO
in search of betler opportunities is a cause for
o
_l
concern.
CE
CO CO en o CO
O CO CO CO CO en 5) en en en
It is realized that in India the interaction and
5 co r^ CO a> o co
CO co CO co CO en 5> en en
u_
coordination between the S&T system and the
O
Years
co productive sector is rather weak. This has led to
3
insufficient use of the scientific research conducted in I Central sector | ~1 State sector | 1 Private sector
¡í
CO universities, national laboratories, industry and
elsewhere. It is recognized that the quality of higher 1. US$1 =26 rupees (1992).
I
education is not the same in all institutions as a result 2. Estimated.
Proposals are presently under way for the Department of Science and Technology.
Education (AICTE) has been given statutory economic policy and the consequent liberalization and
responsibility for ensuring high standards in globalization are adding a new dimension to industry's
engineering and technology institutions and for the thinking, and should create new challenges and lead
accreditation of institutions. On similar lines, the to greater exposure of students and staff to the
National Assessment and Accreditation Council industrial scene. Some effects are already becoming
(NAAC) was established with the following objectives: evident.
and quality of teaching and research; to promote A national survey on resources devoted Lo S&T
innovations and reforms; and to encourage self activities is undertaken biennially in India by the
evaluation and accountability. The brief includes National Science and Technology Management
curriculum design and revision; the modernization of Information System (NSTMIS) of the Department of
courses in new and emerging areas; the development Science and Technology (DST) and comprehensive
of new techniques in teaching and evaluation; and the reports have been published ever since 1973. These
evolution of support services. The new national reports serve as source books and reference materials
TABLE 3
National, total 51 416 57 334 95 486 (9) 98 202 (7) 99 660(13) 293 348 (1 0)
Central government, total 38 911 42 724 53 389 (9) 70 028 (7) 59 634(14) 183 051 (10)
Institutions 33 044 36 012 39 263(10) 64 433 (7) 56 973(14) 160 669(10)
Public-sector industry 5 867 6 712 14126(6) 5 595 (7) 2 661 (11) 22 382 (7)
State governments 4 788 5 611 19 041 (9) 17 549(6) 31 265(10) 67 855 (8)
<
Private-sector, total 7 717 8 999 23 056 (9) 10 625(12) 8 761 (18) 42 442(11)
CO
1 . Estimated.
Source: Research and Development Statistics 1992-93, New Delhi: Department of Science and Technology.
I
153
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
governments
9.3%
TABLE 4
Objective %
Production, conservation and distribution of energy 7.9 2. US$1 =26 rupees (1992).
Development of transport and communication 6.7
Development of health services 5.5 Source: Department of Science and Technology, New Delhi.
Others 7.1
LU
satellite into orbit has joined the select group of
Ü
z Total (51 .4 billion rupees) 1 00.0 countries capable of launching 1 000 kg-class satellites
UJ
o
into polar sun-synchronous orbit. India is now able to
CO Source: Research and Development Statistics 1992-93, New Delhi: Department
design, build and launch its own satellites. Another
Q of Science and Technology.
_l
cc major achievement has been the development of
O
indigenous supercomputers - for example the PARAM
O
9000 with a capacity of 2.5 gigaflop which is available
CO Achievements in several versions. Indian scientists have been able to
3
India today ranks among the few developing countries crystallize one of the best known natural products of
r-
co to have achieved self-sufficiency in food production, neem, Azadirachtin-A, which possesses amazing attri¬
as well as making remarkable strides towards fulfilling butes including the ability to act as an anti-feedant to
introduced into other cereals and bring about an capital equipment for modernization and so
increase in their protein content. A large number of internaiional, regional and bilateral cooperation is
technologies have been developed and commer¬ largely confined to the acquisition of the same.
cialized in the area of petrochemicals, agrochemicals, Another important factor keeping S&T under¬
industrial catalysts, food processing, drugs and developed in the country has been periods of internal
pharmaceuticals, engineering materials and equip¬ political instability in quick succession. The country is
ment, and construction materials to cite a few, and currently in need of extensive S&T personnel to
many of these are marketed abroad. support its technology-based programme.
The National S&T Commission (NSTC) established
fields as microelectronics, materials synthesis, appropriate technology. The major organizations which
precision instrumentation, bio-engineering, coal either support or undertake research are the Academy
gasification, alternative fuels, etc. Cooperation among of Sciences of Afghanistan, the Ministry of Higher
the countries of the South Asian region would be Education, the Ministry of Agriculture and the Ministry
beneficial in areas such as groundwater exploration, of Mines. These are supported by various S&T depart¬
food processing, non-conventional (or renewable) ments, centres and institutes in different S&T
energy, medicinal plants, low-cost housing materials, disciplines. S&T statistics for the country are not
the leather industry, pesticides, information available, but it is generally known that the scale of
processing and documentation. R&D is low.
AFGHANISTAN BANGLADESH
Afghanistan, often called the crossroads of Central Bangladesh is in Lhe process of giving formal
Asia, has had a turbulent history and suffered many recogniLion to the role of science and technology in
invasions. It could be regarded as one of the countries the development effort.
of the world least touched by developments in science Bangladesh announced its first National Science
and technology. iL is endowed with a wide range of and Technology Policy in 1983, but ihis could nol be
minerals and huge natural gas deposits. Higher implemented due to lack of support. This prompted
education in the country is the weakest component of the government to announce a second Policy in 1986.
<
the education system; most of Lhe higher educalion The government established the National Committee co
<
insLiLuLions established by other countries lack on Science and Technology (NCST), with the Prime X
H
relevance to the socio-economic needs of the country. Minister as its chairperson, whose terms of reference 3
O
Inadequate educational planning, shortage of S&T were to recommend national S&T policies and CO
personnel, heavy dependence on foreign experts, lack priorities, give approval to research plans and pro¬
of opportunities for highly qualified S&T personnel
and want of political will have all served to hamper
the emergence of conditions for the development of
grammes, and suggest measures for the coordination
of R&D activities and any related matters. There is
also an Executive Committee of NCST (ECNCST)
I
S&T. The country suffers from the non-availability of headed by the Minister-in-charge of the Ministry of 155
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Science and Technology (MOST) to oversee the agriculture-related research institutions, there exists
implementation of the directives and decisions of the hardly any infrastructure for S&T, nor has the country
NCST. an S&T policy or policy-making body. There is no
There are no private or in-house research reliable data collection mechanism and so the
institutions in Bangladesh. The research organizations statistical information on the S&T base is weak.
LU
for its own ecology and, as a result, has been able to for Mongolian technicians to develop the requisite
O
z retain its natural environment largely intact. However, skills. The government has a technology modern¬
UJ
O pressures are now building up rapidly, due to ization programme, recognizing the need compleiely
co
o
population growLh and increased liveslock pop¬ Lo reorienl lhe lechnical and vocalional Eraining
_l
CE ulations, and serious harm to the environment is syslem to meet new requirements, and fresh skill
O
threatened. The country's overall strategy aims at development programmes are being created by the
accelerated development of industry, mining and Ministries of Labour and Education.
O
co
3
power based on the large hydroelectric potential, and
its mineral and forest resources. Despite the objectives
MYANMAR
co of the Sixth Plan relating to economic self reliance,
human resource development, etc., the country is According to information published in 1976,
Board is assisted in its work by an advisory body and a personnel in 1990 totalled 34000, of which just over
Research and Development Co-ordination Committee, half were engineers. The country is said to have a 20%
made up of members with specialized knowledge in shortage of scientists and engineers.
Centre and the Atomic Energy Centre, is concerned and Technology Policy which was approved in March
with industrial and technological research. Myanmar 1984. An S&T Action Plan for the implementation of
has three universities which carry out scientific this policy was approved in 1985. The National S&T
research. In addition, there are ministry-run national Policy aims to lay a sound foundation for building up
research institutes, such as the Agricultural Research an efficient S&T system in order to reduce
Institute and the Medical Research Institute, which dependence on imported technologies and to ensure
conduct research in their respective domains. that the S&T system is directed towards the
achievement of national goals. It addresses itself to the
organization and structure of S&T; university
NEPAL
research; technology development; S&T personnel;
Teaching of science at the postgraduale level slatted in promotion of S&T in society; international liaison;
Nepal in 1965 following lhe establishment of the first and financing of the S&T programme.
university in 1959. A new national education system Pakislan prepared its Second Perspective Plan
was introduced in 1971. Laboratories and research (1988-2003) in the context of domestic and inter¬
institutes established between 1960 and 1973 national events, technological innovations and the
included the important Research Center for Applied information explosion. The Seventh Five-Year Plan
S&T (RECAST) at Tribhuvan University. Nepal set up (1988-93) emphasized the consolidation of existing
the national Council for S&T in 1976 and the Royal R&D institutions to respond adequately to national
Nepal Academy of S&T (RONAST) in 1982. RONAST development by integrating S&T with national develop¬
is the equivalent of a national technology authority, ment plans, the expansion of personnel development
and its functions and duties are to formulate and programmes, etc.
<
implement S&T policy and programmes; coordinate In Pakistan, the major obstacle to utilizing advances co
<
and conduct S&T research; establish national in S&T in lhe process of developmenl is nol the lack of i
H
laboratories; develop an S&T information system; and adequate funds or sophisticated equipment and mach¬ 3
O
Nepal's R&D expenditure expressed as a percentage personnel in universities, R&D institutions and the
of GDP is about 0.13%, one of the lowest in the SouLh
Agriculture 9 511 1 439 the existing science base, whilst the Action Plan
underlines specific policy actions and projects to meet
Industry 7 278 804
the aims of the NTP.
LU
Federal total 248 297 7 042
autonomous or semi-autonomous organizations
o
Z administratively linked with the federal ministries
LU
O Source: Asian and Pacific Centre for the Transfer of Technology (APCTT, 1991). or the Prime Minister's Secretariat;
CO
Q
I
ce
S&T institutes and field stations under the federal
o
5 and provincial governments;
LL
university and to strengthen libraries, documentation engaged in R&D, of which 6 626 were scientists or
only in recent years that explicit commitment to The national S&T policy of Sri Lanka broadly
education has been extended to the recognition of consists of four aspects: structuring of inputs to R&D
S&T as a key factor in development. The Natural in relation to availability and future needs,
Resources, Energy and Science Authority (NARESA), determining national research priorities, prioritizing
consliluled in 1981, was the legal successor to the industrial competitiveness and ensuring medium- and
National Science Council of Sri Lanka (NSC) set up in long-term research in frontier areas. Science policy has
1968, and can be considered as the national been recently undergoing revision in Sri Lanka.
technology authority which advises the Minister on There is no central organization to advise or monitor
science policy. technology transfer mechanisms, but the National
NARESA is one of the main research funding Engineering Research and Development Centre
organizations for the scientific disciplines in Sri Lanka. (NERDC) and the Ceylon Institute of Scientific and
It enjoys a stronger position than in the past, as it is Industrial Research (CISIR) facilitate such transfers.
TABLE 6
Afghanistan Bangladesh Bhutan India Mongolia Myanmar Nepal Pakistan Sri Lanka
Mid-year population
1992 (millions) 19.1 119.3 1.6 870.0 2.3 43.7 20.6 119.1 17.4
(million US$) (1992) 11495 23783 238 242 269 966 37749 2763 41904 8769
Expenditure on education 4 2.3 3.4 3.7 8.5 2.4 2.0 2.7 3.3
as % of GNP2 (1988) (1992) (1988) (1992) (1991) (1989) (1991) (1991) (1993)
<
CO
<
Enrolment in higher 24333 434309 422 4 804 500 28 209 260 200 110 339 721600 61628
I
r-
education2 (1990) (1990) (1986) (1992-93) (1991) (1991-93) (1991) (1992-93) (1988) 3
O
co
na = not available.
I
2. Year of reference of data is shown in brackets.
Source: UNESCO Statistical Yearbook, 1 994; Human Development Report, 1994; The World of Learning, 1 994; Association of Indian Universities for Indian data; UNCTAD,
The Least Developed Countries Report 1993-94; World Bank Country Study for Bhutan (1 989); World Development Report, 1994.
159
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
The universities have very little money for research. budgetary constraints, only 0.13% of GDP was devoted
NARESA provides research grants, as well as negotiating to R&D in 1990, a drop from the 0.18-0.19% level
foreign grants for individual universities and admin¬ recorded throughout the 1980s. Agricultural institutes
istering grants for research instituLes in oLher minisLries. are given the highest priority for research. About 11%
Owing to financial regulations and the country's of Lotal R&D expenditure is from foreign funding.
TABLE 7
Science and
Bhutan Total na na na na na na
Female na na na na na na
India (1992-93) Total 942600 163500 61500 1167600 234100 1 401 700
Myanmar Total na na na na na na
Female na na na na na na
LU
Ü
z 1175 15065
Nepal (1991) Total 12113 1777 2268 17 333
LU
Q
_l
Pakistan (1989) Total 28663 48482 17380 94525 66473 160 998
CE
O 16360 253 23136
Female 6523 1453 24589
LL
O
Sri Lanka (1991) Total 8594 4787 2095 15476 6853 22329
CO
3 Female 2239 1867 878 4984 1162 6146
co na = not available.
I
2. Engineering includes technology.
Sources: UNESCO Statistical Yearbook, 1 994; University Grants Commission for India.
160
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
TABLE 8
Afghanistan 1 2 2 5 23 6 7
Bangladesh 1 15 11 7 163 11 3
Bhutan 11 - -
1 7 2 1
Mongolia 1 -
67 4 6 4 9
Myanmar -
7 9 3 36 25 7
Nepal 2 5 -
3 -
9 1
Pakistan 3 49 54 23 774 51 13
Sri Lanka 1 23 23 10 8 15 10
- = not available/nil.
1 . Special Commission.
2. Libraries covered under National Union Catalogue of Scientific Institutes (850 libraries and 35 archives).
Sources: The World of Learning, 1994. For Indian data: S&T Pocket Data Book, 1993; Indian National Scientific Documentation Centre; Association of Indian Universities.
facilities for research are generally inadequate, and Tables 6 to 9 present the latest available data on
scientific research has a relatively low social status and socio-economic and S&T features of the countries
poor income standards in comparison with other discussed in this chapter. Lack of information-
professions. There is a shortage of qualified and gathering structures in certain states mean that the
trained personnel yet somewhat paradoxically such quality and quantity of data available are not always
educated personnel as exist are often underutilized, satisfactory.
<
and there is a tendency for authorities to devalue their Areas of research relevant to the region include the co
<
own S&T personnel by relying excessively on 'foreign following: groundwater exploration; food processing; X
r-
experts'. Individual scientists suffer from lack of non-conventional (or renewable) energy sources; low- 3
O
training in techniques and lack of research freedom. cost housing materials; medicinal plants; biotech¬ co
There is little wonder, then, that brain-drain is an nology; ecology, environment and pollution research;
over-arching problem in countries
Politically, there is frequently a lack of commitment
towards science and technology, and the result is a
of the region. remote sensing; information networking, processing
and documentation.
TABLE 9
Sources: UNESCO Statistical Yearbook, 1 994; Research and Development Statistics 1992-93, New Delhi: Department of Science and Technology.
O
National Institute for Training in Industrial
CO
Engineering before moving to the Minerals & Metals
Q
_J Trading Corporation. In 1976 Dr Rajeswari was
CE
O ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS appointed Principal Scientific Officer at the
and literature research is gratefully acknowledged. authoritative directories and reports on science and
The opinions expressed in this chapter are those technology in India. She has also published
162
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
<
co
<
I
r-
3
O
CO
163
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Iran
CYRUS YEGANEH
Iranian cukure and civilizaLion boLh before and during industrialized countries. There are very few individuals,
Lhe Islamic era have had a great affinily for science, even highly educated ones, who have a realistic view of
Lechnology and development while simultaneously the nation's annual oil income. This stands at an
adhering to high levels of spirituality and morality. A impressive-sounding US$14 billion, but in practice it
very strong foundation for scientific and technological represents a rather meagre per capita income of US$150
advances was interwoven with Iranian civilization, per annum; the total figure is the equivalent of the gross
especially of the Islamic era, during which towering sales of a medium-size corporation in many other
figures such as Avicenna, Razes, Khwarazmi, countries - and far less than that of such major
Khayyam, Suhrewardi and Rumi set Persia apart from corporations as Sony, Walmart or Gulf, whose annual
other countries in the contemporary world. sales are US$33 billion, 44 billion and 150 billion,
LU
Today the economic forces that elsewhere in the and management of mosL enLerprises are noL up lo
O
world have driven science and technology are taking WesLern levels; work moLivation and discipline are
UJ
o shape in Iran, but there is a long way to go before similarly weak. The economy is characLerized by scarcily
co
o
society's full potential in this area is realized. Until and monopoly, wiih low quality of goods and services.
_l
CE such a time, the 'brain drain' is just one result of this There is thus no inherent incentive for R&D on the part
O
situation. of most enterprises. The result is low productivity, and
O Despite rich and varied natural resources and a the vicious cycle of weak purchasing power, low quality
CO
population with generally favourable attitudes towards and quantity of production, dependence on government
3
science, there seems to be a lack of interest in science subsidies for imported essential items and lack of
CO
and research on the part of most enterprises. The relative inducement for moLivaLion Lo achieve.
164 technology (S&T) on a scale comparable with the Iran, which are run by various ministries and agencies.
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
universities.
m 40 000
B 37 384
l
<5
institution, the Iranian Organization for Research S3
E
and Technology (IROST), where mostly applied
20 000
research and experimental development up to
semi-industrial production is carried out in eight
departments, including biotechnology and mech¬ 10 000
anical engineering.
CD
CM
CD CD
^
r- CO en O CM
under the President's office and consists of seven CO CO CO CO en CD
CD CD co CO CD CD
*" *" *" T T_ *~
each coordinating research policy in the related Source: Ministry of Culture and Higher Education, 1994.
measures have been adopted by the National Research plan priorily is Lo be given Lo Lhe qualiLalive
Council, including support for the research sector in improvement of higher education, and MCHE is
the short- and mid-term, inducement for public and mandated Lo hire 10 000 new university insLruclors
private investment in research, support for public and and assislanL professors. UniversiLies are beginning Lo
private research centres, the creation of R&D units in move towards research contracts with government and
<
industry and an improvement in the utilization of private enterprises, although the movement is slow.
research results. Efforts are being made towards
creating regional and international research centres
in Iran.
Natural sciences 4 213 2 342 6 555 were enrolled at the privately funded Open
Agriculture 3 029 139 3168 University.
Engineering 12 597 438 13 035
The number of personnel engaged in research and
Medicine 7 570 9176 16 746
development in Iran in 1993 is shown in Table 2. It is
Social sciences,
significant that of the total 39 311 R&D workers
humanities 12 517 6 053 18 570
academic year 1992/93 is presented in Table 1. separation between the productive and higher education
Noteworthy are the very low numbers of women sectors in Iran is thus very pronounced.
graduates in engineering and agriculture; the high The total number of engineers, scientists and
figures with regard to medicine may be partly research assistants per million population stands at
TABLE 2
CE
O Engineers
and scientists 16 522 2 548 2 109 571 18 631 3119 21 750
1 1
o Research
CO
assistants 5 226 2 268 240 153 5 466 2 421 7 887
3
r-
Technicians 6 833 2 579 194 68 7 027 2 647 9 674
<
h-
CO Auxiliary
workers 3 291 1 229 149 113 3 440 1 342 4 782
m
166
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
FIGURE 2
1991
Universities
81.5 1992
1993
Industry
123.1
Agriculture, mining
156.9
Social sciences
Other i | 9-8
111.8
Rials, millions
493 for 1993, which is higher than the figures for reconstruction to be completed, and a good deal that
Latin America and the Caribbean (364) and the Arab has already been done. One outcome of the war has
States (363) (UNESCO, 1994a). been a movement towards self-reliance, especially in
the industries linked with defence - electronics,
Figure 2 shows R&D budgets in local currency. The Government building programmes in infrastructure
current exchange rate is Rials 1 750 to US$1. The (highways, dams, electrification and natural gas
gross expenditure on R&D (GERD) stood at 0.40% of pipelines to remote villages) generate movement in the
gross domestic expenditure (GDP) in Iran in 1992, science and technology fields. The gradual liberalization
whilst in 1993 it had risen to 0.53%. from top-heavy government involvement in
<
CE
manufacturing, services and distribution is well under
way and needs to go further before its effects are felt
FUTURE PROSPECTS
throughout the economy to the point where a
The country and government are basically recovering motivating force for R&D and S&T is set in motion.
from the war with Iraq which caused destruction All government policy which facilitates this movement
estimated at US$1000 billion. There is much is to be welcomed. There is great need for mechanisms 167
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
prosperity.
O
co
3
r-
CO
I
168
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Thirty years ago, in 1965, UNESCO sponsored the on agriculture, little research existed at all through
first science policy and management conference in South-East Asia. AusLralia and New Zealand, also heirs
Asia. Held in Australia under the auspices of Lo a colonial-based public secLor research model, had
Australia's Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial high-quality research establishments but little drive
Research Organization (CSIRO), the conference drew by these establishments in industrial development
together a number of the key players who were to (Hill, 1992). Meanwhile, South-East Asia comprised
prove influential in the establishment of the presence many of Asia's poorest economies. With the exception
of science in Asia. For example, amongst those present of Singapore, manufacturing accounted for less than
were Abdul Rahman, one of the architects of science one-quarter of gross domestic product (GDP), and
planning in India, Cyril Ponnamperuma, leader of Sri less than 6% of exports (East Asia Analytical Unit,
Lanka's basic research initiatives, and Hyung-sup 1992: 14).
Choi, founder of the Korean Applied Institute for In the mid-1990s, the economic face of Asia has
Science and Technology (KAIST) and archiLecL of Lhe changed dramatically and a strong commitment to
Republic of Korea's subsequenL science and tech- science and technology has been a key driving force.
nology policies. TogeLher, these people represented Asia, as a regional entity, now has the economic and
the tensions between the different views of science technological potential to play a dominant role in the
that were played out in subsequent Asian develop¬ global economy of the 2000s. However, the observer
ment strategies - from comprehensive government must be aware that behind the extraordinary
planned science, to more laissez-faire public sector economic miracles demonstrated by Japan, the
'science-push' approaches, to the reverse engineering Republic of Korea, Chinese Taipei and the variously
industrial demand-driven approach that characterized described 'Asian Tigers', or 'Dynamic Asian
the Republic of Korea's development. At the time of Economies' as OECD calls them, there is not just one
the conference Japan was in the early stages of story about Asia, but a complex web of different
developing a quality-led technological strategy, while science and technology (S&T) stories, each reflecting
Korea was still at an early stage in building the differences in national culture, history and current g
y_
infrastructure that was basic to economic recovery development sLaLus. Ü
<
following the Korean War and earlier Japanese occu¬ Consequently, in the present account of science
LU
pation. China was a closed country enmeshed in its and technology in the east and south-east part of the x
'Great Leap Forward' policies to proletarianize industrial Asian region - the Pacific Rim - we will seek to show
technology and, apart from largely British-inspired something of the drives and constraints that <
<
models of research organization with a primary focus characterize the region, but at the same time present at CO
<
I
CO
1 . The present chapter was commissioned to focus on nations of East Asia, South-East Asia and Australasia. The People's Republic of China has, <
tu
however, been referred to only in passing, where its presence has a significant impact on other national strategies, because China is the subject of a
separate chapter. South Asia has been excluded for a similar reason. To allow the chapter to be manageable, Indo-Chinese countries have been excluded,
although there are significant developments now occurring in Viet Nam. Within the East and South-East region of Asia there are then two fairly different o
groups of countries, the economically driving countries and areas of Japan, Republic of korea, Chinese Taipei, Singapore and, more recently, the People's CO
Republic of China, and the countries now grouped under ASEAN: Brunei Darussalam, Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, Thailand (as well as Singapore
and, recently, Viet Nam). The Australasian countries of Australia and New Zealand are included also for comparison, since over the last decade these have
started to forge significantly stronger relationships with the rest of Asia. This is quite a mixed grouping of economies. The chapter therefore seeks only to
present an overall picture of what is happening with science and technology across this crescent of Asia, identifying where appropriate the main variations
by economic status of country and national situation. Although the description is not entirely accurate, for the sake of brevity the focus countries have been
referred to as a collectivity in the present essay as the 'Pacific Rim'. In the space available, the chapter must be seen as something of a sketch of main
I
features rather than a fully comprehensive account. 169
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
least a glimpse of the diversity that is also a key feature growLh in some regions of southern China exceeding
of Asia on the edge of the millennium.2 30% per annum. Japan, lhe mosL dominanL economy in
Lhe region - consLiLuLing 69% of Lhe overall GDP of all
East and South-East Asia - grew at 4.2% per annum
THE ECONOMIC AND REGIONAL CONTEXT
over this same period, whilst the level of growth
The annual real gross national product (GNP) growth amongst the Association of South East Asian Nations
of countries and economies in North-East Asia (ASEAN) countries was also high (Figure 1). Singapore,
(excluding Japan) - Lhe Republic of Korea, Chinese Malaysia, Indonesia, Thailand, the Philippines and
Taipei and Lhe People's Republic of China - averaged Brunei Darussalam as a group averaged 5.8% growth
between 7.3% and 9.3% over Lhe lasL decade, wiLh over the last decade. These levels of economic growth
FIGURE 1
10
s 7
u'o
# <? 6
ASEAN aggregate
°
CO CO
3 a> h
C T-
S|
<D CO
4
a)
CO 3
a>
4 2
0
co « a> c
c <B c CO
m (0
a
o n Cl) >,
sz O co _¿ m m
c a CO
O -< H -3
O co O
ai 3
O c N
LU <
o
O CO
o
c I î
z <D
.c
LU rr
O
O
CO Source: IMF (International Monetary Fund) (1992) International Financial Staitistics, Washington, DC: IMF.
Q
_l
rr
O
2. We would also add a caution, however. S&T data and indicators have been formed for OECD countries over two decades now. However, in Asia, such
methodological rigour and consistency is less widespread. STEPAN, the UNESCO-based Science and Technology Policy Asian Network, PECC, the
LL
O Pacific Economic Cooperation Council and others, have been working with Individual nations and across the region on S&T information systems, but no
co consistent sources of data fully comparable with OECD data are yet available. The current report Is therefore based on a variety of sources, including
D
individual country collections. The most generally cited collection in the literature Is that published by the US National Science Foundation in 1 993 (NSF,
1993). This provides source material for most of OECD's subsequent data on Asia (OECD, 1994), for numerous reports and even part of Indonesia's own
CO
data - compiled with assistance from the USA (BPPT, 1993). However, the NSF data only refer to a small number of Asian economies and the original
sources are at times not always accurate or up to date. Within the scope of the present chapter it was not always possible to test or amend these figures.
UNESCO Statistical Yearbook data (UNESCO, 1993) are developed without access to Independent methodological scrutiny of national accounts and often
I must depend on a country's very limited capability to conduct adequate surveys in the first place. These data are therefore likely to include significant gaps,
particularly with time series, and may not always be as comparable as the tables appear. The reader therefore should exercise some caution in accepting
the authority of data that, already several steps removed from original sources (such as is the case for OECD data), may be inaccurate. On the other hand,
these data are the best currently available. The main published sources that are of use in analysing S&T data from the region this report addresses are
170 outlined In References and further reading at the end of the text.
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
TABLE 1
ratio for the same period of around 2.7%.
New Zealand 44.03 1.85 volume of Asian exports rising by 6% and imports
rising by 10.5%.
1 . Figures for GDP levels and current exchange rates for
conversion from domestic currency to US$ are derived from Asia is, however, an increasingly inward -looking
IMF (1992). Exchange rates used depended on the economy, market. Following a wave of Japanese direct invest¬ g
u.
but were either average market rate for 1990 or the official ment in the region, there is a massive increase in the O
rate for the same year. <
demand for capital goods through Eastern Asia. o_
LU
2. Average rates of growth of GDP over the 1980s were Exports from the Republic of Korea to within Asia rose X
I-
calculated for each country by averaging from yearly figures by two-thirds to US$5.1 billion in the two years to
published in IMF (1992).
1990; Asia has surpassed North America as Japan's <
<
3. GDP figures for China were not available from the IMF largest market. And indeed, behind the most visible CO
<
source. As GNP figures in the publication were based on a economic relations, the more rapidly developing r-
September 1992.
and Thailand's
China's Japan-oriented machinery and
transport equipment exports are expanding by 115%
miscellaneous manufactured goods
I
exported to Japan by 116% per annum. The United 171
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Brunei 1 %
Asian economic growth and a developing regional
identity expressed in both economic and political
Singapore 1 1 %
Malaysia terms therefore constitute a major new force within
13%
the world economy.
Nations Conference on Trade and Development consequent ratio of gross expenditure on R&D
I
CO (UNCTAD), observed in 1990 the development of an (GERD) to GDP. The ratio of R&D to GDP peaked in
informal Pacific Rim trading network based on Japan 1990-91 at 3.02% and, with an expenditure of 13 709
I
(UNCTAD, 1990). Since that time APEC, the Asia billion yen, stood at 2.92% in the most recently
Pacific Economic Cooperation forum, has slaried to surveyed year, 1993.
impact on strengthening the linkages within this Japanese R&D is mainly supported by industry.
172 trading region. The lion's share of growth in Japanese research
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
FIGURE 3 TABLE 2
TREND IN JAPAN'S R&D EXPENDITURE
CHANGE IN GROSS EXPENDITURE ON R&D (GERD)
GERD as % GDP
3.0-
a.
Chinese Taipei 0.93 1.691
a
a ß Indonesia -
0.20
2.5 S Malaysia -
0.80
Philippines -
0.20
o
rr Singapore 0.28 1.27-
LU
1983 84 85 87 88 89 90 91 92 93
USA 2.43 2.75
UK 2.37 2.08
Source: STA Today (1 995) Journal of the Science and Technology
Agency, Japan Foundation for Science and Technology Promotion Germany, Fed. Rep. 2.43 2.66
7(1): 6.
1. 1990.
2. 1992.
expenditure (Figure 3) has arisen from industrial
3. 1986.
investment. The nation has become aware, however, O
u_
that higher levels of government investment are now Sources 1981: Selected country reports (Indonesia/Thailand/Singapore) and Ü
<
Australian Science and Innovation Resources Brief (1994), Australian
required both to stimulate the development of basic 0_
Department of Industry Science & Technology (DIST)- Based on OECD (1993) UJ
research needed for further industrial growth and to Main S&T Indicators, No. 2 and NSF, 1993.
X
I
<
Whilsl Japan continues to be the leading R&D November 1 993, ABS 81 22 and 5206, and S&T Analysis Section estimates). CO
<
spender, science in the region is now far less I
CO
dominated by the powerful economic position of <
UJ
Japan than it was during the 1980s. Sustained growth GERD (approximately 1.38% of GDP). However, they
in R&D investment in many of the Asian newly recorded high real annual growth levels through the 3
O
industrializing countries and economies has meant 1980s - of 24% and 16% respectively (Figure 4) - so CO
that their levels of GERD as a percentage of GDP are lhat by 1990 lhe Republic of Korea had moved up
: ....
SELECTED ECONOMIES BASED ON CONSTANT 1985 levels of R&D investment grew very strongly,
PRICES- 1981-91 particularly in the non-state enterprise sector, yielding a
25 GERD/GDP ratio which, though only a quarter that of
Japan, is disguised in its significance by the radical shift
in denominator: that is, by the enormous level of GDP
20
III
CD K
Chinese Taipei and Singapore is currently about half
BP
2
CD that of the USA, the gap is narrowing rapidly.
s
Ww The impact of these science-centred strategies is
3 c ra <
a
ra
>> a
c/J c already being felt. Evidence of a science 'catch-up' is
o
a ra 5 ® ra
o a ra g ra rx D
ra
ra -
to
ra
CD
demonstrated in patent data. For example, as Table 3
-5 % sz
CD
3
N
CO <
a
O LL shows, the Republic of Korean paLents registered in the
CD
CD
z
rr
O
USA have increased by 400% in just the last four years.
TABLE 3
LU
PATENTS REGISTERED IN THE USA BY SELECTED PACIFIC RIM COUNTRIES BY YEAR
Ü
Z
LU
Country 1983 1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1994 1983-94
O
CO
Q Japan 8 804 12 756 16 569 20 177 21 028 20 949 22 384 204 597
_l
CE Rep. of Korea 26 40 84 160 403 764 950 3 361
O Brunei 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 2
Indonesia 0 1 1 5 2 4 8 37
LL
O Malaysia 2 3 2 2 13 13 12 66
CO
Philippines 5 5 5 7 6 5 2 52
Singapore 5 9 12 19 15 39 54 213
<
H
Thailand 3 1 1 4 3 7 5 33
CO
PDR Laos 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 3
Sources: CHI Research, Inc. (1 995) Haddon Heights, NJ, USA; unpublished table of patent counts supplied to the Centre for Research Policy, University of Wollongong.
174
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
in the USA at twice the rate of Australia. Meanwhile, of two indicators: ratio of postgraduate education to
Singapore, starting admittedly from a very low base of tertiary education generally and, within this, the ratio
5 patents in 1983, increased its registrations by a factor of postgraduate education in science and engineering
of 10 by 1994, registering 54 patenLs. Lo loLal poslgraduaie education. The relatively high
The region is nol, however, uniform in ils R&D percentage of postgraduate training to bachelor level
levels. Malaysia spends somewhat less than Singapore Lraining shown in lhe dala for Australia and New
but retains a relatively high GERD/GDP ratio of 0.80% Zealand is a product of mature tertiary education
(see Table 2). Whilst Malaysia's development plans are systems that are now offering a wide range of
increasingly manufacturing oriented, this research base coursework Masters degrees in addition to traditional
is still largely in the public sector and its orientation postgraduate training. Elsewhere, as would be
towards agriculture-related development has only expected, attention to research training is highest in the
recently started to change. Elsewhere in ASEAN the countries that have recently developed a strong S&T
levels of expenditure on R&D as proportions of GDP base and which currently place a high priority on
are considerably less, being largely dominated by endogenous S&T-led development: the Republic of
public sector funding, and reflecting the 'other' side of Korea and Singapore. Table 5 demonstrates that these
Asia: the developing country status that is still cast over two countries have relatively high levels of scientists
the majority of populations outside the leading-edge and engineers as a proportion of their population, with
economic zones. Further south, within Australasia, Singapore demonstrating almost the same levels as
New Zealand has a GERD/GDP ratio close to that of Australia and growing very fast. Japan remains,
Malaysia, at 0.88%, a figure that has dropped from however, well ahead, with twice Australia's and
1.01% in 1981, but which reflects a nation that has Singapore's scientist and engineer concentration. What
radically restructured its government science base into is more instructive is the level of concentration within
competitively funded 'crown corporations' for which endogenous research training on science and
staffing levels temporarily dropped. The R&D engineering. The People's Republic of China stands
expenditure levels in New Zealand are now starting to out, with three-quarters of all postgraduates being O
LL
grow again along with New Zealand's purposefully trained in science and engineering. Japan retains Ü
<
oriented strategy to build a manufacturing and export strength in this area as well, with over half of its Q_
LU
capabiliLy on its agricultural base. The situation in postgraduates being trained in these areas. However, I
Indonesia, the Philippines and Thailand reflects a less lhe proporlionate conceniration across olher countries
advanced industrial country status. All spend - including the Republic of Korea and Singapore - is <
<
approximately 0.2% of GDP on R&D. lower, standing at approximately 20-25% of the overall CO
<
number of postgraduates educated, with the H
CO
Philippines lower still at 8.65%. <
HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT
These figures on domestic research training,
The science and engineering human resources base however, tell only a pari of lhe story. Much of the 3
O
from which Lhe less induslrialized counlries are research training for Asian countries is completed in CO
slarting their current drive to capture advantage from the advanced country universities of Europe, Australia
science is relatively low. Consisteni indicalors are very
difficult to obtain, however. As perhaps the best data,
Table 4 identifies the level of this indigenous research
and North America. For example, 46.1% as many
doctoral science degrees and 21.1% as many doctoral
engineering degrees are awarded in the USA to
I
training base across selected Asian countries in terms Chinese nationals as in China itself; equivalent 175
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
TABLE 4
% science
and
No. % engineering
students No. postgraduate students postgraduates of
at of total postgraduates
Country Year tertiary level Science Engineering Others Total no. students educated
Australia 1991 534 538 21 178 5 698 66 027 92 903 17.38 28.93
Japan 1989 2 683 035 23 233 30 934 31 096 85 263 3.18 63.53
Rep. of Korea 1991 1 723 886 15 460 13019 64120 92 599 5.37 30.76
Malaysia 1990 121 412 1 012 239 3 730 4 981 4.10 25.12
New Zealand 1991 136 332 2 461 402 10 929 13 792 10.12 20.76
Philippines 1991 1 656 815 4 704 816 58 274 63 794 3.85 8.65
Thailand 1989 765 395 3523 I 405 16116 21 044 2.75 23.42
Note: Based on the UNESCO classification of engineering and science: science students include natural science, mathematics and
computer science, medical and health-related.
COUNTRIES
respecLively, and for Chinese Taipei, 81.1% and
73.6%. The situation can be expected to be similar for
Country (year) No . scientists and
most ASEAN countries. Japan, on the other hand, has
engineers per million
population
a much lower dependency on American doctoral
Thailand (1991) 107 relatively low, the nations have all embarked on strong
2 449
O
Australia (1991) programmes to build their S&T capability, particularly
CO
Z)
Source: UNESCO (1993) Statistical Yearbook, 1993, Paris: UNESCO. through investment in human resource development.
r-
Australia: Department of Industry, Science and Technology (DIST), Australian In 1980, Singapore, for example, had nine research
Science and Innovation Brief 1994. Aggregated from detailed field of research
CO
data provided to DIST by ABS, June 1 993.
scientists and engineers per 10 000 of its workforce. In
Singapore: National Science and Technology Board, 7992 National Survey of 1990, there were 28, rising steadily towards
I
R&D in Singapore, Table 111.1 , 1 8.
Singapore's 1995 target of 40 research scientists and
Thailand: Based on National Research Council, Ministry of Science, Technology
o
R&D per 10 000 of the workforce of 74.9 (in 1990),
o
100
population over 14 years of age had completed
secondary school, and the illiteracy rate stood at 78%.
Since then enrolments have increased over five times in
LU
Engineering 20- to 24-year-old age group were attending universities, X
h-
(CASTASIA II), and lhe focus ihis Conference gave to the all developed science and technology plans that project
need for relevant and industrial demand-led national well into the 21st century. For Indonesia, their Science
science, there has been a strong drive through the South- and Technology for Industrial Development (STAID)
East Asian region towards the development of national programme is an integral part of the government's effort
science policy structures and their integration with in transforming a predominantly agrarian economy into
economic planning (Raman and Hill, 1982). As a part of an industrial one. Particular attention is placed on lead¬
these developments, the types of formal institutions for ing industrial development through 'strategic industries',
driving science policy that have long been part of the especially aeronautics, and thence energy, tele¬
science systems in the industrially developed countries communications and so on. The Malaysian 'industrial
were set in place in countries that previously had only master plan' now incorporates an Action Plan for
limited science infrastructures. Such institutional develop¬ Industrial Technology Development (APITD), set within
ments included the establishment or strengthening of the Prime Minister's concept of a Malaysian '2020
S&T councils, S&T ministries, science academies and Vision'. Supported by a recent Intensification of Research
new research institutions. Taking Thailand as an in Priority Areas (IRPA) programme, it sets Malaysia on a
example, the Applied Scientific Research Corporation strategic path of technology development. Singapore
was established under the nation's Second Economic aims to achieve the status of a developed nation by Lhe
Development Plan of Lhe lale 1960s, and a Technology year 2000 and, in Lhe conLext of its severe limitations in
and EnvironmenL Planning Division focusing on resources, has recognized the indispensability of
managing the environmental consequences of industrial technological innovation and therefore promotion of
development was formed in the late 1970s. However, it R&D. All these nations are paying explicit attention to
was not until the early 1980s that the nation's Ministry of the example not only of Japan, but of the Republic of
Science, Technology and Energy was established under Korea, where both long-term infrastructure support and
Thailand's Fourth Plan, and not until the late 1980s that singularly induslry-based R&D have produced extra-
S&T became an explicit part of national development ordinary gains in compelilive economic performance.
planning under the Fifth Plan. Indeed, in response to this attention, the Republic of
Strong attention has, in parallel, been paid to Korea inauguraled an explicit S&T policy development
building decision-making capability. Australia played a assistance programme for ASEAN nations in 1994.
O
2 supportive role in this through development assistance- In both the more advanced and the developing
UJ
based training programmes in S&T management and members of the North-East and South-East Asian
O
co
o
policy for ASEAN countries through the mid-1980s, groups of countries, that is across the Pacific Rim,
_l
ec whilst the ASEAN Council for Science and Technology there is a clear and strong commitment to nurturing
O
(ASEAN-COST) and the UNESCO-based Science and scientific and technological enterprise as the
O
Technology Policy Asian Network (STEPAN), which universally accepted wellspring of economic develop¬
co
Z)
was founded in 1988, prioritized and supported the ment and competitiveness.
I
development of S&T management information systems
fí
co
and training throughout the region.
THE INCREASING CONNECTEDNESS OF ASIAN
Furthermore, in both the ASEAN and North Asian
SCIENCE WITH THE WEST
American or European counterparts. An indicator of where the ability to organize knowledge from the
this change in Asia's environment for science is that variety of disciplinary 'shelves' and link it with
whilst the number of students going abroad to study application requirements is critical. Transfer of
continues to grow, more and more are drawn back knowledge is therefore very closely associated with the
home by better salaries and working and living movement of people who have built up the tacit
conditions. Indeed, many scientists who have long knowledge skills that leading-edge research now
worked abroad are returning to their own counlries lo requires.
<
counterparts - in the global S&T order of the 1990s. funding among Asia-Pacific economies have generally CO
<
Recent evidence demonstrates that fundamental to increased at a faster rate than those of countries within
r-
CO
success both in leading-edge scientific endeavour, and the OECD. The Republic of Korea, Singapore, Chinese <
in transfers of scientific knowledge to industrial Taipei and Australia, for example, rank above the list
application, is the transfer also of 'tacit' or non-formal of all OECD countries in terms of their growth in Z)
O
disciplinary knowledge (Hill e£ al., 1994; Hill and business sector R&D funding between 1981 and 1991 CO
Turpin, 1995; National Board of Employment, (see Figure 6). Whilst their base levels of business
Education and Training, 1995; Gibbons et al, 1994).
Research globally in the 1990s is increasingly set in
the context of industrial application and is therefore
sector funding are high (60% of GERD in the case of
Japan), the UK, Japan, USA and Germany, in contrast,
all recorded less than the average growth in business
I
increasingly characterized by multidisciplinary teams, sector funding (9.2% per annum) over the same 179
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
period. By 1992 in Singapore, the private sector of direct commercial stimulus to industry. Australia
contributed 60.8% or Sing$578 million (approx¬ and New Zealand, whilst both of advanced nation
imately US$350 million), to national R&D spending. economic sialus, are also relalively small players on
The less developed economies are still having some lhe world technological scene and both have also had
difficully in generating business R&D expenditure and difficulties in generating adequate commercial
are exploring a range of supportive policy mechanisms application of research and business R&D
to assist. These include tax incentives, the expenditure. New Zealand has radically restructured
development of S&T 'parks' and business incubators, its public sector research, turning previous
and increased pressure on public sector research to be government agencies into 'crown corporations' that
now compete with each other and private enierprise
for 'contestable' research funding. Australia has
FIGURE 6
introduced a general rule across its government
INTERNATIONAL RANKINGS OF SELECTED
research establishment that requires 30% of funding
ECONOMIES BY GROWTH IN BUSINESS SECTOR
FUNDING OF R&D BETWEEN 1981 AND 1991 to come from external earnings beyond government
appropriations and, perhaps even more significantly,
also introduced a major new organizational
30
1 15
C INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
CD
o
of intellectual property legislation. Whilst the
_l
CE advantage of harmonized legislation for the advanced
O ra CE <
ra
a.
c
ra
T3 Li. <f> industrial players has been obvious for some time, the
ra _c
»
3
CO
O
CD C
ra
'catch-up' counlries of lhe region have now also
N
CO
E
3
5
CD CD
recognized that their alignment with internationally
Z O
accepted intellectual property legislation creates a
CO
more attractive climate for potential technological and
Sources: Department of Industry Science and Technology (DIST) (1994) capital investment from abroad. Consequently,
I
Measures of Science and Innovation 4, Table 3.4, Canberra: Australian
although countries such as Malaysia, the Philippines,
Government Publishing Service. The base international data are from
OECD (1993) Main Science and Technology Indicators, No. 2 and NSF Thailand and Indonesia remain highly marginal
(1993).
technology generators in terms of international
180 patenting, they have taken part in the regional trend
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
towards harmonizing intellectual property law Nakasone Yashuhiro pledged that Japan would host
concerning patenls, copyright, designs and trademarks. 100 000 foreign students a year by 2000. The
For some countries, such as China, legislative frame¬ numbers have risen rapidly, with 48 561 foreign
works have been introduced as part of the major students studying in Japan in 1992, more than four
reform of the entire legal system that is associated with times the 1982 figure, almost 30% of whom were
the nation's radical economic restructuring. Legislation majoring in science, engineering or medicine
to generation of plant varieties or integrated circuits, In the case of the Republic of Korea, the greatest
has already been introduced amongst the more contemporary difficulties being faced concern 'growth
industrially developed countries in the region. Further bottlenecks'. Until now lhe counlry has relied on
harmonization is a high priority within APEC. imported technologies to generate rapid industrial
growlh. But as the technology gap between the
Republic of Korea and the fully industrialized
INTERNATIONALIZATION AND COOPERATION
countries has narrowed it has become increasingly
To capture the flows of knowledge that an increasingly difficult to progress further whilst building on
globalized knowledge economy represents, many of imported technologies. Meanwhile, the science and
the nations of Asia are paying increasing attention to engineering knowledge required remains largely
internationalizing their R&D capability, and thus controlled within multinational corporate enterprises
gaining access to knowledge that otherwise is and not easily accessible. The Republic of Korea's
transferred across nalional boundaries behind Lhe response has been commitment to a programme of
closed walls of mullinalional organizalions. This domestic and international cooperative R&D ventures,
inlernalionalizalion is being carried oui in a variety of to link academic and business interests effectively and
ways. The internationalization of Japan's R&D effort to extend such networks into the international
has been associated with lhe eslablishment of major domain. The Cooperative R&D Promotion Law, 1993,
CE
R&D centres in Western countries: for example, has recenLly been introduced to promote such Ü
LL
Canon in France, Kobe Steel and Sharp in the UK, collaboration. ALLenLion is also being paid lo using o
<
Matsushita Electric in Germany and, in the USA, ihese emerging cooperative activities to provide the D_
LU
Hitachi in California, Kyocera in Washington, training ground for specialized science personnel. In X
Matsushita Electric in San Jose, Mitsubishi Electric in 1994, 11 research institutes and 13 universities were
Boston, NEC in Princeton and Nissan in Detroit and participating in joint industry-academic research <
<
Bedford. Meanwhile, Japan's domestic corporate institute cooperative postgraduate programmes that CO
<
research base, whilst increasingly connected to the are specifically dedicated to the production of future I
CO
international scientific literature, remains more R&D personnel. <
LU
dependent on Japanese R&D than on any olher Entry to the internationalization arena requires the
counlry's. This is partly because of language barriers ability to contribute at a level that is valued by D
O
and geographic dislance, bul particularly because of internationally cooperating partners. The less developed CO
the high relevance of localized research networks nations of Asia thus remain at a disadvantage.
limited. As an indicator, the number of research articles institutions from the more advanced industrial
across all fields of science, captured by the citation countries of Europe and the USA rather than with
service run by the Institute for Scientific Information other nations of Asia. These networks partly follow the
(ISI) for the period 1983-86, from Indonesia totalled relationships established in student days.
373, from Malaysia 810, from Thailand 1 062 and from However, there are signs of change emerging, partly
Singapore 1 190. In Indonesia and Thailand there was a as a result of personal links made by Asian students
strong association between international publication while in the USA or Europe, together with the
and foreign collaboration, though a relatively small level upgrading of "scientific infrastructure and mission at
of collaboration (as also in Malaysia) at a national level, home. For example, an association established in 1983
suggesting weaknesses within the nations' own S&T lo slrengihen relations between Chinese-American
concentrations. Whilst international journal publication scientists and their Pacific Rim counterparts, the
is only a very partial indicator of the national strength Society for Chinese Bioscientists in America (SCBA), is
that can be brought to the international S&T bargaining now increasingly reaching across the Pacific, having
table (particularly in countries like Indonesia and met in Hong Kong in 1990 and Singapore in 1992.
Thailand, where language is a barrier), the indicator is Many of the researchers are now returning home from
still valid as a measure of international participation. the USA to Chinese Taipei, Singapore and Hong Kong
Significantly, a feature of the distribution across fields because of better opportunities, and are maintaining
within the international publications of scientists from their cross-Asian networks from their new positions
ASEAN countries was that in Malaysia and Thailand, as (Kinoshita, 1993; Stone, 1993).
technology were much more significant and were grow¬ Asia and Australasia - are increasingly involved in
ing much faster than biology. These distinctions reflect Asian-oriented trade and, meanwhile, within the
LU
O
z the variation in leading-edge contact of the nations' framework of APEC, are beginning to cooperate in
LU
O scientific establishment with manufacturing industry. It shared agendas to liberalize trade and harmonize
co
o
should also be pointed out, however, Lhal aggregale standards and intellectual property rights legislation.
_l
ce bibliometric indicators obscure the centres of excellent Attenlion across the Pacific Rim is iherefore focusing
o
research that are now starting to emerge in specific increasingly on its regional status and endogenous
O
areas around key scientists across all the nations of the models for, others' development. Science and
co Pacific Rim. technology capability are universally seen through the
I
In spite of these variations in national strengths, region as the driving force behind national economic
CO
international cooperation is seen generally across Asia compelitiveness. As a result, across the Asian members
as a way of overcoming the relative isolation from the of the Pacific Rim, strong investment in S&T human
182 form these cooperative relations with scientists and effective commercial application. Previously, the less
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
developed nations looked towards the USA and participation of industry in R&D. Currently only 30%
Germany for models of success. Today, much more of Indonesia's R&D expenditure is the responsibility
attention is being paid by the less developed countries of the private sector. Long-term policies are directed
of East and South-East Asia to other Asian economies towards raising this proportion to 70%. Both the
that are now growing much faster than those of OECD Philippines and Thailand share the policy concerns of
countries and investing much more seriously in Indonesia for S&T human resource development.
science: that is, in addition to Japan, the Republic of Brain drain from Indonesia is relatively low.
Korea, Chinese Taipei and Singapore. The countries of Graduates trained overseas tend to return home. In
the Pacific Rim in the 1990s are therefore beginning the Philippines, where the culture is more
increasingly to cohere around a regional economic Westernized through prior American influence and
identity in which science is a central feature of literacy rates are very high, brain drain is a significant
development slralegy. Though expressed in different problem. Within this context the Philippines has
ways in differenl counlries there is a general drive to established an Engineering and Science Education
turn public sector science towards the marketplace, Project (ESEP) to provide an additional 3 000
and to look for future S&T growth and application scientists and engineers by 1998. Under the
within the business sector. Generally, countries of the Philippines Science and Technology Master Plan
region are also investing and planning for S&T in the (STMP) this HRD focus is complemented by
long term. Within this context, however, the manner developing an S&T culture to strenglhen Lhe S&T
in which the priority accorded to S&T is being infraslruclure and upgrading R&D capabililies in
realized is different in each nation. prioriiy seciors, but at the same time linking
Indonesia, for example, is still at a comparatively endogenous S&T development with industry and
early stage of technological transformation of the technology transfer policies, and modernizing the
economy. Nearly three-quarters of total manufacturing production sectors through massive technology
output is in industries featuring products with a low- transfer from both domestic and foreign sources.
CC
technology intensity. Consequently, small-scale Particular attention has therefore been paid to the O
LL
industry and the informal sector are prioritized for development of appropriate legislation to encourage Ü
<
support. In parallel, however, development of international technology flows. D_
LU
sophisticated technological capabilities within In the case of Thailand there is an awareness within X
'strategic' industries, such as aeronautics, energy and government that the strong growth of the 1980s is
electronics, is a strategy that is strongly supported as a unlikely to continue unless national technical <
<
means of 'pulling' the economy out of its developing- capability is significantly increased at all levels - from CO
<
country status. Two key issues confront the nation's factory technicians to leading-edge research scientists. I
CO
science policies. The first is redressing the shortage of HRD to provide the lechnical support that industry <
LU
skilled engineers and scientists, particularly those with needs to capture the international flows of technical
higher degrees. Under international loan funding and economic capital is therefore accorded the highest 3
O
Indonesia established the Science and Technology for priority. Meanwhile, industry contributed strongly to co
Industrial Development (STAID) programme to enrich the growth in Thailand's national R&D capability over
the S&T resources and set the stage for industrial
'take-off during the country's Sixth Five Year Plan,
which takes Indonesia to the turn of the century. The
the period 1986-91, being responsible for most of the
increase in GERD as a percentage of GDP from 0.02%
to 0.15%. Government policy is now placing stronger
I
second key issue for Indonesia concerns the low emphasis on technology flows and the development of 183
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
I
endogenous technology than on R&D per se. Thailand industries. This capability was developed in
places a high priority in further stimulating growth in association with committed HRD investment during
private sector R&D involvement, as well as in the 1960s and 1970s and effective support for the
expanding international S&T collaboration as a way of development of a national infrastructure, and thence
strengthening national capability. A particular feature powered by very strong industrially led investment in
of Thailand's planning for the 1990s is its focus for the R&D during the 1980s. By the end of that decade
first time on specific industrial sectors considered to be national investment in R&D was 15.5 times the level it
the most crucial for future Thai development. Strong had been just one decade earlier. However, success
support is being given to generic technologies -micro¬ has led the Republic of Korea in its targeted
electronics, information technology and biotechnology. technological market areas to the frontiers of
Malaysia has a well established public research knowledge, so that a traditional reliance on the reverse
institute base, though oriented primarily towards engineering of imported technologies must now be
agriculture, a legacy of prior British colonial admini- replaced by a more basic and visionary science.
sLraLion. Malaysia's Lask in research is lo establish the Central to the Republic's strategy therefore is the
resources required to nurture the nation's long-term internationalization of its R&D base. Korean industry
'2020 Vision' as a manufacturing nation. Signs of these is following internationalizing strategies similar to
changes are already apparent. MIMOS, the electronics those of Japan in also establishing laboratories in the
research institute, is starting to impact on the develop¬ West. Domestic and international cooperative R&D
ment of a national electronics industry, primarily ventures are being encouraged, as is the more effective
through flows of highly qualified staff into induslry; Lhe linking of academic and business interesls as a
Malaysia Technology Park outside Kuala Lumpur is prerequisite for extending these relationships into the
attracting considerable international technology-based international domain.
investment, and the IRPA grant system is starting to add Chinese Taipei has an economy that is strongly
an industrial perspective to existing leading-edge dominated by small and medium-sized enterprises.
research. Malaysia is now paying particular attention to The Industrial Technology Research Institute (ITRI)
strengthening the institutional capacity that stands was established in the 1980s to address the small
behind these initiatives and to establishing industry- firms' lack of R&D participation. Within the Institute,
O
z public sector linkages. Industry is being targeted as the a series of centres, focused on key technologies for
UJ
ü source of future growth in national R&D. Towards this Chinese Taipei, assess international technologies,
co
o
end, MIGHT, the Malaysian Industry-Government discriminate between technologies to be imported and
_l
ce Group for High Technology, was officially launched in those to be developed locally, and seek to galvanize
o
1993 by the Prime Minister to 'prospect' for industry and network with industry. R&D personnel frequently
o
R&D-based opportunities and mobilize technological flow from the Institute to industrial enterprise. For
co
and industrial capabilities. example, under ITRI, 47 Chinese Taipei companies
h-
Whilst Malaysia is still in transition, the Republic have joined to develop notebook computers.
co of Korea already has a strong and industry-based Particularly through inter-firm collaborative support
science infrastructure: half of the approximately 1 000 for research, Chinese Taipei's overall R&D inveslmenl
for R&D and technology development. Strategy creation of new basic research knowledge. Increasing
involves moving away from hardware and towards basic research is no longer stated as merely important,
software; an industrial park for software is therefore but as urgent. Japan, building on 1980s commitments
being established to accelerate the development of to basic technologies for future industries, new
specialized domestic software industries. materials, biotechnology and 'new function elements',
Singapore has made major commitments over the and on its 1986 investment in the Frontier Research
last few years to S&T innovation, fully acknowledging Program, is now focusing on science to deal with
the centrality of its R&D capability to its future global problems, and on megascience. Currently,
economic survival. The institutional structure for S&T attention is being paid to upgrading significantly
policy was significantly upgraded in 1991 with Lhe support for infrastructure and research throughout the
formalion of Lhe Naiional Science and Technology university sector and national research institutes.
Board under lhe Minislry of Trade and Indusiry. This Australia and New Zealand both have strong basic
Board has priorilized lhe development of high-quality research traditions, but have recognized too heavy a
strategic research institutes - in information tech¬ reliance on public sector funding that did not produce
nology, cellular and molecular biology and an adequate slimulus Lo naiional industrial innovation.
manufacturing technology. Growth of the nation's New Zealand responded with a comprehensive
scientific capacity, which was boosted by Singapore's restructuring of public sector research to foster greater
investment in the late 1980s, has been particularly competitiveness, and has prioritized its relatively small
apparent in the private sector. The government is resource base towards research on agriculture-based
firmly encouraging further private-sector R&D invest¬ manufacturing whilst increasingly moving towards
ment and the attraction of leading-edge scientists from closer science and technology industry linkages with
around the world to work in Singapore towards the Asia. Australia is similarly fostering closer S&T and
possible generation of 'blockbuster' ideas that may be industry ties with Asia, emphasizing the formation of
turned into products and even into the creation of partnerships in areas of national research strength that
CE
whole markets. Efforts are being made to persuade are related to development and to the infrastructure O
LL
multinational corporations to locate their highesl 'walls' that Asian nations are confronting as a direct Ü
<
value-added acLivities in Singapore, even if they move result of their own rapid growth. Within Australia, D_
LU
more labour-intensive production elsewhere. In emphasis has been placed on making both academic X
parallel, Lhe new breed of 'technopreneur' (indigenous and public sector research more competitive and
technologically innovative entrepreneur), which started targeted towards commercial outcomes whilst at the <
<
to become successful in the late 1980s, is also being same time building business participation in R&D. CO
<
encouraged. Business sector funding of R&D therefore doubled I
CO
Japan remains the dominant science and between 1984/85 and 1991/92, as did business <
LU
technology power in Asia. The nation has, however, funding of academic research, whilst business support
traditionally depended on its industrial sector to take of public sector R&D within the Commonwealth X)
O
the lead role in R&D. Universities have tended to play Scientific and Industrial Research Organization CO
a relatively small role in the national innovation (CSIRO) increased fivefold to 21.4% of total CSIRO
recognized that closely associated with debates established R&D capabilities in environmental
concerning S&T through the region is a rising concern managemenl. Equally, however, Lhere is now a
that there is a shadow side to the success yielded by widespread recogniiion of Lhe need. The Republic of
the generally distributed rapid economic growth. The Korea, for example, is spending US$1 billion over Lhe
Asian Development Bank calculates for a start that for currenl decade developing environmental technologies,
ASEAN nations alone US$1 trillion will have to be and Singapore has made environmental technology a
raised by 2005 to finance the infrastructure support key area of the National Science and Technology Board.
that will be required for growth rates to be maintained An amalgam of the three perspectives that were
(Bardsley, 1995). Very high investments need to be represented in the inaugural S&T policy meeting in
made in both the human resources and urban and Asia in 1965 is therefore being played out in
communication infrastructures necessary to maintain contemporary S&T practice across the Pacific Rim.
S&T-led industrial enterprise. Furthermore, just The most successful path has been that of the
developing technically skilled S&T resources is not Republic of Korea, and today this serves as a
enough. Successful participation in the global continuing model for many other nations throughout
technology order that is emerging in the 1990s also South-East Asia. The dominant feature of
requires organizational innovation and new types of contemporary policy through the region is the
social and managerial capability. Each of the countries attention that is being paid to ensuring close user-
of the Pacific Rim, starting from quite diverse cultural oriented linkage of the national S&T system.
LU
and organizational practices, has to confront However, given the need to prioritize the use of scarce
O
z impediments in these cultural and organizational resources effectively within a highly competitive global
UJ
o practices both to capture international technological economy, planning and priority setting are central
co
o
flows and to bring national R&D rapidly into features of policy in general. Finally, as new
_l
CE commercial application. Furthermore, it must be knowledge has become the most central driving
O
remembered that outside the glow of the Pacific Rim's feature of new industry, atlenlion has also shifted back
economic miracle there remains a shadow of to generating and capturing leading-edge basic
o
co
underdevelopment that national S&T resources must research as well.
H
address. In many cases, as modern technological
CO
change sweeps through the economy, the linkages
between more traditional sectors and the remainder of
At the time of writing this chapter Stephen Hill was ASCA (Association for Science Cooperation in Asia) (1994)
in 1991. He was appointed in June 1995 as BPPT (Badan Pengkajian dan Penerapan Teknologi) (1993)
Director of the UNESCO Regional Office for Science Science and Technology Indicators of Indonesia (Ist
and Technology for South-East Asia, Jakarta. Edition): 85-91 and 156, Jakarta: BPPT.
At the time of writing, Associate Professor Tim Developing Countries: 22-3, Tokyo: Asian Productivity
Organization.
Turpin was Deputy Director (now Director) and
Principal Research Fellow at the Centre for DIST (Department of Industry, Science and Technology) (1994)
Australian Science and Innovation Resources Brief, 1994,
Research Policy, University of Wollongong. Trained
Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service.
in anthropology, he has senior government policy
East Asia Analytical Unit (1992) Australia's Business Challenge,
experience and was Director of Research, Depart¬
South-East Asia in the 1990s, Canberra: Department of
mental Manager and Senior Policy Advisor in the
Foreign Affairs and Trade and Austrade.
Victorian State Government of Australia. His
Edwards, F. (1992) Research and Development Spending: A
research interest and publications focus on cultural
Comparison Between New Zealand and Other OECD
and organizational change. Currently Professor Countries, Wellington, New Zealand: Ministry of Research, CE
of China on S&T institutional reform and the Gibbons, M., Limoges, C, Nowotny, H., Schwartzman, S., o
<
commercialization of research. Scott, P. and Trow, M. (1994) The New Production of
Knowledge - The Dynamics of Science and Research in
Contemporary Societies, London: Sage.
Heather Spence is Research Fellow at the Centre
Hicks, D., Ishizuka, T., Keen, P. and Sweet, S. (1994) Japanese
for Research Policy, University of Wollongong and is
corporations, scientific research and globalization, <
currently Programme Manager for the Science and <
Research Policy. 23: 375-84.
Technology Policy Asian Network (STEPAN) CO
<
Hill, S. (1991) Building platforms for successful cooperative
programme. Over the past 20 years Dr Spence has H
research and development within the Asia-Pacific region, in CO
acquired a great deal of field experience in á Minden, K. (ed) Pacific Cooperation in Science and <
LU
number of countries throughout Asia, particularly Technology. 143-53, Hawaii: East-West Center -
Viet Nam, Malaysia, Thailand and China. She has International Relations Program.
3
I
Policy Asian Network (STEPAN), Pattaya, Thailand, August,
1990, Wollongong: Centre for Research Policy.
3. Reference to major International workshops such as STEPAN, ASCA, STEPI and NISTEP, contain Country Papers concerning the range of events and
issues dealt with in this chapter. 187
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
(1994) Confronting the eleven myths of research NSF (National Science Foundation) (1993) Human Resources
commercialization, in Proceedings of the 1994 STEPAN for Science and Technology: The Asian Region, Surveys of
(Science and Technology Policy Asian Network) Science Resources Series, Special Report, NSF 93-303,
International Seminar, Maximising National and Regional Washington, DC: National Science Foundation.
Benefits from Public Investments in Research, Science and
Nit, C. (1994) Science and technology development for
Technology, Wellington, New Zealand: Department of
industrial competitiveness in Thailand: problems and
Research Science and Technology.
lessons, in Science and Technology Policy Institute (STEPI)
(1995) Regional empowerment in the new global S&T Policy for Industrial Competitiveness and Korea-
science and technology order, in National Institute of ASEAN Cooperation, Proceedings of the First Korea-ASEAN
Science and Technology Policy (NISTEP), Japan, Regional Workshop, Seoul, Korea, April, Seoul: STEPI.
Management of Science and Technology, Proceedings of
Normile, D. (1993) Japanese universities become magnets for
the International Workshop on Regional Science and
Asian students, Science, 262: 351.
Technology Policy Research (RESTPOR), Tokyo: NISTEP.
OECD (1992) Main Science and Technology Indicators, No. 1,
Hill, S., Marsh, A., Merson, J, and Siregar, F. (1994) Science
1992, Paris: OECD.
and technology: partnership in development, in Department
of Foreign Affairs and Trade (East Asian Analytical Unit) (1994) Science and Technology Policy - Review and
Outlook, 1994, Paris: OECD.
Expanding Horizons: Australia and Indonesia into the 21st
Century: Future Economic Relations: 231-61, Canberra: Okamura, S., Sakauchi, F. and Nonaka, I. (eds) (1993) New
Australian Government Publishing Service. Perspectives on Global Science and Technology Policy,
Hill, S. and Turpin, T. (1995) Cultures in collision: the NISTEP, Proceedings of the Third International Conference
emergence of a new localism in academic research, in on Science and Technology Policy Research, Tokyo: MITA
Press.
Strathern, M. (1995) (ed) The Uses of Knowledge: Global
and Local Relations. The Reshaping of Anthropology, Pavitt, K. (1992) Internationalisation of technological innovation,
Volume 1 -Shifting Contexts, London: Routledge. Science and Public Policy, 19: 119-23.
Holloway, N., Rowley, A., Islam, S. and Vatikiotis, M. (1991) East PECC (Pacific Economic Cooperation Council) (1994) Science
Asian trade grouping at top of region's agenda - an insurance and Technology Task Force, Pacific Science and
policy, Far Eastern Economic Review, 25 July: 53. Technology Profile (Third Issue), Singapore: PECC.
Kim, L. and Dahlman, C.J. (1992) Technology policy for Prime Minister's Science and Engineering Council (1992)
industrialization: an integrative framework and Korea's Australian Science and Technology Opportunities and
experience, Research Policy, 21: 437-52. Strategies in the Asia Pacific Region, Canberra: Australian
Kinoshita, J. (ed) (1993) Asia puts its stamp on science, Government Publishing Service.
Science, 262: 348-67. Raman, A. and Hill, S. (1982) Science, Technology and
Malaysia, Ministry of Science (1990) Industrial Technology Development in Asia and the Pacific, CASTASIA II
Conference, Manila, Document SC.82/CASTASIA ll/Ref 1,
Development: A National Plan of Action, A Report of the
Paris: UNESCO.
LU Council for the Coordination and Transfer of Industrial
O
Technology, Kuala Lumpur: Ministry of Science, Technology Singapore National Science and Technology Board (1993) 7992
z
UJ and the Environment.
National Survey of R&D in Singapore, Singapore: NSTB.
o
co Malaysia, National Council for Scientific Research and STEPAN (Science and Technology Policies Asian Network)
Q Development (1993) Annual Report 1993, Kuala Lumpur: (1992) Commercialization of Research Systems and S&T
_l
ce Ministry of Science, Technology and the Environment. Management Information Systems: Development and
O
National Board of Employment, Education and Training (1995) Application Issues, Proceedings of Regional Meeting, 9-10
December, Hanoi, Viet Nam.
Using Basic Research: Assessing Connections between
O
Basic Research and National Socio-economic Objectives: (1993) Managing Information for Commercialization of
co
Review of Current Theory and International Practices, A Research, Proceedings of Regional Meeting, 6-8
Commissioned Report of the Board prepared by the Centre September, Manila, Philippines.
for Research Policy Wollongong, Canberra: Australian
CO (1994) Maximising National and Regional Benefits for
Government Publishing Service.
Public Investments in Research, Science and Technology,
NSTB (National Science and Technology Board) (1994) Annual Proceedings of the Regional Meeting, 18-21 October, 1994,
CO
LL
O
<
Cl
LU
X
<
<
CO
<
r-
co
<
LU
10
O
CO
I
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
China
ZHOU GUANGZHAO
China was aL Lhe forefront of science and technology for experimentation in ancient China was mainly
more than 1 000 years and made outstanding determined by the traditional cultural structure. Any
contribuLions to human civilization. Many major ancient theory of science bears closely on the
accomplishments were achieved in the fields of philosophical outlook of lhe Limes. From Lhe Qin
maLhemaLics, geography, asLronomy and medicine as Dynasty an ideological structure was formed in China
well as in smelling, ceramics, architecture and agri¬ with Confucian theory as orthodoxy, supplemented by
culture. The four great inventions of the magnetic Taoist theory. Confucian philosophy and its cognitive
compass, paper-making, gunpowder and printing pattern played a positive role, allowing for the
offered to the world by the Chinese nation were generation of scientific theories based on direct
technological achievements that have exerted tremen¬ experience and the evidence of the senses, with special
dous influence on the historical progress of mankind. emphasis on the social science of governance (there
iL is inLeresting lo noLe LhaL ihese examples nol only was, of course, no lack of talented imagination and
reflect and represent the highest standards and greatest reasoning). Allhough lhe iniegration of nature and the
achievements of ancient Chinese technology, but also human being was interpreted differently by different
reveal the major distinguishing features of traditional schools of thought, the form of that integraLion
Chinese technological structure and their inherent reflected contemporary science, whose outlook on
connection with ancient Chinese social structure. The nature gradually evolved from the mechanical character
technological structure of a society depends on the social which had dominated for three centuries.
structure and its demands upon technology. Since a In general, while the development of science and
system of centralized power was the dominant feature technology (S&T) in ancient China had a long history
of Chinese feudal society, so technologies that served and splendid culture before the 15th century, it was to
this system - such as communication, transport, lag behind world development thereafter. How this
the development of the astronomical calendar, etc. - all could have happened is still under debate. From the
enjoyed rapid development. Restricied for a long time to cultural point of view, the ancient Chinese scholars
individual trades, however, these technologies, although used to view a complex system as a dialectic whole
reaching relatively high standards, could hardly and never bothered to analyse it in parts to find its
LU
revolutionize other trades or sectors of society. In internal structure and underlying mechanism. Logic
O
z addition, these technologies were inseparable from those and mathematics were not systemaLically developed
UJ
craftsmen who mastered them, and they were handed and no academic school of Lhe natural sciences was
ü
co
down from father to son, from guild-master to apprentice formed. At the same time, the low status accorded to
o
_J
tr or simply monopolized by the government. Examples of technicians and merchants seriously hindered the
O
technology loss and repeated reinvention are to be found emergence of new productivity and the development
O
everywhere. What is worth noting is the fact that the of contemporary S&T. The long stagnation of the
co
development of traditional Chinese technologies was basic infrastructure of the feudal society and the
z>
H
closely linked to the stability of feudal dynasties and was conservative and backward nature of the traditional
<
r-
co seriously affected by the collapse of those dynasties. This empire also isolated China from the ouLside world and
created a serious obstacle to the accumulation of from lhe 16Lh ceniury caused iL Lo fall behind Wesiern
demonstrated the weakness and the failings of the pursuit of science and technology generated by
Middle Kingdom. China began to send out a large economic growth and social development. These two
number of students to Western countries, and on driving forces must be fully mobilized to pave the way
returning home these individuals worked hard to for the smooth development of science and technology
popularize scientific knowledge, to set up industries, through the use of different operational mechanisms
publish S&T journals and begin to establish scientific and managerial systems.
associations and research institutes. By 1928 the Second, the scope, speed and focal points of S&T
Academia Sínica and the Beijing Academy of Sciences development bear closely upon the basic national con¬
had been founded. However, frequent wars and a weak ditions and overall national strength. At present, these
economy made the rapid development of science Chinese national factors or conditions are as follows:
o mation and automation technologies) in the guaranteed. In this context, China needs to develop its
co
transformation of its traditional industries, and basic research on a medium- and long-term basis by
modern agricultural science and biotechnology in significantly improving the quality of its research
co
the upgrading of its agriculture; personnel so as to lay a good foundation for rational
development, to keep pace with advances in world
it needs to give priority to the development and
scientific capability in solving major issues in its nology, remote sensing and hazard mitigation to
national economy, social development and national enable China to expand its capability in mass
defence. Basic research and applied research should be education, environmental monitoring and resource
open to scientists throughout the country and saving. The state promotes work in these areas mainly
elsewhere in the whole world; research staff should be through the implementation of the 863 Programme
mobile; and cooperation between the Chinese and the Torch Programme.
Academy of Sciences (CAS) and the universities needs Whether or not population increase can be
to be further strengthened. The state is giving its controlled, the quality of life of the population
support and guidance Lo basic research ihrough improved, natural resources rationally exploited and
natural science foundation funds and the used, and the environment protected, all have an
implemenlation of a special nationwide programme, important bearing on China's future. Great importance
under the title 'Climbing Project', which supports is therefore attached to S&T related to social develop¬
research in certain important areas in the frontiers of ment; strengthening R&D in such important fields as
science within the Pandeng Programme. population, medical care, social services, public
Development and achievements in high technology infrastructure, environmental and ecological protection;
are a reflection of a country's naiional strength. In and the monitoring and prevention of natural disasters.
developing high technology, China needs to In the wake of the Uniled Naiions Conference on
concentrate on a limited number of targets and Environmenl and Developmenl (UNCED) of 1992,
emphasize certain key areas, lo aim for high inler- China has formulaied 'China's Agenda 21', and has
national slandards and to give preferential support to strengthened its R&D in environment, ecology and
those areas and projects with the potential for wide natural resources.
application and possible major breakthroughs. Mean¬ The transformation of traditional industry using
while, efforts should be made to push forward the modern technology is an urgent task for China's
development of high-tech industries, encourage high- economic development as well as a duty from which
tech industrial development zones and speed up the the Chinese S&T community cannot shrink. The
process of commercialization, industrialization and development of industrial R&D needs to be focused
internationalization of high technology through the on raising economic benefits. We should apply
promotion of international cooperation and market modem technology and management techniques,
exploitation. The priorities for hi-tech development in especially in electronic and information technologies,
the 1990s are in microelectronics, computers and in order to transform the various industrial sectors,
software, communications and networks, biotech¬ improve the precision and control of machinery and
nology and automation. Efforts are also needed in the equipment, save energy and reduce material
study of new animal and planl varieties, new consumption, improve product quality, create a
biological products, new drugs and vaccines, and the variety of new products and raise the productivity and
<
transformation of renewable resources and their international competitiveness of our products; in short z
i
ü
comprehensive utilization, as well as research and to optimize industrial structure and production.
development (R&D) of new materials such as Agricultural research should be strengthened and
composite materials, structural materials, amorphous
materials, superconducting materials
vollaics. Continuous emphasis needs to be placed on
and photo-
planned so as to enhance the process of agricultural
developmem. At the same time, the popularization
and dissemination of advanced agricultural technology
I
R&D in satellites and advanced combustion tech and the rational readjustment of rural industrial 193
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
infrasiructure and employment need to be carried out sectors and industries. The government is at the centre
in earnest. In this respect, the state has established the of this network. It is the policy maker and major
S&T Key Task Programme, the Programme for supplier of resources for science and technology, and
Combining Industry, University and Research the research institutions affiliated to it are the chief
Institutions and the Spark Programme in an attempt to executors of S&T in China. The State Council is the
direel Lhe S&T communily of Lhe whole counlry supreme policy-making and management authoriLy in
towards the cause of economic development. charge of national S&T policies, and the State
The slate has formulated a series of policies and Commission of Science and Technology (SSTC), the
taken various measures for the successful imple¬ State Planning Commission (SPC), the State Science
mentation of these strategies. Examples include: and Industry Commission for Defence, the State
Education Commission (SEC) and the Chinese
improving the management of R&D funds to give
Academy of Sciences (CAS), and the functional
preferential support to key areas and programmes;
departments under the State Council, are the S&T
developing human resources Lo bring on new R&D management organizations at the state level. The
lalents and give full play to their initiatives; corresponding units of the above-mentioned depart¬
ments at the provincial, prefecture and county levels,
applying such economic measures as tax, price,
as well as local industrial bureaux, make up the local
loan and depreciation benefits to introduce and
S&T management organization, completing a multi¬
push forward S&T progress in enterprises and in
level management system. For historical reasons, the
rural areas;
management and research systems in social science have
striving to create a stable, democratic and free until now been separated from those of natural science.
academic environment for R&D work and actively In the field of natural science and technology,
to promote international S&T exchange and China's R&D base is mainly made up of the CAS,
cooperation. R&D units attached to various government
departments, institutions of higher learning and their
affiliated R&D units, technological development units
THE S&T SYSTEM: ORGANIZATIONAL
LU
of medium and large industrial enterprises and
STRUCTURE AND SYSTEM REFORM
ü
z technological development units run by collectives
UJ
O An S&T system essentially consists of two components: and individuals (see Table 1).
co
o
the organizational structure and the operational Among them, the CAS and R&D units attached to
_l
ce mechanism. The former includes the management government departments are the strongest in terms of
o
system and the executive organizations. research capability. Although not great in number, they
o
Compared with those found in other major are superior in the distribution of R&D funds and
co
countries, lhe Chinese S&T management system is human resources as well as research strength, and form
relatively centralized, or at least conditioned by a the backbone of China's R&D undertaking. Recently,
co
unified policy. Due to the departmentalism caused by with the deepening of the reform of the economic
the state administrative and financial systems, the S&T system and with it S&T, technological development
1990 1993 laboratories. These state key and open laboratories have
not only consolidated the superiority of traditional
R&D units attached to government research disciplines, but also opened up new research
departments 4 961 4 996
fields and become important bases for training
outstanding S&T personnel and developing academic
Chinese Academy of Sciences 123 123
Institutions of higher learning 806 814 lished 67 engineering and lechnological research centres
by the end of 1993 in order to raise R&D standards in
R&D units attached to institutions
engineering and technology, to strengthen the links
of higher learning 1 666 1 802
between research institutes and industry and to promote
the transformation of research achievements into actual
Technological development units
8116 9 432
productivity. A number of technological development
of medium and large enterprises
centres were also established in some 100 medium and
Technological development units large enterprises during 1993 and 1994. To attract and
8 523 55 000
run by collectives and individuals cultivate senior S&T talent, the government has set up
299 centres for young post-doctoral researchers in 96
Total 24195 72 167
universities and 69 research institutes. The development
of these new organizations has had a great influence on
Source: State Commission of Science and Technology (SSTC), Science and China's S&T activities, and they are set to become the
Technology Indicators in China: 1992 and 7994, Beijing.
growing points of the new S&T sysiem in China.
In addilion to R&D organizations, there exist in China
45 000 S&T service units dealing with S&T information
differenlly on particular fields and orienlalions in and literature, S&T consulting services, geological survey,
research. Basic research is mainly carried out by the meteorological observation, earthquake monitoring, map¬
CAS and key universities. Research organizations in ping, environmental protection, patent application and
medicine, agriculture and industry conduct some technological market managemenl.
mission-oriented basic research, but their R&D work All ihese inslilutions and organizations consiiluie
chiefly involves subjects with potential application China's huge S&T sysiem. The governmenl has always
closely related to their own fields and general and key attached great importance to the effective management
technologies. R&D units attached to industrial enter¬ of this system so as to give full exposure to the
prises mainly serve the technological development of enthusiasm of the S&T personnel and rapidly to apply
<
their enterprises, while R&D units run by collectives R&D achievements to production. The reform of the z
x
and individuals focus on short-term projects that can S&T system during the last decade has been focused o
lead to quick profits. on the operational mechanism of this system, with the
During the process of S&T system reform, it is
noticeable that new forms of R&D organization have
emerged successively on the basis of the original
following basic points:
research on resources, the environment, ecology, integration of science and technology with the
fundamental data and the study of principles and economy. The state is aware of these problems and is
methodologies of universal and key technologies. taking appropriate measures.
Funding for research on technological development
is obtained mainly from the market through
S&T INPUTS AND OUTPUTS
technology and product transfer and cooperation
with industrial enterprises. The state also provides a The following brief account of S&T personnel,
modest amount of funding. funding and output is designed to illustrate the basic
scientific infrastructure in China today.
The independence and authorily of Lhe inslilules
have been exlended, governmenl inlerference has
Personnel
been reduced and the principles of market
S&T personnel form the backbone of the development
economy and competition have been introduced.
of science and technology. In 1993 there were
The mobility of S&T personnel has been promoted, altogether 2 426 300 S&T personnel (not including
links among research institutions, universities and support staff in S&T service departments) in China.
industrial enterprises have been strengthened and Of these 1484 300 were scientists and engineers, or
the exchange of information and personnel has 61.2% of the total. In the same year the number of
been enhanced. R&D personnel reached 916 800, including 598 200
LU
(or 65.3%) scientists and engineers. Of all the R&D
O While stress is placed on serving the national
z personnel, 344 100 are in the research and
UJ economy, continuous emphasis is given to basic
o development units (see Figure 1).
co research and there is a proposal to maintain a set
Q
The vitality of any S&T system lies in the
_i proportion of basic research. Applied research and
CC continuous influx of new talent, and institutions of
O development is also getting increasing support among
higher learning are the cradle for future scientisls and
LL
scientisls and governmenl officials alike.
O engineers. In 1993 lhe tolal enrolmenl of under¬
co
z>
The presenl reform of the economic and S&T graduate students in Chinese universities and colleges
r-
systems faces long-standing problems accumulated in exceeded 2 536 000 and lhal of postgraduate students
CO
the process of historical and social development and reached 107 000 (including 18000 for doctoral
has to change the value-concepts that people are degrees). In the same year, 571 000 undergraduates
Other
S&T funding
S&T expenditure, especially that for R&D, reflects
national S&T strength as well as the extent of support
postgraduates, and the proportion of doctoral students was only 0.66%, the smallest since 1988. In 1994 the
<
o
It would appear therefore that there exists a large Since 1989 the ratio of R&D expenditure (GERD)
population of Chinese S&T personnel and under¬ to Chinese gross domestic product (GDP) has
I
graduate and postgraduate students, but their relative fluctuated around 0.7% and it fell to 0.62% in 1993.
numbers remain quite small since China has such This indicates that the increase in R&D input is falling
a large population and S&T activities cover such a behind the development of the Chinese economy and
wide scope. If calculated as a percentage of the total ils rapid growlh in GDP. This ralio is far from lhal of 197
JRLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Chinese R&D funding comes mainly from the DISTRIBUTION OF R&D FUNDING IN CHINA, BY
TYPE OF EXECUTING ORGANIZATION, 1993
government. Allhough industiy makes some conlri-
bution towards science, very little of it is used for R&D
work. From Figure 2 it can be seen that R&D units of Others 9.7% R&D units of
tefe, government
the government departments are the main force behind
departments
research in China, the R&D ability of the industrial 49.9%
Institutions ^H
enterprises being relatively weak and that of the of higher ^H
learning ^B
institutions of higher learning still being in need of
17.7%
large industrial
China's exisiing S&T system. With the deepening of Lhe
enterprises
reform of Lhe sysiem lhe situalion is likely lo change. 22.7%
seriously restricted the further development of China's 0.22 was lower than the world average.
science and technology. The Chinese scientific Patents constitute another key indicator in
community hopes that, by the end of this century, the measuring S&T output. During the past two years,
ratio of GERD to GDP can be increased to 1.5%, and China's patenting system has been strengthened and
that the proportion of funding devoted to basic there has been great progress in patent work. In 1993,
LU
research may be of the order of 10-20%. patent applications numbering 77 000 were received
Ü
z and 62 000 patents were granted, an increase of
UJ
o S&T output 34.2% and 97.4% respectively over the previous year.
CO
Q
The number of publications and the citation rate of Patent applications for inventions, utilities and
_J
CE scientific papers is a reflection of the output and the exterior design constituted 25.4%, 61.5% and 13.1%
O
quality of S&T activities of a country and its position in of the totals respectively.
O the international scientific community. According to Evidence shows that scientific research has
CO
z>
the statistics of the Scientific Citation Index (SCI), ISTP provided knowledge, theories, methodologies, thoughts
I-
< and EI, 20 178 scientific papers published by Chinese and talent that have contributed to economic and
I
CO
S&T personnel were included in 1993, an increase of social development in China, and a great number of
9.2% over the previous year. For two years in S&T achievements have been turned into a productive
Founded in 1 949, the Chinese Academy of Sciences (CAS) Basic research is carried out in a number of institutes
is China's leading academic institution and the and key laboratories, as shown below. In 1994 the CAS set
comprehensive R&D centre in natural science and in the up two special scientific centres for work in the life sciences
new and high technologies. As a national academy, it and the earth sciences to promote the interaction and
shoulders heavy responsibility in developing science and integration of different research disciplines. Owing to the
technology and in solving the major S&T issues raised in the economic conditions, the shortage of funds for R&D work
course of national economic construction and social will not be solved in the short term. Therefore it is essential
development. It has made and will continue to make that good selections of research priorities and key areas be
important contributions to the life and well-being of the made. The CAS holds that key areas of basic research to
be selected should:
country.
R&D staff, including 36200 scientists and engineers, and the CAS include such fields as condensed-matter physics,
1 5 000 held senior titles of associate professor or higher. large-cluster chemistry, molecular biology, neural science
R&D in the CAS ranges from activities in the basic and cognitive science, global change, astrophysics, non¬
sciences (mathematics, physics, astronomy, life and earth linear science, nano-science and technology, environmental
sciences) to such disciplines within engineering and science, biodiversity, and fundamental problems in infor¬
technology as informatics, new materials, energy, space mation, energy, materials and space technology.
30% on natural resources, the environment, ecology and CHINESE ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Key laboratories 50 33
development of new ones. In the past 10 years, more than I
Ü
Open laboratories 63 66
500 hi-tech enterprises, with a total employment of 18000,
have been set up to integrate technology, industry and Engineering and technology
I
research centres 9 29
trade as an organic whole. The CAS has become one of the
most important bases in the development of China's hi-tech Centres for young post-doctoral
industries. researchers 62 21
199
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
resources and environmental protection, scientific and the natural disasters that confront humankind as a
research can provide basic mies, fundamental data whole. Hence, the integration of opportunities and
and theoretical guidelines. In agriculture, medicine needs has tended to promote the emergence of an
and other fields closely related to food and health, international S&T system. The internationalization of
scientific research provides a basis for the cultivation science and technology has become one of the major
of new varieties of plants and livestock, the trends in S&T development over the last decades.
development of new farming lechniques and lhe It is an important long-term policy of the Chinese
effective conirol of insects, as well as theoretical government to actively promote international S&T
guidelines for development and techniques. These cooperation and exchange. So far, scientific agreements
facts are perfectly obvious, yet cannot be backed up have been signed with 85 countries and scientific
with quantitative indicators. Since the 1990s China's cooperative relations established with 134 countries and
economy has witnessed rapid and sustained growth, regions. The government attaches great importance to
and the share of this contributed by science and the integration of scientific cooperation with economic
technology has, according to the Solow Model, cooperation and trade so that scientific collaboration acts
constituted 26.7%, a much lower figure than that in as a key channel in introducing advanced technologies
the industrialized countries. However, in the light of and funds, stimulating the trade of technologies,
China's present economy, and compared with the products and service. In order to encourage inter¬
past, we can fairly claim that science and technology nationalization, the Chinese government is actively
are now making increasingly greater contributions creating conditions for attracting overseas research
towards economic developmenl. institutions and enterprises to run jointly research
institutions and S&T enterprises in China through joint
venture and cooperation. Meanwhile, Chinese research
FACING THE WORLD: INTERNATIONAL S&T
institutions and S&T enterprises are also encouraged to
COOPERATION
establish branches abroad jointly with their foreign
It has long been recognized that scientific research has counterparts. In 1993 the SSTC and Ministry of Foreign
no national boundaries, and that scientific achievement Economic Relations and Trade granted 100 scientific
LU
should be shared by humankind as a whole. In recent research institutions autonomy in foreign trade.
O
z years, thanks to the rapid development of science and The Chinese Academy of Sciences plays a
UJ
o technology, the number of countries with significant particularly important role in scientific exchange and
co
o
numbers of qualified scienlisls, engineers and cooperation. Figure 3 shows the increase in the
_l
CE advanced research programmes has increased, and this number of personnel exchanges since 1979. The CAS
O
has resulted in an increase in opportunities for has signed 67 agreements at the academy level with
transnational collaboration. Moreover, the cost of academies, research institutions, universities and
o
co
maintaining modern research systems is constantly major companies from over 40 countries. Its 123
Zl
r-
rising, and it is increasingly clear that no single country institutes have established more than 700 cooperation
CO can bear the investment needed for so-called agreements with their counterparts in many countries.
megascience and high technology that is by definition The total exchange of personnel exceeds 6 000
200 global issues as population, the environment, resources professors or to hold prestigious positions at over 60
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
institutes, and 14 foreign scientists have been elected been enhanced, a large group of outstanding talents
members of the Academy. The CAS is also actively trained and a number of excellent research results
involved in the activities of international scientific have been obtained. It is hoped that with further joint
organizations: 250 of its outstanding scientists hold efforts progress will be achieved in basic research and
leading positions in international S&T organizations. applied research (especially in those areas in which
It has established cooperative relations with the Chinese scientists are prominent and where there is a
United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) and rich accumulation of data and experience); in research
UNESCO, and is the national contact point of a disciplines where China has its unique features (such
number of international organizations such as as natural resources, environment, ecology, desert
IUCN-The World Conservation Union and the World management and control and the study of natural
Climate Research Programme. medicinal herbs); in high technology (including
Through international cooperation, R&D work has information, computers, aerospace, new materials and
biotechnology); and in agriculture; and that greater
contributions can be made to the development of
science and the progress of humankind.
FIGURE 3
7 000
of Theoretical Physics of the Chinese Academy of
Sciences in 1979, becoming its Director in 1983.
During his distinguished research career in
6 000 theoretical, nuclear and high-energy physics, he has
published extensively and has been accorded many
2 000 <
z
I
Ü
1 000
CONTEMPORARY ISSUES
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Inherent in any review of world science today is a astronomy and mathematics - continually challenges
basic consideration of the position and responsibilities society by suggesting, usually implicitly, a particular
of researchers in society and, in general, of the role of interpretation of the universe and our place in it.
science in the progress of civilization. To put the issue There is little likelihood that a scientific answer will
in other terms, a World Science Report cannot avoid ever be found finally to resolve this fundamental
tackling one of the crucial questions of the day: What challenge. In fact the scientific interpretation of the
ethics should apply to science? mechanisms of the universe will always have
In his excellent introduction to the World Science philosophical and political repercussions: thus the
Report 1993, M.G.K. Menon, President of the disarray caused by the Copernican Revolution and the
International Council of Scientific Unions (ICSU), a Inquisition's trial of Galileo. With the Earth no longer
renowned physicist and a serving member of the Indian the centre of the Universe but merely a simple planet
parliament, raised this very issue under the heading: in orbit around the Sun, is not the role of man - God's
Ethical aspects, human rights and the public image of creation - diminished? Similarly research in biology,
science. His intention was to show that scientific especially neurobiology, is raising new questions as to
advances alone cannot guarantee moral progress, any the specificity of Homo sapiens compared with oiher
more than they can strengthen or preserve human living species.
rights. This is a matter for the individual - who is Our self-interrogation about our own condition has
responsible for, if not master of, his or her own destiny never, however, held us back in our continual search
- and society as a whole. Such a proposition can for knowledge. On the contrary, from the very
however be taken further: although our well-being is beginning we have striven to model the world in order
largely determined by the contribution made by science to adapt it to our own needs, by fighting hunger,
and technology, everyone today is aware of the hazards disease and all the other forms of assault to which we
to humanity of some of their applications. This century are exposed. Nor shall we cease to do so.
we have seen science and technology serving both good The change in society in the light of scientific
and evil. There have been prodigious medical progress has essentially been one of perspective, with
discoveries, such as that of penicillin, and atom bombs a growing universal awareness, particularly since the
were dropped on Hiroshima and Nagasaki; we have end of the Second World War, of how ambivalent this
seen the promising first fruits of the Green Revoluiion, progress can be: while certainly a factor in
co
LU
and some instances of irreversible damage caused Lo lhe humankind's well-being and liberation from nalural
_0
CO
environmenl; space has been conquered, and lhe conslrainls, it is now also regarded as a possible
ço
>- precious resources of our planel pillaged. instrument of self-destruction.
rr
<
CE
The elhics of science certainly do not constitute a Against this background, ethics encourage us to be
O
o_ new issue. Since the dawn of time, human history has continually on the alert, lhe aim being to ensure that
been marked by advances in knowledge, and scientific science and technology make a positive contribution
theories, having explained these advances, have always to the common well-being and to social and
O
O led to ethical and philosophical controversies. This is democratic progress.
easy to understand when scientific advances surpass Without such ethical vigilance, the public distrust
I or even call into question the previous corpus of of scientific and technical innovation is liable to
knowledge that had appeared to provide the final intensify, encouraging the emergence of political and
answer. But to take the matter further, it is clear that religious movements which make the rejection of
204 science - encompassing physics, chemistry, biology, modernity, held up as a symbol of the perverted
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
contemporary world, into an item of dogma. What special social responsibilities are incumbent
Whereupon fear - 'humanity's most faithful on scientists?
very precisely to this important ethical question: What must never forget it. You will always be responsible
is required of humanity, in lerms of individual and for Lhal which you have tamed.' So speaks the fox to
collective behaviour, if it is to be capable of meeting the 'Little Prince' in Saint-Exupéry's story. This
the challenges of science and technology? epitomizes the ethical principle of responsibility,
The world has become fluid and unstable and its meaning that nobody, not even the researcher, can
remain deiached from Lhe consequences of a É
future seems uncertain, owing not only to acceleraLing
populalion growlh but also to the extent of developmenl which iransforms the daily life of LU
Q
technological hazards. Hence the need for a frame of individuals and even relationships between countries. O
reference - in other words a system of ethics - that is Although it is possible to conceive of the principle of Q
Z
compatible wiih awareness on Lhe part of today's 'responsibility' according to the collective approach as <
society of its responsibilities to future generations. The defined by the philosopher Hans Jonas, it must be Co
z
fact that 'what happens tomorrow is decided today' accepted today that specific responsibility is incumbent <
invokes more than ever an ethic of responsibility. on those doing the research. Their involvement in society
X
These responsibilities are those of every man and is changing in a way which is only seemingly para¬
LU
LU
every woman. However, they are also the responsibilities doxical. It is in fact precisely when science appears to
of the scientists, because their discoveries lie at the root have lost all 'ideological' ambition thai research exercises
m
of the innovations thai are 'changing our lives'. The time a growing defacto influence on lhe course of history. LU
o
when it seemed possible lo draw a clear boundary Z
Ly
belween science and technology and between research Science has lost its teleological ambition o
CO
and its applications has long gone. As M.G.K. Menon Science alone cannot establish a global scheme for LL
O
points oui, 'Science is no longer a sland-alone activity, at society. To put it another way, science is not direction. CO
O
the fringes of society; but one closely intertwined with Three principal factors support this statement: first lhe
LTj
medical, industrial, agricultural and other production growing comparimentalization of knowledge, secondly LU
I
sectors, and with governmental and intergovernmental the démystification of progress as a value in itself and,
functioning, in such a manner and to such an extent finally, lhe secularization of science.
I
must be raised: disciplines is the inevitable counterpart of the 205
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
exlension of underslanding. Il is probably also one of product of prescribing Good and condemning Evil. To
lhe prerequisites for research to be efficient. use the expression of the philosopher of science,
At the same time, however, this 'hyperspecialization' Georges Ganguilhem, quoted by Changeux, science
can result in a weakening of inventive capability, since 'constitutes truth without finality' (Changeux, 1995).
major discoveries are often the unexpected outcome of Thus it seems that science should no longer be
a combination of different approaches and concepts. placed in opposition to religion or morals. Its
Similarly, each discipline, closely confined within a vocation, as an expression of human thought, is to
speciality, is forced to plumb the resources of other point out clearly how we human beings may ensure
sciences and technologies, as in the case of biology, our own survival, well-being and liberty. However, it
which makes particular use of lhe tools of physics and is still up to us to identify the common values
chemistry, and nowadays those of robotics and whereby these objectives might be attained. This
computers. responsibility contains at ils heart that field of ethics
By the same token, no one science can now claim defined as 'the theoretical study of principles, and of
to possess a unified explanation of the world. Science the set of principles, which guide human actions'
is no longer expected to explain everything: there has (Changeux, 1995).
coherent order of cause and effect; indeed, ideas of Scientists have become essential players in social
instability and chaos are now at the centre of certain change. Indeed, the alliance between science and
lines of research. technology is enhancing the impact of research on all
As for progress, it is no longer regarded as a source aspects of human aciivity. To begin with, the
in itself of well-being for humanity. Some people see it technological changes induced by scientific discovery
as a neutral phenomenon. Others, who denounce the are increasingly rapid. The reason for this is that less
'damage caused by progress', see it as the cause of new and less time is needed between a discovery and the
effects on human health, the dehumanization and This phenomenon is particularly marked when - as
robotization of society, the creation of social inequalities in the life sciences - it is often impossible to draw a
and the enhancement of North-South disparities. clear boundary between basic research, applied
CO
LU
The idea that the human race may be its own research and technological development. Medical
CO
predator is an old one. But today this idea is research is a typical case: when a gene, the mal¬
CO
> accompanied by a certain démystification of progress. formation of which is responsible for a disease, is
CE
< It is even sometimes associated with attitudes - more identified, the fact is almost immediately followed by the
CE
O development of the corresponding genetic test. In
Cl or less fair and appropriate - of stigmatization towards
industrialized societies. computing, which requires the use of mathematical
The third important factor in the changing status of models, the performance of systems is improving at such
O
ü science is its secularization. As Jean-Pierre Changeux, a rate that both hardware and software are permanently
President of the French National Ethics Consultative in a state of obsolescence. Their replacement leads of
I Committee, put it: 'the scientific approach ... is course to continual changes in methods of action and
accompanied by cumulative progress in knowledge modes of thinking, and this applies to sectors of activity.
and its applications ...', science itself no longer being 'Science is proceeding faster than humanity', to quote
206 regarded, like law or morals, in terms of the end from the speech made by the President of the French
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Republic at the establishment of the French National illustrates, this is a fundamental debate which, whatever
Ethics Consultative Commiiiee in 1983. the legislative result, gives a measure of the issues raised
Science is no longer linked only lo lhe technological by science.
innovations it produces. Science and economics are One of these issues also concerns the perception by
increasingly interdependent. Indeed, the growth of the public opinion of science and technology as to some
world market is dependent on the new outlets that extent 'hazardous' activities. The nuclear danger, both
innovation produces. Correlatively, the cosí of research military and civil, has no doubt played a decisive role.
is sieadily increasing and iL is for ihis reason that In any event the public's increasing concern about
research today needs private as well as public sources technological hazards has now become widespread.
of finance. Readjustment is particularly accentuated in It cannot be denied that modern science, in giving
the medical sector. For example, to develop a new humankind unequalled powers for changing the
molecule in the pharmaceutical industry takes about world, has given us at the same time an unequalled
10 years and some US$100 million on average. This is potential for destroying the planet. A particular feature
why a concern for commercial viability is now of this century is society's 'vulnerability' in the face of
itself is the subject of fierce competition between This process has gone so far that the scientific
companies and between countries. community feels increasingly caught up in the debate
£
The need to produce a return on investment puts about the power of science. This feeling of
CE
pressure on the conduct of research. In lhe débale on responsibility on the part of researchers was reflected LU
Q
lhe biotechnologies in particular, financial constraints in the remarks made by the Nobel prizewinner, O
are encouraging research laboratories to lodge patent Jacques Monod, as long ago as 1970, when the Q
Z
applications at an increasingly early stage in order to techniques of genetic engineering were at a very early <
secure the potential benefits of subsequent industrial stage: 'Will modem societies be able indefinitely to SU
z
applications. This is the origin of the well-known control the fantastic powers science has given them, <
controversy on whether or not living organisms can be simply using the criterion of a vague humanism 10
x
patented. Opponents claim that it is in any event modulated by a kind of optimistic and materialistic Z
LU
LU
immoral to patent species or genes which, by their hedonism?' asked the great biologist, adding: Will
very nature, should not be open to appropriation. they be able, on this basis, to resolve their intolerable
OU
Others merely dispute the idea of patenting the tensions? Or will they collapse?' (Russ, 1994) LU
O
discovery of natural genes which cannot be regarded as Z
LU
O
an invention in the sense used in patent law. Yet others
THE ETHICS OF SCIENCE: A NEW HUMANISM CO
LL
emphasize the fact that the question of the patenting of O
living organisms is an old issue and does not itself raise Il is perhaps worth noting that Jacques Monod was a co
O
ethical problems, poinling out that it is also a factor in biologist. Indeed, it was progress in genetics which led I
tu
the continuation of research in biology and genetics. By to the appearance of the ethics movement in the LU
X
ensuring payment to the 'inventor' - in reality an 1960s. Earlier on, it is true that nuclear physics had
industrial or financial organization or government - it led to bitter disputes after the dropping of the atomic
in fact provides some financial compensation for the
earlier investment. As the European
rejection on 1 March 1995 of the proposed directive
Parliament's
bombs in 1945. At that time however no organized
reaction followed, as it has in
oulset. This fact is particularly worth noting since the Today there is also ethical concern about the
first questions about the scope and hazards of the formidable potential influence, both intellectual and
technology came from the geneticists themselves. In moral, of audio-visual communications everywhere in
one way they too were present at the birth of scientific the world. These techniques, as they sweep away the
ethics in the modern sense of the term. constraints of time and distance, are as revolutionary
At a conference held at Azilomar in the USA, as the invention of printing was in its day.
geneticists meeting to exchange experiences decided Freedom of communication, when exercised with
to declare a moratorium on their research. This was respect for pluralism and for the essential requirement
essentially a decision to mark a pause, giving time for for honest presentation of information, is nol just an
an understanding of the possible risks to human attribute of democracy, but one of its foundations.
health and lhe environmeni of using genetically However, the development of the media carried with it
modified organisms. The moratorium lasted one year. two disadvantages: first the vulgarization of infor¬
Most countries have now promulgated legislation that mation; secondly - and most important - a danger of
lays down the safety rules to be followed in cases of standardizing and even manipulating public opinion.
confined utilization or deliberate dissemination of Scientific work is increasingly exposed to the media and
genetically modified organisms. Moreover, it has is neither more nor less exposed to these dangers than
become fairly routine to declare a moratorium on any other field. This is why researchers have the special
some particular research aspect or technological social responsibility of communicating the results of
application. At the time of the Azilomar conference, their research to the public and making clear the real
however, such a thing was unknown. Indeed, what issues involved (French National Ethics Consultative
other technology has ever seen its applications halted Committee, 1994).
at the outset by the wishes of its inventors? The primary duty of researchers here is to comply
Besides nuclear engineering and genetics, there is with the requirements of rigour and caution that
another preferred field of ethical reflection: the underlie the dignity and nobility of their art. An
information technologies, which are expanding elementary precondition in the professional ethics of
dramatically through computers, satellites and all the research is for only those results which have satisfied the
other modern facilities for collecting and transmitting essential procedures of review and validation to be
data. published. Of course, there is always a degree of
CO
LU
Until recently, attention has been focused primarily temptation to publish premature or even dubious results
Z)
CO
on the risks of infringing the privacy and individual because of the potential media and financial spin-off.
Su
> liberty of people through the holding and use of Concern for ethics, born of the growing awareness
CE
<
CE
personal data, relating in particular to their financial or of the worldwide challenges of science, is no longer
O
Q. family situations, health, consumer habits or opinions. merely a theoretical movement. It is now in the
5
LU This concern has led a number of countries to adopt process of being institutionalized through the
'data protection' legislation, and this is now backed up establishment of ad hoc ethical authorities. Moreover,
O
o by international law, notably in the framework of the there is a detectable movement 'from ethics to law'.
Council of Europe and the European Union. In the More and more national laws are being passed and
208 reconstituting and hence simulating reality. science and technology, can be protected.
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
The ethics of science, scientists and society These organizations are valuable on two counts: first
The development of the ethics of science may be seen they provide a forum for multidisciplinary exchanges,
first as a move on the part of scientists to become which are particularly indispensable as they make it
more open to society. The 'Azilomar moratorium' is possible to cross the boundaries between the different
sometimes regarded - in view of its psychological and scientific cullures. Secondly, the discussions they
media impact - as one of the first signs of scientists encompass, once they are made public, contribute to
being involved in the bioethics debate. Nevertheless, the democratization of the ethical debate.
the ethical sensitivity of researchers had already found The most original sociological phenomenon,
other occasions to express itself prior Lo 1975, and a however, is still the creation of ethics committees in
number of more permanent initiatives reflect the an increasing number of countries. Beginning in the
scientific community's growing awareness of public 1960s, these committees were set up in an almost
concerns and aspirations. spontaneous manner, essentially in the field of the life
Last century, scientists were essentially concerned and health sciences, in research cenlres and hospilals.
with promoting their disciplines and trying to Their exislence was ihen made official, and in 1983
popularize them in order to obtain public support. France was lhe first country to eslablish a national
For example, this was the reason behind the creation consultative committee for ethics in the life and health
in 1831 of the British Association for the sciences. Since then this model has provided the
Advancement of Science, followed in 1848 by the inspiration for other countries in Europe and t
CE
establishment of a similar group in the USA. subsequently elsewhere. According to the survey made LU
Q
Researchers are better organized internationally in 1994 by the UNESCO Bioethics Unit, there are O
today than at national level, with objectives somewhat more than 200 national ethics committees
Q
Z
different from those of the 19th century scientific (Kutukdjian, 1994) with various terms of reference <
but also to consider the effects of these advances on are to deserve the 'ethics' label, they must satisfy at
society and to make known the opinions of the least two conditions: they must be multidisciplinary
LU
LU
scientific community on particular aspects whenever and pluralist by involving representatives of the so-
Thus a large number of organizations for joint together with representatives of several currents of LU
Ü
action and cooperation between scientists have been thought; and by statute they must be independent of z
L4J
set up around the world. Indeed, new bodies continue the political and economic authorities, ethics being o
co
to be created regularly. The list is long. Some have the necessarily based upon the free interplay of opinions LL
status of international non-governmental organizations and knowledge (Ambroselli, 1990; Le Bris, 1993). The co
o
(NGOs), for example the International Council of opinions and recommendations of ethics committees, X
Lu
Scientific Unions (ICSU) and the Council for whose responsibilities are usually consultative, are not
International Organizations of Medical Sciences intended to find definitive solutions to ethical I
(CIOMS). Mention must also be made of MURS (the problems. The ethics debate, by definition, is renewed
Universal Movement for Scienlific Responsibility),
directed by the Nobel Prize winner Jean Dausset, who
is responsible for considerable progress in ethical
and nourished by questions raised by new situations
generated by science.
cenlres of decision making, because ihis is a matter for General in a resolution adopted on 15 November
the political authorities. But ethics committees do 1993 by the General Conference of UNESCO at its
prepare the way for the choices that have to be made. Twenty-seventh Session, envisage the 'preparation of
Also, one basis of their legitimacy is ensuring that the an international instrument for the protection of the
ethics debate is transparent. human genome'.
The 'ethics committee' approach is no longer just a
national phenomenon, and international ethics The ethics of science and the universal principles
committees now exist. One of these is the European of human rights
Union's advisory group on ethics in biotechnology, The discipline of ethics, even if it does connote a
which reports to the Brussels Commission. Set up in continuous process of inquiry, is not limited to
1991, it has nine members - scientists, lawyers and a single approach. Its self-selected objective, that
philosophers - from nine different countries. Its task of 'guiding human activities', necessarily leads to
is to identify the ethical issues raised by the principles based upon the essentials of human
technologies of living organisms, so that these rights:
LU plenary meetings, held at UNESCO's Headquarters in in view of the many examples in the past where
the presence of invited members of the public and the these rules of conduct have been perverted. The
O
Ü press, the committee simply reports, with an eye authorities may be tempted to defend their
to the future, on the status of genetic research around hegemony by simply declaring that certain
the world and its applications: genetic therapy, genetic discoveries are null and void, like the Copernican
tests, the neurosciences, genetic advice and so on. theories condemned in 1616. Or they may wish -
The essential task of the IBC, however, is of a legal conversely - to exploit science to support their own
210 nature. Its terms of reference, as given to the Director- ideologies, as illustrated by the peregrinations of
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Soviet 'proletarian biology' under the influence of medical applications of biology and genetics. It is
Lysenko in the 1950s. progressively being extended by laws of a more
general nature on genetic research, laying down the
These, then, are the three main principles that safety rules (in the form of national regulations and
should underpin the ethics of science: respect for the European Directives) to be observed in cases of
dignity and freedom of the human being; containment contained utilization or deliberate dissemination of
Finally, it is not possible to speak of the ethics of June 1993, the United Nations called upon slales Lo
science without mentioning a fourth essential: LhaL of ensure lhe observance of human righls and dignily in
the intellectual and moral solidarity of humankind the work of the life sciences and in biological medicine.
referred to in the Preamble to UNESCO's Prior lo this, the United Nations had focused on
Constitution. Indeed, it would be intolerable if the the preservation of the diversity of living species by
advantages stemming from progress were to benefit adopting the Convention on Biological Diversity of
only the richest countries or the wealthiest classes. 6 June 1992 in Rio de Janeiro. The World Health
The sharing of scientific knowledge is a prerequisite if Organization plans to launch an 'ethics and health'
È
countries are to gain access to lasting development programme. Finally, the Interparliamentary Union
x
and all people to benefit from living standards placed the question of the links between bioethics and LU
Q
commensurate wiih iheir dignity. As the Director- human rights on the agenda of its March 1995 session. O
General of UNESCO, Federico Mayor, pointed out in The IBC, in accordance with its terms of reference Q
Z
his address to the International Bioethics Committee defined by UNESCO in November 1993, has been <
in September 1994, '... scientific progress and preparing the first wide-ranging international SÙ.
Z
knowledge are universal; as such they should be instrument on 'protection of the human genome'. The <
considered to be common heritage and, consequently, outline of a declaration drawn up in March 1993 by z>
X
should be shared equally'. the Legal Commission of Lhe IBC, presided over by
It is in the field of the life sciences that ethical Ambassador Heclor Gros Espiell, is the subject of a
considerations appear to have made most progress. far-reaching consultation process, on an informal
CD
The science of genetics is generating much hope that basis, involving international governmental and non¬ lii
Ü
this century's major diseases will be eradicated. At the governmental organizations, major universities and a Z
LU
same time, however, it is raising the fear that the large number of ethics committees. This procedure, O
CO
human species and its environment may be begun in 1995, reflects the concern that the future LL
threatened. Genetic engineering makes Homo sapiens text should be a basis for dialogue between the co
O
the 'human engineer', to use the apt expression of Mr different cultures of the world. I
LTj
Bedjaoui, a member of the IBC. However, the main contribution of the oulline LU
X
This two-sided issue has led to the adoption of a declaralion is to place the human genome firmly in the
great deal of legislation on the ethics of biological 'common heritage of humankind', to make it -
in particular any discriminalion based upon genelic innovations are contained while freedom of
human being was not a mere object for science was to acknowledge the particular social responsibility
the Nuremberg code, drawn up in 1947 by the World of researchers while enshrining in law the principle
Medical Association following the revelations about of the responsibility of society as a whole.
the 'experiments' carried out by the Nazis on human
guinea-pigs. The outline similarly recalls that every As the French poet René Char said, 'No testament
individual must give consent for research to be carried precedes our inheritance'. This is tantamount to saying
out upon him or her. that human dignity is related to our awareness of our
The outline declaration finally sets out two other responsibilities and that the ethics of science, which
principles which stem from cultural and social rights: express that awareness, are one of humankind's first
duties.
The freedom of scientific creation. This excludes in
achieved in concrete terms, is based upon equality, which she presently serves. She has in the past
held other high offices, including Principal
which in the light of world developments is
Administrator of the Senate (1 972-82), Directeur de
increasingly important as an objective in itself.
la réglementation at the Commission nationale de
CO
LU l'informatique et des libertés (1982-84), Maître des
X>
These different principles, the first few milestones
CO
requêtes at the French Council of State (since
ço
of iniernaiional elhics, can, of course, be transposed to
1984), Director of the Cabinet Office of the Minister
>
CE
fields other than the life sciences. After all, the subject of Justice (1988-90) and delegate to the Prime
<
of ethics is not in fact science as such but the human Minister's Office on bioethics and the life sciences
CE
O
Cl being and, beyond the individual, the human species (1990-91).
212
ensuring that the hazards of technological
I WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
REFERENCES AND FURTHER READING Kutukdjian, G. (1994) National ethics committees worldwide,
UNESCO Courier, September.
Academy of Sciences (1995) La brevetabilité du génome [the
Le Bris, S. (1993) Study of European Ethics Committees for the
patentability of the genome]. Report No. 132 (February),
Council of Europe, Council of Europe Occasional Paper.
Paris: Academy of Sciences.
Lenoir, N. with the cooperation of Sturlèse, B. (1991) Aux
Ambroselli, C. (1990) Le comité déthique, Que sais-je? series,
frontières de la vie: une éthique biomédicale à la française,
Paris: PUF.
a report to the Prime Minister, Paris: La documentation
Arendt, H. (1972) La crise de la culture, Paris: Gallimard. française.
Atlan, H. (1986) A tort et à raison. Intercritique de la rationalité Lévi-Strauss, C. (1952) Race and History, Paris: UNESCO.
et du mythe, Paris: Le Seuil.
Levinas, E. (1982) Ethique et infini, Paris: Fayard.
Bedjaoui, M. (1995) The human genome: the common heritage
Mayor, F., Fall, I., Bessis, S., Bernard, A., Darbishire, H.,
of humanity or genetics from fear through to hope, in
Nowak, M., Hessel, S., Fournier, F. and Mock A. (1994)
Federico Mayor, Amicorum Liber, Vol. II, Brussels: Bruylant.
Human rights: the unfinished task, UNESCO Courier,
Brody, E.B. (1993) Biomedical Technology and Human Rights, March.
Megascience
Governments, companies and other institutions invest constraints are driving increased interest in
substantial resources in scientific research. In recent international cooperation.
decades, this investment has increased at an An increasing number of ever more expensive,
exponential rate. Overall investments in research and large-scale research projects has caused divisions
development (R&D) range between 2% and 3% of within Lhe scienlific communily in recent years.
gross domestic product (GDP) for most large, Supporters of 'small science' have challenged big
industrialized nations. science budgets, arguing that economic benefits come
In recent years, very large research projects have more naturally from small science. Further, certain
taken an increasing portion of research budgets, scientific disciplines such as high-energy physics and
especially governmental research budgets. This is not aslronomy depend much more on large-scale research
surprising. As we learn more about how the universe projects than do others such as condensed-matter
functions, nature's remaining secrets are increasingly physics, organic chemistry or molecular biology. This
complex, subtle and well hidden. Ever larger and has led researchers in some fields of science to claim
more expensive research projects are required to that big science projects are funded at their expense.
unlock at least some of these secrets. This is not only a The question 'What is big science and what is small
matter of satisfying human curiosity. The knowledge science?' is not always easy to answer. For example,
so gained may reveal solutions to some of the most megaprojects such as synchrotron light sources are
pressing problems affecting humankind in future used in support of small science projects carried out
generations. Examples include the need to overcome by large numbers of individual invesligaiors. Should
global warming while satisfying growing energy needs, such facilities be allocated to the big science or the
and an all-out effort to tackle the mounting problem small science budget category?
of epidemics such as AIDS that cannot simply be Fundamental to the question of where the funds
checked by changes in hygiene or sanitation. come from for big science projects is the concept of a
Superimposed against this background is the likeli¬ 'science' or 'research' budget. Do governments have a
hood that scientists will face starkly reduced funds for fixed science budget? Would the funding for big
the foreseeable future. The capital-intensive science science projects go instead to small science if the big
and technology (S&T) megaprojects are particularly science projects were cancelled?
vulnerable. In a time of scarce resources, they are in¬
co
LU
creasingly judged on their costs, on the number of
X) WHAT IS MEGASCIENCE?
CO
CO
jobs they might create, on their contribution to econo¬
> mic competitiveness and on their direct contribution This chapter uses the term megascience to encompass
CE
< to societal demands - rather than on their scientific very large, predominantly basic scientific research
CE
O
CL validity. This shifting rationale may mean that, given projects or programmes. Large technology projects,
the time-scale inherent in big science, several current such as the space station, that are not primarily basic
megaprojects, inherited from the past 'golden age' of research efforts are not included. Since some
O
O science, will come under ever closer scrutiny. Some megascience projects (megaprojects) require the
policy makers are now prepared to argue that, if this development and application of very expensive and
214 In parallel, in many areas of science, national funding International Thermonuclear Experimental Reactor
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
for megaprojects in the past have mostly not come from Group of Funding Agencies for Global Change
existing R&D budgets, but have been add-ons. When Research (IGFA), and the Human Genome Project.
megaprojects have been cancelled before completion,
point of view at a 1994 conference on large facilities in represent a substantial capital investment. Space-based
physics. He said: 'Some scientists naturally think that facilities have obvious differences regarding location,
with the same money one could do many other things. but the principle is the same.
The problem is that one will never have the same money;
These central facility megaprojects may be devoted
if money is not spent in one field in science, there is no
to a particular experiment or family of experiments in
hope of transferring it to another.'
a narrow discipline, as one finds with a particle
The important question is whether the future will be
like the past. The answer is not clear, since governments accelerator. Conversely, central facility megaprojects
face budget pressures unlike any faced for at least two may consist of special apparatus such as synchrotron
generations. International cooperation in megascience light sources and/or neulron sources used widely by
may, in fact, be seen as a way of rationing funds for big researchers in iraditional small science fields such as
science projects in a period of austerity.
condensed-matter physics and in other disciplines
such as chemistry and the medical sciences.
science, since scientific evidence for the feasibility of As the name implies, distributed facility megaprojects
controlled and sustained thermonuclear fusion has yet are not associated with a particular geographical
UJ
to be demonslraled. ITER links lhe world's four major location. Scientists in many institutions and places O
z
thermonuclear research efforts - the USA and Canada, participate, and funding often comes from a variety of UJ
o
the European Union, Japan and Russia. sources. There may be researchers from many fields of CO
<
Megascience in this chapter does not refer science, as one finds in the various Global Change (3
LU
Brookhaven National Laboratory or one of the Max- How is a distributed facility megaproject distin¬
Planck Institutes.
laboratories is
The
certainly
scale
equal
of
to that
in
of
these
many
guished from lhe collection of research in a field or sub-
field of science? First, there is a focus for the research,
Data are the glue that holds distributed megaprojects for over 300 years.
together, and an ever-increasing component of such In Lhe USA, perhaps Lhe most successful early
efforts, sometimes measured in terabytes. Effective data
megascience project was the Lewis and Clark
collection, management, evaluation and distribution are
expedition in the early 19th century. Over 100 years
crucial to the success of such megaprojects.
later, Ernest Lawrence conceived of a machine that
Challenges for the future include standardization and
quality control for the data collected and processed, would split atoms and probe the nucleus. Lawrence's
and assurance of access for qualified researchers cyclotron was, for its time, also an effective consumer
worldwide.
of capital and operating funds.
It was the Second World War that not only altered
the relationship between government and science, but
and understanding of global climate change. Further, also provided the resources for a true megaprojeci.
there is usually one or more coordinating group for the Allhough one may quibble over whelher it was a
research. These coordinating groups can be governmen¬ science project or a technology project, the Manhattan
tal or not and can encompass both scientific and funding Project certainly did push back the frontiers of basic
issues. Many, if not most, of the distributed megaprojects science. And its magnitude was unprecedented: a cost
also have a need for some centralized data management of US$2 billion, compared to total US federal
capability, so the results of the diverse experiments are expenditure in 1940 for all R&D of about US$70
O
nations are finding it difficult to take on megaprojects
THE GROWTH OF MEGASCIENCE
Ü
without international cooperation (see section entitled
Megascience is not entirely a modern phenomenon. In Internationalizing megascience).
216
certainly paid off, though not necessarily for the the Congressional Budget Office and the General
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Accounting Office in 1992, for example, concluded megaprojects, leading to a contraction of their
that megaprojects were squeezing research dollars for budgets, as has occurred with space research.
other areas of research. This conclusion, however, Today, arguments for supporting megaprojects
assumes the research budget is fixed, with the ability usually originale in lhe sub-discipline involved, and are
to transfer funds from one project or field of science to based on scienlific consideralions. 'Naiional prestige',
another. This is probably not the case (see box). political and economic reasons are often invoked lo
How much of the total research budget goes to buttress the scientific rationale. Economic arguments
megaprojects? An analysis of the US research budget range from lhe short term (direct expenditures) to the
by the Congressional Research Service (CRS) shows long range (strengthening education, high-technology
megaprojects consuming about 10% of the total industries and international economic competitiveness).
federal R&D budget for the fiscal, years 1991-95. Megascience clearly augments the world's storehouse
Although the definitions of megaprojects are of knowledge, and provides associated intellectual,
somewhat different from those used by the authors of educational and broad economic benefits. Academic
this chapter, the comparison is useful in estimating the studies indicate that the likely social rate of return from
impact of megaprojects on research budgets. If one research such as this is high. But the long-term benefits
examines the seven civilian megaprojects identified by are likely to be global, not local or national, as we saw
CRS, and compares their budgets to the total federal with Brahe's observatory. 'Private', or even 'national'
basic research budget, the proportion is of the order of long-range benefits are harder to identify and, when
15%. A reasonable estimate therefore is that they are identified, more often than not turn out to be
megaprojects consume between 10% and 20% of lhe indirect benefits such as those related to education.
still very much with us today. Fashion may no longer proposals. Some proposals originale in international
O
work its effect on the climate of opinion in Versailles institutions that would be responsible for the co
<
or Vienna, but it still helps explain the rush to fund megaproject. S3
LU
certain areas which happen to be championed by the There is no rigid formula for obtaining support for
media. The power of lobbyists in pressing for the a potential megaproject. The most common path is for
funding of certain causes can sometimes outweigh any
rational scientific justification for the high priority
assigned. Similarly, changes in fashion can suddenly
the interested group of scientists to present its ideas to
the national research agency that is the major source
of funding for the affected field of research. There may
I
alter previously accepted notions of utility of be initial funding provided for a feasibility study. 217
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Crucial to a decision to go forward are cost estimates of escalating megaproject costs and static or declining
and selection of the site and/or coniracior. The governmental R&D budgets. Public attitudes towards
decision is made by lhe agency, and in lhe case of truly science and research in general are less supportive.
large megaprojects (budgets constituting a significant There is growing recognition of the difficulties
portion of the agency's total R&D budget for the sponsoring nations have in capturing the long-term
scientific field containing the megaproject), approved benefits of megaprojects. And the end of the Cold War
at higher levels of government. Low estimates of has altered the international R&D equation, reducing
construction costs are not uncommon. This approach the effectiveness of security-based arguments in
is sometimes referred to as 'the camel's nose under the support of national scientific preeminence. At the
tent' strategy. The excessive, and sometimes partisan, same time the climate is more favourable to open
optimism of supporters may carry initial approval of a access, especially when the facility is not used at full
particular megaproject. But an accumulation of cost capacity. Finally, economic pragmatism has
overruns and construction delays soon becomes a undermined the effectiveness of the national prestige
boomerang which, in turn, casts doubt on the argument.
walls of the scientific community and Lhe affecled common for scientists in universities and other
research agencies in supporting specific megaprojecis. research institutions to have much closer collaboration
In Lhe USA, lobbying of Congress and mounling with colleagues half way around the world than with
aggressive public relations efforts are not unknown. those half way down the hall.
Elsewhere, the situation is not much better. In Japan, This ease of collaboration irrespective of geography
and in Europe, lobbies supporting particular high- has become much easier and less expensive in recent
budget megaprojects may prevail over the concerned years, especially since the Second World War, because
opinion of decision makers, as well as the majority of of developments in technology. Communications are
scientists active in the field. instantaneous and almost free. Travel is fast and less
CO
LU
expensive, and red tape is not nearly as complicated as
X)
CO
Changing national attitudes it once was. One could argue that the environment for
Su
> Megaprojects have traditionally been national internationalizing research is in place, and that the
CE
<
CE
initiatives. Information on planned megaprojects has invisible hand of the market optimizes cooperative
O research activities.
Cl been widely available, and the total cost of mega¬
projects has been shared as different nations or groups
of nations funded their own initiatives. The rules of Current trends and political climate
O
O access by scientists to the facilities have in general There is evidence of increased cooperation in research
been merit-based, with users only paying the costs of across national boundaries, in boLh big and small
I their experiments. Little geographic discrimination has science. There have been increases in lhe number of
CERN: a model jor the by, most observers believe that cooperation in mega¬
science is increasing faster than is the case for research
juture? overall. Europe is clearly in the lead, compared with
North America and Japan. Cooperation in science in
(CERN) was launched in 1 949 by Louis de Broglie, one relatively small players, and the progressive efforts
of the early pioneers in quantum mechanics. Promptly being made to achieve economic and then political
sustained by scientific leaders such as Pierre Auger,
union with the foundation of the European
Edoardo Amaldi and Francis Perrin, the idea was
Community. A number of intergovernmental organi¬
adopted as a UNESCO project proposed by Isidor Rabi
zations, such as the European Centre for Nuclear
and led to the signature of the convention for the
establishment of CERN in Paris in 1953. CERN came Research (CERN), the European Southern Observatory
into existence by treaty in 1954, resulting in the (ESO) and the European Synchrotron Radiation
construction of a laboratory in Meyrin, near Geneva. Facility (ESRF), now play major roles in European -
In its 40 years of existence, CERN has expanded
and global - megascience.
from 9 to 19 member states (CERN has almost 3 000
If we exclude the decisive contribution of scientists
staff and hosts nearly 6 000 research scientists per year
from overseas to the Manhattan Project, the USA, like
coming from hundreds of universities and research
experiments the largest of which bring together 400-500 cooperation in megascience more recently. In part this
scientists each). Its annual budget of almost 1 billion was due to the scale of US research budgets and the
Swiss Francs is divided among its member nations
megaprojects they funded. The USA and the then
generally in proportion to their gross national product
Soviet Union, fuelled by imperatives of the Cold War,
(GNP).
unilaterally initiated many megascience projects with
Four Nobel Prizes have been earned in the last
decade, and five Nobel laureates are active on the site. the explicit objective of outdistancing the other. Japan,
The CERN research programme has evolved through a with relatively low government funding for research
number of high-energy 'machines'. Presently, the Large and a tradition of emphasis on economically relevant
Hadron Collider (LHC) project, an alternative to the
research, has only recently entered the megascience
cancelled SSC in the USA, is just getting under way.
arena.
among competing projects, not the size of the CERN most pronounced in the USA, where competition with
UJ
budget as a whole. the former Soviet Union was a powerful argument for O
cooperation in research, several of them in the United expensive for US research budgets, and that the only
Nations system; in particular, the role of UNESCO in alternative is shared funding. Ironically, the statement
developing scientific cooperation worldwide has been
highly meritorious.
between universities
And
and
cooperative
scientific and
agreements
engineering
of this principle by the US government (but not
necessarily its execution) was most forthright with
respect to the SSC. Europe and Japan, unlike the USA,
I
societies in different countries are increasing. have had fewer problems in the past with the principle 219
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
of shared funding of megaprojecis. One difficulty bureaucracies are particularly expensive and difficult
likely lo hamper further inlernalionalization is lhe to manage efficiently. Although needless competition
complexity of the US budgetary process, which makes may be bad, competition can also encourage
it difficult to guarantee a commitment in long-term innovation and efficiency.
funding to joint efforts. The reputation of the USA as The generally successful efforts to internationalize
'an unreliable partner' will continue to complicate megaprojects in Europe have brought with them
international discussions related lo cooperation in certain inefficiencies, largely associated with siting,
broader society. Experts in sub-fields of research who shows. In terms of successful internationalization in
propose megaprojects generally want them as national Europe, such as CERN for example, the add-on
projects. This is because the roles for themselves as overhead is generally more than compensated for by
national disciplinary leaders are likely to be more the added value accruing from the pooling of
prominent; in the aspiration for Nobel Prizes, national resources and broader representation of the team.
megaprojects are an asset for the host nation's Internationalizing megaprojects need not imply that
scientists. each individual megaproject be run as an inlemalional
aclivily. Anolher approach is Lo divide responsibilily
Advantages and disadvantages for consLruclion and management of individual
There are, not surprisingly, both advantages and megaprojects between nations, according to some fair
disadvantages to internationalizing megaprojects. There and agreed-upon formula, with reciprocal rights of
may be greater stability in funding and economies of access. Some elements of this approach have been
scale if limited resources from national programmes used in the past, buL more recently emphasis has been
are combined in an international megaproject. A given to the quid pro quo involved.
global intellectual pool should be stronger than Currently, governments and research managers in
competing national ones. And in the post-Cold War agencies that support research see another advantage
world, political arguments for pooling resources to in internationalizing megascience: international
increase the storehouse of knowledge for all agreements for the support of a specific research
CO
LU humankind is an attractive one. Furthermore, wide initiative can be useful as a budget control device. This
X
CO
internationalization of megaprojects would allow them approach is to set the level of effort for a particular
ço
> to profit from the scientific talent available in smaller megaproject or family of megaprojects politically, and
CE
<
countries and in developing countries, broadening to leave Lo Lhe scientists the task of deciding on the
CE
O
Cl
also the context within which decisions are taken. An specific allocalion of Lhe funds. CERN is a good
added advantage of this wider scientific cooperation is example of ihis approach by Lhe Europeans.
represented by the process of knowledge transfer and
O
ü training-in-research that is implicit in such activity.
THE FUTURE
Internationalizing megaprojects has disadvantages
I as well. First, if a specific megaproject is inter¬ Although Lhe pasL is always helpful in providing
nationally managed, there are likely to be complex insighls inlo lhe fulure, in lhe case of international-
governance and administrative structures that have izing megaprojecis il is likely lhat lhe future will be
220 less efficiency than national structures. International very different from the situation since the 1960s.
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
examples come from the environmental sciences. First Russia and the USA) cooperation on an International
and foremost are studies into climate change and the Thermonuclear Experimental Reactor (ITER), undertaken
clearly a need for more sustainable approaches which construction. The design proper is being undertaken by
catastrophe. Concerted international cooperation in construction phase. The site selection will be particularly
targeted (distributed) megaprojects uniting the latest challenging. Construction could start in 1998, would
I
through megaprojects;
notice board, not through negotiation. This practice is
surely destined to spread and to affect big science. It severe constraints on national R&D budgets;
may be that future megaprojects for solving global intense competition for R&D funds, within fields
221
problems will first be conceived in this way. and between fields of research;
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
There are already international organizations period. Its concept and proposal was the major
interested in coordinating and managing megascience. accomplishment of the March 1992 OECD science
the OECD (see box) and the European Union; the G-7 meetings of experts have been convened to assess the
has dabbled around the edges. Currently, the state of research and international cooperation in various
the field of megascience. It is unclear whether these science ministerial meeting endorsed a proposal to
agencies working together, or another created ad hoc, extend it for another three years under a revised
the other hand, OECD, whose current structure fits ill should, at a minimum, provide closer coordination of
with the needs of research policy management, may ' the actions of national funding agencies in the
SD
few years ago, this concept is now one to which
>
CE
<
thought is being given by all who value the
CE
O contribution that global science projects can make to
Cl
the future of the world.
Status quo
would continue, with increased pressure from Science, Trade and Technology Policy and
between nations on an equitable basis. Problems has also administered a basic research programme
Treaty or other durable agreement Science and Technology Policy. In this capacity he
Megascience projects, or at least the central facility developed initiatives aimed to increase international
ones, would be funded under an agreement between cooperation in science and technology, one of
which led to the establishment of the OECD
the nations with the largest economies. There would
Megascience Forum.
be a trade-off as far as the interested components of
the scientific community are concerned, between Umberto Colombo is a physical chemist by
stable funding on the one hand and a de facto training, carrying out several years of research with
rationing of resources on the other. Such an umbrella the Montedison Company in Italy before becoming,
in 1971, its Director-General for Research and
agreement or 'package deal' would be difficult to
Corporate Strategies. Between 1979 and 1993 he
fashion. It would have to provide for the fair sharing
occupied the posts of Chairman of, successively,
of the benefits of megaprojects, both the scientific and
the Italian Atomic Energy Commission, the Italian
direct economic benefits. It could incorporate the National Hydrocarbons Trust (ENI) and the Italian
principle of a 'market basket' of megaprojects, some of National Agency for New Technology, Energy and
which would be national projects for which the the Environment (ENEA). In 1993-94 he was
Minister of Universities and Scientific and
funding nation would receive 'credit'. The largest
Technological Research in the Italian government.
might be truly international, with joint funding and
Amongst the many other important posts that
management.
Professor Colombo has held during the course of
his distinguished scientific career are President of
Challenge to scientists and governments the European Science Foundation (1991-93),
LU
The challenge to governments and scientists is to Member of the Council of the United Nations
Ü
craft a resilient, credible, international framework for University and Member of the Executive Board of
the Club of Rome. Ü
the support of megascience in the future. It must CO
<
reflect current, universal budget stringencies, yet be <3
LU
co
LU
X
CO
SD
>
CE
<
CE
O
D_
O
o
I
224
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
An understanding of the geological processes that and Earth processes. Among the contributions to
affect the Earth's surface in the short to medium term society are:
helps to identify opportunities for environmental standards for pollution control and monitoring;
employ a growing number of geologists, a major focus have to cope wiLh the contamination of water supplies O
CO
is on detailed investigations of point-source pollution by fertilizers and soil additives, and the pollution of o
LU
as
A broader view regards environmental geoscience
the study of those aspects of the physical
water contamination in the former Soviet Union from
places in soils or sediments are suddenly released integrated system, and that one event or process
because of the lowering of the groundwater table, affects another, sometimes with a ripple effect
accelerated erosion, or melting of frozen soils. throughout the whole system. Thus, volcanic
Many coastal communities must cope with the emissions to the stratosphere may influence the global
threat of inundation from rising sea level or of shore¬ climate, the chemistry of surface water and even the
line erosion, whether in island states of the Pacific, or diversity of animal and plant life.
the southeastern USA. City dwellers around the world
have concerns about waste disposal and access to
GEOLOGICAL PROBLEMS OF CITIES
clean water and air. In many crowded megacities,
especially in developing countries, residents face life- Before 1900, no city of 5 million people existed. In
threatening water shortages, unstable ground 1950, there were six such cities, and the United
conditions, or even destruction by powerful earth¬ Nations predicts that by the year 2000 there will be
quakes, in part because of poor construction codes 60, the fastest growing of which will be in developing
and inadequate housing. countries. About half the world population of 7 billion
Environmental problems are commonly described people will then be living in urban areas. The
as if they occur in isolation, with the implication that tremendous impact of human activities in these cities
they can all be readily managed, for example by changes the physical environment, in many cases
standard engineering approaches. Geoscience putting it badly 'out of balance' with nature.
increasingly takes the view that the Earth is an City authorities are gradually recognizing the
MDDN &
*i«
co
LU
X
CO
CO
>
CE
<
CE
O
o_
LU
O
ü
FIGURE 1
In Bangkok the land surface subsided up to 74 cm between 1978 and 1987 due to rapid and uncontrolled groundwater pumping. As a
result suburbs near the Gulf of Thailand are often flooded - for 22 days in one recent month - and Bangkok itself was under water
226 continuously for four months in 1983. Flood control measures have been installed but the land is still subsiding over a 4000 km2 area.
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
these problems. Groundwater pumping can be are poisons; there is none which is not a poison. The
regulated, wastes can be contained and sealed from right dose differentiates a poison and a remedy.' For
O
leakage, and sub-surface conditions can be mapped example, it is well known that the lack of fluoride in ce
>
using modern geophysical techniques. First, however, drinking water causes tooth decay, yet concentrations z
LU
the potential dangers must be identified, and then an over 1.5 mg/1 in drinking water can also cause dental LU
X
inventory of all geological data must be assembled so fluorosis (mottling of teeth). Other examples of
as to pin-point areas where information is lacking. At chronic diseases and disorders caused by deficiencies
<
that stage, appropriate expertise can be found and or excesses in certain elements are given in Figure 3. LU
O
mobilized. In carrying out remedial work, close Systematic and carefully controlled geochemical z
LU
cooperation is required between those in charge of surveys of groundwater, stream and lake waters and Ü
CO
municipal policies and the scientists and engineers sediments, soils and bedrock can identify areas O
LU
O
whose task it is to gauge the magnitude of the characterized by toxic or deficient amounts of
problem, to identify causes and to find solutions. It is important elements (Darnley et al, 1995). For
not easy, for example, to gain control over a situation
where individuals are permitted to
wherever they wish and to pump at rates that ignore
sink a well
example, medical evidence suggests that hard waters
may offer some protection from heart disease and that
people ingesting soft waters may have a slightly higher
I
227
the needs of others nearby. risk of cardiovascular disease. Maps of the distribution
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
FIGURE 2
Lethality
ra
<D
C
0
m
c
CD
£
im
0
Q
Schematic illustration of the benefits (e.g. low morbidity, freedom from diseases and disorders) and detriments (diseases and
disorders) to human health of ingested chemicals, based on dose per unit time (normally 24 hours).
CO
LU
of hardness of surface and groundwaters can thus be Analysis of the pathways taken by essential or
X
CO
used by medical authorities in designing further studies. potentially toxic elements before they are ingested is
SD
> Though it may have little immediate effect on the another important aspect of environmental geo¬
CE
<
CE
quality of drinking water supplies, acid precipitation chemistry. For example, as mercury moves through
O
Q_ due to emissions from transportation and industrial the food chain it may form highly toxic, methylated
sources can eventually modify the quality of organic compounds, which become more concen¬
groundwater by increasing its acidity, which can lead trated and endanger human health. An understanding
O
ü in turn to increased dissolution and mobility of toxic of how elements derived from bedrock and soils are
metals such as lead, cadmium, arsenic, copper and cycled in nature is critical to environmental planning
FIGURE 3
TOO LITTLE, TOO MUCH: CHRONIC DISEASES AND DISORDERS CAUSED BY DEFICIENCIES OR EXCESSES IN
CERTAIN ELEMENTS
wound healing
air and soil samples. However, the costs of mitigation impact in predicting hazards (events or processes that
commonly rise almost exponentially as the levels of are potentially destructive) and risks (the magnitude of
detection increase from percentages (parts per potential loss of life, property or productive capacity
hundred) to ppm (parts per million) levels, and the within the hazardous area).
cut-off levels for sustainable environments are not Geophysicists and others concerned wiih seismic
known. Some cilizens demand absolutely zero risks moniLor ground motion and sLudy deep earth
contamination levels, but for the most part science structures, earthquake sources and surface effects,
O
does not yet understand how exceedingly small collecting data on past earthquakes and neotectonic CE
>
amounts affect ecosystems or human life, or how they activity. Researchers in the USA, Japan, Russia and Z
LU
compare with the natural fluxes of the planet. elsewhere have made much progress in defining areas LU
X
of major earthquake risk. Seismic gaps (apparently
stable areas along known fault lines) have been
DEALING WITH EARTHQUAKES AND VOLCANIC <
identified, for example along the densely populated LU
ERUPTIONS O
coastline of southern British Columbia, where the Z
LU
A greaL deal of knowledge and expertise is available for Juan de Fuca plate plunges beneath the North Ü
CO
Lhe prevention and mitigation of Lhe effects of sudden, American plate along a major shallow subduction O
LU
O
and commonly disastrous, geological events such as zone identified by deep seismic profiling. Further
landslides, earthquakes and volcanic eruptions (McCall understanding of the historical frequency of
et al, 1992; Nuhfer et al, 1993). In the event of an
FIGURE 4
HAZARD ZONATION
\ 1 I n
g«^ 1
^m %#^
/ Moderate $? J
/ pyroclastic-flow Herveo <¡>fjp-r
hazard r
\
ManizalesN
v y \ m^ ¡muß ^ kS Sarjando f^i/
\ / \^ Guayabal ) Méndez
\. Villamaria / Hi9h XvJÍF m i
/ pyroclastlc-flow Â9 v*a L c
_\ hazard ^^~^/¡r¡\ JÊËPHevmosa\ 1 ?
i ^
\ /
\ / /^N^t Armero^»,
Oj
\ \^V ,. # Lérida
3»\J
\ \ A<cvadd"^MtjVJ_¿->. ~, ï JF
\ \ dehQuiz .. ^^->^^_^Vo ^&
\ \. ?/?^er »La Sierra
Ambalema
\ / ^^%b
\
\ ^-Ji-ooe /
\
»Venadillo
i
Map showing volcanic hazards and risks anticipated from Nevado del Ruiz, Colombia, and circulated one month prior to the
1 3 November 1 985 eruption and mudflow which buried the town of Armero.
co
LU
X
CO
Nevertheless, the optimism of a decade or two ago more success. Much of the advance has come from
co
> that science would soon be able to predict earthquakes research in the USA, which has more active or
CE
<
CE
accurately and efficiently has not been realized. In potentially active volcanoes than any other country
O
Cl densely populated Japan, despiLe a naLional except Japan and Indonesia. Potential disasters have
programme Lo predict seismic events now in its sixth been avoided in the Philippines and Indonesia when
five-year phase, no earthquake has yet been forecast in warnings of major eruptions have enabled local
O
O
terms of place, magnitude and time. The Kobe populations to move out of harm's way. However, Lhis
earthquake of 17 January 1995, in which more than is immensely difficult where large populations are
FIGURE 5
LAND MANAGERS,
INVOLVED
i
AGENCIES,
.*j'** \
,.;"
* *V«> "\ - PRIVATE
i
,' COMPANIES
,' C
.0 NEWS GENERAL
SCIENTISTS ni
c MEDIA PUBLIC
Observations and p
Information
o
measurements
a
interpretations,
P
and assessments
/l CIVIL
// OFFICIALS
_|
Talk to organizations, schools
and Pierson, 1992). This is done by monitoring the Geological knowledge of the history of local
earthquakes that commonly provide the earliest volcanic activity can lead to much better understanding
warning of volcanic unrest. Ground movements caused of the peculiarities of individual volcanoes. From
by the pressure of magma moving underground are research and monitoring, maps can be constructed to
measured by detailed surveys to detect changes in show the spatial distribution of volcanic hazards and
distances between fixed markers, ground tilting and risks. However, none of this knowledge may be of any
O
variations in elevation. Local ground displacements on use if local authorities are not convinced that dangers ce
>
steep volcanoes can be the precursors to slope failure are immediate enough to warn nearby populations, or z
UJ
and the massive landslides, avalanches and mud and if the general public does not undersLand or Lake LU
I
debris flows that can result. Changes in electrical seriously advice to move out of danger areas.
conductivity, magnetic field strength and the force of When one of the largest eruptions of this century
<
gravity around a volcano can also indicate magma occurred on Mount Pinatubo in the Philippines in LU
O
movements, even when there are no earthquakes or 1991, a potential disaster was turned into a responsibly z
LU
measurable ground movements. Variations in the handled volcanic emergency because of close ü
CO
O
of emission can indicate changes in magma supply or civil defence agencies and local authorities. In contrast
in the pathways for the upward escape of gases. is the tragic example of the loss of over 23 000 people
Colombia led Lo many responses, including Lhe today is, thus, to blame all environmental changes on
production of an excellent and widely used series of humans. Yet nature itself is not constant, and the
pamphlets, videotapes and other educational aids1 to causes, frequencies and magnitudes of major
explain the nature of natural disasters and how to environmental changes in the past are little
The most significant lesson of recent years is the For example, recent research in the Sahara has
importance of integrating scientific information with shown quite conclusively that where desert now exisLs
public disaster planning, of building effective ihere were rivers, savannahs, wildlife and people, not
communication linkages between scientists and other once, but repeatedly (Petit-Maire, 1993). In what is
experts, local officials, planners, developers and public now the hyperarid core of the western Sahara in
safety authorities (e.g. UNDRO, 1985, Figure 5). northern Mali, the fossil and sedimentary record
Among other requirements it is necessary to shows that between 8 000 and 4 000 years ago, there
understand the difference between volcanic and other were several arid-humid cycles. By 4 500 years ago,
disaster forecasts - comparatively imprecise state¬ sheet floods indicaLed lhe onsel of aridity, and the
ments - and predictions - relatively precise statements lakes began to recede around 4000 years ago. As the
of the time, place, and ideally the nature and size of desert set in 1 000 years later, humans moved inland
impending activity. Nature will ensure that seismic to the inhospitable but wetter mountains of the Air
and volcanic hazards remain. What humans can do is and Hoggar, or westwards to the Atlantic coast, where
to understand and reduce as much as possible the settlement lasted until around the time of Christ.
potential for damage and, when required, to move out There are many other examples of societies strongly
of harm's way. This is one of the main messages of the affected or even destroyed by natural environmental
United Nation's International Decade for Natural 'disasters' (Issar, 1990).
Disaster Reduction (1990-2000). Many studies have shown that when the last great
ice sheets were receding from the northern
hemisphere, the landscape newly uncovered was one
NATURE AND SOCIETY - UNDERSTANDING THE
of intense and rapid change, as melt-water channels
PAST
migrated, ice blocks collapsed and ice-borne
In our power to disturb nature, the human species sediments were deposited in lakes, river channels and
CO
LU
now rivals geological processes such as volcanism, over the barren plains which stood in front of the
X
CO
earthquakes and erosion. Mass Lransfer ihrough lhe glaciers. There is no evidence that human or other life
SD
> extraclion of minerals, energy and water resources, forms influenced these events significantly.
CE
<
CE
ihrough the movement of earth materials for Despite the uncertainties in our understanding of
O
Cl
construction and through human-induced erosion, natural processes, iL is clear that they interact on many
amounts annually Lo as much as 20 tonnes per person, scales in space and time, and that they both influence
according to some estimates. This figure is comparable and are influenced by human aclivilies. For example,
O
O to the sediment volume transported by the world's much of Lhe research on global climate change is
rivers and to the destruction and creation of the ocean concerned with the exchange now and in the recent
I floor by plate tectonic processes. The great tendency past of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases
1 . For schools, there are comics and a well-written manual entitled Cómo Vivir Aquí (How To Live Here), which deals with earthquakes, volcanic eruptions,
232 floods, landslides, hurricanes, tidal waves, wildfires and even massive crowds.
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
In order to assess the state of any environment, reliable growth patterns in corals, which can provide detailed
indicators are needed, just as doctors use blood pressure information on changes in ocean temperature and
and body temperature as guides to human health and as salinity, as well as on discharge characteristics of major
economists use gross national product (GNP) to gauge the river systems;
assist in long-term environmental monitoring and in state-of- Where instrumental monitoring is not feasible, certain
the-environment reporting. Geoindicators are measures of highly responsive natural settings can provide 'automated
magnitudes, frequencies, rates and trends of geological environmental monitoring stations' whose records can be
processes and phenomena occurring over periods of 100 read for current and/or long-term changes. These include
years or less, at or near the Earth's surface, that are subject corals, cave deposits, water in the unsaturated zone and
environmental change. Geoindicators measure both In searching for sustainability, we cannot afford to ignore
catastrophic events and those that are more gradual but important environmental indicators and the minimum
evident within a human lifespan. Some are complex and datasets required to assess changes in erosion, sea levels,
costly, but many are relatively simple and inexpensive to river flow, water chemistry and other earth processes that
detection and assessment of earthquakes. Other examples confidence, data on the recent geological past are of
visual observations of beach profiles and vegetation Full details on geoindicators can be found in Berger, A.R.
characteristics, which permit rapid assessment of the and lams, W.J. (eds) (1996) Geological Indicators of Rapid
O
current stability of beaches and coastlines; Environmental Change, Rotterdam: Balkema. er
>
z
LU
LU
X
between the atmosphere, the oceans, soils and the environments have changed in the recent past, we
biosphere. The massive contribution of volcanic should be able to distinguish more clearly between
<
emissions to the physical and 'chemical properties of natural processes and human influences (whether LU
Ü
the atmosphere is clear, particularly after the ejection desirable or pernicious) and thus to design better
of immense volumes of material by Mount Pinatubo environmental policies to cope with current stresses Ü
CO
(AGU, 1992). This included some 25 Lo 30 million and future changes. There is extensive historical data O
LU
O
lonnes of sulphur dioxide, which formed a long- on weather and land-use changes, but very much less,
lasling haze of sulphuric acid droplets in the for example, on biodiversity, vegetation, water
stratosphere, cooling, at least briefly, the surface of the
planet by about 0.5°C, and aiding chemical reactions
that allow anthropogenic CFCs to destroy ozone.
chemistry, erosion, slope stability or peat accumu¬
lation. A better understanding is emerging from efforts
to read more fully the Earth's archives of environ¬
I
233
If we knew exactly how global, regional and local mental change that are preserved in ice cores, lake and
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
oceanic sediments, iree rings, soil lemperatures and without the added greenhouse effect. Work by the
groundwaler isolopes. Managers and decision makers Geological Survey of Canada is proceeding on shallow
50 or 100 years from now will have a much belter (some less than 1 metre) lakes with no outlets. During
understanding of environmental changes and trends if droughts, dense hypersaline water forms at the base of
they are able to draw upon a series of 'snapshots' that the lakes and protects the underlying sediments from
characterize the natural environment at any one time. lhe aclions of bollom-dwelling organisms and wind.
There is growing evidence from studies of the These droughl intervals leave a sedimentary record in
Quaternary paleoenvironment that natural climate the form of thin distinctive layers of sulphate or
fluctuations of 2°C and more have taken place several carbonate minerals separated by homogenous muds
times in the last 10000 years, sometimes quite formed during non-drought periods. Study of
rapidly.2 The question then arises as to the effect on sediment cores from these shallow lakes shows that
climate if either a natural cooling trend competes with within the past few millennia there have been several
anthropogenic increase in greenhouse gases, or a droughts, each lasting perhaps a century. This
natural warming trend is superimposed on human- evidence does not fit current general circulation
induced warming. Climate warming in polar and sub¬ models used to predict global climates and indicates
polar regions is likely to cause widespread melting of that recent dry spells such as those of the 1920-30s
permafrost. This would probably release methane and 1980s may not have been abnormal.3
gases now frozen into tundra and taiga, causing a
feedback effect to accelerate warming further, quite
A FINAL COMMENT
apart from the extensive environmental changes on
the ground associated with ground 'softening'. The distinction between natural processes and those
Considerable research efforts are now under way in induced by humans is often blurred. It is nol always
circum-polar countries to understand and monitor the possible lo separate the environmental effects of our
natural environment for early signs of change in activities from those caused by the natural dynamics
hydrological regimes, heat flow from the tundra and of lhe Earth, which would have taken place even if the
glacier melting, as well as impacts on the biota. human species had not existed. Deserts are not simply
In Canada, the impact of climate on humans in the human-induced, rapid climate changes are not new,
past century has been greatest in the western prairies, and natural earth processes will continue to affect
CO
LU
where prolonged droughts between 1917 and 1938 society. Changing policies of land use and
X
CO
CO
wrought havoc on agricultural productivity and management will not necessarily reverse what are
> human affairs. Some global circulation models now natural processes.
CE
<
CE
indicate a potential warming of this region of 3-4°C, Geoscience has an essential role in identifying
O
0_
which would cause extensive aridification. Indeed, environmental problems, understanding causes,
there is some reason to believe that if present trends in predicting future consequences and developing
land use and climate continue, another 30% of the solutions, but it can neither resolve all these issues nor
O
O
arable land could be removed from production even cope alone with the effects of natural hazards. To be
I
2. For example, cores drilled through the Greenland Ice cap In 1992 showed Isotope shifts that suggest past episodes in the last 40000 years of very rapid
warming - up to 7°C in a few decades. This warming is much more pronounced than that presently predicted by global circulation models.
3. What may have been abnormal, however, were the extensive dust storms and soil erosion that took place during the 1920s and 1930s. The rapid
conversion since 1870 to farmland of natural grasslands, which had developed about 10 to 11 millennia ago, degraded the drought-adapted grassland
234 ecosystem, destroying the root mass that would have prevented wind erosion.
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
effective in forecasting, mitigating and managing the Darnley, A.G., Björklund, A., B0livken, B., Gustawson, N.,
Koval, P.V., Plant, JA, Steenfelt, A., Tauchid, M. and Xie,
effects of natural earth processes on humans, much
X.J. (1995) A Global Geochemical Database for
more extensive cooperation with the media, planners, Environmental and Resource Management, Earth Sciences
19, Paris: UNESCO Publishing.
politicians and the general public is required.
ESCAP (1988) Urban Geology in Asia and the Pacific, Vols 1
Understanding our environment and the processes
and 2, Bangkok: UN Economic and Social Commission for
that control it is only part of the answer, and science Asia and the Pacific.
alone cannot provide all the answers. It is but one part Issar, A.S. (1990) Water Shall Flow from the Rock:
of the puzzle, not a 'technological fix'. Hydrogeology and Climate in the Lands of the Bible, Berlin:
Springer-Verlag.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Nash, H. and McCall, G.J.H. (eds) (1994) Groundwater Quality,
London: Chapman and Hall.
This chapter is based partly on the IUGS brochure
Planning and Managing the Human Environment Nuhfer, E.B., Proctor, R.J. and Moser, P.H. (eds) (1993) The
Citizens' Guide to Geologic Hazards, Arvada, CO:
listed below. I am grateful for the comments
American Institute of Professional Geologists.
of many colleagues, including D.R. Boyle,
Petit-Maire, N. (1993) The Sahara in the Holocene, a map at
A. Cendrero, P. Dankers, D.C. Elliott, CR. Tippett
1:5000000 and accompanying notes, Marseilles: CNRS,
and J.S. Wonfor.
Laboratoire de Geologie du Quaternaire.
LLI
REFERENCES AND FURTHER READING IUGS (1992) Planning and Managing the Human Environment: O
LU
The Essential Role of the Geosciences, International Union O
AGU (1992) Volcanism and Climate Change, Washington, DC: of Geological Sciences and the Canadian Society of
American Geophysical Union Special Report. Petroleum Geologists, 12p. (from Cogeoenvironment,
Land degradation
HERMAN TH. VERSTAPPEN
atlitudes and values that is essential to achieve this disaster and environmental degradation. A small
aim: the real problem is not nature but our abusive portion of the soil material washed away may
Soil erosion cases the bulk of the material is derived from specific
Acceleraled soil erosion is Lhe dominani kind of land parts of the river basin. The (sharply rising) sediment
degradalion, nolably in hilly rural areas. The processes load of the world's major rivers is given in Figure 3.
of erosion involved vary in type and intensity, There are many widely known ways of preventing,
depending on the local situation. Degradation may reducing and stopping soil erosion, among which
start with splash erosion caused by the impact of terracing, strip cropping, mulching and reforestation of
raindrops on barren soil; subsequently rills and gullies the upper slopes rank high. Most of these methods are
develop (Figure 2), while headward erosion may comparatively inexpensive but labour-intensive. Above
generate a process of alternating cutting and all, their implementation requires organization and
landsliding. In mountainous areas with thin lithosoils coordination, for which the existence of a local
slabs of the entire soil cover may be removed during institution which is recognized by the farming
heavy rains by sliding, leaving only barren rocks. community, such as the village elders or a local
In all cases, the consequences are decreased cooperative, is essential. Action by individual farmers
infiltration of rain water and increased surface run-off, cannot result in a coherent conservation plan. The
and thus less soil and air moisture, stronger coordinating institutions can only function properly,
fluctuations in discharge and a sharp rise in the however, if land rights are clearly established:
sediment load of rivers. Flood disasters will thus tend the farmers will have no incentive to work hard
to become more frequent and extensive, and serve to towards conserving the land if there are obscure
demonstrate the direct relationship between natural government claims on it, or if a landlord can force
them to abandon it at will. The importance of these
FIGURE 2
institutions is clearly demonstrated by the near-absence
SEVERE SOIL EROSION IN THE 'BADLANDS' OF
CALABRIA, ITALY
of accelerated erosion in many mountainous parts
of Asia, where rural societies of long standing
have built and maintained intricale systems of agri¬
O
cultural terraces. Another example is pre-Columbian H
<
Q
agriculture in the then densely populated valleys of the <
CE
Andes: land degradation there began when the O
LU
Q
their institutions had collapsed and they were replaced Z
<
by far fewer farmers of Spanish descent, who lacked
understanding of that particular environment and
of the appropriate institutions.
only causes declining soil and water resources and
deteriorating vegetation and climate but will ultimately
Soil erosion not
I
act as a boomerang on the society that triggered it. 237
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
I
Desertification
FIGURE 3
Desertificaiion is lhe second major kind of land
SEDIMENT LOSS TO THE SEA BY MAJOR RIVERS
degradation that occurs widely in arid, semi-arid and
semi-humid parts of the globe. UNEP eslimates
Lhal iL affects 3 100 million hectares of rangelands,
3 000 335 million hectares of rainfed croplands and
40 million hectares of irrigated fields, and that
c
OJ
1 000 years of above average rainfall may increase the
E
hazard: farmers under such conditions are easily
lured inlo moving Lo even drier parts or into growing
800
g
ta
"O
1 I
ra
LU E g
o
< 2 O)
ta
i o concentration of unduly large herds, overgrazing and
2 5
"5 O)
c
desertification in the areas around; the natural balance
m ^
O ra
o a
a> S belween waler and grass resources is disrupled and
o
I rj)
C D) c
ta C ra lhe animals, in cases of drought, then die from
O ra
I
3 O
starvation.
FIGURE 4 FIGURE 5
DUST TRANSPORT OVER THE ATLANTIC OCEAN AS SALINATION DAMAGE TO IRRIGATED LAND,
A RESULT OF THE SAHELIAN DROUGHTS MID-1980S
100
Proportion of irrigated
land damaged
90
c
ra
<u
ra
a
It is increasingly difficult for the rapidly growing Proportion
<
damaged CE
populations of drylands to achieve sustainable land O
LU
use and to avoid desertification. This has led them to Q
Irrigated
develop a range of strategies for coping with drought,
land
_5
from water storage and food gathering to social worldwide
TABLE 1
Luxembourg 88 23 26
Other 12 282 ? ?
CO
LU
X
CO
CO
> LAND DEGRADATION IN HIGH-TECH SOCIETIES derelict land in early industrialized and urbanized
CE
<
CC areas, coastal erosion due to the extraction of building
O
0_ The mulLiple threats to our environment that have materials from beaches or riverbeds or Lhe consLrucLion
resulted in recent years from the unsustainable of sLorage lakes are buL examples. UnforLunaLely, lhe
o
application of modern technology have given the issue damage is nol resiricted to these sites but spreads
o
of land degradation an entirely new and frightening through water and air pollution, thus introducing
dimension. Human impact at industrial, urban and radioactivity, heavy metals, detergents and so on to the
240
and urban waste, mining tips, pits and quarries, degradation that is due to new technologies occurs in
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
industrialized or urban zones. Bio-industries produce raise awareness and lead to local action. Land
large quantities of organic waste and modern rehabilitation is not an aim in itself but a prerequisite
agriculture uses more and more fertilizers and for the sustainable well-being of humankind.
peslicides in rural areas.
Modern lechnology is also capable of powerful
measures to halt such modern kinds of land
Herman Verstappen was trained in physical
degradation, but society finds itself sandwiched
geography in his native Netherlands before joining
between its desire Lo fulfil present needs, real and the staff of the Geographical Institute of the
perceived, and its responsibility for the well-being of Government Survey Department, Jakarta, Indonesia.
He continued his career at the International Institute
future generations.
for Aerospace Survey and Earth Sciences (ITC) in the
Netherlands, where he worked from 1957 to 1989,
THE IMPORTANCE OF GLOBAL LAND becoming full professor in 1 968.
degradaiion. Whilsl we slrive to improve the quality of mitigation and resource surveying, and he has
life for the millions, a steady decline in living published extensively on the subject. Although he
has carried out numerous assignments throughout
conditions is already a reality for one out of six human
the tropics, his main regional specialization remains
beings. Some highly productive but densely populated South and South-East Asia.
agricultural areas like Lhe Nile valley and lhe Ganges Professor Verstappen has been President of the
delta regularly require food from outside. International Geographical Union since 1992.
First, we need to develop a global plan for Progress toward a Sustainable Society: 3-21, New York:
W.W. Norton & Co.
combating land degradation in the context of Agenda
Brown, L.R. et al. (1990) State of the World 1990, A WorldWatch Q
21, adopted by the Earth Summit in 1992, taking into Institute Report on Progress toward a Sustainable Society, <
consideration land rights and land tenure issues and New York: W.W. Norton & Co.
<
CE
fostering community-based initiatives. Further, we Dregne, H.E. (1989) Agriculture Situation and Outlook Report, <3
LU
Bethesda, MA: USDA.
should bring our population levels into balance with Q
important, bring our per capita demands into balance Postel, S. (1989) Halting land degradation, in State of the World
I
with sustainability by changing our values and 1989, A Worldwatch Institute Report on Progress toward a
Sustainable Society: 21-40, New York: W.W. Norton & Co.
priorities. To achieve these aims we need to bring
Walling, D.E. (1987) Rainfall, runoff and erosion of the land: a
about coordinated research on society-environment global view, in Gregory, K.J. (ed) Energetics of Physical
interrelations and we need education at all levels to Environment, New York: John Wiley & Sons. 241
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Biodiversity
FFÎANCESCO DI CASTRI
During lhe course of lhe last decade, and especially Finally, a multitude of myths about biodiversity
since the publication in 1988 of the book of the same pervades the media, and even many textbooks, leading
title edited by E.O. Wilson, 'biodiversity' has become a to a sensational or catastrophic viewpoint on the
very fashionable word. Unfortunately, it is somewhat implications of biodiversity and the associated role of
loosely used, and with different meanings, connotations humankind.
and intentions. For the general public it usually evokes From this introduction, therefore, it appears that
the preservation of particular animal and plant species biodiversity is an almost impossible term lo define.
of a supposed high aesthetic value or strongly However, a belter understanding of what biodiversity
charismatic nature, such as the panda, elephant, really is has become essential, at least in order to be
sequoias or orchids. For environmental lobbies the able to address four fundamental issues. First, it is
paramount objeclive of iheir actions is to conserve, as important that current myths about biodiversity be
untouched as possible, large portions of ecosystems debunked if the value of maintaining biodiversity is to
under threat, particularly in the tropics (tropical rain reach a high level of credibility, a value that is already
forests, coral reefs, small islands and so on). For a being contested by some decision makers, as well as
politician or an entrepreneur, the main concern is the by a part of the scientific community. Second, it is
utilization of biodiversity, which involves the property essential to eliminate contention among countries
rights of individual countries, and the transfer of know- during lhe polilical negolialions leading Lo irealies and
how towards applications in biotechnology and convenlions. Third, lhe managemenl of biodiversity in
industry, with special emphasis on pharmaceuticals and situ should be based on strong scientific foundations,
the improvement of crop varieties. and not on intuitions or approximations, as is often
The overall geopolitics of an equitable use of the case at present. Fourth - and this is probably the
biodiversity worldwide is now a very hotly debated most important issue - biodiversity should be able to
matter, linked with the implementation of the provide a kind of leitmotif that helps to establish a
Convention on Biological Diversity which was unitary view - about both the uniqueness and the
approved in Rio de Janeiro in June 1992 during the universality - of the biological world. At present,
United Nations Conference on Environment and biology is too fragmented into isolated disciplines, but
Development (UNCED). Admittedly, an underlying conceptual and operational interactions would easily
dissension still exists between countries of the North increase if biodiversity were seen as a range of
co
LU
and of the South, but this is a real global issue with different levels of organization, from the molecule to
CO
important conceptual, ethical and economic aspects. the community. Even more, biodiversity is so
SD
> intimately linked to cultural diversity that what is now
CE
<
CE
considered the almost unbridgeable gap between
DEFINING THE TERM
O
science and humanities-based culture - from an
D_
Even the scientific community uses the term operational viewpoint - could be crossed more easily
'biodiversity' much too often with too little rigour, both in theory and in practice.
O
Ü
sometimes referring only to given taxa (e.g. bird Jutro (1993) records 14 recent definitions of
biodiversity or microbial biodiversity) or to a single biodiversity from among those more often used. Two
242 - wrongly - almost synonymous with biodiversity. Nations, which was included in the Convention on
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
organisms from all sources including, inier alia, interactions. Summing up, hierarchy is a central
terrestrial, marine and other aquatic ecosystems and phenomenon of biodiversity, and there is need of a
the ecological complexes of which they are part; this general theory integrating hierarchical levels, how they
includes diversity within species, between species and arise and interact. Additional information on the
Biodiversity Strategy of 1992, which regards bio¬ (1986), di Castri and Hadley (1988), Vrba (1989) and
diversity as: 'the totality of genes, species and Vrba and Eldredge (1984).
ecosystems in a region'. Admittedly, the hierarchy discussed above is not a co
CE
LU
In spite of the fact that the participation of the 'clean' hierarchy in the strict sense, since genes, >
Q
scientific community in the elaboration of such species and ecosystems do not belong all together to
O
definitions has been far from satisfactory, both the same hierarchical category. The concept is m
definitions do refer to the three main components of expanded and made more accurate in Figure 3, where
biodiversity: genes, species and ecosystems. Diversity
within species is the genetic diversity; between species
it is the species or taxonomic diversity; and of
the hierarchical patterns of biodiversity are shown as
the interactions of three different scales of levels of
biological world is represented, while the unifying well as patterns of ecosystem functioning (di Castri
principle and the uniqueness are provided by the and Younès, 1990), can only be clarified if hierarchies
hierarchical interaction of the various diversities. and scales are considered in terms of their
CO
LU
10 Populations (with their gene pools), species and interactions. The same applies, in managerial terms,
CO
for the conservation of natural areas as well as for the
SÜ ecosystems are usually at the cornerstones of the
>
intersection of the three scales (Solbrig, 1991). They selection, rotation and mixing of appropriate crops or
CE
<
CE
are also the three main elements considered in forestry stands. In addition, the redesigning of more
O
û_ conservation biology and, in practice, they should be stable and harmonious landscapes, after their
LU viewed together when working for the conservation of disruption due to extended monocultures or massive
rare species or threatened habitats. Even so, this is too deforestation, should be based on the interlinking of
O
Ü
restrictive a use of the hierarchical approach. the three main components of biodiversity.
On the genetic scale, for instance, molecular and This concept of the foundations for biodiversity is
population genetics should be very closely linked. On also applicable when an evolutionary viewpoint is taken.
the taxonomic scale, an overemphasis on species Only these interactions can shed light on whether a
diversity could lead to biased conclusions; for given level of biodiversity depends on the evolutionary
244 time that has elapsed without great disturbance, or
example, the marine environment is considered to be
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
FIGURE 3
Kingdom
SPECIES Habitat-niche
Sub-species
rather reflects the frequency of repeated disturbances in It is roughly estimated that the species presently
evolutionary history (Harper and Hawksworth, 1994). It living in the biosphere constitute only 5-10% of those
is most likely that both processes are responsible for that emerged by speciation and subsequently
high levels of biodiversity under different ecological and disappeared by extinction during the 4 000 million
evolutionary circumstances. The current debate on the years of evolutionary history. The current rate of
emergence of hot spots of megadiversity is closely linked extinclion is often expressed in ihousands of species
to the above considerations. per year (figures of 10000 to 50000 species are
usually meniioned, but there are even higher figures
put forward by environmental lobbies). All these
EXTINCTION
figures refer to very unreliable approximations, and - co
CE
LU
By adopting large scales of time and space, it could be incidentally - are mostly represented by species lhat >
Q
said that a given biodiversity is the result of have not been described as yet; it is very difficult to O
m
differenlial rales in lhe processes of speciation and of debate, support or refute figures that concern an
species extinction. Extinction is intrinsic to the unknown biological realm. Nevertheless, it is safe to
FIGURE 4
ECOSYSTEMS
FRAGMENTATION OF LANDSCAPES LOSS OF ECOSYSTEM RESILIENCE
Look place during lhe so-called periods of evolulionary the early stages of development can minimize, through
crisis. The main argument for concern is that the preventive and low-cost measures, the risk of
currenl exlinciion is occuring over an extremely short decreasing biodiversity. The more common 'curative'
period of the evolutionary scale. approach is too often prohibitively expensive and -
Figure 4 illustrates in a sketchy way one of the incidentally - impractical or applied as a kind of
mechanisms of extinction as provoked by human cosmetic solution.
impacts. It also demonsLrales how much Lhe three At the core of Figure 4 is the population size of a
hierarchical levels discussed earlier - which also given species, as related to the fragmentation of
represent selection units - are closely linked and landscapes and habitats. This is of paramount
interact at a practical level. Contrary to what is usually importance from a managerial viewpoint. Above a given
CO
LU said in the media and emphasized by environmental ihreshold of population size, management leading to
D
CO lobbies, extinction is very rarely the result of direct conservation is possible; below that threshold,
CO
> and intentional aggression by humans towards a given management can obtain at best the preservation of a
CE
< species (major exceptions being certain large species species. There is a fundamental distinction to be made
CE
O of terrestrial and aquatic mammals). It is rather the between these two terms which are often confused or
CL
LU
consequence of the common practices of fragmenting considered synonymous. Conservation is a dynamic
landscapes and ecosystems in order to increase the process; preservation a fixed one. Through conser¬
O
o size of areas for intensive agriculture or forestry, of vation, a species still has the genetic and ecological
destroying habitats for the purpose of urbanization potential to pursue its evolutionary pathways.
I
and transport (railways, roads, etc.), or of drying up Preservation on the other hand can only provide
wetlands - particularly in the coastal zones - for conditions for the maintenance of individuals or
tourism or industrial activities. Only a proactive and groups, but not for their evolutionary change; it is
246 pervasive introduction of environmental concerns in frequently defined as 'captive' or 'insular', since it is
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
somewhat similar to the fixist management of a inhabitants of some habitats such as the soil, deep lake
botanical garden or a zoo (Frankel and Soulé, 1981). and sea beds and the canopy of tropical trees. (For a
Unfortunately, management in national parks and discussion of the measurement and estimation of
other protected areas is much closer to preservation biodiversity see Hawksworth, 1994.) Unfortunately,
than to the dynamic and adaptive principles of there are certain groups of animals and plants for
conservation. Humankind has become the main factor which there are no specialist taxonomists; in addition,
of change in the biosphere, even from an evolutionary in most countries there are no academic or career
evolutionary responsibility - as advocaled by Sir Olio In summary, then, there is no place in the world
Frankel - conservalion, change and continuing where tolal species diversily is known, and ihere is
evolution according to the biodiversity laws constitute liLlle hope LhaL even in Lhe remoLe fulure we shall be
his main task, his prime mandate. able lo recognize all species from lhe terrestrial and
aquatic environments. We shall therefore have to
accommodate our work to incomplete approximations
DEBUNKING THE MYTHS
of biodiversity. And of course these approximations
Biodiversity, as it stands now, is not simply a new are reliable only to the extent that sampling methods
approach or a comfortable umbrella to cover all and chosen groups of biota are comparable.
vagueness, but a new emerging science with its own
logic: a science that is still facing a dramatic 'unknown' Myth: Biodiversity is all in the tropics
in its theoretical foundations and in its applications. Biodiversity is almost synonymous with life itself.
Too many of its aspects remain to be explained, but There is biodiversity wherever there is life: that is to
comprehensiveness would represent an impossible task. say, in the overall biosphere. It is true that high peaks
I prefer rather to refer to a few other facets of of biodiversity appear in the tropics (rain forests,
biodiversity by debunking some current myths about it. mangroves, coral reefs and so on). Nevertheless,
similar peaks are also present in the Mediterranean-
Myth: We know how much biodiversity exists climate ecosystems of the Cape Province in South
In all probability, we shall never know how much Africa and of south-western Australia, in the temperate
biodiversity exists in the whole biosphere. Genetic rain forests of Chile, Tasmania and New Zealand, and
diversity is known for certain populations of large in certain habitats such as the very humus-rich soils of
species of animals and plants, for some small some temperate deciduous forests.
laboratory animals such as Drosophila, copepods and
mice, and for a few species of microbes. Ecological Myth: We know how biodiversity is changing
diversity can be estimated to a certain extent by direct We certainly do not know how global biodiversity is co
CE
LU
observation or remote sensing. But we have identified changing, since our knowledge of the total number of >
Q
only a minute number of existing species - about 1.5 species and the rates of extinction is too fragmentary O
million while the conservative estimates of the total and unreliable. It would be possible to remedy this m
today range from 5 to 30 million. Other estimates go situation to some degree through a globally accepted
up to 50, 80 and even 100 million species. And the
attributes of most of the described species are largely
unknown. Our main taxonomic gaps concern insects
strategy of selected inventorying in space
monitoring in time - one of the great hopes of the Rio
Conference and of the Convention on
and of
Biological
I
and other invertebrates and microbes; and the 247
Diversity. In the preamble to that Convention, however,
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
ihere are iwo consecutive paragraphs lhal, akhough early emergence of agriculture, through the selection
quite consistent in themselves, can lead nowhere when of many domestic breeds, and the diversification of
interpreted in a too extreme and non-complementary the landscapes surrounding us, man laid the
way. These two paragraphs are as follows: 'Affirming groundwork for greater genetic and ecological
that the conservation of biological diversity is a diversity. It is true that this is no longer the situation
common concern of humankind...' and 'Reaffirming in most countries of the world: crop genetic variability
that States have sovereign rights over their own is decreasing, species diversity faces the threat of
biological resources...'. These are unobjectionable extinction and ecological diversity suffers the
principles per se, especially when the use of resources is consequences of deforestation, desertification and the
being referred to. However, in the specific cases of destruction of traditional landscapes. It is my deep
inventorying and monitoring biodiversity, the two feeling, however, that some of these processes will be
views are in confrontation. At one extreme, the process attenuated for the benefit of development itself.
of conservation is conceived as centralized, the essential
requisite being global comparativeness. At the other Myth: We know the function of biodiversity
extreme, a 'country-driven' approach is supported: the We know a good deal about the theoretical bases for the
initiative and the implementation are at the national functioning of genetic diversity in evolutionary
level, with little concern for what is happening even in processes, as well as for selecting breeds of domesticated
neighbouring countries, and with a lack of global plants and animals. At the ecosystem level, we have
framework to provide comparable methodology and some evidence that biodiversity plays a role in shaping
design. Understandably, the country-driven approach is given levels of stability, in altering productivity and in
dominant at present. Inventorying and monitoring are influencing patterns of ecosystem functioning, thus
being carried out in numerous developing countries, reflecting to a certain extent sustainability. Nevertheless,
with considerable international funding. Different we are almost completely ignorant of the intrinsic
taxonomic groups, with different sampling methods mechanisms of these processes. Only research that is
and at different intervals of monitoring time, are being more focused on the hierarchical interactions of
chosen by the various countries, and it is difficult to see biodiversity, as discussed earlier in this text, can provide
what will be the result of such an exercise, even for both an explanation of the mechanisms of functioning
those nations currently involved. What is certain is that and a more rigorous perception of the wide projections
CO
LU
no usable output will emerge for the understanding of of biodiversity in space and time.
D
CO
the dynamics of global biodiversity. Countries should
ço
> certainly be deeply involved, but only within a Myth: Extinctions are unnatural
CE
<
ce
predesigned and previously accepted framework for It has already been stressed that species appear to have
O
CL exchanging results, so that an acceptable level of a finite life span within an evolutionary perspective.
LU comparability can be attained. This is a most crucial The only aspect that could be considered as
issue, but 1 am confident that the current shortcomings 'unnatural' is the currenl acceleration in extinction,
O
Ü will be overcome at a more advanced and mature stage due to a greatly increased human impact.
of the implementation of the Convention.
agriculLure and urbanization, as well as due Lo marine protected areas, including lands devoted to agriculture
pollution - is absolutely inevitable. Population and grazing. In conclusion, conservation - within and
growth, poverty and economic pressure are the main outside protected areas - should be considered as an
underlying factors. The solution advocated by some essential dimension of overall land-use planning.
followers of 'deep ecology' is that of reducing
drastically and very rapidly the human population of Myth: A 'hands-off approach is the best
But such a drastic decrease could only be the result of Management by humankind has become the essential
such events as war, disease and famine. In addition, condition for both protection and conservation. First
there is ample evidence that some reduction of of all, evolutionary imprinting by man of most
biodiversity is compatible with the functioning of ecosystems means that human action is needed for
ecosystems and the biosphere. their regeneration and succession; this is particularly
It is more difficult to discuss the 'should', because it true of ecosystems such as steppes and savannahs,
implies philosophical and ethical considerations, the Mediterranean shrublands and forests, and many
main one being that all species have equal rights and mountain ecosystems based on the terracing of slopes
that Homo sapiens is just another species with no and the utilization of grasslands. Lack of management
evolutionary advantage over the others. Nevertheless, may ultimately be the reason for devastating fires,
we must accept that man is the only animal species increasing erosion and the loss of open areas for
with the capacity to think about his own destiny and, grazing animals and their predators. Secondly, it
above all, man has become the main evolutionary would be tolally unrealislic and unjustified to promote
factor with an evolutionary responsibility, for better or conservation practices without the participation and
worse. In practical and managerial terms, it is almost involvement of the local human populations.
impossible not to have a somewhat anthropocentric
attitude to all the other species. Equality of species is, Myth: We know the economic value of biodiversity
of course, a relative concept, even when species The economic value of certain genes, species and
preservation is concerned: I have seen campaigns to ecosystems is well known - and can be expressed in
save whales or the rhinoceros, but never ones to protect monetary terms - in that they provide the basis for the
the uncomfortable mosquito. Ultimately, the ambition improvement of domesticated plants and animals,
to save every species implies stopping evolution, and materials for chemical and pharmaceutical industries,
this - if iL were ever possible - would be Lhe mosl the main ingredients of biotechnology and a source of
'unnalural' aciion ever undertaken by humankind. food. But we do not know the enormous capital
included in the gene pools of several million unknown
Myth: Protected areas are enough species. In addition, it is very hard to evaluate benefits CO
rr
LU
The majority of national parks or reserves 'are not and costs, in monetary terms, of species and >
Q
suitable for applying the evolutionary principles of ecosystems playing a key role in nutrient cycling, in
O
conservation. Most of them are too small and are protecting catchment basins, in preventing soil erosion m
isolated from their surrounding environments. In the and so on. And yet, unfortunately, decision makers
case of global climatic changes, they will act rather as
pitfalls for extinction (di Castri, 1991). In addition,
they are not representative of all the world's
and industrialists tend to ignore all values that are not
expressed in monetary terms. Collaboration between
economists and natural scientists could help overcome
I
ecosystems. In fact, most biodiversity exists outside the such a difficulty. 249
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Myth: Biodiversity is antagonistic to development represent the best common denominator, arrived at
It is undeniably true that certain developmental under very difficult conditions of confrontation
activities, mostly those related to urbanization and between the North and the South and considering
industry, undermine the levels of biodiversity. the lack of knowledge. It is therefore commendable
However, the paramount importance of biodiversity in that this Convention exists, in spite of all
many aspects of agricultural and industrial controversies and uncertainties. Sánchez and Juma
development, as well as in health improvement, has (1994) coined the new term 'biodiplomacy' to
been repeatedly stressed. Humankind has started describe the kind of complicated and unusual
domesticating species of animals and plants for negotiations that took place in the build-up to such a
grazing and agricultural development, domesticating Convention.
regards biodiversity. Even scanty information - and knowledge regarding biological diversily and of
250 criticized because of its imprecise content, it does appropriate measures. . .'.
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
International action
on biodiversity
The negotiation and adoption of the Convention on and the Biosphere (MAB) Programme, of this original
Biological Diversity have given rise to the implementation of concept which allows the maintenance, study and use of
a number of large-scale international activities during the biological diversity in the most varied of situations.
course of the past two years. At the same time UNESCO launched, jointly with ICSU
First, mention must go to Global Biodiversity and certain of its principal non-governmental constituent
Assessment, a monumental work undertaken by the United bodies, a major international research initiative on the
Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), financed out of origin, composition, functioning and conservation of
the Global Environmental Facility (GEF) and whose biodiversity entitled DIVERSITAS. This programme, whose
development involved more than 1 100 specialists from secretariat is financed by France and based in UNESCO, is
some 80 countries. currently made up of the following nine complementary
In another initiative, UNESCO organized an important elements: origins, maintenance and loss of biodiversity;
world conference on biosphere reserves in Seville, Spain, in ecosystem functioning; inventorying, classification and
March 1995, which resulted in the adoption of the 'Seville inter-relationships; assessment and monitoring; conserva¬
Strategy', and a statutory framework for the World Network tion, restoration and sustainable use; the human
of Biosphere Reserves. These sites, which currently number dimensions of biodiversity; soil and sediment biodiversity;
325 spread over 83 countries, enable the conservation of marine biodiversity; and microbial biodiversity.
biological diversity to be linked with the sustainable By nature of its breadth, DIVERSITAS should be in a
development of ecosystem resources to the benefit of local position to provide scientific and technical advice to govern¬
populations, whilst at the same time supporting research, ments and international institutions for the implementation of
monitoring and training activities. Agenda 21 and the various articles of the Convention on
The Seville Conference gave a new boost to the Biological Diversity. The World Network of Biosphere
implementation, within the framework of UNESCO's Man Reserves will offer ideal study sites for the programme.
The fact that protecled areas can be effeclive only to genetics for genetic diversity, biosystematics for
the extent that they constitute regional and reliable species or taxonomic diversity, or ecology for
networks, and that they are part of the overall process ecological diversity - can claim to be able to
of management of a territory - which includes approach comprehensively the various interactive
economic, social, cultural and educational com¬ aspects of biodiversity at a local or global level. If the
ponents, in addition to environmental concerns - has general theory of biodiversity is based, as a central co
rr
been discussed earlier in this text. phenomenon of life, on the hierarchical theory of LU
>
Q
There would be insurmountable obstacles for any successive levels of organization and of subsequent
O
given discipline to tackle in isolation lhe scienlific emerging properties, it concerns the universality of m
problems of biodiversily, as well as managerial the biological world in both fundamental and
implications
their impacts
for
on
the
the
conservation
ecosystems and the genetic material therein, and
industrial and
of species,
agricultural
applied aspects. To such universality, biodiversity
can conlribute by playing a unifying role in view of
the pervasive, interactive and non-exclusive nature of
I
sectors. No single discipline - certainly not simply its approach. 251
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
UNESCO in charge of the coordination of its Salthe, S.N. (1985) Evolving Hierarchical Systems, New York:
Environmental Programmes and of the UNESCO Columbia University Press.
contribution to the UN Conference on Environment Solbrig, O.T. (ed) (1991) From Genes to Ecosystems: A
and Development (UNCED) in Rio de Janeiro (June Research Agenda for Biodiversity, Paris: IUBS.
1992). He is Laureate of the Global 500 Roll of Sánchez, V. and Juma, C. (eds) (1994) Biodiplomacy, Nairobi:
ACTS Press.
Honour of the United Nations (1992).
Professor di Castri has held numerous United Nations (1992) Report of the United Nations Conference
international posts, including Chairman of the on Environment and Development (Río de Janeiro, 3-14
June 1992), New York: United Nations.
UNESCO/IUBS/SCOPE research programme on
biological diversity, Diversitas. He is currently United Nations Environment Programme (1992) Convention on
Biological Diversity, Nairobi: UNEP.
Director of Research at the CNRS (France), Special
Advisor to the Director-General of UNESCO and Vrba, E.S. (1989) What are the biotic hierarchies of integration
Member of the General Committee of ICSU. and linkage? in Wake, D.B. and Roth, G. (eds) Complex
Organismal Functions: Integration and Evolution in
Vertebrates: 379-401, Dahlem Konferenzen: John Wiley &
Sons.
Allen, T. and Starr, T. (1982) Hierarchy. Perspectives for Wilson, E.O. (ed) (1988) Biodiversity, Washington, DC: National
CO
Ecological Complexity: Chicago: University of Chicago Academy Press.
LU
D Press.
CO WRI, IUCN and UNEP (1992) Global Biodiversity Strategy:
CO
di Castri, F. (1991) Ecosystem evolution and global change, in Guidelines for Action to Save, Study, and Use Earth's Biotic
> Wealth Sustainably and Equitably, Washington, DC: World
CE
Solbrig, O.T. and Nicolis, G. (eds) Perspectives in
< Resources Institute.
Biological Complexity. 189-218, Paris: IUBS.
CE
O
Cl
di Castri, F. and Hadley, M. (1988) Enhancing the credibility of
ecology: interacting along and across hierarchical scales,
GeoJournal, 17(1): 5-35.
I
Frankel, O.H. and Soulé, M. (1981) Conservation and Evolution,
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Grassle, J. F., Lasserre, P., Mclntyre, A.D. and Ray, G.C. (1991)
Marine biodiversity and ecosystem function, Biology
252 International, Special Issue, 23: 1-19.
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Webster's Dictionary defines biotechnology, somewhat qualities. With the advent of genetic engineering, new
simplistically, as 'applied biological science'. However, technologies emerge from the old (Kay, 1993).
the US government employs a more comprehensive
definition: both old and new biotechnologies comprise
GENETIC ENGINEERING: A NEW WORLD
'any technique that uses living organisms (or parts of
organisms) to make or modify products, to improve Twenty years after Watson and Crick's discovery in
plants or animals, or to develop microorganisms for 1953 of the structure of the DNA molecule, the first
specific uses' (Congress, 1984). The 'new' biotech¬ stones were being laid on the path to commercial
nology has been defined by the US government as 'the genetic engineering. Stanley Cohen of Stanford
industrial use of rDNA, cell fusion, and novel University and Herbert Boyer of the University of
bioprocessing techniques' (Congress, 1991). However, California (San Francisco) Medical School and their
the definition that in the long run may prove the most teams succeeded in cloning a gene into a bacterial
descriptive, relative to the world economy, is that of plasmid, the first recombinant DNA. In 1980 they
Vivian Moses and corporate biotechnology pioneer obtained a patent for this technique, which produces
Ronald Cape: 'making money with biology' (Moses recombinant or rDNA. Also in 1980 in the legal case
and Cape, 1991). Diamond v. Chakrabarty, the US Supreme Court ruled
Biotechnology has already been employed that microorganisms could be patented, opening a
successfully to manufacture new medicines, improve new commercial avenue for genetic engineering.
agricultural production and produce drugs from The first US biotechnology company, Genentech, was
metabolites of marine organisms, and shows great founded in 1976. Now, almost 20 years later, it has been
promise in other areas such as the remediation of joined by more than 1 300 other companies in the USA
environmental pollution. And yet the unique alone. In 1981, the first US-approved biotechnology
characteristics of microorganisms have only begun to product reached consumers: a monoclonal antibody-
be exploited to improve life on the planet, taking into based diagnostic test kit. The following year, the first
account of course the role of microorganisms in the recombinant DNA pharmaceutical, Genentech's (Eli
cycling of nutrients and in global climate processes. Lilly) Humulin®, recombinant human insulin, was Q.
O
The most rudimentary application of biotechnology approved for sale in the USA and the UK. Humulin's _i
LU
>
- fermentation, i.e., the use of microorganisms such as 1993 sales were US$560 million. That same year, the LU
Q
moulds and bacteria to produce food products - is as first recombinant animal vaccine for colibacillosis was
old as human civilization itself. Fermentation approved in Europe. For many, 1981-87 were <
>
technology originated in ancient China, where foods watershed years for US biotechnology: an average of 90 CD
O
were fermented by moulds, and in Egypt, where beer companies were formed annually; a total of 631 _i
O
brewing and bread-making were combined enter¬ companies were established during this period. z
I
prises. Bread, cheese, yogurt, vinegar, soy sauce, bean Although most biotechnology companies are still not o
UJ
curd, beer and wine are just a few examples of the consistently profitable, an increasing number of r-
By the end of the 18th century, farmers had learned 1993 Amgen's Neupogen® human granulocyte colony-
to rotate crops to replenish nutrient-poor soil with
crops that restored nutrients. Even before the science
of genetics was understood, new varieties of crops and
stimulating
In 1994,
factor
US
became
biotechnology drug, netting US$719 million.
biotechnology
the best-selling
companies had
US
a
I
market value of US$41 billion, total research and 253
animals were being bred by selection for desired
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
development (R&D) expenditure of US$7 billion and imports), Germany, Italy (wiLh a 1995 bioLechnology
103 000 employees - this, in an industry that did not markeL estimated at US$1.5 billion), the Netherlands
exist 20 years ago. By comparison, the US pharma¬ (whose 1991 biotechnology product and process sales
ceutical industry, which has heavily invested in equalled US$220 million), Sweden and the UK
biotechnology, had a total R&D expenditure of (KPMG, 1993). In 1993 Canada had 310 bio¬
US$13.8 billion in 1994. technology companies, with revenues of US$1.67
Poor economic markets and policy questions wiLhin billion and 61% of total sales from export (Going and
the USA held down the number of companies formed Winter, 1994). Ten percent of Canada's bioLechnology
during 1994. In fact the US biotechnology industry, exports go Lo Japan, while an additional 10% go Lo
rather than being in a downturn, may instead be China, India, SouLh America and lhe Caribbean.
maturing, eventually to take on a new role in the global There is a handful of companies scattered in South
economy. Instead of being aggressively entrepreneurial, and Central America (mainly in Brazil and Mexico)
the newly emerging companies may well serve as a and Asia (excluding Japan). Some 200 biotechnology
reservoir for corporate research for large pharmaceutical companies are located in AusLralia and an additional
firms, which in turn will develop and market the output. 40 in New Zealand (KPMG, 1993).
A basic change is taking place in the structure of the The Japanese biotechnology industry differs from
biotechnology industry: smaller companies are merging. the entrepreneurial industry in the USA, Canada,
Large companies, such as the major pharmaceutical Europe and Australia. Much of Japan's biotechnology
companies, are acquiring smaller biotechnology ventures R&D is carried out by universities, research institutes
and, because there is little money available in the or in cooperation with its large pharmaceutical firms,
investmenL markeL for corporaLe growth, companies are food corporations, brewing companies and electronics
looking to strategic alliances, both in the USA and giants (KPMG, 1993). The R&D outlays of Japan's top
abroad, to shore up finances and financial opportunities. 10 pharmaceutical companies equal only one-fifth of
This development may prove beneficial for Asian similar outlays by US companies.
pharmaceuLical or biotechnology companies looking
for products in return for allowing access to the Asian There are several market segments and research areas
market. However, many developing countries, lacking in biotechnology, the most important being
homegrown pharmaceutical giants, will have to look biomedicine, agriculture, marine biotechnology and
CO
LU
Z)
elsewhere for role models for their own fledgling the environment.
CO
SD
biotechnology industries.
> The USA is not the sole provider of biotechnology
Cl BIOMEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGIES
<
CC
growth. In 1993 Ernst & Young identified 386
O
Cl biotechnology companies in Europe (Lucas et al, In the USA, and to a lesser degree in Canada and
1994) most of which are located in the UK, Germany, Europe, the bulk of the biotechnology industry is
Belgium and the Netherlands. From 1986 to 1992, focused on the biomedical field; therapeutics and
O
O
530 million ECU (1 ECU~US$1.24) were pumped by diagnostics make up 68% of the US, 43.7% of the
venture capitalists into the European biotechnology Canadian and approximately 43% of the European
rational design of drugs, where a drug is modelled to fit a major contribution to the health of the world's
particular molecule, yielding a limited response that can population. Recombinant hepatitis B vaccine already
result in control of the disease process, has become a has worldwide usage. An HIV vaccine would have
significant part of medical biotechnology. By learning enormous use, especially in those countries where
more of the basic biochemistry of normal and abnormal HIV is widespread. Unfortunately little success has
cellular function, scientists can eventually produce drugs been achieved and not much is on the horizon, al leasl
that will prevent abnormal growth of cancer cells, or at present. Research on HIV vaccines that would be
permit detection of abnormalities in the DNA that signal beneficial to those people outside the industrialized
the beginning of cancerous changes, thereby preventing nations, who suffer from a strain of HIV different from
cancer from occurring. The intent is to circumvent the that found in the USA or Western Europe, is not
immune response to one's own tissue that occurs in aggressive. In conlrasl, vaccines against malaria,
autoimmune diseases, such as multiple sclerosis and respiratory syncytial virus (RSV), rotavirus (which
lupus erythematosus. The hope also is to use small causes severe, life-threatening diarrhoea in children),
molecules to combat degenerative neurological diseases Streptococcus pneumoniae (the pneumoccus that causes
or to induce neurological cell regrowth in such bacterial pneumonia) and cholera are actively being
conditions as Alzheimer's disease, amyotrophic lateral pursued and when used widely will have immediate
sclerosis, head and spine injury and cerebrovascular impact on global health (Cohen, 1994). New vaccines
accident or stroke. Some of the already successful and vaccine combinations could result in many more
recombinant drugs include recombinant human insulin, children worldwide being vaccinated. Unfortunately a
growth hormone, interferons, tissue plasminogen recent study showed that the vaccine market stands at
activator, erythropoietin and other blood cell-stimulating a mere US$3 billion, a relatively insignificant value
factors. Thus biotechnology and pharmaceutical compared to the US$1.2 billion in world sales of a
companies legitimately have high hopes for the economic single new biotechnology drug, recombinant human
and medical potential of the next generation of drugs. erythropoietin (Amgen's Epogen®).
Among the most successful of the antibody-based Drug delivery systems are an important segment of
diagnostics are pregnancy test kits, which now are so the biomedical component of the biotechnology Cl
O
simple to use that they can be purchased over the industry. New methods of administering vaccines - by _i
LU
counter in the USA and Europe and used at home. injection, intranasally by spray, time-release methods, >
LU
Q
Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) testing kits are and others still under development - and even drugs,
a
z
being sold worldwide and are manufactured in many could revolutionize health care in developing nations <
parts of the world. The US market for monoclonal and in poor or rural communities in industrialized >
CD
O
anLibodies, the majority of which are used in such test countries.
_i
O
kits, was estimated at US$1.2 billion this year and to Other, much smaller and specialized medical z
x
be nearly US$4 billion by the turn of the century. As biotechnology markets include treatment regimens, O
LU
test kits become both more accurate and easier to use, such as gene therapy. Included in the latter is 'cellular \-
o
test kit manufacturers foresee wide application, even therapy', whereby a patient's cells are treated. An CQ
in rural settings, by technicians with minimal training. example of this is autologous bone marrow transplants,
Some companies, for example, have sent personnel to
China and South America to train technicians in the
iherapy Lo destroy remaining bone marrow. In gene which the addition of a 'backwards' gene results in the
therapy, which currently is extremely limited in use and tomato producing only small amounts of the ripening
employed for research purposes only, a normal gene is enzyme, polygalacturonase. Thus the tomato may be
put into abnormal cells using a carrier, such as a virus. shipped long distances with minimal loss of flavour
Techniques such as these are prohibitively expensive and ripeness. Since some industrialized nations are
and therefore very limited in use. Gene therapy requires dependent upon developing countries for fruits,
high-technology medical centres and a high level of especially during winter and early spring, these
training for all staff members involved in patient care. technologies could increase marketability of imported
Clearly, even in industrialized nations, these treatments crops.
are within the purview only of the very wealthy, the Introduction of foreign DNA may also result in
well insured or enrollees of sponsored clinical trials. improved protein quality of some foods, an important
consideration for developing countries, not only in
human foods, but also in animal feeds. Researchers are
AGRICULTURE
also working on improving the nutritional qualities of
Agricultural biotechnology represents a growing food starches and oils, as well as biological pest
segment of the industry: 8% in the USA, 20% in control, a technique used in Asia for several millennia.
Europe and 28% in Canada, for example. The US The latter has made great strides since the import of
agricultural biotechnology market showed an increase Bacillus thuringiensis into the USA from China in the
in sales of 158% from 1993 to 1994. late 1970s. B. thuñngiensis is not only engineered for
inclusion in many plants, including grains, but it is
Crop improvement also being manufactured by recombinant techniques
Agricultural biotechnology is expected to become the for use as a spray. Other means of biological pest
predominant application of biotechnology in developing control include virus resistance incorporated into the
countries. Development of transgenic plants, biological plant genome. China is marketing a virus-resistant
pest control, tissue culture techniques for agriculture, tomato, and potatoes resistant to virus are undergoing
microbial products for nutrient cycling, pathogen tests in Mexico. Scientists in Costa Rica are working to
diagnostics for crops and genetic mapping of tropical introduce virus resistance genes into the crillo melon.
crops are major concerns in Africa, Asia, Central and Recently, investigators have identified a number of
co
LU South America and the Middle East. In industrialized genes within crops themselves that confer disease
10
CO
nations, the term used to denote the economic value of resistance. It is only a matter of time before such genes
SD
> agricultural biotechnology products is 'value added'. are introduced into non-resistant species.
CE
<
Cl
Thus agricultural biotechnology in the USA, Canada, An important field in agricultural biotechnology
O
Cl Europe, Japan and Australia aims to produce products will be the use of marker or 'reporter' genes within
such as fruit, vegetables and grains that, due to genetic transgenic species. These genes are attached to
manipulation, will provide benefits that would cost functional genes introduced into plant cells and their
O
Ü
more or bring greater profit to commercial entities than presence will indicate if the functional genes are
the standard hybrid product. working. Recently, researchers at the US Department
agricultural and marine biotechnology, and is an early colibacillosis. Thus, animal husbandry was among the
example of more genetic introductions to come. first sectors into which a commercial biotechnology
Much of the improvement in crops depends upon product was introduced. Transgenic animals such as
improved plant tissue culture techniques and pigs and cows can be engineered for traits allowing
techniques for plant micropropagation. In tissue better survival in marginal habitats, the production of
culture individual cells are separated, genetically more meat of higher quality or even the production of
modified for desirable traits and grown on nutrient recombinant pharmaceutical molecules for the human
media. Hormonal growth enhancers, nutrients (some health care market. Techniques for in vitro fertilization
of which are produced by tissue culture) and other (IVF) were perfected in cattle, allowing breeders to
additives determine the viability of the cells produce multiple embryos from the cows and steers
maintained in culture. In micropropagation, tiny with the best qualities. Using these technologies, cows
plantlets, grown from cells started in tissue culture, all that carry the offspring need not be the genetic
genetically the same, can be grown in culture for mothers. Not only can biotechnology yield better-
distribution to farmers. quality food animals, it also can improve the health of
Agricultural products do not necessarily result in these animals with new vaccines and diagnostic
food for the consumer market. Better plastics and methods. Improved animal health may lead to
biodegradable disposable items may be produced from increases in trade in meat, animal products and live
plant extracts or refuse. Alcohols and other fuels may be animals, trade now often restricted due to fear of
end products of such plant refuse as corn husks and spreading disease. For example, USDA, Yale University
stalks. And plants and animals can be geneiically School of Medicine and Virogenetics Inc., of Troy, New
engineered to produce drugs and other biologically York, the latter a biotechnology company specializing
active molecules. In fact the entire tobacco programme in vaccines, have produced a genetically engineered
of the US Department of Agriculture (USDA) is now vaccine against Japanese encephalitis in swine, using
funded only for research on the production of bioactive Vaccinia virus and canarypox virus. It is currently
z
compounds from transgenic tobacco plants. undergoing field tests. Because the USA is concerned LU
Plants, like humans, are prone to disease, and it is about importing this disease from Asia, the market for Q_
O
therefore important that diagnostic tests be developed the vaccine may be significant. _l
LU
>
that are simple to operate and can be used early on for One of the biotechnological products that has LU
Q
the detection of disease. caused most public controversy in this area has been
Q
Z
Another important field in agricultural biotechnology that of recombinant bovine somaloirophin (BST), or <
is the use of biofertilizers. Agricultural production can growth hormone, developed by Monsanto. BST serves
O
o
be increased, not only by direct manipulation of plants, to increase milk production in lactating cows - by _l
o
but also by the addition of naturally occurring or approximately 10-20% - but its use is opposed in z
I
genetically manipulated microorganisms (Mulongoy et many quarters on safety grounds (see below). o
LU
Animal husbandry
- in Lhe USA, approximately 85 companies or about adhesives and pharmaceuticals. Enzymes isolated from
7% of all biotechnology companies - although having thermophilic archaea, microorganisms originally
applications in medicine, agriculture, materials science, thought to be bacteria, some of which live in deep sea
natural products chemistry and bioremediation. Due to hydrothermal vents, are essential to molecular
the proximity of most of the world's tropical nations to geneticists carrying out DNA sequencing. Agar, an
the oceans, and their climates, these nations are important ingredient in nutrient substrates for the
particularly well suited to pursue marine bio¬ growth of microorganisms in culture, and agarose,
technology. Worldwide, marine aquaculture produced used for making gels for biochemical genetics and
14 million tonnes of fish in 1991, with a market value protein studies, are both derived from algae.
of approximately US$28 billion. The strength of adhesives produced by marine
Aquaculture is the branch of marine biotechnology organisms such as mussels and barnacles has long
that is most closely related to agriculture and is often been recognized, and with the advent of modern
included under that classification. Demand for seafood biomolecular techniques scientists have been able to
worldwide is expected to increase by 70% in the next study and duplicate some of these materials.
35 years. Thus, world aquaculture will need to increase Some of the most potent natural toxins known to
production seven-fold by the year 2025 in order to science are produced by marine organisms. These
meet the demand. Unfortunately this increase in toxins may be used in research applications, such as
demand comes at a time when the world's fisheries are studies of the neuromuscular junction, where much of
overexploited and/or 'commercially extinct'. USDA their toxic activity is concentrated. They also may
foresees biotechnology aiding the improvement of yield potent antineoplastic drugs.
captive management and reproduction of species, Monitoring of the marine environment may give us
leading to more efficient species that make better use of clues about environmental degradation and help in
food supplies, the production of healthier organisms studies of marine ecology, including the problem of
and improvement in food and nutritional qualities of shoreline pollution by bacterial pathogens.
the organisms. Furthermore, aquaculture can produce
organisms used as biomedical models in research, as
SINGLE CELL PROTEIN
reservoirs for bioactive molecule production and
organisms useful in bioremediation. Aquaculture is no Production of single cell protein (SCP) - a mass of
CO
UJ
longer a means of producing luxury foods, such as microorganisms along with their nutrient contents -
10
CO
lobsters, but a critical solution to the world's fisheries both for animal feeds and human food - has at least a
SD
> problems. 30-year history (Hamdan and Senez, 1992). Initially
CE
<
CE
Algal aquaculture, an ancient art in Asia, not only work was done on hydrocarbons as source material, i.e.,
O
CL produces seaweeds, but also food supplements such as nutrients. The increase in the price of petroleum
the omega-3 fatty acids and beta-carotene derived rendered SCP non-cost-effective. Thus research on SCP
from microalgal culture. The polysaccharides of algae has not progressed significantly for the past two decades.
O
o are a valuable commodity and a much-sought-after Bacteria and yeasts have been used to ferment petroleum
natural product. products, methanol, methane gas, lignocellulose, spenl
potential of which has only recently been recognized. In naturally occurring white rot fungus Phanerochaete
the USA product sales have increased in the chemical, chrysosporium can degrade PCBs, DDT, cyanide, TNT
environmental and services category by 81% during the and other toxic soil pollutants. Cellular components,
last year to a total of US$69.9 billion. US federal laws such as enzymes and biological surfactants, also may
requiring the clean-up of toxic waste sites, surface- be used for environmental clean-up.
mining areas, watersheds and other polluted sites have The Exxon Valdez oil spill clean-up provided a
caused the growth of a bioremediation market which valuable case study in bioremediation. Application of
should reach US$500 million per annum by the year oleophilic fertilizer resulted in enhancement of
2000, according to a recent US National Research biodégradation, through enrichment of those micro¬
Council report (NRC, 1993). A less conservative organisms that degrade oil, although there remain
estimate is that US$1.7 trillion will be spent on some questions about the efficacy of this technique.
remediation of hazardous waste sites in the USA within Other fertilizers were also used, along with specific
the next 30 years (Gibson and Sayler, 1992). This nutrient enhancement and the addition of micro¬
market does not even include known contamination organisms. Bioaugmentation was clearly effective.
sites in the former Soviet Union. However, Western However, the addition of microorganisms has yel lo
nations have offered - but not paid - close to US$1 be proved to be of value.
billion for the cleaning-up of these areas. Clearly a Many biological methods have been proposed for
sizable percentage of these sites will undergo some the treatment of contaminated sites. For example,
bioremediation. In 1993, 10% of Canada's bio¬ composting, a method familiar to all backyard
technology companies were in the environmental field, gardeners and farmers by which bacteria and fungi
e.g., waste management, biomass, remediation and decompose organic material, can be used to treat
recycling, and material reuse. In Europe, unfortunately, polluted soils in the presence of oxygen. Composting D_
O
there are too few firms in environmental biotechnology has been used successfully to clean oiled shoreline _l
LU
for a statistically valid evaluation. waste and soil contaminated with TNT. Some >
LU
Q
Boih naiurally occurring organisms and genelically techniques may be utilized in situ, where the
Q
Z
modified organisms (GMOs), especially microorganisms, contamination occurs, in which case oxygen and <
are used in environmental bioremediation. Current nutrients are injected using special equipment. O
o
practice is to alter the environment of the naturally Monitoring equipment may need to be brought to the _J
o
occurring microorganisms to make them work more site to establish efficacy and to provide a means of z
I
efficiently, a process known as 'bioaugmentation'. In controlling degradation events. Ü
LU
I-
general this involves the addition of nutrients, most Heavy metals can be removed from contaminated o
commonly nitrogen and phosphorus, as well as the soils by plants that take up the metals and concentrate CQ
control of the oxygen and water contact (Atlas, 1993). them: 'phytoremediation'. The plants can sub¬
Hydrocarbon contamination, i.e., through oil spills, is sequently be burned, both to recycle the metals by
currently remediated using this technology. Other producing ores and to produce electricity. Researchers
contaminants, however, are more recalcitrant. Some of are now studying the production of transgenic plants
with improved metal uptake capabilities. 259
the aromatic compounds, polychlorinated biphenyls
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Ex situ remedialion is done in a bioreaclor or field testing equipment such as ion chromalographs
filiraiion sysiem, somelimes in a processing plant or becomes available. Thus, environmenial moniloring
other facility, but not necessarily on site. One can be carried out with Lhe use of sensors on a
interesting combination of in situ and ex situ continuous basis. A town in the Czech Republic, for
bioremediation is the use of Sea Sweep®, an absorbent example, has installed sensors attached to an
that is a treated material made from wood-chips. It illuminated score board that gives continual readings
absorbs spilled hydrocarbons and is used in cleaning of air pollutants.
oil spills. After use the material is gathered up and Another aspect of environmental biotechnology is the
degraded by composting. Soybean and rice hulls, rice improvement of air quality and the prevention of both
bran and sugar beet pulp have been found to bind carbon dioxide build-up and ozone depletion which
metals and other industrial waste products and may occur as a result of pollutants discharged to the
prove useful in environmental remediation. atmosphere. The environmental biotechnology company
Waste treatment may take the form of treating solid Envirogen is studying organisms for bioremediation of
or semi-solid waste, liquid waste, sewage and air contaminated with halogenated hydrocarbons.
industrial and agricultural wastes. Many methods
exist, including the use of bioreactors and Mining
biofiltration. Biological treatment of raw sewage is but Ore extraction has caused massive environmental
one successful and widely employed method for the degradation in many parts of the world. Brazil's
treatment of waste materials, an example of waterways are polluted with mercury as a result of
environmental clean-up resulting in improved public gold mining. In northern Russia, within the Arctic
health. The next step, which municipalities and cities Circle and near its border with Finland, as much as
throughout the world face, is what to do with the 2 000 square kilometres of forest was destroyed by
sludge that remains, as well as solid wastes (garbage). sulphurous by-products of nickel mining. Engineering
In some communities, sludge is sold for conversion to of microorganisms, or use of naturally occurring
fertilizer. microorganisms to remove ores, is likely to reduce or
Water treaimenis nol only include ireatmenl of eliminate this kind of pollution at mine sites, as well
waslewaler, but also treatment of polluted natural as being used for the bioremediation of environ¬
bodies of water. In situ treatments consist of the use of mentally impacted mining regions.
co
LU
microorganisms and localized bioreactors. Ex situ
D
CO Silviculture and the role of forests
treatment may be in a wastewater treatment plant.
SD
> Microorganisms are being modified for use in The world's forests are being destroyed at a
CE
<
CE
wastewater treatment and new methods are being frighteningly rapid pace, the swiftest in history.
O
Cl developed to achieve increased microorganism contact Mature tropical forests, which are estimated to have
with the biomass. Immobilization of microorganisms covered 15-16 million square kilometres of the Earth's
is one technique that is used. Anaerobic wastewater surface, have been slashed in half, and forested land
O
o treatment employing methanogenic bacteria that areas continue to decrease. Canada is one of the
260 kits become smaller and easier to use, and portable in the paper-making process to decrease toxic effluent
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
and improve paper quality are important research variety of hexose sugars, but the major sources are
goals. Canadian researchers are also working on trees sugar cane, maize, wood, cassava, sorghum, Jerusalem
produced via tissue culture to aid in forest restoration. artichoke and grains. Waste whey also may be used.
Investigators in Europe, Canada and the USA have Bioconversion processes yield by-products such as
found that invading forest weeds capable of destroying single cell prolein and enzymes for biocalalysis.
native forest understorey or preventing the growth of On Lhe culling edge of biotechnology research -
young trees can be controlled by the application of currently too small to be even a blip in the marketplace
mycoherbicides. - are biosensors, bioelectronics, biomaterials and
Increased C02 has a major effect on the world's biocomputing (the use of biomolecules in electronic
forests, since 90% of all the carbon contained in equipment) and lhe development of molecular
terrestrial vegetation is in the forests. Increased machines or submicroscopic molecules, some of
atmospheric carbon results in increased growth of which are biological in origin, to carry out specific
temperate and boreal forests. Thus it has been mechanical or energetic functions within the body.
suggested that, to decrease atmospheric carbon, use of Biosensors have applications in medicine, especially in
fossil fuels must be reduced and instead biomass- diagnosis and therapeutics in process control, where
based fuels that release little or no C02 should be biosensors could be used to determine changes in pH,
used, as well as the planting of massive, managed tree conductivity, molecular concentration or other
plantations. The latter is not feasible, but the former measurable phenomena; in bioremediation, where
is, and biomass energy production is a particularly bioluminescent organisms could function as reporters;
attractive method for developing countries. Sludies to and as environmental sensors. For military use,
determine the effects of increased C02 are under way biosensors could be linked to biocouplers to transmit
and researchers are studying microorganisms a sensed event, via a biochip, to a computer system.
associaled wiih foresl trees to devise new methods of These could be used for environmental monitoring,
altering carbon partitioning. The Electric Power terrain monitoring or moniLoring of personnel. They
Research Institute is analysing the use of halophytic, could also be used Lo delect chemical, toxin and
or salt tolerant, plants to sequester C02. These plants biological warfare (CTBW) agents. Q_
O
have added potential as biofuel and to remediate toxic Biomaterials may be especially important for the _i
LU
>
wastewater. military, since these materials can be used as LU
Q
protective clothing against CTBW agents or as medical
materials, such as artificial bone and other tissue, and <
OTHER AREAS
>
may also themselves be used as agents of warfare, O
O
Energy production from biological waste products, causing engine malfunctions in enemy vehicles. _l
o
although a relaiively minor consideration in Nanomachines produced from biological molecules z
x
indusLrialized nations at this time, will prove are predicted to be used as biosensors, in nanoscale O
LU
h-
important in the future, for developing nations manufacturing processes, or even as a means of drug O
no longer afford dependence on petroleum products Biocomputing will make use of biological material
(Ratledge, 1992).
be
Production of methane from biogas digestors can
carried out on a local or industrial scale.
and reactions in computer chips. Bioinformatics, the
development of information systems on biology, is a
worldwide effort, in which all nations, no matter what
I
Fermentation production of ethanol may utilize a their developmental stage, can participate. 261
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
BIOTECHNOLOGY AND THE DEVELOPING technicians, cannot be expected to adopi the same
COUNTRIES slrategy as a small African counlry of Lhe Sahel-Sudan
zone (Sasson and Costarini, 1991).
The various fields of bioLechnology can be considered Many developing countries are agricultural and
to be on a gradient in terms of complexity and cost depend upon their own agriculture to feed their
(Figure 1) (Sasson, 1993). There can be no real debate populace, so the major biotechnological thrust is likely
over whether developing countries need to move up to be in agricultural improvement. Food crops that are
this gradient: the governments and scientists of even better sources of nutrients, have greater yields, are
the smallest and poorest nations acknowledge the more loleranl of exlreme conditions, and resist
importance of the field for future well-being and disease, are likely to have major effects on the food-
prosperity. growing regions of the world, especially the
Although most developing countries are not developing nations. Simple methods to improve planl
directly involved in modern biotechnology as yet, growLh, such as Lhe application of biofertilizers Lo
many are keen to have a national policy and research crops, are examples that may require little in the way
programme in this field, complemented by strong of technology and would be easy to implement.
overseas linkages in both the public and private Biological pest control, especially through use of
sectors as quickly as possible. In practice, however, deterrent sprays produced by GMOs containing genes
each nation will determine what will best benefit it, for the production of natural pesticides derived from
within its social, cultural and economic framework. plants, bacteria or fungi, uses a technique - spraying -
Thus for instance India, a country with a large budget with which farmers are well-acquainted. Disease-
for research, and numerous research scientists and resistant animals, animals that can survive harsher
FIGURE 1
Complexity
CO
LU
of animals
D
of plants
CO
ço / for rhizobia improvement
> / for animal vaccine development
CE
of biocontrol agents
<
CE for disease diagnosis
O
Q_
LU
262
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
condilions, and animals lhat are more efficient production and protection, and food and nutritional
utilizers of feed, could also have an important effect technology, at research organizations and universities
on world agriculture. Training in tissue culture and throughout Africa south of the Sahara (Da Silva,
micropropagation techniques may help in the 1993).
establishment or expansion of a locally based industry. It is generally agreed that the medical bio¬
In the developing world there is little by way of technology products most likely to be of immediate
commercial biotechnology, but thanks to international benefit to the developing world are vaccines prepared
and regional cooperation even the least technologically against the major scourges of that world - malaria,
and scientifically advanced countries can reap some hepatitis, dengue fever, HIV and tuberculosis -
benefits from the progress of agricultural diagnostics and drugs to treat endemic diseases and
biotechnology and participate in the 'biotechnological highly infectious diseases, and drugs and technologies
revolution'. that will have the widest range of application to
Government and NGO support have led to the increase the health of the populace. Although
eslablishment of bioiechnology-relaled cenires: for specialized drugs may not be major commodities in
example, lhe International Centre for Genetic the marketplace of developing nations at this time,
Engineering and BioLechnology (ICGEB), originally some biotechnology firms are nevertheless optimistic.
developed by lhe Uniled Nations Induslrial Amgen's Neupogen®, for example, used to treat
Development Organization (UNIDO) but now neutropaenia associated with cancer chemotherapy or
supported by Italy and India, has two laboratories: bone marrow transplantation, both therapies being
one in Trieste, Italy, and the other in New Delhi. prohibitively expensive, is now distributed in China.
Affiliated with the ICGEB are research groups from 32 Environmental contamination is a worldwide
member countries (Science, 1994). problem, and many developing countries, as well as
Many national and international organizations those of the former Eastern European bloc, have
maintain laboratories worldwide that carry out serious environmental problems that are highly
research in biotechnology, for the most part related to amenable to bioremediation. For example it is
agriculture, e.g., the Internalional Rice Research reported that Asian rivers - even those in more o_
O
Institute in the Philippines. The European Union, in developed areas - are among the worst in the world, _i
LU
>
partnership with the Queen's University of Northern containing raw sewage and industrial wastes that LU
Q
Ireland in Belfast, established a Biotechnology Centre compromise public health and threaten entire
for Animal and Plant Health, focused primarily on ecosystems (Lean and Hinrichsen, 1994). However, in <
o
Institute (AGERI) in Cairo, Egypt, is cooperating with the health of the population at large. z
X
Michigan State University's Agricultural Biotechnology o
LU
I
Centres (MIRCENs), established by UNESCO, although Obstacles
not a research group per se, is organized as a network to Obstacles to the universal adoption of biotechnology
support research projects in soil microbiology, projects and products include cultural, educational,
biotechnology, natural resources management, vegetal economic, governmental and infrastructural problems. 263
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
If, for example, there is difficulty delivering lhe emergence of new viral pathogens that could affect
agricullural products to market, no change in the other crops, that plants genetically engineered to
quality of these products will overcome the produce toxins may inadvertently cause illness and/or
infrastructural problems. There is no reason to death in animals feeding upon them and that
introduce genetically engineered apples that ship engineered plants may out-compete wild plant
better in a region where the apples rot on the trees species, altering habitats and affecting other species
because they cannot be shipped to market. within those habitats.
Introducing a complicated test kit for clinical use by Numerous field trials have been carried out
marginally trained employees will not yield the worldwide, and since 1987 field tests of more than 860
expected public health benefits. transgenic crops have been approved in the USA, and at
When introducing new crops it is necessary to be least another 250 tests have been approved in Europe
able to distribute the starter materials and explain to since 1991. Regulation and safety protocols may be put
the farmers how best to plant and grow them. Equally, in place with the assistance of international overseeing
in order to vaccinate people against disease, there organizations and by agreements, or through national
must be an infrastructure that will ensure the vaccine or local laws. The UNIDO Voluntary Code of Conduct
reaches the people who need it. for the Release of Organisms into the Environment was
conceived as a basic document from which a more
Safety and ethical issues specific code could be built. Governments without the
Monsanto's recombinant bovine somatotrophin (BST), expertise internally can call on advice from the
the drug designed to increase milk yield, recently Stockholm Institute for Environment, funded jointly by
received US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) the Swedish government and Lhe Rockefeller
approval, but a campaign was waged to prevent the Foundation. Perhaps Lhe eslablishment of an
drug from being used, and the campaign started long international NGO commission on GMOs could aid
before BST was approved. Concern was expressed that countries that need assistance in formulating
people who drink milk produced by BST-treated cows regulations and in evaluating projects being considered
could be affected by lhe hormone and that these cows for implementation within their borders.
would be more likely to develop infectious mastitis, Other questions about safety and efficacy revolve
requiring antibiotic treatment and thereby adding around new medical technologies. Clinical trial
CO
LU
antibiotics to the milk supply. Although it has been requirements are more complex in some countries
Z)
CO
concluded by the FDA and others that the product is than in others, and review time may be shorter in
SD
> safe, the economic consequences of treating more than some countries, allowing a drug to enter the
CE
< 800000 of the 9.5 million cows in the USA with the marketplace in Europe, for example, earlier than in
rr
O
Q_
hormone have been that milk production has the USA. This in itself is not a problem, but will
increased and milk prices have decreased. become so if a drug or vaccine is unavailable in the
Concerns have been raised that genetically location with lhe grealesl need. For example, in Lhe
O
o engineered crops could become weeds or could 1994 bubonic and pneumonic plague epidemics in
transfer the introduced genes to native crops which, in India, oblaining vaccine was very difficult. An effective
vaccine be treated as a new product and undergo them (Ratledge, 1992). Products that can be used not
testing: thus it was not available when urgently only within the country, but also sold on regional or
needed. International cooperation, and some foresighi world markets, would be a means to this end.
on Lhe part of governments, should have been able to However, protective tariffs may result in attempts to
resolve this problem long before it became urgent. find substitutes for products imported from
Companies may opt for testing a product in a developing countries, e.g., cane sugar (Barker, 1992).
country with fewer controls than the home country. High-fructose corn sweetener, a product of maize
For example, the US National Institutes of Health are fermentation, accounts for 50% of the US sweetener
delaying Lesls of an HIV vaccine lhal many are market, a market that previously relied heavily on the
concerned will nol be effeclive. The manufacturers are import of cane sugar from developing countries.
considering carrying out trials in Thailand. Furthermore, substitutes for other tropical products
may become available in a trade atmosphere that
Education and public acceptance discriminates against imports from developing nations.
A problem that must be addressed globally is public According to the Rural Advancement Foundation
acceptance of biotechnology products and GMOs. International (RAFI), the USA is the world's largest
Unless the public understands both the value and importer of pyrethrum, a nalural inseclicide from lhe
need for biotechnology advances, opposition to dried heads of lhe chrysanlhemum, Chrysanthemum
biotechnology products is bound to persist. cinerariaefolium. Kenya is lhe world's largest pyrethrum
For example, some chefs in the USA have banded producer, with other sources being Tanzania, Ecuador,
together to boycott certain genetically manipulated Rwanda and Tasmania, Australia. If a US company
products. The influential Consumers Union opposes should produce a genetically engineered pyrethrum
the use of some drugs, and the European Union has product, Kenya's $75 million annual trade in the
banned use of BST. Yet most people in the USA are material - much of which is derived from plant
unaware that some cheeses are manufactured using micropropagation - might be destroyed.
recombinant rennin, and there has been no outcry Developing countries do not have the capital to
against use of this product. engage in sophisticated biotechnological research and D_
O
Public education should allay some of these fears, development. Although they may have the workforce _J
LU
>
and for this reason the introduction of biotechnology - some of whom may be well-trained - expensive LU
O
products and processes should involve not only the equipment, reagents and process control are beyond Q
Z
technology but also public education. Farmers, too, their economic means. It has therefore been suggested <
o
products of biotechnology. affluent countries, but that the developing countries z
x
should be allowed to reap the benefit of these O
LU
I
Lack of capital organisms by growing or maintaining them, i.e., O
Developing nations need the new technologies which manufacturing, within their own borders. Countries m
will only be available with investment; but capital is such as China and India, and some funded research
equipmenl and supplies being provided, could be (Mace and Stuart, 1993-94). Although this would
expecled lo carry out the necessary molecular biology impart no economic rights, it would give originating
research to produce GMOs or related products. countries some degree of control over who takes the
Except for traditional skills, such as those required plants, where the plants are sent and what uses will be
in planting seeds, use of most of the new technologies made of them.
will require upgrading the skills of local people and It has been argued that radical change is needed in
extensive public education to inform the populace the concept of intelleclual property, pulling value on
about the technologies. The introduction of value- culturally transmitted knowledge as well as discoveries
added, high-technology products must therefore (Vogel, 1994), although this is unlikely to occur in the
include educational programmes. near future. Thus we need to work within the current
legal constraints.
Technology transfer
The question of technology transfer in biotechnology, Tropical nations - rich in genetic resources
not only from the more technologically advanced The world's tropical nations possess rich biotas. The
industrialized countries but also as the transfer of plants and marine organisms of the tropics are
intrinsic knowledge held by local peoples or especially valuable sources of medically active
individuals, needs to be addressed. There is fear, often metabolites and natural products. Some compounds,
well founded, within the chemical and biotechnology although not yet characterized fully, are familiar to
industries, that their patented materials will not be indigenous people. How do the more affluent nations,
protected in developing nations (Barker, 1992). Some which tend to be in temperate climates, access the
believe that international agreements, such as the riches of the tropics? This is a question that is being
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT), will debated worldwide and recent agreements, such as the
aid in assuaging ihese fears. Oihers see GATT as one between Merck and Co. and INBio for Lhe
imposing systems that benefit the North at the expense exlraclion from planl malerial in Costa Rica, have
of the people of nations in the South. At the same time, come under criticism (Joyce, 1994). How are
indigenous peoples who share their knowledge of indigenous people who supply knowledge, their lands
nalive medicine wiih researchers and corporalions thai (resources) and their plant matter to be properly
later develop these materials into drugs, believe they compensated? How are government entities to be
CO
LU should be rewarded for their information, in some compensated, if such compensation is deemed
Z)
CO
cases with a patent. Unfortunately, a recent review of appropriate? Although some of these issues were
ço
> patent law concluded that this information cannot be addressed in the Convention on Biological Diversity,
CE
<
CE
protected by patents. It has also been suggested that they are not spelled out clearly and none of the
O
0_ unique, indigenous plants should be patented, but current agreements fully addresses them.
naturally occurring organisms that are not products of In dealing with biological prospecting, also called
any breeding programme or scientific genetic accessing, all sides have to consider both what is fair
O
o
manipulation are not now patentable (The Crucible and what is workable. Recently a group of
Group, 1994). These plants, however, at the very least, international Pew Foundation scholars met to draw up
respect, have local people serve as co-researchers and Biological Diversity, can sponsor the establishment of
ensure that the local communities receive equitable databases and networks that allow for greater
compensation for any products derived from locally international communication and cooperation. The
collected and documented plant, microorganism or technologies are ready for exploitation: it is the
animal-derived resources. Such guidelines will be financing and the will to put these technologies in
effective only if there is a way to enforce agreements. place that are needed.
Although the Pew scholars are considering asking
professional organizations to enforce member com¬
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
pliance, they also have been considering appending
guidelines to an enforceable international treaty, such The excellent and critical assistance of Dr Myrna
as the Convention on Biological Diversity. Watanabe in the preparation of this manuscript is
Guidelines, however, cannot cover all situations - gratefully acknowledged. The text draws on a
accessing is the enforcement of the Convention on Biotreatment of Industrial and Hazardous Waste: 19-37,
New York: McGraw Hill, Inc.
Biological Diversity. The USA, for example, one of the
Barker, R. (1992) Scientific, social, and economic implications
major forces for worldwide conservation, is not as yet
of biotechnology for developing countries, in Thottappilly,
an official signatory, although President Clinton, G., Monti, L.M., Mohan Raj, D.R. and Moore, A.W. (eds)
Biotechnology: Enhancing Research on Tropical Crops in
without congressional approval, signed the treaty but o_
Africa: 331-6, Ibadan, Nigeria: CTA/IITA co-publication.
O
with interpretative statements on Article 16 (on _j
Cohen, J. (1994) Bumps on the vaccine road, Science, 265: UJ
o
1991, Washington, DC: US Government Printing Office. z
X
Because science is international, international advisory The Crucible Group (1994) People, Plants, and Patents: The o
LU
Impact of Intellectual Property on Trade, Plant Biodiversity,
panels, oversight groups, biodiversity consortia, y-
societies are agents for problem solving on a global Da Silva, E.J. (1993) African Network of Microbiological
I
level and for Lhe pooling of resources across naiional Resources Centres (MIRCENs). Biofertilizer Production and
Use, Paris: UNESCO and UNDP.
boundaries. International organizations, such as the
Gibson, D.T. and Sayler, G.S. (1992) Scientific Foundations of
World Bank and the United Nations, along with Bioremediation: Current Status and Future Needs,
international treaties, such as the Convention on Washington, DC: American Academy of Microbiology. 267
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Developing Countries: 142-64, Cambridge: Cambridge She trained in bacteriology and genetics at Purdue
University Press. University and at the University of Washington, was a
Joyce, C. (1994) Earthly Goods. Medicine Hunting in the Guest Scientist at the National Research Council of
Rainforest, Boston, MA: Little, Brown and Co. Canada, Ottawa and Associate Professor at George¬
Kay, L.E. (1993) The Molecular Vision of Life: Caltech, The town University before being appointed Professor of
Rockefeller Foundation and the Rise of the New Biology, Microbiology at the University of Maryland. Her
New York: Oxford University Press.
research interests have centred on biotechnology,
KPMG (1993) Health Care and Life Sciences Practice, Biotech microbial diversity and marine microbiology.
Industry Briefing.
In the course of her distinguished scientific career, Dr
Lean, G. and Hinrichsen, D. (1994) Atlas of the Environment, 2nd Colwell has held many important offices, nationally and
edition. Oxford: Helicon and New York: HarperPerennial.
internationally; these have included President of the
Lucas, P., Müller, A., Pike, B., Anhoury, P., Fivez, P., Guazzoni, American Society for Microbiology (ASM), President of
F., López, E., MacCabe, B., O'Hogan, D., Wiger, A., Burrill,
the International Union of Microbiological Societies
G.S. and Lee, K.B., Jr (1994) European Biotech 94: A New
(IUMS), Member of the Executive Board of the
Industry Emerges, Brussels: Ernst & Young European
Executive Office. International Council of Scientific Unions (ICSU) and
on biotechnologies.
268
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Information technology
GEORGES FERNE
The 'sciences of the artificial', disciplines concerned superseding the mechanical and electromechanical
with the properties and performance of manmade processes of yesteryear (or more simply by eliminating
substances or machines, have given rise to most of the routine work that was done by human beings in the
new technologies (from mechanics to biotechnology, recent past), these technologies are making inroads into
not to mention new materials and energy) that are all other sectors, brightening their prospects of
now drastically changing contemporary societies and productivity gains and product diversification and
economies. These disciplines, offshoots of the natural enabling them to respond more quickly and more
sciences whose methods and results they often use, effectively to changes in demand and in the inter¬
are not rigid ones but have intermittent, often very national balance of comparative advantages. By creating
fruitful, relations with each other. new national, regional and world communication
One radically new area of innovation - information networks (for example, the Internet), IT is paving the
technology - is establishing itself today at the cross¬ way to greater ease of movement of technical,
roads of mechanics, optics, data processing and data professional and financial services, and is thus helping
communications, and perhaps, in the coming years, to 'globalize' economies (Pereira, 1994).
biotechnology. It thus encourages the internationalization of
production and of markets, increases the mobility and
flexibility of services and monetary and financial
THE FIELD OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
flows, and often sets the scene for the creation of
Information technology (IT) may be defined as the innovative financial instruments. Information systems
convergence of electronics, data processing and are therefore being used to improve the produciivily,
telecommunications. This convergence has two qualily and efficiency of finance, banking, business
aspeéis: firstly, the abolition of distance as a result of management and public administration. In manu¬
the worldwide networking of previously isolated facturing, and agriculture to a certain extent, many
computers; secondly, the computerization of processes have been automated, whether by
telecommunications systems which gives them new computer-aided design, the management of resources
capacities for transferring sounds and images. and stocks, or modes of production using extremely
These meeting points provide new instruments for adaptable self-regulating machines or robots.
>
O
the collection, storage, processing, organization, IT advances may be directly attributed to the recent
O
_l
Lransmission and display of information. The progress of microelectronics, for scientific and tech¬ o
z
development of these increasingly high-performance nological results recorded in the fields of transistors, x
ü
instruments is profoundly changing the information semiconductors and integrated circuits (chips) have LU
technology sector by producing a new industrial been such that they now influence nearly all branches of
O
synergy, as can be seen from the growing diversifi¬ the economy. The advances of this technology have
cation of products and the burgeoning of new forms resulted in a sharp drop in cost prices and much-
ce
of competition and alliances between computer improved technical performances in the electronics O
hardware and data communications manufacturers on industry as in other branches. The continuous increase
the one hand and providers of services on the other. in the number of circuits printed on each chip since
The IT sector is a thriving industry, going full-out
after ever bigger markets which in turn bring in more
investments, more earnings and more jobs.
1970 has made it possible to
assembling electronic equipment very rapidly (because
one chip can replace many different components),
cut the costs of
I
But this is not, perhaps, what is most important. By speed up switching mechanisms (and therefore 269
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Department which put an advanced communications moving pictures and sound - either free of charge or for a
network at the disposal of researchers with whom the modest fee. Thanks to very effective and 'user-friendly'
Pentagon was working. The network was extended to software, travel on the 'Web' poses no real problem.
civilian activities by the National Science Foundation (NSF), All this is, no doubt, just a foretaste of the promised
and soon won over the entire US scientific community. 'information superhighways' through which it will be
Science researchers overseas who joined the network were possible to connect homes to computerized sites. It will
equally enthusiastic. The Internet really took off at the end of then be easy to bring about rapid and personalized
the last decade, as users from public administrations and distribution of documents and gain access to interactive
businesses all over the world were linked up. User information and programmes of all kinds, including audio-
enthusiasm was due mainly to the increasing number of visuals. The major problem to be solved remains the setting
services offered by the network, ranging from easy and up of the network (cable or satellite), which represents an
direct communication among individuals to access to enormous investment and over which many interest groups
prestigious documentation services, not to mention its are already arguing. Here again, developing countries are
usefulness for promoting business and trade. directly concerned by these new technologies which carry
The network has two particularly important functions. with them so many economic, social and cultural
team. Researchers are able to work together, exchange Decisive choices have to be made and no one can yet
ideas and results, even perhaps carry out joint experiments foresee how the Internet - which already has more than an
or simulations without needing to be in the same place: estimated 20 million users worldwide - will evolve. The use
texts, still or moving images and sounds can be exchanged of the network proper is free of charge; all that is needed is
via the 'Net'. This represents a major opportunity for to be linked up to a server (for which there is a charge if one
developing countries whose researchers, by avoiding the does not have one's own). This has been likened to gaining
difficulties that distance creates, are now able to cooperate access to a road network by laying one's own slip road or
with their peers from other countries, directly and on a day- by paying a toll to use the neighbour's.
to-day basis. On the other hand, there remains the fear that In short, the Internet is carrying all before it. But how long
teams working in fields of major strategic or commercial can this last? It was not designed to deal with the volume of
importance will be tempted to form 'electronic clubs', and its present operations, it is not very user-friendly, it does not
co
LU prevent outsiders from having access to their results. guarantee confidentiality nor deal equally easily with all types
z>
co Secondly, the Internet provides access to the most of information transfer, and there are limits to its adaptability.
SD
diversified sources of information. Right now, it gives onto The key to its success is that it is the only easily
>
CE the World Wide Web. The 'Web' connects thousands of accessible world network. But there are already competitors
<
CE servers created by firms, services, universities, common for a large number of commercial applications, and others
O
Q_ interest groups or even private individuals. These servers are on their way.
O
O
develop faster and more powerful computers), and NEW MODES OF INTEGRATION
I
manufacture more reliable, smaller, lighter hardware
(with fewer interconnections, fewer raw materials and All sectors of the economy are now affected by these
lower power consumption). Figure 1 illustrates the developments. IT has led to a redefinition of
270 dramatic advances with respect to memory capacity. operational possibilities and economies of scale and
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
scope, and offers the advantage of greater flexibility at offered by providers of services (banks, insurance
all stages of economic activity, ranging from firms, etc.) and make up a cocktail to suit their own
production to the use of labour and equipment, not to needs by selecting from among a number of offers.
mention stock management and the implementation The swiftness of technological advances in IT will
of commercial strategies. no doubt quicken the already perceptible movement
Insofar as they are so flexible as to broaden ad towards greater interdependence in international
infinitum the range of products that can be produced, relations, involving not only economic and financial
information technologies offset the disadvantages of exchanges but political and cultural aspects as well.
mass production, making it possible to respond to the National economies are now becoming more sensitive
needs of particular segments of the market. An to the consequences of political decisions taken at
agribusiness firm may, for example, offer 20 variants international level, and national economic measures
of the same product in a given country in response to have a growing impact on other countries' economic
the distinclive requirements of different areas. In the policies. World markets for similar products are
services area special relationships between providers constantly expanding and opening up, and lifestyles
of services and particular customers can result in are becoming uniform regardless of national frontiers.
applications whereby custom-made products can be Such prospects are bound to provoke concern on
provided on demand. Customers will no doubt very the part of the developing countries. Will ihey have
soon be able to peruse electronically the 'menus' real opportunities of access to these new technologies
FIGURE 1
1GB
1MB
256KB
>
CD
O
_i
64KB O
z
X
o
16KB
g
4KB i
<
e
O
1KB
LL
92 94
KB: Kilobyte, or unit of 1 024 bytes (or octets) of memory stored in binary form.
and the information they provide? Will they encounter into manufacturing, calibration and testing tools);
technical and financial obstacles? What will be the planning and design to marketing and distribution
cultural consequences of the globalization of (for example by using computing instruments and
networks, of the ways of dealing with information, databanks that detect and categorize changes in
and of industrial and trade processes? And what market trends); production to distribution (for
impact will this globalization have on the less vigorous example, by introducing the automatic processing by
economies that are just beginning to take off? production units of orders placed by customers and
For there is no doubt that the economic cards are with suppliers), and so on. The full integration of all
going to be redistributed on a global scale. Progress in these sub-systems to ensure that all are working
telecommunications and computerization enables together represents a strategic tool for industry in lhal
large firms to use their management and data- it offers automated links between hitherto isolated
processing systems to send technical and economic computer hardware previously used for separate
information to a variety of data processing centres in operations (Pereira, 1994). But the adoption of these
differenl geographical localions. Factories scaLiered new technological advances calls for profound
over a wide area can now be supervised and managed changes in the organization and behaviour of both
direcLly by a central adminislraLive body, Lo which business firms and public administration.
competitive positions of certain couniries and giving cations and inter-computer linkages for the purposes
rise Lo new Lrade partnerships. Hence the adoption of of data transmission will multiply opportunities for
new forms of management in 'real time', where the systems integration. This type of 'programmable
ability to react to unforeseen events can improve automation' or 'computer-aided manufacturing'
competitiveness and also trigger very dangerous chain (CAM) can integrate data processing into the actual
reactions, as has occurred on several occasions in the operation of programmable machine tools or robots.
globally linked financial markets. The benefits expected to accrue from these
It is lhe inlegralion of different functions that gives developments are enormous. New forms of manage¬
co
LU
information technology its true economic and social ment have already made it possible to shorten manu¬
3
CO
relevance. Rather than being simply a gradual and facturing lead times for existing and new products
SU
> continuous technological development whose while reducing the volume of stock and improving the
CE
<
CE
applications make traditional manufacturing processes organization and performance of services. At the same
O
CL more efficient (by substituting new technologies for time, the management and the use made of equipment
existing systems and rationalizing routine activities), are becoming more efficient, as is the control of both
IT makes it possible to devise quite new ways of production and quality. All these improvements can
O
o
working by integrating different systems. We are no lead to reductions in overhead costs. Medium- and
longer simply applying elements of the new long-term strategy formulation is facilitated by greater
272 production (for example by integrating design codes information technology have been gathered so far, and
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
it will take several decades to harvest them all. Major effects - the derealization or dislocation of employ¬
adaptations, learning processes and structural changes ment markets and also, perhaps, a decline in the
will have to be introduced in today's socio-economic competitiveness of certain regions or countries.
institutions and organizational systems before we can
attain a level of integration that will allow all the
GLOBALIZATION AND THE INFORMATION
potential advantages of information technology to be
SOCIETY
exploited. At world level ihere remain many lechnical
hurdles (for example, Lhe adoplion of common Throughout the present century efforts have been
standards for the main interfaces) to be cleared as a made to establish new telecommunications structures,
preliminary to the establishment of completely reliable but the advantages of information technology, which
and easily accessible world networks. But inflexibility has been available since the Second World War, have
inside the various institutions can be just as great a not been so clearly perceived. Fierce competition has
hindrance. The integrated application of IT by pitted both hardware and software manufacturers
business firms requires a radical reorganization of against each other, and this competition has resulted
their working methods, as most organizations still in a large number of different systems and an
apply a highly specialized and differentiated division accumulation of heterogeneous, often under-used and
of labour with the de-skilling of many tasks, inflexible mutually incompatible hardware. This siluaLion is
production procedures and controls, a many-tiered, becoming less and less lolerable: il hampers daLa flow
hierarchical management structure based on bureau¬ and nelwork formation and the developmenl of the
cratic decision- making procedures and a mechanistic expected synergies, and thus slows down the spread of
zations the prospect of functional integration, versatile development and spread of IT have become an
manpower, and rapid and flexible decision making integral part of social, cultural, economic and
>
CD
with more scope for the delegation of responsibility industrial policy. Each country has sought to identify
O
_i
and for operational autonomy: in other words, a more the most appropriate means of adopting, and adapting O
z
flexible and organic approach permitting rapid to, the new technologies (see the box on international X
o
adaptation to environmental change. research goals in IT).
As long as world networks and their organizational
g
moorings in national economies and corporations
HOPES AND FEARS <
have not moved into the 'information society' and
CC
remain trapped in conventional frameworks inherited The field of information technology in general and O
from another technological age, it will be difficult to governments' interest in that field in particular have
take full advantage of technological progress. Where changed considerably in the last 15 years, as a result
the ground has not been adequately prepared, positive
effecls such as lhe establishment of new industries and
greater productivity and economic growth, IT seemed programme in the UK, lhe filiere électronique
to be the royal road to a new field of technological programme in France, various programmes sponsored
capacities and innovations that would give rise to the directly or indirectly by the US Defense Department,
'post-industrial economy' and the 'information Dutch, Swedish and Norwegian programmes, and
society'. It was generally considered to be the key to a major European Community efforts such as ESPRIT
country's future competitiveness. Perceptions of its and the EUREKA projects.
strategic role led to the launching of special national The key role assigned to information technology
and international programmes in many countries to has caused concern, however. It was feared that the
support the IT industry, encourage research and spread of IT through the economy would lead to job
development (R&D) and promote education and losses and a rise in unemployment. People were
training: in response to the Japanese fifth generation worried about its growing vulnerability to accidental
computer programme the 1980s saw the Alvey or criminal interference and the serious threats it
At first sight, many national research programmes in the specific market niches of varying scope.
lines are defined by the principal technology trends or Microelectronics is a good example of this dual reality.
'technology landscape' which each programme is There is one feature common to all programmes: the
attempting to cover to some extent in order to take steadily smaller, and hence steadily denser, chip, which is
advantage of looming technological opportunities which are becoming individually less costly but more expensive to
universally recognized. There are two major strategic manufacture since the capita! investment required is
orientations. First, to apply the new technologies as constantly increasing. The targets, such as greater circuit
effectively as possible in all sectors, while keeping all integration, technological improvements in semiconductor
options open for future (and probably unexpected) design and fabrication, and silicon and gallium arsenide
co
developments. Second, to develop and deploy national, applications, remain unchanged, although the means
LU
3
regional and global information infrastructures fully capable allocated may differ.
CO
ço of coping with expanding 'multimedia' traffic requiring high¬ The different countries have a certain amount of leeway
>
speed capability to transfer enormous amounts of concerning the type of product which they wish to develop.
CE
<
information (as text, sound, moving pictures or graphics) for Japan has opted for the production and marketing of mass-
CE
O manufactured standardized components for the consumer
Q_
private use, government needs and commerce, through a
seamless interconnected web. This web may partly rely on goods industry. While attempting to challenge this Japanese
existing connections, but will also demand new cabling to leadership, the USA dominates the field of sophisticated
significant advances in the four main fields of information programmes - from microelectronics to advanced data
I technology - microelectronics, data processing, tele¬ processing and knowledge (artificial intelligence) - show that
communications and computer-integrated manufacturing. Europe has launched a major effort to become competitive
274
I WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
posed to privacy. It was even feared that an a spectacular way as a direct consequence of the
overconcentration of economic power in the hands of spread of IT. What is now emerging is an 'information
a small number of transnational industrial enterprises industry', capitalizing on new telecommunications
would endanger the sovereign rights of states. infrastructures to offer new services to individuals as
Those fears have abated during the last decade, in well as to industry (the French MINITEL is an
thai form at any rate, owing to the resumption of example of the first generation of the variety of such
economic growth. Allhough the automation of many services that can be provided to all).
routine tasks had led to the loss of office jobs, IT was Concern over employment is resurfacing in another
no longer considered likely to bring about mass form, however, in the 1990s. Information technology
unemployment worldwide. It began to be seen as a is no longer considered to be by nature job-destroying.
source of skilled employment, particularly in the It is lhe social system that determines the ways in
service sector. This sector has, moreover, developed in which it is used, and its applications may or may not
DATA PROCESSING Everywhere in the industrial world, the major objective has
Organizational methods and rules as well as data long been the establishment of integrated services digital
processing software are changing day by day. An attempt is networks (ISDN) that were expected in future to meet the
being made to increase overall computer performance by requirements of all users (firms, services, administrations
taking advantage of the improvements in unit components and consumers) by carrying sound images and texts at high
and of new directions in computer architecture, such as speed and very low cost. Many believe today that these
parallel processing. Applications offered by artificial speeds will still not be adequate and that much more
intelligence are also being sought in spite of the effective 'broadband' networks are now required. Hence the
disappointments of recent years. As a result, potential data major drive initiated by the Clinton-Gore US Administration
processing applications may take an entirely new turn with to deploy global information infrastructures (Gils), otherwise
expert systems, intelligent robots and speech recognition. known as 'electronic highways'.
take full advantage of the diffusion of new products as soon Automation and industrial computing are paving the way
as they come on the market. towards a two-fold change: a marked increase in pro¬
>
Aside from these spectacular prospects, less duction capacity and a broader range of products. They are CD
glamorous but perhaps more important work is being based on numerical control machines, industrial robots, O
_i
O
undertaken to develop the exploitation systems and computer-assisted design and manufacturing systems and
z
communications tools - such as electronic data inter¬ visual tactile recognition devices. In short, they are vital for I
Ü
change (EDI) - that will provide a basis from which to the future of industry and structural adjustment of the LU
required for the conduct of electronic commerce on the Most of the research in this area aims at improving the g
r-
<
new electronic highways. diffusion of new applications while developing a specific
The focus here as been the digitization of transmission and groupings with a view to preventing technological
systems (which is in fact a measure of the growing dependence. In most European countries (Germany, France
I
convergence between computer and communication and the UK in particular) research is being supplemented by
technologies) and time switching and the development of programmes aimed at promoting the diffusion of the new
275
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
be structured in order to make staff 'savings'. In the of the National Data Protection Commission
major industrial countries, structures and behaviour (Commission nationale informatique et liberté, CNIL) has
patterns have for decades been shaped by long periods instituted a sort of counter-force that protects citizens
of shortages of skilled or semi-skilled personnel during from the arbitrary use of computer files. Security
which machines had to be used to do jobs that could measures often involve protection devices that ensure
not be filled. Now that the problem to be overcome is confidentiality for the users of services that transfer
one of unemployment and dislocation in the world of funds or confidential information, for example.
work, a different form of mastery of technological Information technology spread quickly once these
progress is required, one that would avoid seriously safeguards were introduced, gathering pace in the last
destabilizing social consequences. decade in a broad range of sectors, including public
If we agree, therefore, that information technology administration, banking, air transport and large-scale
looks set to encourage job creation globally in the industry. In the light of recent experience, it has to be
medium and long term, then we must also recognize said that expectations are not always fully met,
that this technology can also have undesirable effects however. Certain users have been disappointed that
in this area by leading to the suppression or productivity has not yet improved as expected. In fact,
derealization of activities: data processing capabilities the difficulties of adapting organizational structures
based on new telecommunications infrastructures (arrangements for greater flexibility, decentralization
have led to 'teleworking', which seems set to develop of responsibilities, more creative management
bolh nationally and internationally. A European or US methods, etc.) when public administrations and firms
firm may thus call on design or administrative staff adopt new IT systems are sometimes underestimated.
living in the four corners of the world. Competition Furthermore, many of the major national and
obviously thrives in these circumstances, and more international programmes launched to support the
atlention must be given to making national development of IT have been unsuccessful. For lack of
information technology systems coherent, more an adequate industrial base, it has nol always been
efficient and more integrated, so that firms are not possible lo translate the scientific findings of R&D
tempted to export jobs. But at the same time, as noted activity directly into commercial applications.
above, recourse to new technologies makes in-depth Similarly, national competitions organized to provide
organizational restructuring necessary, which could the winning firms, as a reward, with a measure of
CO
LU
entail the suppression of whole sectors of traditional support have sometimes proved disappointing. It has
3
CO
commercial and management activity. been discovered that the acquisition of advanced
SD
> technological competence does not necessarily give
CE
<
ce
the countries concerned decisive superiority over their
THE SEARCH FOR POLICIES
O
Cl international competitors because factors such as sales
International competition and the need to keep ahead methods and progress in the introduction of standards
tend towards the rapid and comprehensive spread of in key markets often count for more.
O
O
these technologies. To avoid the misuse of information Governments are therefore making less effort to
technology, the possibility of which has caused public promote the supply of IT by direct intervention. They
role in maintaining national competence and the development of 'open' standards to facilitate the
competitiveness. Above all, there has been a new shift networking of hitherto totally incompatible hardware
in favour of indirect measures such as deregulation (to adapt their interfaces) and to make it possible to
and reinforcement of market mechanisms at national run the same applications on different machines
and international levels. But several aspects of the (known as 'portability') (OECD, 1991). Legislation or
current situation limit the effectiveness of policies regulations governing the use of IT and to protect
focusing on increasing the supply of IT. users' privacy and security have been put in place in
One problem is that the market for IT hardware has various countries. Users have started demanding,
been very sluggish since the end of the 1980s, as major increasingly assertively, to participate in the definition
restructuring by giant corporations like IBM bears of future IT products (in the hope of obtaining
witness. This situation is due to current economic applications more closely geared to their
factors and general conditions, but it may also be due to requirements, or standards that are easier to apply).
deeper structural problems. IT is generally considered to A number of advances are about to open up new
have spread very unevenly through the industrial fabric, markets to multimedia applications and innovative
through insufficient or misjudged action by certain big computer architecture. Future workstations will
firms, and networking that is poor in small and probably be quite different from those that we know
medium-scale enterprises (SMEs) and mediocre in many today: they will offer enormous scope for image and
sectors (transport, urban environment). In certain cases, sound processing, dialogue and teamwork between
structural and political problems hinder the introduction distant terminals and the transfer of enormous
of IT (for example the difficulties encountered in amounts of information at speeds that are today
various forms of road, rail, air and sea transport). In The move towards total digitization of information
others (particularly SMEs), it is possible that the processing will also open up a multitude of new
modicum of technical skill required to masler lhe new prospects for the establishment of international
lechnology is lacking, though it is also possible that networks. Artificial intelligence, expert systems and
more needs to be done to make the technology itself even software in general are far from having attained
(whether it be a microcomputer or access to a network) their maximum development. IT is expected to yield
>-
of new hardware before being forced to change it. offers immense scope for the use of software to vary
o
manufacturing methods and the nature of the final
<
product without changing the hardware.
FUTURE PROSPECTS CE
A number of recent events in the field of information and tools such as electronic data interchange (EDI) for
technology indicate that this sector has entered a commercial and administrative exchanges must also
I
customs formalities to tax collection, not to mention 277
expand. At the same time, emphasis has been laid on
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
and its implications has made many participants and observers wonder if a role
growing interdependence of both industrial firms and preparation of standards? A nice idea, but is it feasible?
countries. Information and communication infrastructures The potential gains of information technology stan¬
have played and will continue to play a key part in this dardization - that is, the harmonization of data-processing
process, offering the possibility of establishing all kinds of systems - are enormous. A system enabling one computer to
networks. These prospects are increasingly affecting the communicate easily with another is essential for the future of
demand for and priority assigned to standardization in the the industrial and commercial infrastructure of the planet as a
fields concerned. The growing weight of international whole. The aim is to free IT users from total dependence on a
considerations may well provide the impetus for changes in single manufacturer and enable them to use a variety of
national policy and adjustments in the fields concerned. In systems comprising hardware and software which although
particular, major users may be expected to press produced by different firms - IBM, DEC or Apple - are
increasingly for the standardization of IT. nevertheless compatible. Otherwise, the world's data
The 'bar code' which has had such a resounding processing, transfer and accessing will remain fragmented and
success in retail marketing, illustrates the role that users can block the development of new industries and new services.
play. The system was developed on the initiative of major The problem of standardization mobilizes a large number
retailing firms in the USA and involved the drafting of of actors and considerable resources. For example, the total
standards in cooperation with software producers, then the cost of developing standards for open systems
development of increasingly sophisticated hardware, and interconnections (OSI) has been estimated at US$4 billion
lastly the implementation of measures to protect consumers over a period of about 1 5 years. The 1 984 start-up budget
from possible misuse. All these ingredients were necessary of one of the organizations concerned (X-Open, a
for the widespread adoption of the new technology, but the consortium of major corporations) was some US$90 million.
development of standards was particularly important. The current process of economic globalization has
Coding was not enough: the code had to be readable and sharpened the perception of these problems by all users,
usable all along the chain of production, distribution and large and small: small firms too are now interested in world
SD
> ordering and invoicing. These networks are extending do anything), or parallel programming for high-speed
CE
<
CE
at great speed, both vertically (involving manu¬ networks that can process and transmit enormous
O
D.
facturers and providers of services, users and amounts of information. Such developments would
administrative services) and horizontally (worldwide). lead to 'integrated intelligence' being built into all
New synergies and unforeseen technological products, from household appliances to advanced
O
ü challenges can be expected as a result. systems (computer-aided design and manufacluring)
iL is hoped Lhal Lhe range of user funclions and lhe and would have direci repercussions in areas as varied
278 appropriate programme without the user needing to The IT sector has recently been oriented towards
I WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
kinds of fragmentation that can be difficult to deal with, as in agreements relating to standardization concluded under
the case of the standards for electronic data interchange, GATT were signed by only 40 or so countries. The new
overcome.
encourage countries to participate actively in the
However, information technology producers, who wish to
standardization work being undertaken by international
keep their share of the market for their own technologies, will
organizations;
not of their own accord establish a high level of coherence
and compatibility that would expose them to even stiffer call on countries to make the available international
competition. Only user pressure can achieve this. standards their reference;
Merck) drew up a list of requirements, submitted as a sort of These developments are all the more significant because
general framework for future IT standardization. Many other the industry is trying more and more to apply international
user groups have formed in the USA, Europe and Japan. standards, bypassing as far as possible the intermediary
More recently, a group of industrial experts on IT stage of national standardization which often leads to
standardization was set up by the Organisation for greater divergence. Globalization plays an essential role
Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) to here because it forces multinational corporations, even
prepare a report on mechanisms and procedures for those that are traditionally highly decentralized and
standardization in this field, and on its results, particularly diversified, to strengthen their coordination of certain
from the viewpoint of users. Although some very large activities and to form alliances with others. This can only
multinational corporations have a higher profile at this stage, reinforce the demand for international standards.
the movement is bound to spread from one user to another, There is little doubt that new technologies - today
and in particular from large firms to their suppliers, which information technology and tomorrow materials and
automatically gives it a global dimension. biotechnology - call for new approaches in order to tackle
The conclusions of the Uruguay Round of GATT (the directly all those problems that can only be definitively
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade) in December 1 993 solved through concerted international action. That action
bear witness to the growing importance ascribed to must perforce involve the main regions, producers and
international standards as an essential element in the providers of services as much as users, whose participation
installation of the infrastructure of the new global economy, would help to set the global aims of today's standardization,
and the agreements in question underline that importance moderate its costs and reduce wastage in technical >-
CD
because they affect 1 1 5 countries, whereas the previous progress. O
_i
O
z
X
Ü
consumer electronics in which firms are trying to gain one of these technological developments will have a LU
a foothold and which will undergo radical change in significant impact on lhe entire socio-economic fabric.
g
any case with the introduction of fully digital very Information technology is not an industry that has r-
<
high definition television (VHDT). Many people think reached its peak but, on the contrary, a technology
LT
that VHDT represents a new generic lechnology thai that is becoming more efficient and closely-knit. It will o
LL
will have enormous implications in many military and no doubt make a great leap forward with innovations
civilian fields. This example, in addition to that of the that obviously have many and various applications
'information highways', indicates that the IT sector has
not yet undergone all the profound changes and
mutations that will one day lead to its maturity. But its
which cannot be predicted because the impetus will
be provided above all by the. constant surge of users'
expectations and demands. But market arbitralion will
I
influence in all areas of society is so great that each no doubt be insufficient to ensure the coherence of IT 279
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
applications within the economic and social fabric, or REFERENCES AND FURTHER READING
to limit the scope of possible upheavals at both Ayres, R. (1987) Future Trends in Factory Automation,
national and international levels. The range of Laxenburg, Austria: IIASA.
technological possibilities will be constantly extended Dosi, G. (1982) Technological paradigms and technological
trajectories: a suggested interpretation of the determinants
while needs will diversify. It will therefore be
and directions of technical change, Research Policy,
necessary to develop a new form of relationship 11(4).
between producers and users so that decisions Dosi, G., Freeman, C, Nelson, R., Silverberg, G. and Soete,
L.L.G. (eds) (1988) Technical Change and Economic
concerning the development of hardware and software
Theory, London: Frances Pinter.
will ensure the best possible response to needs. New
Freeman, C. (1987) Technology Policy and Economic
policies will be required at both these levels to devise Performance: Lessons from Japan, London: Frances Pinter.
new rules for a game whose outcome is still unclear. Jacobsson, S. (1986) Technical change and industrial policy:
This will be translated worldwide into a new type of the case of computer numerically controlled lathes in
Argentina, Korea and Taiwan, World Development, 13(3)
relationship among countries.
(March).
Can we ensure that technological progress brings
Kaplinsky, R. (ed) (1989) Restructuring industrial strategies,
more benefit and minimize possible drawbacks? Can Bulletin of the Institute of Development Studies, Brighton,
we limit imbalances (and hence conflict at world level) UK: IDS, University of Sussex.
being formed? Can we help national economies to pull Miles, I., Rush, H., Turner, K. and Bessant, J. (1i
together without destroying the variety that Information Horizons: The Long-Term Social Implications of
New Information Technologies, Hampshire, UK: Edward
encourages innovation? These political gauntlets
Elgar Publishing Ltd.
thrown down by IT at the end of this millennium
OECD (1989a) Information Technology and New Growth
indicate the complexity of the tasks that lie ahead. Opportunities, Paris: OECD Publications.
In lhe lasl 15 years we have wilnessed the almost need to understand matter at the atomic and
simultaneous arrival of three major generic tech¬ molecular level, and to develop the ability to build
nologies. These have far-reaching implications for matter atom by atom and molecule by molecule. This
world division of labour, foreign direct investment, the process will be a reality as early as the second decade
location of production and research and development of the next cenlury, if nol before.
(R&D) facilities, inter-firm strategic technology alli¬ Research in both the physical and life sciences is
ances, intra- and inter-regional trade patterns and focused on the examination of the elementary
employment. Although information technologies and constituents of matter. On the one hand, measurable
biotechnologies are much discussed at present, the properties of materials are traced back to the
materials revolution is less well understood and has microstructures and chemical compositions of the
atlracted much less aitention. However, as we head for components that give rise to them. On the other hand,
the 21st century, new and advanced materials are set the design and intelligent fabrication path of a
to become crucial determinants of the competitiveness material determine the properties that the designer
of firms and national branches of industries in the wishes to impart to the resulting material or
world market, and will provide key solutions to urgent component. This ever-increasing understanding of the
environmental, energy, transportation and medical relationship between the atomic and molecular
problems. It is now widely recognized that further synthesis of a material, its processing and fabrication
technical progress in a wide array of leading industries, path, the final microstructure and composition, and
including computers and telecommunications, multi¬ the observed properties and performance in use, has
media, aerospace, deep-sea exploration, surface trans¬ now opened up an unlimited area of discovery and
portation, packaging and construction, to name but a directed the practical application of functional and
few, depends almost entirely on environmentally structural materials and breaklhroughs in medicine
sound and high-performance solutions that are offered and pharmacology, agriculture, mining, genetic
by materials science and engineering. engineering, energy and the environment. CD
Z
Scientists and engineers now have sufficient funda¬ In this chapter we first examine the origins and rx
UJ
LU
mental understanding of these advanced materials to characteristics of the materials revolution and review
z
CD
enable them quantitatively to define and control the developments in specific classes of materials. This is
relationship between a material's atomic and molecular followed by a reflection on some of the key
Q
microstructure, its processing or fabrication path and implications for countries and regions in today's
the resulting properties and performance in use. This competitive scientific and technological manufacluring LU
O
Z
means that we are increasingly able to improve environment. The basic message is that technology and LU
O
conventional materials incrementally and to create new industrial strategies must be strongly and inseparably CO
materials tailored to meet the requirements for an linked to a materials strategy and vice versa. CO
_l
<
escalating performance in end-use applications. CE
UJ
Scientists can also begin work from the set of properties
THE HISTORICAL ORIGIN OF THE MATERIALS
required and proceed backwards in order to design and
REVOLUTION
process the appropriate material. At the same time,
entirely new materials can be created which may
provide
breakthroughs
the basis for
and/or unforeseen
fundamental technological
applications and
The insights offered by quantum physics in the early
part of this century greatly enhanced our under¬
standing of the interconnections between the siruclure
I
industries. These trends are inexorably leading to the and properties of matter. In the decades that followed, 281
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
I
lhe analysis, synlhesis and processing of malerials comprehensive approach to materials. At centre stage
benefiled from lhe incorporation of more fundamental is the close interaction and relationship belween lhe
scientific understanding, leading to advanced materials structure/composition, properties and performance of
entering the production of various fields - atomic a material in use, and the synthesis/processing path
energy, electronics and space programmes, amongst that was used to create it. This approach is now both
others. Nevertheless, such enhanced theoretical necessary and applicable across all classes of materials,
insights could only offer qualitative guidelines to thus rendering all other empirical and craft-relaled
modelling and prediction. approaches lo materials development obsolete.
It was only very recently that fuller advantage could Improvements in existing materials and the intro¬
be taken of quantum insights. Since the beginning of duction of new materials are thus predicated on the
the 1980s a proliferation of powerful new instruments methods and tools of a modern MSE, with a strong
such as the scanning tunnelling electron microscope componenl of pure science coupled with a
have been able to provide scientists with in-depth comprehensive processing, fabricalion and engineer¬
insights into the electronic, atomic and molecular ing base. Given lhe permeation of modern MSE across
structures of materials. Moreover, the exponential all classes of materials, there is a sense in which all
increase in computer power, through the use of high¬ materials are becoming 'new' materials. By the late
speed supercomputers, has enabled scientists to 1980s, materials science and applied research
develop mathematical models of the very complex achieved greatly enhanced capabilities for manipu¬
physical, chemical and mechanical behaviour of both lating and building materials, for example, at the
monolithic and composite materials. Using advanced atomic level, which would have been inconceivable at
of microstructures, thus describing the structure of a controlling the structure and properties of matter
material as it evolves during processing, and its relation It is this, almost incredible and ever-increasing, ability
to the resulting properties. Work is already underway, of materials scientists to intervene at the electronic,
albeit at an initial stage, in extending the quantitative atomic, molecular and microstructure levels,
characterization of the behaviour of materials at the quantitatively to characterize, model, predict and
CO
LU
level of the interaction between large groups of atoms control the evolution of microstructures along the
3
CO
CO
and electrons, using the laws of quantum and statistical processing path, and to manipulate and enhance
>- mechanics, and incorporating the findings into properties in order to achieve desired industrial and
CC
<
CC
materials design. military applications, that lies at the core of the
O
Cl materials revolution. It is responsible for greal
improvemenls in Lhe properties and processing
MODERN MATERIALS SCIENCE AND
lechnologies of existing tradilional materials and the
O ENGINEERING (MSE)
O proliferation of knowledge-intensive, high-performance
Modern MSE has emerged from its diverse scientific materials such as advanced ceramics, engineering
282 and industrial R&D laboratory research, to offer a could be viewed as advanced materials, I wish to focus
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
FIGURE 1
Metal
Thermal-electrical conductivity m
Formability m
M
Ceramic / \ Polymer
High temperature i ^Z P \ Low-cost fabrication
Source: ALCOA, Position Paper from the 10th Biennial Conference on National Materials Policy.
CD
Z
upon the 1980s as marking a structural break in the composites, surface and interface sciences, mathematics, CE
LU
LU
mode of development and utilization of materials in computer science, metrology and engineering. In fact, Z
matter, and predict and control its form and uses, is begin to erode. The trend in modem science towards an Z
<
leading to massive transformations in both materials- examination of elementary particles, atoms and LU
Ü
Z
producing and materials-using firms and industries. molecules cuts across materials, whatever their origin, LU
processing and fabrication techniques involves the and polymeric materials. New developmenls have
integration and interaction of many hitherto facilitated the microelectronics revolution. In turn,
I
specialized fields and disciplines, increasingly pooled developments in microelectronics have repeatedly given
in synergistic, collaboration. Materials science is now a added impetus to chemistry via, for example, computer-
multi-disciplinary science requiring inputs from solid- aided molecular design and the efficient search for
state physics, chemistry, metallurgy, ceramics, new active substances, or microprocessor control of 283
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
the manufacturing process. And new discoveries in processing technologies, without which new materials
physics and biology greatly expand the fields open to would have remained curiosities and existing materials
chemistry. At present, computers have joined together would not have registered the tremendous improve¬
with biotechnology to create 'bioinformatics', ments they have displayed of late.
changing the face of research in pharmaceuticals and Improving the properties of existing materials or
biotechnology. creating entirely new materials is next to useless
Hence breadth of knowledge and synergistic without the development of the necessary processing
collaboration are now fundamental and inescapable technologies and the equipment and machinery to
requirements in the conduct of basic research. In any manufacture the componenis, shapes and sub¬
case, what is clear at this stage is that the nature and assemblies enlering complex engineering syslems and
complexity of the problems in materials synthesis and final assembly. In melallic malerials, Lhe insights of
processing are such that a team effort across many MSE have been utilized to offer dramatic improve¬
disciplines, involving several professional staff and ments in the properties, performance and processing
previously isolated research teams, is now required. costs of a new generation of high-performance metals
Multi-disciplinary materials design, product develop¬ and metal-matrix composites as compared to
ment and processing capabilities are therefore be¬ commodity metals a decade ago. New processing
coming crucial at the level of the firm, the industry, methods, such as rapid solidification processing, metal
the university, and the research laboratory - of the injection moulding and many olhers, are leading Lo
economy for that matter - and are, of necessity, greal improvemenls in lhe performance of meláis. At
becoming international in character. the same time alloys of various types, high-strength
steels, metal matrix composites and laminated systems
are offering dramatic improvements in performance,
THE IMPORTANCE OF SYNTHESIS AND
costs and manufacturability, thus both fending off
PROCESSING
competition from ceramics and polymers and opening
Science into processing up new uses for metals.
Materials scientists, across the whole spectrum of Developments in steel in recent years, for example,
disciplines and specializations, are becoming have been the result of advancing frontier knowledge in
increasingly involved in the processing and fabrication MSE. A whole range of advanced steels, with improved
CO
LU stages of materials development. In addition, materials strength, corrosion resistance and ease of styling
3
CO
engineers need to be closely attuned to the scientific (formability), with precisely controlled chemistry and
SD
> and theoretical aspects of materials design and microstructure, can be customized for applications in
< modelling. This has made for a close integration of the cars, high-tech buildings and deep-sea exploration.
cc
O
Cl
subject matter of materials science and engineering in Breakthroughs in steel design and processing methods
terms of its pure and applied aspects, which should be are resulting in a range of high-strength, low-alloy
viewed of necessity as a coherent whole. At the same steels, bake hardened steels, ultraclean steels and
O
o time this has led to a fruitful feedback and cross- advanced coated steels which enable automotive
fertilization between scientific understanding and the engineers to improve performance, style, comfort, cost
engineering problem of processing materials in such a efficiency, manufacturing automation and flexibility and
way as to control structure and improve performance, recyclability in car design and production. Nearly half
reliability and reproducibility at low cost. The infusion of the new steels now used in cars were not available
284 of science into processing has led to several new even six years ago. And today's new generation of
I WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
advanced multilayer coating systems and technologies synthesis, processing, fabricalion and manufacturing
enable engineers to custom design protection for the are merging in response both to forces internal to MSE
surface and underside of car bodies. Ten years ago only and to pressures emanating from the evolution of new
10% of car bodies contained metallic-coated corrosion- production technologies, as well as to the ever-
resistant steels. By the mid-1990s it was predicted that increasing need to apply pure materials research to
between 60% and 100% of new cars in the USA, industrial and military purposes.
Europe and Japan would be using them. At present, a major limiting factor in the spread of
The synthesis of entirely new materials and greatly advanced materials into a wide range of technologies
improved traditional materials, such as plastics, and industrial applications is the ability to process raw
synthetic resins, fibres, films, pure glasses, electronic or synlhesized subsiances inlo reliable, high-volume,
and structural ceramics, polymer and metal matrix low-cosl useful forms, such as films, wire, com¬
composites, advanced aluminium and steel alloys, ponents, devices and structures entering complex
are making possible such products of ever-greater engineering syslems. Nowhere is ihis more evidenl
technological sophistication as the new generations than in advanced structural ceramics, composites and
of jet engine and aircraft structures, cars, robots, the new high-temperature superconductors. But more
colour televisions, video recorders, etc. The shift of than this, it is becoming clear that technological
user industries towards high technology and competence in materials processing and fabrication is
increasing sophistication is placing ever-higher the critical componenl in iniernalional competitive¬
technical and performance requirements on mat¬ ness between national industrial structures and
erials, thus spurring the development of new industrial branches engaged in traditional and high-
CD
Underlying the discovery of new materials with novel technologies which comprise the bulk of the US Z
LU
properties and exhibiting new phenomena, the advanced materials industry, namely advanced
Q
Z
improvements in the control of structure, composition ceramics, advanced polymer composites, metal matrix <
LU
and, hence, properties of known materials, and composites and carbon-carbon composiies. Advanced O
z
progress in the development of materials processing materials are defined as 'polymers, metals, and LU
O
and manufacturing technologies, lies synthesis. ceramics fabricated as intermaterial compounds, co
co
Although the synthesis element of MSE necessarily alloys, or composites. The resultant components have _l
<
retains a large scientific base, it is nevertheless higher slrenglh-lo-densily ralios, grealer hardness and CE
LU
organically connected to the processing and heat resistance, and one or more superior thermal,
manufacture of solid materials. For not only does the electrical or optical properties when compared with
choice of synthetic reactions influence subsequent traditional materials. Advanced materials, the basis for
microstructures and desired properties. The chemicals assembled mainly by hand or by the automated piling-
producers are not only further developing synthetic up of many layers into a laminated structure. If the
polymers, technical plastics, synthetic resins, fibres resin used is a thermoset the structure must be cured
and films but are also engaged in the development of by a costly autoclave process, in which the material is
polymer alloys yielding materials with entirely new often held at high temperature for several hours.
properties. Combining different polymers creates PMCs possess light weight and high stiffness and
entirely new possibilities because of the resulting stress in the direction of the reinforcement, and they
additional properties, and not surprisingly this has led are iherefore used in aircraft:, cars and oiher moving
to the application of the alloying principle, originally siruclures. But they decompose at high temperatures.
associated with metallurgy, to fibres, films and paints Moreover, they are fabricated in a labour-intensive,
in many industrial laboratories around the world. though increasingly automated, process which is not
Another major research area is in high performance suitable for high-volume, low-cost industrial appli¬
polymers to satisfy the demands of the automotive, cations. Before they can be commercially produced
aerospace, electrical and electronic industries. successfully their costs must be reduced, and the
fabrication methods improved. In 1989 worldwide
sales of PMCs reached US$4 billion according to the
ADVANCED COMPOSITES
United States Aerospace Industries Association. The
There are two main points aboul advanced composite US Office of Technology Assessment, on the other
materials. The first is that they are the natural choice hand, points to a figure of US$20 billion in annual
where extreme performance requirements cannot be sales for advanced composites by the year 2000. Such
met individually by monolithic materials. The second materials are critical for aerospace applications but
is that, given that they can be tailored to meet specific will be increasingly diffused to the production of
needs, stress-strain distributions, temperatures and civilian aircraft and, possibly, to the car industry. The
other conditions of use, they are destined to become average annual growth rate for PMCs worldwide is CD
z
the main structural materials of the future, displacing estimated by the US Bureau of Mines to be over 6% CE
LU
LU
monolithic materials from many applications. New per annum until 2002. Z
CD
technologies are placing increasingly more stringent When the operating temperature is high enough to Z
LU
requirements for combinations of material properties degrade a PMC, then a metal matrix composite
Q
Z
that no single material can meet. In addition, mixing a (MMC) is considered. But metals have high density in <
LU
matrix with a particular reinforcing agent can impart comparison to polymers (hence aluminium,
Ü
Z
to the resulting composite material properties that magnesium and titanium, the 'light metals' are most LU
O
neither material possessed on its own. commonly used as matrices) and present severe co
The choice of matrix material is determined by the processing difficulties. MMCs with the greatest co
_l
<
temperature the material will be subjected Lo in use. potential are the powder melallurgy-based aluminium ce
LU
Polymer matrices utilize thermoset plastics which mairix reinforced wiih particulates, whiskers and r-
<
cannot melt or epoxies made of a thermosetting platelets of silicon carbide, and the liquid aluminium-
material. Clearly the matrix that is chosen will dictate based matrix reinforced with semiconlinuous alumina
for the matrix-reinforcement bond to fail after and the ever-increasing functional power of such
repeated temperature cycles, and the interface can systems. In order to achieve the present levels of
degrade due to reactions between the metal matrix funciion in Lhe microeleclronics and tele-
and its reinforcement. Here again, improvements in communications syslems, iL was essenlial lhat eleciric
processing technologies are critical for greater signals first be generaled and transmitted and then
diffusion of MMCs in the future. MMC shipments controlled, amplified and switched. Each such
globally are estimated to grow by an average of 9.3% improvement was achieved with Lhe assislance of
per annum, mainly in automotive applications. enlirely new malerials or an improvemenl in
For situations in which the matrix needs to be as processing lechnologies.
heat-resistant, lightweight, stiff and strong as the The information explosion and the need to
reinforcing material, ceramics are used. In contrast to communicate large amounts of data has led to the
PMCs and MMCs whose fibres are used to supply development of photonics, a process in which
strength, ceramic matrix composites (CMCs) have information is carried by pulses of light. The basis of
fibres which block the growth of cracks and thus this technology consists of a fibreguide of silica glass
make the composite tough since it is already stiff and which transmits the emitted light pulses. This is a
strong thanks to the ceramic matrix. Many CMCs more efficient means of transmitting information than
grow tougher and hence stronger as the temperature pulsing electrical signals along a coaxial cable. The
rises. However, this very property makes processing materials used are compound semiconductors, such as
difficult.
indium-gallium-arsenide-phosphide for the light-
Anolher composiie is the carbon-carbon composile emitting laser and ultrapure glass for the fibreguide.
(CCC) which can tolerate the highest temperature of Already fibreglass has made a substantial contribution
any known composites. Both matrix and reinforcing to long-distance telephone communications, as well as
agent are of elemental carbon. CCC retains most of its at the local level and even in connections between and
strength at 2 500°C, and is used therefore for the within machines. Progress in photonics has been very
noses of space re-entry vehicles. There remain, rapid since the advent of the laser in 1958 and owes
however, serious barriers to faster commercialization, much to materials science and engineering, which has
such as the reliable reproduction of CCC components developed the compound semiconductors and
and oxidation resistance at high lemperature. CCC ultrapure glass to make it possible.
CO
LU
3
shipments worldwide are projected to grow by just The science of optoelectronics utilizes develop¬
CO
SD
under 5% per annum until 2002. A major area of ments in solid-state physics which have made possible
> application is in aircraft brakes. new ways of using electrons and photons.
CE
<
CE Optoelectronics grew rapidly in the 1970s with the
O
development of the low-cost quartz optical fibre,
OPTOELECTRONICS
followed by the double-heterostructure semiconductor
Much has been made in recent years of the fact that laser, which facilitated continuous oscillation at room
O
ü
we live in the information age. However, the temperature. These breakthroughs led to major R&D
information revolution, which encompasses com¬ in the field of optical communications, which is a
elements in optoelectronic devices remains high, and GNP, as compared to 1.9% in 1990. This would make
efforts are under way to produce high-performance, multimedia industries three times larger than Lhe
low-cost components. currenl automobile industry.
In the 21st ceniury it is expected that opto¬
electronic devices (e.g. optical memories, displays, Future photoelectronic integrated systems
optical integraied circuils and holograms) will provide Some researchers believe that in the 21st century
the foundalions of many Lechnological advances. microelectronics will combine with optoelectronics and
Breakthroughs in optoelectronics are expected to result in photoelectronic integrated systems, which will
make it a key 21st-century technology, together with most likely become the major method of information
electronics. processing. Pholoeleclronic syslems are likely to
Optoelectronics forms the backbone of the generate the largest commercial market in which
information infrastructure of the world and national optoelectronics will play a major part. Using light in
economies, with the largest impact so far being on such a system will result in high speeds, low power
telecommunications. Rapidly expanding low-cost, consumption, low noise and the ability to expand in
high-speed communication capabilities combined three dimensions. Three-dimensional superparallel
with the storing of masses of digitized sound and systems can be developed for use in ultra high-speed
video lay the foundations of multimedia commun¬ computers, neural systems and optical systems.
ication and the information superhighway. Photons have a high speed (that of light), low
Optoelectronics component markets are relatively power and are ideal for fan-in/fan-out inter¬
small at present, mainly consisting of flal-panel connections. They are excellent signal carriers.
displays for laptop computers. However, opto¬ Electrons have the largest charge per mass and are the
electronics components are critically important for best carriers for logical operations conducted in high-
entire product ranges (e.g. CD players) which could density semiconductor integrated circuits. These
not be built wilhoul ihem. Optoelectronics technology properties currently provide the basis for progress in CD
Z
is therefore responsible for markets of around US$50 optical communications and microelectronics. CC
LU
billion (in 1994), rising to over US$200 billion over However, in the future photons and electrons will be
CD
the next 10 years. In the USA alone, annual sales of combined to provide a wide variety of new systems
optoelectronic components (mainly displays) could based on ultra large-scale optoelectronic integrated
Q
Z
rise to nearly US$50 billion by the early years of the circuits, which will be the key hardware of <
next century and US$100 billion by 2013. photoelectronic systems in the next century. System LU
Ü
Z
fabrication will be achieved once we develop the UJ
Multimedia Ü
technology to combine optoelectronic components CO
Multimedia applications, based on products such as with the appropriate electronic components. CO
_l
<
interactive TV, CD-ROM and client/server syslems, CC
Researchers have recently been examining materials (Tc). Until the end of 1986 superconductivity was
and devices which are constructed of layers only a mainly connected with the properties of metals, e.g.
single atom thick. If we are able to control very niobium and alloys, at temperatures approaching
precisely the structure and composition of layers of absolute zero (i.e. 0 on the Kelvin scale, where OK =
materials one or two atoms thick, then we can engineer -273°C). But at these very low temperatures, only
the electronic properties and characteristics we require. helium with a boiling point of 4.2K is liquid and can
By packing even tinier transistors more closely be used in cryogenic systems. Even then a helium-
together, researchers can increase the power and speed based cryogenic installation has itself to be cooled
of circuits, thereby dramatically enhancing the with liquid nitrogen (boiling point 77K), making it an
performance of anything that uses integrated circuits. expensive, complicated and cumbersome system for
machinery application. The highest recorded super¬
A breakthrough in electronic miniaturization conducting temperature was 23K for a metallic
On 25 October 1994 researchers at Toshiba Cambridge niobium-germanium alloy. This was improved by the
Centre and Cambridge University announced that they IBM team, for which ihey won a Nobel Prize, by a
had developed the world's first process to make mere 7K, using ceramic materials for the first time.
quantum-effect integrated circuits. This is comparable Subsequently there have been discoveries of new
in importance lo lhe invention of integrated circuits in ceramic materials successively achieving much higher
1958, which eventually led to the microelectronics and superconducting temperatures. In May 1993 a
information revolution that has been gathering pace mercury-copper oxide semiconductor was discovered
since the early 1970s. The Toshiba process would with a Tc of 133K. In December 1993 it was reported
enable the manufacture of devices comprising millions that a bismuth system copper oxide was discovered in
of exceedingly small components, no more than 10 France with a remarkable Tc of 250K, very close to
atoms across in all, on a single chip. The circuit room temperature. As yet this has not been confirmed
components are so small that the electrons in them but has generated a new wave of interest around the
would behave as both particles and waves, as predicted world.
by quantum theory, thereby enabling the circuits to Why is superconductivity so important? First, the
switch much faster than on conventional chips. facl thai superconducting materials cooled below their
Miniaturization of electronic devices at this level would critical temperature allow electric current to flow with
CO
LU
3
lead to computer memories and microprocessor speeds zero resistance means that there is no power loss and
CO
SD
500 times greater than today's silicon chips and one-five no heating along their length. Secondly, a material in a
> hundredth of the size. Although several laboratories superconducting state can generate lines of intense
Cl
<
CE have succeeded in making such microscopic magnetic flux and can therefore repel magnets: this is
O
Q_ components, the production processes have been very known as the Meissner effect. These magnetic forces
costly and slow. The Toshiba process, however, makes are so powerful that they are capable of lifting a train
it possible to mass produce such components. off its track and propelling it at 550 km/h. Thirdly,
O
O
superconducting materials possess electronic
SUPERCONDUCTORS
properties that enable electrons to jump instan¬
taneously between components, called the Josephson
The phenomenon of superconductivity entails the effect. This could form the basis of a new generation
complete disappearance of electrical resistance as a of portable supercomputers millions of times faster
290
material is cooled below some critical temperature than current models. In addition, these properties also
I WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
allow for the deieclion of very small changes in solution of pressing energy, environmental and medical
exlernal magnelic fields, such as those generated by problems in the next century. Such solutions require a
human brainwaves, and are utilized in SQUIDS long-term persistent effort by governments and
(superconducting quantum interference devices) in industry, with potentially great gains for lhe winners.
available to all doctors in a few years' time. Smart malerials are advanced malerials lhal respond
The new superconductors operating above the or read Lo Lhe environmenl in which ihey opérale. In
temperature at which nitrogen becomes liquid can in order to respond a smart malerial must be able to
ihemselves polenlially iransform lechnology but the receive information, process it, take a decision and act
real breakthrough would come should room- on it. An example of a smart material that can respond
temperature superconductivity be discovered. The and adapt to a specific external stimulus is light-
exploitation of such a discovery would truly reactive glass. However, smart materials which can
revolutionize technology and lifestyles, making learn to respond and adapt to a set of complex and
available efficient and loss-free electricity and leading, multiple external stimuli in the manner of natural
for example, to compact small motors and actuators systems are still on the drawing board. Nevertheless,
which could be incorporated in household consumer they have greal polenlial and considerable research is
durables, cars, machine-tool drives and power-packs, under way in Japan and, to a lesser extent, in the USA
to replace aircraft hydraulic systems for example, and and more recently in Europe.
other unforeseen applications. But, given that there is The functional properties and capabilities of smart
a lack of theoretical understanding of super¬ materials are contained within a single material at the
conductivity in metals, and even more so in the new level of their atomic or molecular structure. The
materials, we cannot predict the exact arrival of development of smart materials involves collaboration CD
Z
CD
are to be found in small-scale applications of high- replicating the ability of biological systems to perceive
temperature superconductivity, especially in various changes, either in their own condition or the
Q
Z
industrial machines and electronic devices. In the long environment, and adapt accordingly). Smart materials <
LU
term superconductivity is seen as potenlially having a with multifunction properties and long-term perform¬ O
z
major impacl on energy and eleclricily generation and ance in service depend on future advances in materials LU
Ü
power Eransmission and distribution, including super¬ synthesis, fabrication and processing techniques if CO
co
conducting generators, power transformers, energy they are to move beyond the laboratory curiosity _l
<
storage, power cables and nuclear fusion devices. In stage. By contrast, smart structures are assembled CE
LU
addition, superconductivity is poised to play a major from a number of heterogeneous parts and materials: !<
role in high-speed transportation systems, not only in they do not need to use intrinsically smart materials
terms of maglev/liner express systems, but also in sea but can nevertheless be 'intelligent'.
developments underway in the materials field. Below the manipulation and control of atoms and groups of
we briefly highlight some of these developments. atoms. As fundamental understanding, computational
skills and simulations continue to make rapid
Fundamental understanding of materials progress, known materials will be greatly improved in
A first priority is Lo conlinue to build up fundamental terms of performance, and the R&D cycle will be
understanding of materials behaviour and its dramatically cut. Moreover, new materials will be
application in order to meet the emerging paradigm in created from quantitative, physics-based approaches.
the materials field by the late 1990s and the early part The 2010s to 2020s will be the era of nanophase
of the next century. Firms in aluminium, steel, nickel, materials and nanophase processing technologies.
manganese, chemicals, ceramics, glass and so on, in
collaboration with public and academic research
NATIONAL MATERIALS SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY
organizations at home and abroad, must develop
AND INDUSTRIAL STRATEGIES FOR THE 21 ST
capabilities to understand and quantitatively define
CENTURY
and control the microstructure of a material and its
relationship to the processing path and performance. Technical change across virtually every major field today
These capabilities must then be applied to the depends critically on advances in materials. Existing
integrated design of a material, the product or conventional materials cannot meet the emerging
component and the fabrication process. Here requirements of high-technology applications. Thus,
mathematical modelling and simulation skills together further progress in information and communications,
with testing, evaluation and characterization skills, in- surface transportation, aerospace, deep-sea operations,
house and across the technology infrastructure, are energy conversion and conservation, biocompatible
crucial. materials and medical diagnostics, environmentally safe
products and 'clean' technologies, biotechnology and the
Getting close to the customer life sciences is constrained by the lack of appropriate CD
z
CD
systems in functional and structural applications which Basic science underpins new technologies
z
LU
are environmentally friendly, ecologically sustainable, More than at any time before, the basic sciences loday
Q
Z
cost effeclive and which meel the final product and are responsible for major technological breakthroughs <
LU
manufacturing needs of these users. That is, materials and the provision of the knowledge base under¬
O
z
producers must understand the needs of user pinning technical advance. Support for basic scientific LU
O
industries (e.g. automobiles, aerospace, machinery, research has therefore become a critical policy variable CO
CO
microelectronics and optoelectronics and so on) in in debates over strategies to sustain technological _l
<
terms of performance and manufacturing (e.g. in leadership and devise appropriate industrial policies. CC
LU
joining, forming or assembly techniques). We should note however that the relationship 5
between science and technology today is complex,
Building matter at the atomic and molecular level involving feedback mechanisms and the interplay of
A distinct trend in materials research is the progressive
move to the atomic scale. Over the next 20 years
The Clinlon Adminislralion in lhe USA has placed Irrespeciive of where new lechnological inventions
emphasis on orienling basic research lo indusirial originate, the most successful firms and industries are
needs and commercial applications. Moreover, iL has those which can incorporate them, fast and efficiently,
unveiled ambilious new Lechnology plans Lo improve into new innovative and commercially viable products
US induslrial compeliliveness and develop next and processes, achieving faster times to the market
generation technologies ihrough government-univer¬ place lhan compelilors. In a fiercely compelilive global
sity-industry collaborative alliances, as in automobiles markei, simulianeous or concurrenl engineering lools
for the year 2003, liquid crystal displays, information enable firms lo engage in an integrated and simul¬
technology highways and other areas currently under taneous product design and manufacturing approach,
study by the Office of Science and Technology directly which, as a consequence, results in faster product
under the President. renewal and continuous innovation. Faster product
It is widely recognized that Japan faces considerable innovation, moreover, enables firms to incorporate the
difficulties in the conduct of basic scientific research. latest inventions and technological innovations into
But these are not insuperable and it would be a serious new, more sophisticated consumer durables or
mistake to underestimate the massive effort and industrial machinery and equipment, and allows them
resources that have been directed in recent years to reach the market place in record time. Commercial
towards meeting the needs for creative scientific and industrial success thus resides in those institutional
research. Scores of modern R&D labs have been mechanisms and design and manufacturing engineering
constructed by many Japanese corporations, while capabilities that enable firms to apply technological
internationalization and location of R&D facilities advances to commercial ends. Technology is un¬
abroad enable companies to tap the world scientific questionably a critical weapon for acquiring competitive
knowledge base and recruit the best of local scientific advantage in the world market.
researchers.
Recently Japan has decided to urgently double (to Emerging and critical technologies in the 1 990s
1% of GDP) government spending on basic R&D and In an important study submitted to President Bush in
further to restructure its R&D system to reflect the March 1991 (updated in 1993 and 1995), the US
greater importance today of fundamental research in National Critical Technologies Panel (USNCTP) has
high technology and the fact that the country has now selected 22 technologies deemed critical for military
co
LU
reached the frontiers of technological advance. The 16 and economic competitiveness, which therefore
3
CO
laboratories of AIST/MITI have been reorganized and require concentrated effort. The Panel stressed the
SD
> new centres of scientific excellence are being set up. need for US industry to adopt an integrated approach
CE
<
CE
Since 1993 MITI's R&D sysiem has been undergoing to both product development and associated
O
CL reorganization into the Induslrial Science and manufacturing processes. Given the strong scientific
Technology Frontier Programme (1STF). knowledge base, the parallel concern is for the more
effective translation of resulting technological
O
o New technologies: a strategic weapon in global advances into high-quality, high-performance, low-
competition cost commercial products and military systems.
emerging technologies have been published in recent commercially driven R&D and technology
years by countries as diverse as Australia, Germany programmes. The two approaches are complementary
and Japan. And between 1991 and 1993 Germany and not mutually exclusive, and must not be
collaborated with Japan to engage in a Technology confused.
studied the Japanese method. Several sectoral reports The promotion of new materials development and use
were published in the spring of 1995 and the first forms an integral part of a long-term strategic
Report of the Technology Foresight panel which approach to reorient Japanese industry towards high-
reflected the opinion of several thousands of UK technology and knowledge-intensive production. The
experts was published in May 1995. R&D efforts role of new materials as underpinning technical
must, of course, be made to develop the list of critical change in all leading-edge technologies as well as
technologies identified. It is true to say that industrial conferring competitive superiority in manufacturing
leadership by the early 21st century will go to those industry is very clearly recognized in both the private
industries and countries that have taken the lead in and public sectors. Advanced materials are therefore
these core cutting-edge, next-generation technologies. seen as being of prior, strategic significance to a
successful reorientation towards high technology and
Public-private sector alliances the ailainmenl of competitive superiority in the world
The USA has recently reorganized its R&D approach market. Hundreds of Japanese companies entered the
according to the Japanese model. The same is true for field of new materials in the mid-1980s, and the
Chinese Taipei and Lhe Republic of Korea. And lhe emphasis in recent years has been on commer¬
European Union's new Framework programmes show cialization of materials already developed and related
a dislinct emphasis on commercial applicalion. A to the existing technical strengths of the companies CD
Z
crucial implicaiion of Lhe conditions in science and concerned. However, leading-edge Japanese corpor¬ CC
LU
LU
technology today is that a long-term, strategic ations are maintaining and increasing their long-term Z
CD
approach is required. In many cases, the complexity, R&D on core materials technologies necessary for the
costs, risks and long time horizon involved imply that 21st century (e.g. Toshiba, NEC, Sharp, Nippon
the private sector will not undertake the required Steel). Smaller firms are concentrating on only a few <
effort. The development of next-generation or even on one advanced material with identifiable LU
O
z
technologies with large market potential, and which and more immediate market prospects. LU
O
are necessary to meet social, medical, environmental CO
and energy needs, requires long-term systematic and A redivision of labour - globally and regionally CO
_l
<
directed R&D efforts by firms, alliances between firms In recent years, a complex international and regional CE
and collaborative programmes between private redivision of labour is emerging in which economies at
industry, government laboratories and universities. different levels of industrial and economic develop¬
Private industry can participate in joint public- ment are shifting towards more sophisticated and
private, long-term, risky materials R&D programmes
but is also free to pursue its own long-term R&D
objectives. Moreover, private firms can and must set up
higher value-added products and processes. Advanced
industrialized countries in Europe, Japan and North
America are moving towards higher value-added
I
and pursue their own short- to medium-term production employing advanced manufacturing 295
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
technologies. They are closely followed by the newly Panel on National Critical Technologies (1991, 1993,
industrializing economies such as Brazil, Mexico, 1995) emphasized in particular the acquisition of
Chinese Taipei, the Republic of Korea and Singapore. materials synthesis and processing skills. Moreover the
The latter three have announced plans to shift their Panel placed special emphasis on the need for US
economies to high technology, and to work towards industry to adopt an integrated and, thereby,
fully industrialized economy status by the year 2000 continuous-improvement approach to both product
(2030 for Singapore). development and the associated manufacturing
These are followed closely by second-tier newly processes to produce them. Given the strong US
industrializing and emerging economies, such as science base, the parallel concern of the report is the
India, Thailand and Malaysia. Several other economies need for a more effective transmission of resulting
are now moving inLo Lhe positions vacated by the technological advances into high-quality, high-
second tier, and these include Indonesia, the performance, low-cost commercial products and
Philippines, China and Viet Nam. The evidence clearly military systems.
indicates that as economies restructure and shift to The critical significance of materials synthesis and
higher levels of technological sophistication they processing is also stressed in the important report by
experience constraints imposed by the domestic the National Research Council, Materials Science and
availability of advanced materials, parts, components Engineering for the 1990s, published in 1989. This
and devices. In many cases the requisite advanced theme was echoed in the follow-up report of the
components are unavailable from foreign sources that Materials Research Society which evaluates the
are competitors, or are prohibitively expensive, of progress and requirements of implementing lhe
inferior quality or unavailable on time. Hence a certain Research Council's recommendations. The report
degree of domestic autonomy, independence and makes the important, and in the US context the
competence in advanced materials technologies are of somewhat surprising point that the USA now needs to
the essence. Moreover, domestic suppliers and move towards developing a 'strategic, goal oriented
supporting and maintenance firms are also important planning approach to materials R&D, involving
in sustaining competitive local manufacturing industry, universities and government laboratories'.
activities and in attracting foreign direct investment in These two reports provided Lhe key elemenls in
certain areas. Hence the importance allached by preparing lhe federal programme in materials science
CO
LU
Malaysia and Thailand Lo Lhe promolion of domeslic and technology, which is entitled Advanced Materials
3
CO
parts and componenls production to deepen the and Processing Programme (AMPP).
SD
> industrial structure, support user industries and In order to address the identified opportunities and
CE
<
CE
attract foreign investment of ever-increasing needs, a multiyear, multiagency programme began in
O
0_ sophistication. The experience of the rapidly growing financial year 1993 in order to enhance the
electronics industry in Malaysia clearly illustrates this effectiveness of the federal R&D programme in
tendency. Materials Science and Technology. The aims of the
O
O
AMPP are to improve the manufacture and
Emerging strategies in the USA performance of materials and to enhance the nation's
research to application. The AMPP is expected to add constraints in advanced materials development and
momentum to an evolutionary shift in US malerials application due to a restricted supply of certain
R&D. Whereas R&D was oriented towards modifying mineral resources and associated processing facilities.
natural commodities to make useful technologies, Moreover, the USA experiences considerable import
research and development now increasingly con¬ vulnerability in certain minerals, while it has no
centrates on tailoring materials to achieve specific reserve of caesium, osmium, rhodium, rubidium and
Within the European Union there have been sustained resource-rich economies such as Australia, Canada,
and intensified efforts lo improve industrial and China, Malaysia, South Africa and Brazil.
materials technologies since at least the mid-1980s. Australia's determination to develop advanced
The emphasis is, at the moment, on identifying materials capabilities, using local resources,
community-wide irends and needs in materials specifically to develop materials technologies for mass
technologies and in creating lhe appropriale markets (e.g. magnesium components for the car
framework for lhe privale sector to undertake market- industry), while strengthening her manufacturing base
oriented research and developmenl. A recent and linking it to lhe basic research infrastruclure, is
comprehensive and in-depth study conducted on richly instructive for other mineral-rich economies.
behalf of the Commission of lhe European Union Moreover, the removal of sanctions against South
examined the current state of industrial and materials Africa led Japanese metal producers to invest in its
technologies and the basic technological needs and mineral-metallurgical sector. Following the election of
development trends within the EU. The results the ANC majority government in 1994, great
indicate that the industrial and materials technologies emphasis is being placed on the development of South
CD
are of paramount technological and economic impor¬ Africa's science and technology capabilities and on the
Z
tance for the EU and can support industrial mineral-metallurgical sector. Canada developed a rr
LU
LU
competiliveness through the application of novel strategy for advanced materials beiween 1988 and z
CD
materials, advanced design and manufacturing routes 1993, with the government playing a catalytic role
and high-quality strategies. European-wide collabora¬ within a market-oriented approach. No new funds are
tive R&D programmes (BRITE/EURAM) have been currently available and the government is reevaluating <
LU
underway since 1986 with important consequences its strategy for more efficient R&D. At the same time ü
ü
Canadian industry's growth into the next century. CO
CO
Opportunities for mineral resource-rich economies Many Canadian firms have engaged in R&D and the _l
<
It should be clear that over 60 elements used in new use of advanced metals, ceramics and polymer CE
LU
materials derive from minerals. These include rare composites. I-
<
cadmium, germanium, gallium, indium, thallium, New materials and the socio-economic objectives
selenium and tellurium. Some derive
Lhrough more efficienl uLilizalion and upgrading of the world market. Firms embedded in a national or
Lhe domestically or regionally available natural regional science and information infrastructure can
resources, using scientific insight and new and acquire cumulative advantages in specific technologies
improved technologies. The malerials revolution and industries. The conclusions of this point to the fact
affords opportunities to developing economies to that the infrastructure of domestic materials science,
make fuller use of domestic materials, while measurement and testing is becoming crucial for the
minimizing energy requirements and environmental organization of R&D and the commercialization of
disruption, and to develop advanced materials high technology across the industrial base. Conversely,
designed to meet their needs and conditions. In other the promotion of high-level national science and
words, advanced materials must be tailored to meet technology and high-speed information flows, which
the specific requirements of industry and the facilitate research and innovation, can act as a magnet
infrastructure in developing countries. The new for the allraction of direct foreign investment and the
materials science and engineering base must be location of production activities and R&D and design
mobilized, internationally and within Lhe developing in domestic centres, thus providing cumulative
world, Lo further development in the coming decades. advantages to the national economies in question.
For although the science base of the new materials is A major problem for the next century will be the
common throughout the world, the direction of international division of labour as it affects newly
application and problem-oriented R&D cannot industrializing economies and the large number of
exclude the pressing needs and available resources of developing countries at different stages of
developing economies. development. Advances in science and technology
(S&T) are by-passing nations, continents and regions.
Such marginalization is likely to accelerate unless
CONCLUSIONS
priority is given to the building-up of education,
Materials have now emerged as a science-based, science and engineering skills and the creation of the
knowledge-intensive, generic and enabling component appropriate technology and communications infra¬
of technology upon which progress in most other fields structures in the large number of countries in danger of
increasingly depends. Firms, industries and nations further marginalization in the world economy of the
need to build a critical mass of data and expertise on next century. Many policy makers at national and
CO
LU
materials science, engineering skills and infrastructure international level will view the developments
3
CO
SD
and systematically pursue selected R&D priorities. This described in this chapter as far-fetched, too remote or
> will enable them to realize the potential of new long- irrelevant to the needs of development. However, this
CE
<
CE
term, coordinated and integrated materials and is a dangerous and ill-informed view. Developing
O
CL industrial strategies and to back them up with the economies need to participate and share in the fruits of
relevant science, technology and information the dramatic advances in the science bases of the
infrastructure, education and training programmes. technologies involved in materials, life sciences,
O
O Recent research indicates that government, agriculture and information, which can be directed to
academia and industry interact at several stages of the meet many of their domestic basic needs and growth
CD
Z
cc
LU
LU
Z
CD
<
US Bureau of Mines (1990-91) The New Materials Society, 3
vols, Washington DC.
I
299
3
The gender dimension describes Lhe way in which women and men in, for example, universities, sciences
culturally organized differences between men and or other social units. However, this usage obscures
women interact with historically and socially diverse other important aspects of gender relations such as the
scientific and technological practices and their social meanings of manliness and womanliness and,
meanings. Scientific and technological cultures and most importantly, the ways in which men's or women's
practices shape gendered social relations and, in turn, culturally different interests and values structure
are shaped by them (see Collins, 19911; Connell, particular social activities, organizations and projects -
1985; Cook and Fonow, 1991; Harding, 1986, 1987, including scientific and technological ones.
1991; Harding and O'Barr, 1987; Lorber and Farrell, Women and men tend to have some distinctive
1991; Zuckerman et al, 1991). Thus the science and interactions with nature because of their differing
technology (S&T) that each culture has are a biologies, but also because they are assigned different
consequence, in part, of local and global gender social roles and activities, and thus have different
relations, and each culture's gender relations are the interests in, needs from and hopes about how nature
effect, in part, of past local and global S&T changes. 'works' and the resources and dangers it provides.
To the extent that women and men want to know Moreover, evidence suggests that women tend to
different things about how nature works, they will organize their laboratories and other work projects in
tend to ask different questions and generate different somewhat different ways from their male peers and, of
scientific projects - projects that, like all scientific course, how scientific projecis are organized has an
projects, can be pursued by both women and men. effect on what we end up knowing about nature's
The conceptual framework here draws on the processes. Relevant here are numerous studies on how
resources of two decades of gender studies and at least organizations are gendered (Acker, 1992; Kanter,
three decades of the history and sociology of S&T in 1977; Mills and Tancred, 1991).
the North and the South. Two central themes in these Thus, gender-differing interactions with nature are
studies that are important for understanding how assured by differences in biology, in social pre¬
gender relations interact with S&T institutions and suppositions and interests, and in the organization of
projects can be briefly summarized. the production of knowledge. For these reasons,
CE
scientific and technological changes will have differing O
_J
they are much more like each other than popular should concern themselves with, what a culture <
3
culture would often have us believe. But how humans knows about nature will disproportionately represent r-
CL
LU
think about biological differences, how ihey assign men's interests, needs and hopes. O
Z
social activities based on what they perceive to be such Valuable insights can be gained by asking lhe O
o
differences and how S&T projects impact differently on following queslion: if the assignment of gender roles in LU
I
women and men vary from culture to culture. Gender is S&T projects were reversed, how would our knowledge
this social contribution to the relationship between men of nature be different? In many research areas it
and women. All too often, gender is assumed to be just
a way to refer to women, or to the distribution of
probably would not differ at all; but in many others, it
is likely to do so. It would be useful to consider and I
1 . References cited in the chapters that follow will be found in the main References and further reading, p. 345. 303
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
I
sludy how scientific and technological priorities and routinely results in technological changes that were
representations of nalure might change if women were the purpose of the scientific research in the first place.
lo direcl national health institutes, environmental Of course this is the case with, for example, medical
regulatory agencies, regional agricultural policy, projects and environmental sciences. More generally, basic
to eradicate poverty and, generally, if they were more research is allocated only a fraction of the funds
represented in policy making in governments, science supporting scientific research and development, and
and multinational corporations. even the selection of which part of nature to explore
through basic research does not occur separately from
cultural traditions or contemporary social interests.
SCIENCE I ! TECHNOLOGY; TECHNOLOGY IN
Different cultures might well make different choices.
SCIENCE
Thus science and technology are more usefully
While it is sometimes easy to extract the purely conceptualized as including their cultures and
scientific from the technological aspects of issues, such practices. We can understand neither nature nor the
a separation is often unproductive. Scientific projects histories and present practices of S&T if we do not
frequently originate in social needs that have been identify the historical practices and cultures that
defined as technological and, then, as scientific different societies developed in order to learn more
problems - whether or not this is the best way to about the parts of nature that interested them. For
>
think about them. For example, poverty in both example, the mechanistic metaphors and models of
CD
O
developing and developed societies has often been nature that were so valuable to early modern European
_i
O described as being caused by overpopulation. Poverty scientists carried class and gender meanings for them
z
reduction is then thought to require such strategies as and their culture. These meanings helped to shape the
ü
LU
sterilization and better contraception, both of which, patterns of European expansion to which these modern
initially, require scientific research. sciences contributed. Insofar as they link culturally
< local ideals of 'civilization' and of manliness to success
Of course, there are many other reasonable
LU
O
explanations of poverty that lead to solutions that may at dominating nature (and people's 'natures'), they
or may not require scientific research. For example, as remain today an obstacle to wiser environmental
o
co
the 1994 UN International Conference on Population science and management policies (Lloyd, 1984;
LL
O
and Development report recognized, it now appears Merchant, 1980; Seager, 1993; Shiva, 1988). In many
z
o probable that poverty causes overpopulation, rather ways nature is indeed like a machine, and in other
co
than the reverse, since poor families often perceive ways it is not at all like one. Now we can usefully ask
children to be a potential economic resource for what laws of nature were made invisible or obscured
CE
increasing family income and providing for parents in by long reliance on only this one model of nature.
LU
O sickness and in old age. Moreover, increased These wider ranging understandings of gender and
education for women appears to be the single most science in society enable more accurate and
CD
LU effective way of lowering birth rates. comprehensive accounts of the gender dimensions of
Scientific change often requires and/or follows science and technology.
upon lhe development of distinctive technologies for
Science by whom?
E 300
systematic collection of disaggregated data at the
institutional, national and international levels, equity
issues will continue to remain relatively invisible in
S&T communities. 200
LU
of these are girls. Over 100 million children of school science education available in schools limits equal
Ü
age worldwide fall outside the school system, and 60 access to the information and knowledge necessary to CO
million of these are girls. Figure 1 illustrates that make informed decisions about S&T matters in public
currently almost two-thirds of the world's illiterate are
women and Figure 2 provides evidence that boys have
preferential access to schools in many parts of the world.
policy and in everyday life.
These realities underline the urgent need for policy
attention to address literacy for all with specific
I
Exclusion from literacy training and from general programmes to eliminate the gender gap. 305
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Promoting S&T literacy through informal education UNIFEM (United Nations Development Fund for
While governmenLs musL be compelled to ensure Women), issued its report Women, Science and
universal education for all, parallel efforts are required to Technology: New Visions for the 21st Century, urging
reach Lhose currenlly ouLside the system, through both governments to promote programmes to repackage and
governmental and non-govemmental organizations, to make available scientific and technological knowledge to
support S&T literacy in the informal sector, paying women at all levels of society (UNIFEM, 1993a).
particular attention to closing the gender gap in global Emphasis on practical technical training for women
literacy rates. For example, in 1993, the Declaration of was also identified as an important strategy by develop¬
the International Forum on Scientific and Technological ing country participants in a workshop convened by the
Literacy for All (Project 2000+) , convened by UNESCO National Research Council Board of Science and
and its partners (notably, the International Council of Technology in International Development (BOSTID),
Associations for Science Education), called for a Washington, 1994, entitled Barriers Faced by Develop¬
programme of regional and sub-regional cooperation ing Country Women Entering Professions in Science and
between countries with the objective of focusing on S&T Technology. This workshop stressed the need to shift
literacy for all with particular policy attention to girls the emphasis of informal education towards the training
(UNESCO, 1993). in technical skills necessary for science-based income
In 1993, the Expert Group Meeting organized by generation for women (BOSTID, 1994).
>-
O
O
_J
o
z FIGURE 2
I
o THE GENDER GAP IN PRIMARY SCHOOLS
LU
<
LU
O
Z
LU
O
co
LL
O
z
o
co
Percentage point
difference ¡n
enrolment, 1990
CE
(Gross primary
LU
Q enrolment rate of boys
minus that of girls)
CD HB 20 and over
LU
13-19
I I 6-12
1 1 0-5
Negative difference
I I I Insufficient data
306 Source: UNICEF, UNESCO and WHO in World Resources Institute, World Resources 1994-95, New York, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
I WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
No data, no visibility
No visibility, no priority
The way in which data in science and technology are Internationally, the UNESCO Statistical Yearbook
predominantly collected renders women and their issues remains the single most extensive source of country-
relatively invisible. At least two sets of data are essential for specific data on school enrolments for girls. In 1986 the
decision makers: data on women's participation rates in UN Statistical Division's Compendium of Statistics and
scientific education (by discipline), in S&T careers and in policy Indicators on the Situation of Women included data on
decision making; and data on the differential impact of S&T on women in relation to science and technology. The
the lives of women and men. Moreover, in the last two Division devoted a section to women in science and
decades, there has been no shortage of recommendations technology in the 1995 publication of World's Women.
session in 1978, also proposed the collection of statistics on Nationally, several governments have assembled data
women for scientific and technological projects as well as on and articulated a range of recommendations to create
personnel. The World Conference on Agrarian Reform and enabling environments for women (see the Canadian
Rural Development (FAO, 1979) requested governments to Prime Minister's National Advisory Board on Science and
revise procedures for the collection and presentation of Technology publications Winning with Women in Trades,
statistical data for the identification of women's participation in Technology, Science and Engineering and Participation of
productive activities. The 1986 and 1989 UN World Surveys Women in Science and Technology, (Canada, 1 993 and
on the Role of Women in Development, and the 1990 UNDP 1988); the UK report The Rising Tide (United Kingdom,
Human Development Report, all called for disaggregated data 1993b); and the Australian report Women in Science,
to reflect the contribution of women to the global economy Engineering and Technology (Australia, 1994)). Some
O
and to development. Further, the United Nations Conference scientific associations are also assuming leadership in the I
on Environment and Development (UNCED, 1992) called for analysis of gender issues in the profession (see the 1 992
>
the quantification of women's work. Canadian Committee on Women in Engineering's study m
LU
Twenty years on from the World Plan of Action these More Than Just Numbers). o
Conference on Women (Beijing, 1995). Yet data collection remains sporadic and unsystematic
Despite these repeated calls for action, there persists a and suffers from a lack of consistency in methodology from
scarcity of disaggregated
Creative examples of initiatives in the informal Travelling vans visited towns and villages bringing
sector include that of the Science and Technology resource libraries and role-model videos. Workshops
Roadshow in Botswana. This project was supported by were held to train local women in technical and
the Education Programme of the Commonwealth mechanical skills and a media logo and motto were
Secretariat and UNESCO, and sponsored by designed to raise public awareness. As another
embassies, local companies, schools and communities. example, in the People's Republic of China, the All
Global research on women's technical innovations seeks to identify communities involved in ecologically
and local knowledge systems sound self-development with the goal of analysing these
successes for other communities. The World Resources
0036, USA).
Internationally, a series of field studies have highlighted the ECOGEN, coordinated by Clark University and the World
>
CD
gender dimension of local knowledge systems. Resources Institute in Asia, Africa and Latin America, also
O
_j
works towards an understanding of gender issues in
O
z
A special edition of the Indigenous Knowledge & natural resource management (fax: 1 508 793 7201 , USA).
I
O Development Monitor, December, 1994, dedicated its
LU
theme to gender and indigenous knowledge systems Our Hands - Our History is a global field study in which
(fax: 31 70 4260329, the Netherlands). The World Women's Veterinary Association with the
<
Inter-American Institute for Cooperation on Agriculture
LU
WedNet, supported by Canada's International issues, a synopsis of the literature, UN official documents
Development Research Centre (IDRC), has conducted and a directory to global networks (fax: 1 613 594 5946,
and Latin America, works from the assumption that while relations between agricultural research centres and
there are tremendous environmental dilemmas facing farmers by collaborating specifically with women, and by
I developing countries, there are also numerous testing improved bean varieties collaboratively with
illustrations of effective efforts in rurally based and locally women as local crop breeding experts (fax: 1 202 334
308
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Women's Federation coordinated a five-year national UNIFEM Expert Group recommended highlighting the
campaign to bring literacy and technical training to role of women's traditional food cycle technologies and
millions of rural women (GWG-UNCSTD, 1995b). the documentation on the merging of traditional and
modern science within commercial contexts. The
have focused on incorporating 'modern' science grounds of class, race and ethnicity creates additional
approaches and technologies into development policies barriers to minority women's entry, retention and
and programmes (GWG-UNCSTD, 1995a). promotion in science and technology.
The UNIFEM Expert Group Meeting addressed the
importance of local knowledge systems and drew Beginning in the home
policy ailenlion to issues of appropriate acknowledge¬ In the home, parental attitudes can change the choices
ment and protection of these knowledge systems and children make and unintentionally undermine girls'
their gendered nature: confidence, self-image and aspirations. Societal stereo¬
typing, transmitted through parents, can convey strong
'While most women practice S&T every day of
messages to girls to avoid technical or scientific subjecis
iheir lives, they are considered (and consider
as unsuilable for women. Furthermore, parenlal decis¬
themselves) as being technologically illiterate.
O
ions Lo send only boys Lo school or apply pressure on I
When local technical knowledge is recognized as
girls lo marry early and bear children can severely
having value, local communities and especially >
compromise Lhe opporlunily for girls Lo enler and m
O
Cultures thai ignore or devalue ihese other In the educational system CO
knowledge syslems and lhe gender-specific dimension In Lhe classroom, leacher bias and behaviour can
Syndrome' of differential trealment based upon on gender issues in science is only recently emerging
expectations, which in turn affects student achieve¬ as a legitimate activity. In academia, tenure review
ment in the book entitled Missing Links: Gender in committees often discredit research on women's
Science and Technology (GWG-UNCSTD, 1995a). concerns, publications in women's studies journals,
Furthermore, leacher assessmenls of student achievements recognized by women's scientific organ¬
performance have been shown to change depending izations, or scholarship using unorthodox methodology
upon the gender of the name of the student appearing and paradigms. Female professionals in the sciences
on the cover of the paper. In similar studies, where are not yet given adequate compensation for the
department chairs have been asked to rank applicants substantial effort required to serve as role models and
for the position of associate professor, the ranking of mentors. Furthermore, women professional scientists
the applicant dropped significantly when the name are frequently called upon to represent the 'women's
was changed from male to female on the same view', rather than Lo give iheir professional opinions.
application (Hall, 1982). When expressed, iheir viewpoints are often given less
Exclusionary language in textbooks and lectures, weight. Taken together, this results in the paradox of
reinforced by illustrations which emphasize almost 'over-attention/under-attentiori (AAC, 1986).
behaviours. A World Bank Discussion Paper, Women's Gender bias in resource allocaLion lowards issues of
>
CD
Access to Higher Education, noted that the nature and concern and relevance to men continues in many cases
O
_i
O practice of S&T projects a masculine image, not only beyond the curriculum and into the public research
z
X because men still dominate the field, but also because agenda and S&T development. Gender issues in S&T
o
LU men dominate the language and images found in are still not systematically addressed by governments
scientific literature (DePietro-Jurand, 1994). and research institutions; priorities are set and
< Science curricula can also contain bias in content and resources are allocated without adequate consideration
LU
O focus. It is imporlanl to relaie S&T in lhe classroom of the gender dimension. This was a finding of the
z
UJ
equally to the life experiences and issues of concern to Gender Working Group of the UNCSTD which
ü
CO
girls. This is particularly the case in rural areas in concluded that most technical change appears to have
LL
O developing countries, where the roles and responsi¬ been oriented to the tasks that men perform and to
z
o bilities of girls and women differ significantly from those men's interests and needs in the development process.
CO
of boys and men. Women play the pivotal role in Grassroots organizations similarly stress the missing
agroforestry and natural resource management and are link between women's needs and interests and the
most frequently solely responsible for the household's science and technology agenda.
ce
LU
o subsistance food production and the food security of the
z
LU family. They are also usually responsible for the health In the workplace
CD
LU management of three generations. Their focus, concerns In the workplace, a series of visible and invisible barriers
I
and health issues are often distinct from those of men. and behaviours militate against women entering, staying
Should we be surprised that girls and women are less and excelling. 'Micro-inequities' have been identified in
'Micro-inequities refer collectively to ways in which women in science and technology - as in many other
individuals are either singled out, or overlooked, areas - is the challenge of combining career and
ignored or otherwise discounted on the basis of family. Women who give priority to child-bearing and
unchangeable characteristics such as sex, race or child-rearing during periods critical to career develop¬
age... Micro-inequities often create a work and ment and promotion within the current reward
learning environment that wastes women's resources, systems suffer the career consequences. Where men
for it takes time and energy to ignore or to deal with and women do not equally share childcare and
these behaviours.' (AAC, 1986). household work it is frequently women who sacrifice
Unlike formal barriers, these informal traditions their education and career opportunities for the home
and practices are less obvious and harder to recognize. and family. Such choices - so long as society and S&T
For example, women are assigned to less powerful institutions do not recognize and value ihem - will
commilLees, have fewer budgetary resources, have a result in lost opportunities to advance careers and
harder time accessing support services from staff and compete for tenure or overseas scholarships and a loss
are placed in less centrally localed offices; ihey lack to the S&T community.
access to 'old boy networks' of institutional infor¬ Disparity in salaries for equivalent work also
mation and feed-back and do not have an equivalent disadvanlages women in science. Several sludies
pool of available mentors or role models to draw upon confirm Lhe realily of a gender gap in salaries
for advice and support. Attitudes can also interfere (BOSTID, 1994; Ausiralia, 1994). Lack of support for
with objective and impartial interviewing techniques. spousal employmenl is an additional issue for highly
Women's actual or potential marital and/or parenlal qualified women, since spouses of professional women
slalus may be raised in admission inlerviews. In usually have equivalenl academic qualificalions and
conirast, men are rarely asked questions about how are iherefore less likely lo be flexible in job re-
their family life would be affected by their careers. localion. Furthermore, promotions and tenure for
Distinctive communication patterns and working women do not seem to be keeping pace with increases
styles of women and men are also the subject of in enrolments, which has a dampening effect upon
several studies. Men tend to engage in highly assertive, women's aspirations and expectations.
impersonal and abstract speech forms and tend to Finally, a central factor creating a chilly climate in
prefer, competitive interchanges, interrupt other the sciences for professional women is their isolation
speakers (especially women), control the topic of in a male-dominated domain. Efforts to bridge this
conversation and use gestures that take up physical isolation and provide peer support have resulted in
O
space. Women, in contrast, use more personal and the formation of several regional and global networks I
cooperative communication styles. They tend to make over the last two decades (see p. 340). In technical
>
direct eye contact for longer periods of time and use and vocational fields, a network of 16 African CD
LU
gestures which express attentiveness or give en¬ countries founded the Commonwealth Association of Ü
z
couragement (AAC, 1986). Researchers are currently Polytechnics in Africa (CAPA) in 1978 to address UJ
o
beginning to explore the possibility that some features issues relating to the integration of women into the CO
of 'women's speech' and working style might have development process through technical education and
positive values in fostering a more equitable scholarly
climate based on the cooperative development of ideas
(Hall, 1982).
training.
Technology
In Canada,
National
the Women in
Network, founded
promotes and assists in the recruitment, training and
Trades
in
and
1994, I
Perhaps the most frequently reported barrier to employment of women in trades, technology, 311
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Global gaps and trends Where science is a part of the core school curriculum
greater proportion.
~::
,
Mexico
WOMEN IN S&T TERTIARY EDUCATION
<
LU Australia
O New Zealand ' ."i
Z
LU Netherlands ::::::
O Austria nms
CO Germany, Dem. Rep.
LL
South Africa mmHt
O -
India
Z
Belgium
o
France
CO
Spain
Poland
Brazil
China
ce
Italy
LU
Q Turkey
Z
LU
USSR
CD
LU
Philippines
H Portugal
I Source: GWG-UNCSTD.
Region by year: 1970, 1980, 1990
Percentage women
312
I WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Women professionals are not present in science and Would women make a difference to science and science
technology either in 'critical mass' or at a 'critical level' decision making anyway - even if they were present in
in national governments or in the United Nations or any significant numbers? The paradox of critical mass has
other regional or inter-governmental body.
been recently described in the literature (Etzkowitz,
1994) in a study entailing over 200 interviews. The
As the status, remuneration and recognition of
analysis addresses the apparent paradox that in some
professions originally considered feminine increases, so
access to them becomes more difficult for women and fields where a critical mass (defined as 15%) of women
men move into the field; conversely, as the status of a professionals in a faculty has been reached, the
field declines, men abandon it fa more lucrative and
expected effect and qualitative changes anticipated were
prestigious work. not realized. Interviews with women who have 'made it'
professional experience; and gender disparity in pay for was examined and is explained by the authors in terms
equivalent work persists. of a 'gender-generational fault line'.
Evidently, peer pressures to conform have especially
IN S&T DECISION MAKING powerful effects on the first members of a new social
and national academies. sciences has been imitation of the values and working
styles of their male colleagues. This is not to say that
There appears to be a 'glass ceiling' for women in the accepted models are necessarily undesirable ones,
science and technology decision- making bodies - the
but only that they may not always include those that
higher in the system, the fewer the proportion who are
O
enable younger women (and men) to make their greatest I
women. This phenomenon cannot be attributed only to
keeping pace with increased numbers of professional reported, fear of stigmatization led some of the senior m
LU
women candidates with experience. women to deny the existence of gender-related obstacles, o
z
Ü
them. Younger female scientists expressed a significant CO
I
those women who were first to enter a field or
FIGURE 3
UNIVERSITIES AND EQUIVALENT INSTITUTIONS: FEMALE TEACHERS AND STUDENTS, SELECTED COUNTRIES, 1990
95
Congo
1 1 885 465 426
auritius DSI42
530 i 4 498 360
i Africa
mW..285.Q..
133 582
Swaziland
% 0 20 40 60 80 100
WESTERN EUROPE
France
679 928
!
>
CD Fed. Rep. 31 985
O 605 045
_i of Germany
O
z
Saudi Arabia
ü 59 241 32 853
LU
F-
LU I 1 i i i I I I I I I
O
z % 0 20 40 60 80 100 % 0 20 40 60 80 100
LU
O
CENTRAL AND EASTERN EUROPE
CO
LL
255 655
g
CO
Bangladesh
rr
LU
Japan (1991)
Q
Z
LU
Republic of
CD
Korea
LU
Note: Figures at the ends of bars are the actual numbers of females.
314
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Efforts to 'add women into the S&T pipeline' have met § 730 000 - 1 977 High school sophomores
700 000
with the reality that once inside the formal S&T
system, a notable proportion of girls and women opt
600 000 -
to leave. Attrition and underemployment of highly 590 000 - 1979 High school seniors
400 000
universities and the female component of their
teaching staff is striking if all subjects are taken 340 000 - 1980 College freshmen
300 000
together (see Figure 3). Even in those countries with a
good record of addressing gender issues, the figure
205 000 -1984 Bachelor
200 000
can be surprisingly low; for example, in Norway only
of Science degrees
9% of professors in higher education are women. The
disparity with regard to S&T is even more significant. 100 000
46 000 -1986 Master of
9 700-1992PhDs
Why does the S&T environment fail to attract and Science degrees
against girls' education at home or abroad. and less than 18% enter the tenure track (Barinaga, 1993).
>-
m
The phenomenon of alienation of girls and women In the USA, the National Science Foundation examined
LU
from S&T is by no means limiLed to developing this phenomenon over time. It found that despite O
countries. In the USA a recent study showed a series of increasing efforts to attract women into science, the
O
co
watersheds where girls and women dropped out of percentage of women among those receiving PhDs
science (see Figure 4). At each transition point, women increased from 21% to just 28% between 1979 and 1989.
left science at significantly higher rates than men.
Recent studies have explored the phenomenon of this
leaky pipeline' in higher education and academia. One
In other words, 'supply side strategies' need to be
supplemented. Simply increasing enrolments
fruitless if the pipeline continues to leak all along the
is I
315
such study examining women in neuroscience in the USA way. There is a clear need to focus on changing the
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
development
advantage of the potential that women scientists and
technologists can offer.
>
SD
O CREATING ENABLING ENVIRONMENTS
_i
O
z
X A range of policy instrumenis and innovaLive sLraLegies less represented sex should be favoured. Other govern¬
o
LU is available Lo redress hisLorical imbalances and help ments have passed legislation, such as the USA Science
F-
Q dismantle discriminatory practices that have mar¬ and Technology Equal Opportunities Act. In 1988,
Z
<
ginalized women from S&T communities. England and Wales passed an Education Reform Act
LU
O Organizations can intervene at many points of entry to introducing science as a core course for children
z
LU
effect change and achieve gender equiLy. Figure 5 suggests beLween Lhe ages of 5 and 16. Pay equily legislaLion,
O
co
a set of eight points where policy interventions could take policies Lo eliminaLe gender harassment, progressive
LL
O place in an institution in order to lead to change. Each parental leave policies and spousal support programmes
Z
o intervention requires the recognition that there are also are other tools to effect organizational and behavioural
co
differences among women defined by culture, class, change and build enabling environments for both
race and ethnicity which add complexity to both the women and men (Science, 263, 1994; Canada, 1993;
Q
analysis and required action. Ultimately, affirmative United Kingdom, 1993b).
ce
LU
Q action is needed in S&T decision-making and advisory Governments can require gender impact assessments
Z
LU bodies to address the pronounced absence of to ensure the explicit articulation of 'whose needs' and
CD
LU professional women from the decision-making arena. 'whose interests' are being served by S&T priorities,
X
programmes and products. Furthermore, governments
Legislative tools for governments have the power to enforce employment equity policies
I Legislation is a powerful point of leverage. Some and can choose to tie the granting of funds to S&T
governments have enacted affirmative action legislation, institutions to successful implementation of gender equity
such as that in Sweden, which states that when two policies and programmes. National implementation of
316 candidates are equally matched, the applicant from the such policies may explain, in part, why the public
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
TABLE 1
Institutional self-evaluation questionnaires Flexible tenure and promotion criteria; changed reward
Responsibility centres for equity evaluation, monitoring Succession planning and career counselling
professional networks, NGOs and the Internet to seek Flexi-time, flexi-location; job-sharing options
Gender balanced interviewing teams and recruitment options, mentors, role models and career counselling
committees Career-break schemes and re-entry refresher courses
Gender neutral interviewing techniques and formats Childcare allowances for applicants
Targets for hiring qualified female professionals Progressive parental leave policies
Designated fellowships for women; stipends to send girls
to school Training and development
Flexible overseas scholarships for women in science Gender sensitivity training for teachers, students and staff
Pedagogical training for teachers; curriculum revision;
Retention recognition of diverse ways of doing science and
Senior management support; corporate policy; equity differing gender patterns in communication and learning
Enforced corporate policies on gender and sexual Gender-neutral language, images and illustrations
harassment Training on gender, interviewing techniques, combating
Corporate guidelines on language, illustrations and visual harassment etc.
I
317
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
sector has achieved so much more success in cross-over sharing of successes. National and
attracting and retaining professional women scientists international organizations advancing girls and
than the private sector. Governments are key lo Lhe women in sport have developed a wide range of tools,
sysLemaLic collecLion of disaggregaLed daLa on women policies and guidelines relating to harassment, gender
in science and dala on the impact of science on equity, access to facilities, mentoring and role
women and men. Moreover, governments can enact modeling at national and international levels, to
legislation to promote the recognition and protection facilitate the full participation of women in sport.
of local knowledge systems and their gender Furthermore, as athlete and scientist Leigh Handy
dimension. Royden of MIT personally experienced, there can also
be a reinforcing relationship between aLhleLics and the
Strategies and tools in learning and employment self-empowerment of women professionally: 'One of
environments the things that helped me as a woman in science was
A set of tools and techniques are already available to my athletic career. It teaches you to compete
assist organizations diagnose problem areas and physically and also psychologically in the face of
introduce change. As instruments to effect organizational outside pressures... while men get this training, very
and personal behavioural change, these tools offer a few women do' (Science, 1992, 255: 1388).
wide range of options for action from the 'carrot' to the Table 1 lists a range of tools and strategies available
>
'stick' approach. They include incentives, mentoring, to organizations and school systems to help evaluate
CD
O
scholarships and fellowships, public reporting on gender equity issues and initiate solutions. These
_i
O performance in gender equity and schedules for success. examples have been drawn from both the public and
z
X A number of professional associations, including private sectors and illustrate actions possible at various
o
some in the fields of engineering, chemistry and human points of entry inLo institutions in order to effect
medicine, actively support professional women's personal and organizational change.
<
networks to assist in identifying issues and designing
LU
O solutions. These more progressive associations assume a Tools in the decision-making arena
z
UJ
much higher profile in terms of exposing biases, yet Ultimately, in order to effect change and contribute
O
co
also serve as important leaders in working towards fully to science and technology, women must be
LL
O
solutions. For example, the American Chemical Society present in critical number and at a critical level in
z
o in its annual survey (1991) recorded that women decision making in S&T institutions, departments,
co
chemists earned on average only 88% of what their advisory boards, development agencies and
male counterparts earned, with controls for age, educaLional insLiLuLions. Al present the participation of
LT
experience and qualification. These and other analyses professional women is negligible in S&T decision¬
LU
Q have led to a range of gender equity initiatives in the making bodies and high-level advisory boards (see
Z
LU profession, and the publication by the women's Table 2).
(D
LU committee of a list identifying major chemistry depart¬ Purposeful attention is needed to seek out candidates
X
ments in the country which still, in the 1990s, have no to serve in this capacity. Such recommendations abound
women on the tenure track. Recognizing and recording in the literature and in national task force reports. To
31Í Sport illustrates the interesting benefits from such those databanks currently in existence including
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Organization membership membership issues of gender, science and technology, many of which
AUSTRALIA took an active role in promoting S&T at the 1995
Prime Minister's Science Fourth World Conference on Women (see p. 340).
Council, Office of the Chief
and Technology 13
approaches and provides a natural bridge to the
broader question 'Science for whom?'
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY
Technology 30
FRANCE
and Technology 40
JAPAN
NETHERLANDS
Technology 12
O
x
UNITED KINGDOM
I
319
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
For whom should science produce knowledge of women might tend to favour different styles of doing
naLure and social relalions? Asking ihis question scienlific research has led lo apprecialion of lhe
directs attention to patterns of systematic ignorance possibilities of enriching our knowledge through
generated for everyone when the interests of social greater inclusiveness of human talents and abilities.
groups such as women are excluded from the Modern scientific communities have always recognized
decision-making process determining which problems the importance of including people who tend to think
need scientific attention and just how these issues in diverse ways in order to look at nature from as many
should be formulated. perspectives as possible. Gender differences, too, can
Most observers around the world doubt that increase such diversity (see below).
transferring 'ready made' modern S&T to developing Some of the very characterisLics lhal make Lhe
societies has been, or could be, a solution lo globally modern sciences so immensely effeciive for producing
uneven developmenl or to global inequity. This S&T soluLions lo some kinds of problems also limil iheir
was designed for different natural and social usefulness for olhers. Consider, for example, the case
circumstances than those now prevailing in most of the of environmental sciences. Here observers have
developing world, and for different natural and social poinied out that they all too often exclude from
goals than those of greatest importance to developing consideration exactly the kinds of social analyses that
societies. Indeed, considering the environmental and are crucial for understanding patterns of local
human destructive power that modern S&T has made environmental maintenance and degradation. Focusing
>
CD
O
available in the last 50 years, many people now fear that on scientific approaches to environmental problems
_j
O at least those parts of modem S&T are no longer also tends to tilt analysis away from lived experiences
z
X suitable for developed societies either. and local condiLions in an environment to outside
CD
LU There is no doubt that many of the issues raised in expertise that devalues local knowledge and to
F-
Q the preceding sections are crucial for increasing the universalizing explanations that are of limited
Z
<
well-being of the most economically, socially and usefulness under local conditions. Finally, scientific
LU
O politically vulnerable women and men around the approaches can give scientists and the public alike lhe
z
UJ
world. However, focusing exclusively or primarily on impression of a greaier certainty about how nature
o
CO
how Lo give girls and women in developing and works and about proposed solutions to problems than
LL
o developed societies more access to careers in modern may turn out to be warranted (Seager, 1993).
z
g S&T cannot avoid appearing to many to be a project Recognition of these kinds of limitations of scienlific
CO
of dubious social value to the majority of the world's soluLions to environmental problems leads to a
peoples as long as the larger issue of 'Science for renewed appreciation of the importance of local
Q
whom?' remains unaddressed. knowledge systems and, especially, of women's under¬
CE
LU
Q Within science and technology communities, appreciated roles in these knowledge systems (see
Z
LU women scientists have sometimes been able to find opposite).
CD
LU ways to use their experiences and interests 'outside the Local knowledge systems were discussed in more
X
lab' or apart from field work to illuminate previously detail earlier. These knowledge systems are often
ignored aspects of nature - most obviously, women's contrasted with the universal validity of modern
I
bodies and their interactions with environments, and science's claims, and this contrast captures important
other areas where nature and social relations bolh play features of both systems. Yet it also obscures important
a role in what has often been thought of only as characteristics of each and of relations between them.
320 'nature'. Questioning about whether at least some Modern science's knowledge is also shaped by 'local'
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
When you look at the landscape, what do you see? Are compared to men in their own households and communities
there aspects of your natural environment that you would - has continued to rise.
like to maintain or improve? Are there others you find Furthermore, women have been disproportionately
unnecessary or detrimental? To what extent are your exposed to the consequences of environmental degradation,
perceptions and preferences regarding the use and in both rural and urban areas, particularly through their
management of the natural environment similar to those of activities in the collection of fuelwood and water, the
other people in your household and community? production of food crops, and through their work in the
Research carried out by the WEDNET team in Africa maintenance of homes and neighbourhoods (Jacobson
suggests that environmental perceptions are often (1992) Worldwatch Paper No. 110).
gendered, and that the elements of the natural environment The invisibility of women's 'landscape' in scientific and
known and valued by women and men may be very technological research and application has had profoundly
different, regardless of the cultural or regional setting (Kettel negative impacts on women's income and well-being. In
(1995) Gender and Environment: Lessons from WEDNET, addition, the failure of development planners, scientists and
Westview). The gendered nature of people's perceptions technological innovators alike to recognize that women may
about the environment is not limited to knowledge of see and understand the natural environment differently from
different plant and animal species. Women and men may men, and have very different interests and goals in the use
have a different focus and level of awareness with regard to and management of their local environment, has also had a
the ecosystemic associations that link various aspects of profoundly negative impact on the sustainable management
nature. In a recent ECOGEN case study, Rocheleau of local ecosystems. We have viewed nature through only
reported that women in Kathama, Kenya, played a central one eye, and with one side of our collective human brain.
role in helping the community to survive a drought that sent But careful use and sustainable management of local - and
every resident into the fields and hedgerows to scour the planetary - ecosystems surely requires full human sight and
Over the last few decades, a great deal of scientific Perhaps women's views and goals, which generally
research and technological innovation has been devoted to include the well-being of their children, female and male,
O
better meeting a key set of environmental perceptions and should even be accorded comparatively greater weight than x
preferences, in order to improve living standards and raise men's in our global quest for a sustainable human future
CE
incomes. Science and technology have allowed us (Steady, F. (1993) Women and Children First, Schenkman). O
LL
constantly to test nature's limits in pursuit of ever greater But one conclusion is clear: a great deal of new scientific LU
O
efficiency, productivity and profit. However, two profound and technological research and application, in support of z
LU
dilemmas have arisen. women's environmental perceptions, knowledge and goals,
O
First, we know that many of these scientific and is waiting to be done. CO
detrimental to the sustainability of the natural environment Studies, York University. Canada
321
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
interests and knowledge traditions (for example the European cultures expanded, modern science was able
career, disciplinary and universalizing interests of to reflect on observations of nature made in many parts
'experts'). Moreover, modern science has incorporated of the world by peoples drawing on many different
much from earlier local knowledge systems of Europe, cultural traditions of knowledge seeking. Knowledge
Asia, the Americas and other parts of Lhe world - Arabic developed in local contexts has often become universally
numerals, Indian mathematical notions or agricultural valid through such historical processes (Goonatilake,
principles of Andean potato-growers. Furthermore, as 1984). Indeed, modern science can only be developed
doll's house that I had, as well as the train that I didn't have.
Women, science and
As a result of my own rearing, I cannot escape the fact that I
LL In a classic work by Segall, Campbell and Herskovits, perspectives are missing. If women and minorities are
O
The Influence of Culture on Visual Perception (1 966), groups excluded, other viewpoints of the world are being lost.
Z
o who lived with few lines were found to be less susceptible to Science itself uses the argument of diverse perspectives
CO
the illusion. A part of their culture, the way they were raised, to support the idea of mixed age groupings on science
the world in which they lived, left them free of the perceptual faculties, international exchanges of scientists or multi¬
bias that had caught me. I learned that in a rounded world, national research institutes. A study by Albert Teich,
cc
LU
having homes without corners, using few straight lines, their Scientists and Public Affairs (1974, MIT Press), of European
Q
perception of the lines and the pattern was different from research laboratories such as CERN, indicated that the
z
LU
mine. scientists at the laboratories felt that they gained much from
CD
LU So also, when little boys and little girls are raised having access to and interaction with colleagues who had a
X
differently, as they are in the USA, they acquire different different cultural history and tradition, and that these
perspectives and perceptions. The notion of unisex child differences affected the way each perceived the world.
I
rearing practices is a fairly recent one and not regularly Interestingly, it affected the way they arrived at conclusions -
adhered to, in any case, by parents, such as I, who find it not necessarily changing the final answers, but definitely
difficult to escape tradition. I want my daughters to have the affecting the processes of arriving at them. And the
322
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
and ihen used in local sellings - even though a 'local those where attaining an appropriate interplay
setting' can extend from Cape Canaveral to the Moon or between local knowledge and abstract principles has
Jupiter. been of primary concern. Insofar as women have
Science's creators, users and observers have come different biologies, different socially assigned activities
to understand during the last three decades of and different ways of organizing the production of
development that the scientific and technological knowledge, they will tend Lo have differeni inLeresls,
changes that can most improve social conditions are hopes and inieraclions wiih nalural and social
environmenis and ihus be able lo generale addilional
knowledge. Because women around lhe globe deliver
provision and care to the three generations that
processes themselves suggest new questions, new depend upon their daily services, as well as to the
connections and new relationships, all matters of great larger communities in which they participate, science
importance to activities on the frontiers of knowledge. that is for women too - for women as well as men -
Having diversity among the doers of science may mean
can greatly enlarge every community's resources
looking at a troop of baboons and defining it to be held
through the multiplier effect.
together by male aggressive behaviour - or by female
friendships. Having such alternatives presented may lead to
perspectives and world views - whether intentional or evidence. A report in Science summarizes these studies
coincidental - the profession is the poorer. (Barinaga, 1993). For one thing, many observers think
In view of the pivotal role of science and technology in our
that women lab directors tend to reduce competitive
lives, I believe we must be especially careful that these fields
relations between their assistants and students, while
are not an exclusive club. All people must be prized for the
men tend to encourage them. Indeed, this difference in
different perspectives they can potentially bring to the
scientific process. The talents of all interested and able people attitude towards competition appears to extend to the
must be carefully nurtured, lest an indifferent society or a choice of research topics. According to one study, men
negative one turn them away because of their differences often seem to prefer 'hot topics', where research groups
O
from the majority of present participants. I'm glad I learned x
are competing, while women more often prefer a 'niche
about the people who were not fooled by the optical illusion.
approach', 'where they can develop mastery and deal CE
Maybe a more heterogenous world view in science will keep O
with a relatively limited number of colleagues who are LL
us honest about a lot of other things as well. LU
interested in the same field'. One outcome of this O
Z
LU
difference in approach appears to be that 'while
O
women publish less, their papers were nevertheless CO
A related difference appears in women's comfort with field through a distinctively different style of working
collaboration rather than only with individually with primates. Other examples can be identified in
conducted research. (It is not clear that this difference such areas as environmental, medical and health
would hold up were gender preferences surveyed cross- sciences. Of course there is nothing in these literatures
culturally; in some societies it is men who are more used to suggest that biological differences are the cause of
to collaboration (Traweek, 1988).) Moreover, women these different styles. Nor is Lhere any suggesiion lhal
often seem to prefer to collaborate with other women. men could not learn to use these styles; indeed, in
Observers suggest that this choice may originate in the many cases lhere are already men who do.
different styles of conflict resolution with which men Gender differences in scientific styles may well turn
and women are most comfortable. In one study, women out to be one of the most important newly identified
were 'more likely to say they listen to all perspectives resources for the growth of scientific knowledge.
and try to come up with a compromise, while men were Good science should value diverse forms of arriving at
more likely to say they try to persuade others to adopt less partial and disLorled results of research. The goal
their point of view'. When these two approaches are should be for everyone lo expand iheir human
both working in a research group, women will tend Lo capacities and interests in nature rather than
feel 'overlooked, unheard, and even squeezed oui'. remaining confined to understanding only what can
Do gender slyles créale differeni sciences, or just be seen through rigid gender blinkers.
different ways of going about producing the 'same'
>
O
O
science? In many scientific projects and, indeed, vast
_l
ce
A great deal of scientific research is of this sort. In
LU
a these cases, gender differences mark just one of many
z
LU culturally shaped differences in the kinds of problems
CD
LU that culturally different groups of scientists will find
X
interesting and valuable and, consequently, in the
ways they will organize the process of research, as
Why should governments and the global scientific knowledge complementary to modem science and
community address the gender dimension of scientific technology and also valuable for sustainable human
and technological development? Most obviously, development.
for Development issued its final report, Science and community to take a stand on what it considers
Technology for Sustainable Human Development: The fair, just and ethical in a number of science and
Gender Dimension (GWG-UNCSTD, 1995b), in which it technology related issues. Pugwash did play that
called upon governments to endorse a Declaration of role to a limited extent in the 1970s but other
Intent setting out six goals of gender equity in science NGOs may be in a better place to do so in the
and men are equally taken into account in the These last two equity issues are specially important, O
setting of research priorities and in the design, since the design and evaluation of S&T projects have
transfer and application of new technologies. not systematically included an initial analysis and
LU
subsequent evaluation of the differential impact of F-
the information and knowledge, particularly scientific women. This omission has contributed to situations in
LU
ihan women (GWG-UNCSTD, 1995b). noted the high development cost - in lost
Increasingly, governmenls are also viewing gender opportunities to raise productivity and income, as well
equily in Lhe conlexl of national strategic advantage in as quality of life - where governments and society fail
the global markelplace. There is pressing inieresl in to address issues of inequity in access to education.
many counlries to maximize everyone's creativity and The research community is called upon to act in its
ingenuity in science and technology in order to own self-interest and make a conscious effort to
increase economic growth to achieve quality of life for 'integrate itself into the larger community' by more
all. Marginalization of half of a nation's talent just does closely reflecting the demographic composition of the
not make good sense. In 1993 Lhe UK Commiliee on population (Neal Lane, Director of the NSF, cited in
Women in Science, Engineering and Technology, in Etzkowitz, 1994). Isolation and elitism not only erode
ils report Lo the Office of Science and Technology support for science communities but also deprive
entitled The Rising Tide (United Kingdom, 1993b), them of contributions from the full range of end-users,
acknowledged that women were the country's most and reduce important interactions that would help to
under-utilized resource. In Canada, the 1993 report of ensure Lhe relevance of their policies and projects to
the Prime Minister's National Advisory Board on all members of society.
Science and Technology (NABST) entitled Winning In addition, science communities are examining the
with Women in Trades, Technology, Science and Engineering benefits of recruiting and retaining women scientists
>
called for gender equity in science and technology in and engineers in terms of the value of increasing
CD
O
the context of positioning the country for global different perspectives, priorities and operating styles
_i
O women has been and still is undervalued and under¬ Hence, not only considerations of equity and human
z
o utilized. Recognizing this fact, and in particular that rights but also diverse kinds of self-interest give
co
barriers still exist to women's full participation in the governments, development agencies and science and
scientific and technical fields, strategies to remove these lechnology communities good reasons to ensure that
ce
barriers are required at all stages of women's educational women have equal access both to scientific and technical
LU
o and employment development' (Canada, 1993: 3). education and careers, and to full participation in every
z
LU In developing nations, where science and level of the science and technology decision-making
o
LU technology are important transformative tools for structure. Scientific communities and all members of
X
achieving sustainable development, tapping into society will benefit from the full participation of women
women's talent can be in the 'strategic interest of in the process of making decisions as to which scientific
Global perspectives
Research on lhe subjecl of women in science and their positions to men after the war ended
technology is still at a very preliminary stage. (Rossiter, 1982). And 'the percentage of women
Nevertheless, it is clear that there are good reasons to who are full professors in the Federal Republic of
avoid sweeping generalizations and simplistic con¬ Germany is less than the percentage of women
clusions. For example: students in 1910' (Osborn, 1994).
improve constantly and linearly. For example, there generally accepted indices of economic development. >
F-
have been instances where the gains of women in There are many developed counlries, including a large Ü
LU
CL
scientific professions in the 19th century were number in northern and western Europe and North CO
CE
eroded in the 20th century. Many medical schools America, that have rather pathetic rates of participation LU
CL
for women (and African Americans) that had of women in science compared to those of many _l
<
m
flourished in the USA in the 19th century were developing countries. The Scandinavian countries, O
_i
closed down by the American Medical Association (Western) Germany, the Netherlands and the UK have C3
at the beginning of the 20th century. Another particularly low percentages of women scientists in most
I
example is the treatment of North American (and fields. Mediterranean countries such as Italy and Turkey,
European) women chemists and engineers who had on the other hand, seem to do much better.
worked at highly technical jobs throughout the Women can often be effectively segregated or
First World War, and were then forced to give up marginalized within scientific and technical fields, 327
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
I
even when their aggregate percentages look reasonably historical periods, have been diverse and often show
good. It is quile common, for example, for universiLy contradictory tendencies. We should therefore be
teaching to be a rather feminized sector, especially at extremely hesitant to make sweeping generalizations
the low ranks of instructor and lecturer. about the female nature, women's roles under
Also, one occasionally finds that women have patriarchy, etc. The interactions of gender, culture and
consciously or unconsciously segregated themselves science are complex; it is unwise to draw simplistic
into certain fields, possibly in an effort to carve out a conclusions that stereotype women's participation and
place for themselves in the natural sciences. For status in the sciences.
found themselves largely restricted to ihose fields, and History at Hartwick College (Oneonta, NY, USA) and
is the author of the book A Convergence of Lives -
had a difficult time securing employment outside
Sofia Kovalevskaia: Scientist, Writer, Revolutionary
them (Rossiter, 1982).
(New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press, 2nd
Women's contributions in many areas of science,
edition, 1993) and of more than 20 articles on the
technology and medicine have been far greater than history of Russian science, technology and medicine
>
most people suppose. There is a need for further as well as the role of women in the history of
C5 science and on professional women in developing
O
research and there is an even greater need for
_i countries. She is founder and director of the
O dissemination of information on the subject. Truly
z Kovalevskaia Fund for Women in Science in
X comparable cross-cultural statistics are also lacking.
o Developing Countries and a member of the
LU To take just one example: a truly cultural survey of Executive Board of the US Committee for Scientific
when and under what circumstances women entered
Cooperation with Viet Nam, and Chair of its Women
<
the universities - and which fields of study welcomed in Science/History of Science Subcommittee.
LU
o them first - could prove extremely enlightening. In
z
LU
some countries of continental Europe, for instance,
O
co the first women to receive doctorates and teach at the
LL
ce
Women's experiences in the sciences, technology publication The World's Women 1995: Trends and Statistics. It
LU
O and medicine across disciplines, cultures and is used here with the permission of the United Nations.
Z
LU
O
LU
X
I
328
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
In a very cogent observation, Abdus Salam, founding The greatest challenge, therefore, facing advocates of
President of the Third World Academy of Sciences, science-led development in Africa today, is devising
stated that, 'In the final analysis, creation, mastery and mechanisms to fuse science and African cultures in
utilization of modern science and technology is such a way that science becomes a driving force for the
basically what distinguishes the South from the North' improvement of lhe overall qualily of life of all people.
(Salam, 1990). A closer look al lhe situation in industrialized
This observation accords science and technology a countries reveals that the creation of an environment to
special role in development, designating them as key foster the growth of science is critical in S&T
determinants of socio-economic progress. It may be advancement. The essential prerequisites in this process
added that mastery and utilization of S&T in the North include the adoption of policies to promote scienlific
have gone beyond construction of sophisticaled research and substanlial investmenl in the development
induslries and olher physical infraslruclure Lo a fusion of human resources and infrastructure in science at all
of science and culture to produce a self-sustaining and levels. On expenditure, it is noted that African countries
continuous social metamorphosis which touches all spend nearly one-tenth of the percentage of gross
aspects of human life. Science and technology have domestic product that industrialized countries devote to
become a way of life enabling societies to move from S&T, a factor which has rendered Africa extremely
'ground-level subsistence' (Odhiambo, 1994) to highly weak in every aspect of scientific development. For
productive entities propelled by an unprecendented example Africa has not been able to produce the critical
and rapid process of scientific knowledge generalion. mass of specialists to provide effective and innovative
scientific leadership to spearhead successful scientific
research and other vital aspects of science-led
TABLE 1
development. This is shown by the gross discrepancies
NUMBERS OF SCIENTISTS AND ENGINEERS IN
in scientific human capital between Africa and some
SELECTED REGIONS
other regions of the world, indicated in Table 1.
Actual numbers of S&T specialists co
The lack of adequate indigenous human capital to LU
92 300 >
Newly industrialized countries in Asia
participate in the global scientific revolution and to P-
Africa 73100 O
contribute to the creation of new knowledge through LU
Israel 20100 CL
CO
proper exploitation of the continent's vast natural CE
LU
Specialists per 10 000 population resources, is a major and serious drawback to African CL
_1
Israel
hunger,
should
malnutrition
liberate
and
the
disease
measures for the arrest of escalating environmental
continent
and
from
facilitate I
329
degradation. In Africa, where 70-80% of the popula-
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Lion resides in rural areas, successful applicalion of Lhe comment's scientific capacities to tackle the multi¬
S&T to development will be indicated by the extent of dimensional problems that have become endemic in
upliftment of the quality of life of the majority of the many countries (ibid.). Women, who constitute nearly
population (Makhubu, 1993). This upliftment however 50% of Africa's population, and are traditional
cannot be expected to occur without the participation educators and transmitters of traditional values and
of the population, who must appreciate the benefits of norms, are a rich and untapped resource which the
science, thus paving the way for its cullural iniegration. African continent cannot afford to ignore, especially at
It must be said that there has been no lack of effort this time of social transition.
to address these deficiencies in scientific progress in At the present time, women are grossly under-
Africa. However, the past two decades have seen a represented in science at all levels of the educational
multitude of economic problems and political turmoil system and in particular at university level. The
that have diverted attention from such key issues as reasons for this are many and complex and include
building continental capacities in areas such as socio-cultural attitudes towards the education of
science. It is in this context that the promotion of women, teachers' attitudes towards girls enrolled in
women in science is advocated, not merely as a matter scientific disciplines and the attitude of girls and
of equity, bul as an important means of sirenglhening women themselves towards the study of science,
>
TABLE 2
CD
O
ENROLMENT1 FOR SELECTED FACULTIES IN SELECTED UNIVERSITIES, SHOWING TOTAL NUMBER OF STUDENTS AND THE
_i
Uganda 1990 636 33 169 34 1 166 26 880 15 155 10 561 22 207 8 598 18
O
Zambia 1989 1 161 28 145 23 na na 757 14 na na 349 28 551 1 228 7
CE
LU Zimbabwe 1991 1 321 38 345 32 1 885 29 1 301 19 na na 866 27 725 30 357 16
Q
Z
LU Kuwait 1991 2 257 66 602 50 1 580 74 1 593 65 1 636 72 791 63 1 342 39 _ _
O
Brazil 1991 140 566 74 159 390 44 161 214 57 41 158 49 70 898 38 137 602 64 150 015 17 38 700 30
LU
X Mexico 1990 15 003 57 121 621 40 80 792 59 39 541 54 51 751 41 94 622 54 279 989 16 24 620 21
F-
Italy 1991 207 046 80 244 446 53 375 341 47 97 945 51 49 910 42 110 644 50 165 480 11 32 097 34
Sweden 1991 2 763 64 5174 54 5 606 74 3 425 53 6 504 19 8 994 62 20124 21 1 205 45
330
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
which is generally regarded as a male domain. All African universities (see Table 2 and Figures 1 and 2).
these factors have the effect of severely limiting the While reflecting upon the positive effects of science
entry of women into scientific careers and consequently and technology on human life, it is essential to
their upward mobility into scientific leadership and consider how these can be brought to bear on the
decision making. These points are well illustrated by the most pressing problems of Africa. These urgent
numbers of women enrolled and graduating from problems, which touch upon human survival and
faculties of science and science-based disciplines and the have at times threatened whole communities, include
numbers of women staff in science faculties, in selected inadequate food production, health and educational
FIGURE 1
GRADUATE PRODUCTION, FOR SELECTED AFRICAN UNIVERSITIES, BY GENDER AND FIELD OF STUDY
100
276 330
CO
LU
>
P-
ü
LU
0_
CO
CC
LU
Cl
_l
<
m
O
_i
Burundi Ethiopia Ghana (UST) Ghana (Cape Madagascar Sudan Swaziland Tanzania Zambia O
1988 1989 1987 Coast) 1987 1989 1987 1992 1989 1989
1 . Science comprises the natural sciences, medicine, agriculture, mathematics and engineering.
Note: Figures on bars are actual numbers of male and female graduates.
Lecturers
and other life sciences. This is illustrated by the
male 1 428 disciplinary membership distribution of the Third
World Organization for Women in Science (TWOWS)
and the TWOWS African membership (Figures 3 and
1 . Botswana, Ghana, Ibadan, Lesotho, Malawi, Nairobi,
Swaziland, Tanzania, Zambia, Zimbabwe. 4). These figures clearly indicate female slrength in
Source: compiled from Commonwealth Universities Yearbook, 1993. biology, chemistry, medical science etc., all areas of
>-
C3
close relevance to Africa's pressing problems. African
O
_i
CE
from the point of view of their traditional roles. The
10
LU
traditional roles of women have involved them in food
O
LU
ro
o
c? o CU ü c cu related to the scientific disciplines menlioned. The
o 33 o
-o c ra cu
cu E JZ cu cu cu translation of these traditional roles into a modern
S cu 0. o c o
-*. co JC Ifí
<
ai >.
O)
U
sz
O)
c
scientific framework, from the grassroots activities to
ra ra
t LU
I
o
2 ü
o
ro
LU
o the highest scientific level, is a strategy that deserves
in
support as Africa seeks ways to integrate her rich
Percentage distribution of 1 077 members
traditional heritage with modern science and
Source: TWOWS Report.
332 technology. It is hoped that this suggestion will 'bridge
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
way for making science a way of life in Africa. It could Lydia Makhubu was appointed to her present
also serve to dispel the impression Lhat S&T are new to position, as Vice-Chancellor of the University of
Swaziland, in April 1988, the only woman in a
Africa when, in fact, there is evidence to demonstrate
comparable position in the southern Africa region.
that these areas have always been pursued in Africa
Professor Makhubu gained her BSc from what was
until in certain periods of history, slavery and then the Pope Pius XII College in Lesotho, an MSc
colonization halted progress and threw the continent in Organic Chemistry from the University of Alberta
CO
UJ
>
into the 'dark ages' (Odhiambo, 1994). The greater and a PhD in Medicinal Chemistry from the
F-
O
involvement of African women in science is seen as an University of Toronto. LU
Cl
She has held various positions of responsibility
important means of augmenting the pool of S&T co
CC
within the university and serves on numerous LU
specialists and thus creating a critical mass in scientific CL
international boards and advisory councils. She is
_J
disciplines of particular importance and relevance to currently the President of the Third World <
co
Africa. It is also seen as a crucial means of integrating Organization for Women in Science (TWOWS). Her O
_i
science and culture, now and in the future, by principal concerns are the development of tertiary O
I
technology. She maintains her interest and research
with tremendous advantage to promote scientific
effort in the field of the chemistry of natural
literacy at all levels.
products.
When all the arguments for the greater involvement
of African, and other, women in science, have been 333
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
India launched a programme of modernizing and found in R&D. Women also have an insignificant
indusLrializing its economy and society four decades presence in such technical jobs as quality testing,
ago, which led to a conLinuous expansion of insLitutions operation, maintenance and industrial production,
of higher learning in science and technology. Today, and in higher managerial positions.
India boasts of having the largest concentration of The public sector has hitherto been the largest
scientific and technical personnel in the developing employer of scientists and engineers/technologists. It
world. The current number of over 2 million persons employs five times the number of scientists taken in
with undergraduate, masters and doctoral degrees in by the private sector and twice the number of
science and technology represents a five-fold increase engineers. While for women engineers, too, the public
from the early 1950s. A little over a quarter of this sector is the bigger employer, taking in three times the
number are women. number employed by the private sector, the pattern
Pure science and medicine have consistently ranked does not hold for the sciences. Nearly 40% of women
high among women's preferences as subjects for scientists are to be found in the private sector. This is
> advanced study. Nearly 88% of science degree holders a problem since it is the public sector agencies and
(3
O are in pure science, 8% are in medicine and a little laboratories that are the most prestigious, i.e., the
_i
O under 3% are in engineering/technology. However, the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research, Indian
z
I recent growth in the numbers of women enrolling in Council of Medical Research, Indian Council of
Ü
LU
engineering courses shows signs of slowing and even Agricultural Research, Department of Atomic Energy,
reversing. Women's choice of subjects has followed a and so on. Women scientists fill only 5.4% of the jobs
<
certain pattern: in science, they have chosen biosciences there. In other public sector bodies that employ
LU
O
z
and chemistry; in engineering, electrical and electronic scientific and technical personnel (the ministries and
LU
O
engineering; in technological courses, pharmaceutical departments of the federal government and the
co
LL
technology and medical laboratory technology; and, in governments of Lhe individual slates) the proportion
O
medicine, obstetrics and gynaecology, paediatrics, of women is only 3.6%, a figure lower than even the
z
o pharmacology, bacteriology/pathology, speech/hearing 'apex' agencies.
co
therapy, physiotherapy and dentistry. As against one-fifth of men scientists and engineers
Women tend to drop out of science education at occupying middle and top-level positions (specified in
Q
en the higher levels. Three-quarters leave after the first terms of salary levels), only 8% of women figure in
degree; just 1% complete a PhD. The same is true for these levels. Again, while only 2% of men seeking jobs
LU
engineering. Only in medicine do women continue remain unsuccessful, among women this figure could
S3
LU graduate studies at higher rates. be as high as 25%, with 15% of qualified women not
I
Nearly two-thirds of working women scientists and even aspiring to enter the job market.
technologists are engaged in teaching, and another The relaLively small number of women compleiing
I one-fifth do administrative work. Only 3% are to be docioral programmes, the low proportion of women
1 . For sources see CSIR (1 981), DST (1 980), Government of India (1 981 ) and University Grants Commission (1 980-89, 1 983-84, 1 992-93) in References and further
334 reading, p. 345.
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
in R&D related work, their preponderance in teaching women of high social status and high qualifications to
jobs, the relative invisibility of women scientists in the opt for less well paid teaching jobs is seen as being
apex scienlific agencies, and Lhe tendency of women quite in order.
scientists to be found in greater numbers in the private Despite its long hours of work and generally more
sector - these all have explanations that are rooted demanding nature, medicine has always been favoured
both in the contradictions that plague the state of as a career for women in India. Additionally, it affords
Indian science and higher education, and in women's prospects of self-employment. Engineering, too, is
social obligations in Indian society. gaining prestige in women's hierarchy of preferences
Problems with the way higher education and and recent surveys have found that women opting for
scientific research are separated from each other in engineering courses demonstrate greater independence
India combine wiih iraditional social role expectations and a more focused career orientation. Both these
to inhibit women's entry into and perserverence in careers are seen as intellectually more challenging than
research careers. Despite their relatively privileged those in other sciences, iheir grealer social prestige
class backgrounds - urban/middle class/professional, makes entry difficult and the countrywide competition
where family financial support is accompanied by for admission often requires women lo leave home Lo
early socialization that encourages high academic pursue higher study.
achievement for girls for its own sake - women have In summary, women are making some progress in
yet Lo be able to overcome the extra obstacles that scientific and technological careers in India, but there is
gender obligations créale so lhat ihey can develop a long way to go before their career expectations can
research careers. To begin with, family commitment to equal those of their male colleagues.
deferring the age at marriage for daughters is usually
exlended only uniil completion of a first university
degree. Despile iheir financial and cullural access lo
Radhika Ramasubban has been working for some
higher education in science, therefore, women suffer a time in the area of history and sociology of science
lack of autonomy in marriage decisions, an autonomy and technology. More recently, her work has focused
which is vital for iheir own control over the on medical and public health policies and strategies
I
335
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
KEY LANDMARKS AND PREVIOUS the UNCSTD undertook, as a part of its mandate, a
RECOMMENDATIONS review of the performance of the UN agencies in this
regard. With the assistance of UNIFEM, an analysis of
Gender issues in science and lechnology have a history
24 agencies was conducted to examine issues of intra-
of analysis and action inlernalionally. Figure 1 sels out
agency performance, inter-agency coordination and
key conferences since 1975 at which issues of gender,
collaboration of UN agencies with women's non¬
science and technology and development have been
governmental organizations in science and technology.
debated. These issues cut across several sectors includ¬
The UNIFEM Report, Review of UN Agency Activities in
ing health, energy, agriculture, the environment, educat¬
the Field of Gender, Science and Technology (UNIFEM,
ion, information systems and the gender dimension of
1994), contains detailed information relating to the
micro-enterprises. A range of previous recommendations
policies, structure, staffing, programming and evaluation
calls upon governments to increase opportunities for
activities of UN agencies in gender, science and tech¬
women to participate in education and careers in science
nology. Conclusions emerging from this review included
and technology, and sets out strategies to ensure fuller
the following:
participation of women in policy and decision-making
bodies. Repealedly, issues of access Lo resources, infor- 1. While most agencies have a commitmenl to gender
malion and relevant skills training appear in documents which is often enshrined in policy resoluiions and
from these international fora. More recently, issues have crealed gender departments, programmes
>
CD about local knowledge systems and the differential and/or focal points, and while many have a strong
O
_i
impact of science and technology on the lives of women commitment to S&T, only four agencies had clearly
O
z
and men have emerged. identifiable gender, science and technology focal
I
o
LU
A collation of the inLernational documents and points; in all cases (except UNIFEM and INSTRAW
agreements appears in Volume I of the guidebook Gender - the International Research and Training Institute
< in Science and Technology for Sustainable and Equitable for the Advancement of Women) there is a lack of
LU
ü Development (IDRC, WWVA, 1994). An accompanying policy-level recognition of the importance of
Z
LU summary of the evolution of recommendations over time gender, science and Lechnology issues.
O
CO and across science sectors is set out in Missing Links:
LL 2. The concern of mosi agencies reflecis conventional
O Gender in Science and Technology published by Canada's
z approaches to assisting women with gaining equal
International Development Research Centre as the
g
access to improved technologies. There is less
CO
companion book to the final report of the Gender
emphasis on involving women in the process of
Working Group of the United Nations Commission on
technology developmenL and very lillle on pro¬
Q
Science and Technology for Development (GWG-
CE moting women's increased involvement in S&T
LU UNCSTD, 1995a and b).
Q
Z
decision making or inclusion of women's
LU
4. Allhough there is some evidence of inter-agency ions on this and the UNIFEM Report resulted in a set
collaboration on these issues, it takes place on an ad of recommendations from lhe Gender Working Group
hoc rather than on a coordinated and strategic basis. to the United Nations, including the following seven:
While there is increased recognition of the
importance of learning from NGOs, few agencies 1. The UN should be required to review its current
have initiated mechanisms systematically to involve corporate policy to ensure gender, science and
women's NGOs in policy and programme develop¬ technology are formally incorporated into that
ment, implementation or evaluation. policy. Gender and S&T specialists within each
agency should prepare case studies and training
A second independent study was commissioned by the materials to demonstrate how this can be done.
UNCSTD Gender Working Group lo review UN Gender specialists should work with monitoring
corporate commitment and agency initiatives. Deliberat and evaluation and statistical staff in each UN
FIGURE 1
1993-95
1979 1984
2__ 71 ^ ^
1975 1980 1995
1985 CO
Mexico Beijing UJ
Copenhagen Nairobi
>
World Plan of Action Platform for Action
r-
Programme of Action Forward Looking Strategy The Fourth World Conference on <
Opening of the Women, Action for Equality, H
Mid-decade Conference
Decade for Women End of Decade Conference Development, and Peace Z
Q
Z
<
CO
CE
UJ
>
<
_l
CL
_l
<
Z
g
i
<
z
ce
UJ
I
WEDO United Nations United Nations United Nations United Nations
World Women's Conference on World Conference on International Conference World Summit for
Congress for a Environment and Human Rights on Population and Social Development
Healthy Planet Development Development
337
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
agency to establish the systematic collection of 5. The UN should give its full supporl to
gender disaggregated data. Agencies should collabor¬ strengthening and sustaining informal methods of
ate to ensure common methods. inter-agency networking on gender, science and
technology issues. The CSTD should interact with
2. UN agencies should actively respond to policies this network in an ongoing way to ensure gender
calling for the recruitment of professional women perspective and mutual support in achieving goals.
by establishing clear targets and timelines for the The UN should also explore alternative intra-agency
appointment of women to high-level professional and inler-agency communication such as an
posts with strategic importance to S&T. There electronic network on gender, science and
should be explicit proactive recruitment, retention technology. This network could be linked to the
and re-entry programmes for professional women existing NGO network.
achieved and specific constraints encountered. science and technology should incorporate gender
These should review the successful experiences of analysis into all regular programmes and provide
agencies such as CGIAR and WHO in this regard. increased regular budgetary allocations to gender
units. Technical agencies should support adequate
3. UN agencies should incorporate gender analysis and staffing of gender experts and require training of all
>
O
O
assessment into the design and evaluation of S&T staff in gender analysis to ensure full incorporation
_l
o programmes and projects using practical guidelines. of gender into their regular programme of work.
z
I Although each agency has a distinctive mandate and
o
UJ programming approach and while, therefore, guide¬ 7. The UN should recognize the value of collaboration
lines will have to be ultimately specific to each with NGOs and expand formal partnerships and
<
agency, a set of general guidelines should be followed support with NGOs at the levels of policy advice,
UJ
O by each agency. Those guidelines already developed assistance with design and implementation of
z
UJ
by UNIFEM could be built upon for this purpose. technical cooperation programmes and evaluation.
O
co
Models such as those being developed by CGIAR and
LL
O 4. The UN should establish procedures to research, UNHCR could be explored and approaches suilable
z
o document, monitor and evaluate the gender impact for each agency idenlified. Partnerships wiih over
co
of their S&T programming. These should include 650 NGOs aciive in gender, science and technology
regular reporting of results and lessons learned to should be forged. The NGO Once and Future Action
CE
respective governing councils. The experiences in Network should be supported and UN focal points
UJ
this area of agencies such as the International involved in the activities of the consortium.
o
z
lu Labour Organisation (ILO), lhe Uniied Nalions
CD
LU Induslrial Developmenl Organization (UNIDO) and
I
UNIFEM could be built upon to develop general
guidelines for adaptation by other agencies. Gender
The Fourth World Conference on Women has generally disseminating technologies to women farmers and
raised interest in gender issues within UN agencies and entrepreneurs, and of increasing women's access to S&T
increased the resources available for women-related education and to the formal S&T sector, there is a
activities. But how much of this focuses on gender, noticeable increase in interest in supporting women's
science and technology? There was certainly a great deal indigenous technical knowledge, highlighting the role of
said about the subject in the 1985 Forward Looking women innovators, and encouraging linkages between
Strategies. How far has the UN been able to assist in professional women scientists and engineers and
implementing S&T recommendations? What are the grassroots women. This is an important trend that was
policies, programmes and trends in the various agencies, further advocated in Beijing through the Once and Future
and what are the problems being encountered? Pavilion and the NGO Forum.
These are some of the questions asked in a survey of With so much information available in individual
24 agencies located in Bangkok, Paris, Rome, Vienna, agencies, and with so much interesting work going on in
Geneva, New York and Washington. The survey was a host of NGOs, a sharing of experiences can be very
undertaken by UNIFEM in February 1 994 at the request of helpful. The UN agencies are already benefiting from the
the Gender Working Group of the United Nations distribution of the survey document, and many are being
Commission on Science and Technology for Development. increasingly involved with the Once and Future Action
The survey covered: corporate policy on gender, science Network (OFAN) in the planning of the OFAN S&T
and technology; mechanisms for implementing and Pavilion. It is hoped this experience of working together
evaluating gender, science and technology programmes; on gender, science and technology issues will form a
CO
types of activities undertaken (with specific examples to strong and lasting network of UN agencies and NGOs LU
>
at the Beijing Conference and beyond. evaluation mechanisms and networking, as well as to
The amount of information collected was impressive, the need to recruit more women to high-level technical
<
with most agencies able easily to provide several examples positions in the agencies, are being made by the Gender
CO
policy, however, this is often expressed in vague terms of in strengthening the UN's work in this important area.
increasing women's access to technology, or increasing All agencies can do more to increase women's D_
_l
girls' access to science education, or is not defined at all at access to science and technology. All also have an
<
Z
the policy level. In addition, while many agencies believe important role to play in helping to advocate the concept
g
that all of their S&T programmes benefit both men and of women shifting the S&T mainstream in a more r
<
women equally, monitoring and evaluation systems are people-centred direction. z
rr
rarely able to provide proof of this. Most people agreed LU
I
1 Dr Marilyn Carr is Senior Advisor on Technology and Small Enterprise
With respect to types of activity, while the majority of Development, United Nations Development Fund for Women (UNIFEM),
339
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
dOSEPHINE BEOKU-BETTS-
The involvement of non-governmental organizations in environment in which women can actively participate in
raising public awareness of gender issues in science and conceptualizing and designing science and technology
technology has rapidly developed over the past decade. development strategies.
With a growing understanding of the effects of global In 1992 UNIFEM and the International Women's
economic restructuring, rapid technological changes, Tribune Centre began a process of contacting organi¬
persistent poverty and widespread environmental de¬ zations and individuals involved in gender, science and
gradation, these groups, which range from grassroots technology, with a view to planning a strategy for
level development organizations to professional associat¬ highlighting science and technology at the Fourth World
ions of women scientists, challenge current development Conference on Women in Beijing, China, in 1995. They
paradigms and advocate fundamentally new ethics, pro¬ felt that the unique opportunities offered by the
grammes and development practices. Conference and the parallel NGO Forum to bring these
For many concerned NGOs, the needs of the issues to the forefront of the women's development
majority of the world's women have yet to be agenda should be utilized to influence the 1 995 Platform
>
CD adequately addressed, even though the importance of for Action (the major policy document endorsed by UN
O
_i science and technology in women's lives has been Member States to promote the advancement of
O
z recognized in several world conferences. Though some women).
i
O progress has been made, society's assumptions that The Once and Future Action Network (OFAN), a
LU
women are non-scientific and non-technological group of over 40 International NGOs active in gender,
forestall any proper understanding of women's needs in science and technology, has grown out of this initiative.
<
the design and implementation of programmes. As Its purpose is to accomplish the following:
LU
O women continue to be perceived as passive recipients
z
LU of S&T, there is a lack of recognition or validation of the To promote equal access for girls and women in
O
wealth of scientific and technological knowledge (both scientific and technological arenas, including
CO
LL formal and non-formal) they contribute to social and promoting educational and scientific literacy for girls,
O
environmental well-being. A result is that research and equal access for technological training at all levels
z
g development resources In food production, food and involvement of women in scientific and
CO
processing, rural water supply and renewable energy technological roles throughout their lives.
resources, all of which are major priorities for women,
remain highly inadequate. Limited opportunities for To recognize the value of existing skills and expertise
rr
LU training (both formal and non-formal), employment and and promote linkages between formal science and
Q
Z leadership roles for women in science and technology women's indigenous scientific knowledge.
LU
also remain critical concerns. Concerned NGOs
CD
LU challenge these approaches to development and seek To strengthen the roles of women so that they are
I
to create more holistic, people-centred and able to guide the reallocation of resources in science
environmentally sustainable approaches to scientific and technology research and practice, and to re¬
I
practice. They seek to reclaim women's indigenous assess the directions, goals and ethics of research
340
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
To effect social change by creating an environment advocacy among its members. The 1992
which enables the benefits of women's scientific and UNIFEM/IWTC survey on which organizations were
technological knowledge to be shared fully and used involved in gender, science and technology activities,
as a common heritage for all. produced a directory on Who's Doing What in Science
and Technology. This directory has been used as a
OFAN's membership is constituted of organizations resource guide and networking tool. The UN has also
ranging from professional associations of women called on the expertise of OFAN's diverse membership
scientists to development NGOs working with women at to provide advice on the gender implications of science
the grassroots level. and technology as they relate to women in the Platform
Although the combined experience and resources of for Action. It organized workshops on science and
the OFAN membership provide a sound framework to technology at UN preparatory meetings and NGO
foster the network's vision in tangible ways, individual consultations regionally and internationally. OFAN
NGO involvement in S&T at both formal and non-formal succeeded in having these issues emphasized in some
levels predates the existence of OFAN and similar of the regional action plans, especially for the Africa
ventures. For example, the International Federation of region. OFAN also produces a quarterly newsletter,
Institutes for Advanced Studies (IFIAS), the Third World engages in electronic conferences and conducts
Organization for Women in Science (TWOWS), the meetings with similar interest groups in local
communities.
World Women's Veterinary Association (WWVA) and
The Fourth World Conference on Women and the
Approtech-Asia developed databases and directories
on professional women in science and technology, while parallel NGO Forum in Beijing provided an opportunity
the Intermediate Technology Group (IT), IFIAS and to highlight OFAN's vision of a more sustainable and
WWVA documented women's scientific innovations at people-centred approach to science and technology at
an event at the NGO Forum called the Once and Future
the non-formal level. Similarly, scientific associations CO
LU
such as Gender, Science and Technology (GASAT), the Pavilion. The Pavilion was an interactive event, making >
American Association for the Advancement of Science visible a broad spectrum of activities which highlighted r-
<
(AAAS) and the Forum for African Women the contributions women could make in redirecting
Educationalists (FAWE) have conducted studies to science and technology and in setting a new agenda for
examine barriers and constraints to women's entry into science and technology in the future. The Pavilion
<
the sciences and to promotion and leadership positions provided a forum to pose questions and challenges, to CO
CC
in scientific careers. The importance of role models and network, to share Ideas and strategies, and to start a LU
>
mentoring of young women scientists has also been re-envisioning process that could be implemented in <
emphasized by scientific associations in the Philippines, innovative ways locally, regionally and internationally
Ghana and the USA, through organized lectures, beyond Beijing. <
z
summer camps and science fairs. Finally, development g
NGOs such as the IWTC and the World YWCA Energy r-
<
z
and Environment desk, have over the years done much rr
I
been adopted by the Once and Future Action Network 1 Dr Josephine Beoku-Betts is Coordinator, The Once and Future Action
341
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
(ECOSOC) for reforms required in the UN system on Seven issues on which transformative actions are both
'gender, science and technology'. necessary and feasible were identified, and options for
action were outlined for each. The seven were:
PROCESS
1 . Gender equity in science and technology education.
>
CD 2. Removing the obstacles to women in scientific and
O
_i A report was prepared over a two-year course of technological careers.
O
z
debates by a working group of eight male com¬ 3. Making science responsive to the needs of society:
I
missioners and eight women advisers. Twelve the gender dimension.
o
LU
consultants and over 17 NGOs active in gender and 4. Making science and technology decision making
science and technology and development were involved more gender aware.
< in the process with 24 United Nations agencies. The 5. Relating better with local knowledge systems.
LU
O
process was highly consultative and participatory, inviting 6. Addressing ethical issues in science and technology:
z
LU
input from over 1 00 S&T institutions internationally. the gender dimension.
O
7. Improving the collection of gender disaggregated data
co
LL
KEY FINDINGS
for policy makers.
O
z
Gender inequity in education and careers in Declaration of Intent
g
co
science and technology A Declaration of Intent consisting of six goals for equity in
There are serious obstacles to girls' and women's science and technology was formulated and all govern¬
Q participation in scientific and technical education and ments were invited to subscribe to this Declaration and
I
THE UNITED NATIONS REVIEW
The gender specific nature of technical change
Technical change aimed at benefiting people in rural An extensive review of the performance of the UN
areas in developing countries appears to have benefited system in gender, science and technology resulted in a
I men's lives more than women's lives. set of recommendations for transmission to ECOSOC.
342
I WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
BEV CHATAWAY1
INFORMATION SITES
The type and variety of information resources available
Women in technology
DISCUSSION GROUPS The International Network of Women in Technology is a
professional association of women representing a
A variety of policy discussion groups are available
diversity of disciplines in technology organizations. This
internationally for those subscribers wishing to tap into
site includes information about WITI, its organization and
global exchanges with experts sharing similar interests.
conferences.
These include:
HTTP:/AA/WW.CAREERMOSAIC.COM/CMAA/ITI
Report, and to Dr Farkhonda Hassan for her Returning to undertake veterinary medicine studies,
<
LU
valuable guidance in its development. she served as Director of International Programs to
O
The authors wish also to extend their the Ontario Veterinary College and subsequently
z
UJ
appreciation to the following people who helped in worked in policy for the Canadian Government. Dr
o
CO the preparation of this section. Thanks are McGregor is founder of the World Women's
LL
z Littlefield, Tanya Padburg, Deepika Grover and working in policy and field projects with women and
g
Geeta Narayan for their devoted hours of research children in agriculture. Recipient of the 1993
CO
and analysis. Gratitude is also expressed to Distinguished Award for Service by the American
Catherine Hill, Perpetua Kalala, Angela Pascari, WVA, she served on the science and technology
Q
Fabiola Bazo and Rosa Chiombola for their NGO planning consortium for the 1995 Fourth
rr
LU
individual contributions. World Conference on Women.
Q
CD
LU
I
344
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
REFERENCES AND FURTHER READING Canada (1993) Winning with Women in Trades, Technology,
Science, and Engineering, Report of the National Advisory
AAAS (1993) Science in Africa: Women Leading from Strength, Board on Science and Technology (NABST) by the Human
Report of the forum organized by the American Association Resources Committee. Presented to the Prime Minister,
for the Advancement of Science (AAAS) Sub-Saharan Ottawa, January.
African Program, Washington, DC, May 1993.
Canadian Committee on Women in Engineering (1992) More
AAC (1986) Association of American Colleges, 1818 R. Street, Than Just Numbers, Report of the Canadian Commitee on
NW, Washington, DC, 20009. Women in Engineering, April.
Abdus Salam, A. (1990) Building Science and Technology CGIAR (Consultative Group on International Agricultural
Capacity in the South - a Blueprint, Paper presented at the Research) (1994) Partners in Selection: Bean Breeders and
Third General Conference of the Third World Academy of Women Bean Experts in Rwanda, Publication of the CGIAR
Sciences, Caracas, Venezuela, October 1990. Secretariat, Washington, DC, 20433, United States, October
1994.
Abir-Am, P.G. and Outram, D. (eds) (1987, 1989) Uneasy
Careers and Intimate Lives: Women in Science, 1789-1979, Collins, P.H. (1991) Black Feminist Thought: Knowledge,
New Brunswick, NJ and London: Rutgers UP. Consciousness and the Politics of Empowerment, New
gendered institutions, Contemporary Sociology, 21: 565-9. Commonwealth Secretariat (1992) Girls and Women in
Alper, J. (1993) The pipeline is leaking women all the way Science: Science and Technology Roadshow, Report and
Approtech (1993) (Approtech-Asia and WISE-Thailand) Connell, R.W. (1985) Theorizing gender, Sociology, 19: 260-72.
Mainstreaming Women in Science and Technology, Report Cook, J. and Fonow, M.M. (eds) (1991) Beyond Methodology:
of the International Symposium of Women in Science and Feminist Scholarship as Lived Research, Bloomington, IN:
Technology Development and Transfer, Thailand, July 1992. Indiana University Press.
Asian Alliance of Appropriate Technology Practitioners
CSIR (Council for Scientific and Industrial Research) (1981)
(Approtech-Asia) and Women in Science and Engineering
Degree Holders and Technical Personnel Survey, Census
Forum of Thailand (WISE-T).
1981, Vol. 1: All India, New Delhi.
Australia (1994) Women in Science, Engineering and
Dauber, R. and Cain, M.L. (eds) (1981) Women and
Technology. A Discussion Paper, prepared by the Women
Technological Change in Developing Countries, Boulder,
in Science, Engineering and Technology Advisory Group,
CO: Westview Press.
Canberra, September, 1994.
Davies, M. (ed) (1987) Third World Second Sex 2, London: Zed
Barinaga, M. (1992) The pipeline is leaking, Science, 255: CD
Books.
1366-7.
Q
DePietro-Jurand, R. (1994) Women's Access to Higher <
(1993) Is there a 'female style' in science? Science, 260
Education: a Review of the Literature, Education and Social LU
(April): 384-91. CC
Policy Department, World Bank.
LT
Belenky, M.F. et al. (1986) Women's Ways of Knowing: The
DST (Department of Science and Technology, Government of
Development of Self, Voice, and Mind, New York: Basic
India) (1980) Employment Pattern of Women in R&D CE
Books.
Organisations: A Statistical Analysis, New Delhi. Z)
LL
BOSTID (1994) Barriers Faced by Developing Country Women
Ellis, P. (1990) Measures Increasing the Participation of Girls Q
Entering Professions in Science and Technology (1994) Z
and Women in Technical and Vocational Education and <
Report from the workshop sponsored by the Board on
Training: A Caribbean Study, London Commonwealth CO
Science and Technology for International Development LU
Secretariat, in cooperation with Caribbean Association for Ü
(BOSTID) National Research Council, Washington, March.
Technical and Vocational Education and Training, Nassau. z
LU
Bumiller, E. (1990) May You Be the Mother of a Hundred Sons, rr
Etzkowitz, H. er al. (1994) The paradox of critical mass for LU
Delhi: Penguin. LL
women in science, Science, 266(5182): 51-4. LU
Canada (1988) Participation of Women in Science and CE
European Commission (1993) Women in Science, Report of the
Technology, Report of the National Advisory Board on
International Workshop, Brussels, 15-16 February 1993.
Science and Technology (NABST). Presented to the Prime
Minister. FAO (1979) World Conference on Agrarian Reform and Rural
Development
Organization, July.
Report, Rome: UN Food and Agriculture
I
345
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Faruqui, A.M., Hassan, M. H.A. and Sandri, G. (1991) The Role IDRC, WWVA (1994) Gender in Science and Technology for
of Women in the Development of Science and Technology Sustainable and Equitable Development: A Guide to Issues,
in the Third World, Proceedings of the Conference Networks and Initiatives, Vols.1 & 2, IDRC: Ottawa.
LL
(1992) After the neutrality ideal: science, politics and Makhubu, L.P. (1993) The Potential Strength of African Women
O
'strong objectivity', Social Research, 59: 567-87. in Building Africa's Scientific and Technological Capacity.
z
Hill, C. and Appleton, H. (1994) in special issue on women's Mitter, S. (1994) What women demand of technology, New Left
indigenous knowledge and gender indigenous knowledge Review, (205): 100-12.
I of
Hubbard,
Indigenous
December 1994.
R. (1990)
Knowledge and Development
New
National Science Foundation (1992) Women and Minorities in
Science and Engineering,
Printing Office.
Washington: US Government
346
I WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
Norem, R.H., Yoder, R. and Martin, Y. (1989) Indigenous Sen, G. (1982) Women workers and the green revolution, in
agricultural knowledge and gender issues in Third World Beneria, L. (ed) Women and Development: The Sexual
agricultural development, in Warren, D.M., Slikkerveen, L.J. Division of Labor in Rural Societies: 29-64, New York: Praeger.
and Titlola, S.O. (eds) Indigenous Knowledge Systems:
and Grown, C. (1987) Development, Crises, and
Implications for Studies in Technology and Social Change,
Alternative Visions: Third World Women's Perspectives,
11: 91-100, Ames, Iowa State University, Technology and
New York: Monthly Review Press.
Social Change Program, USA.
Shiva, V. (1988) Staying Alive: Women, Ecology and
Odhiambo T. (1994). Redefining Africa's Priorities for the Development (originally published by Kali for Women),
1990s: An Agenda for a Science-led Development Strategy London: Zed Press.
Sons. <
LU
United Nations (1986a) Compendium of Statistics and
CC
Sandhu, R. and Sandler, J. (1986) The Tech and Tools Book: A Indicators on the Situation of Women, New York.
CC
Guide to Technologies Women are Using Worldwide, LU
(1986b) World Survey on the Role of Women in I
London: International Women's Tribune Centre/IT r-
Development, New York: Department of International cc
Publications.
Economic and Social Affairs. Z)
LL
Sandler, B.R. (1986) The Campus Climate Revisited: Chilly for
(1989) World Survey on the Role of Women in Q
Women Faculty, Administrators, and Graduate Students, Z
Development, New York: Department of International <
Washington: Association of American Colleges (AAC). Economic and Social Affairs. CO
(1818 R St., NW, Washington, DC 20009.) LU
(1991) The World's Women 1970-1990 - Trends and o
Schiebinger, L. (1993) Nature's Body: Gender in the Making of z
Statistics, United Nations. LU
Modern Science, Boston: Beacon Press. rr
University Grants Commission (1980-81, 1983-84, 1992-93)
Science (1992) Women in science, special issue of Science, Annual Reports, 1980-81, 1983-84, 1992-93, New Delhi. LU
CC
255 (March 1992).
Wajcman, J. (1991) Feminism Confronts Technology, University
(1993) Women in science 93 - gender and culture, Park: Penn State Press.
I
Science, 260: 383-430.
World Bank (1993) World Development Report 1993: Investing
(1994) Women in science 1994 comparison across in Health, Washington: World Bank.
cultures, Science 263(11 March 1994): 1467-96.
Zuckerman, H., Cole, J.R. and Bruer, J.T. (eds) (1991) The
Seager, J. (1993) Earth Follies: Coming to Feminist Terms with Outer Circle: Women in the Scientific Community. 48, New
347
the Global Environmental Crisis, New York: Routledge. Haven: Yale University Press.
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
PNINAG.ABIR-AM
If 'science is the mode of cognition of industrial ideologies, but also by the centrality of an 'identity
society', as a leading anthropologist stated, then the politics' (or politics guided chiefly by issues of
marginal position of women in science, from the ethnicity, race, gender or class) in both civic society
Scientific Revolution of the 17th century, until the late and the academic sector. This was particularly so
20th century's revolution in information and during the 1980s, when most of the scholarly
biotechnology, may provide crucial insights into the excavation of women's role in science began (see the
increasingly international social order of modern references and further reading for peaks of writings on
society. Indeed, science has often been viewed as a women and science in the 1980s).
major force for modernity. But if women, or half of the International policy with regard to gender, for
population, are still consistently under-represented in example the UN Decade on Women in Development
science, can we conclude that gender equality in (1975-85), while sensitizing public and academic
science is a matler for post-modernity only? opinion to the politics of gender worldwide, has also
What are the implications of women's almost total played a major role in producing a radical discourse on
exclusion from science over four centuries for the gender, women and the scientific culture of late 20th
relationship between science and society, as well as for century societies. Because these various forces have
the relationship between the genders, a relationship inleracled more forcefully and on a larger scale in Lhe
that is continuously legitimized by appeals to science's conlexl of US domestic politics and academic scholarship
>
undisputed cultural hegemony? How can science (Hollinger, 1993), much of current scholarship on
CD
O
claim that as an institution, it has ever been uniquely women, gender and science reflects implicitly or
_i
O suited for the production of objective knowledge, explicitly the standpoint of the American experience. At
z
X when the knowledge it claims has so rarely reflected the same time, this plausible source of bias is
Ü
Lu the world view of half of the population, even when counteracted by the rapid increase, also in the 1980s, in
eminently qualified? Why did the practitioners of affordable international communication, especially by fax
<
science invariably use its privileged epistemological and electronic mail, so that both national boundaries and
LU
O status to circulate an imagery of gender and women temporal distances are now less relevant.
Z
LU
that further reinforced the gender hierarchy in the
O
co
social and political order at large?
LL HISTORICITY
O In addressing these questions, it is useful to
z
examine the role of women in scientific research The participation of women in the scientific
g
co
according to five, interdependent, criteria: historicity; enterprise, much as any other aspect of science, has
disciplinarity; nationality; familial status; and gender varied through history, though not in a linear,
consciousness (Abir-Am and Outram, 1987). But it progressive manner. In the 17th century, a period
rr
UJ
Q must first be emphasized that our perception of the during which the social organization of science was
z
LU history of women in science is affected not only by the created (Ben-David, 1971, 1984) aristocratic women
CD
LU actual historical participalion of women in science, or were active as both patrons and interlocutors of many
X
surviving records of it, but also by the present of the rising stars in natural philosophy. Continuing
distribution of gender consciousness among historians the tradition of Renaissance courts, women of the
348 only by the relative prevalence of multi-culturalist Tuscany corresponded with Galileo; Princess Caroline
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT' WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
of Wales corresponded with Leibnitz and coordinated then done in a domestic context by both men and
his contacts in England, especially his debate with women (Abir-Anr and Outram, 1987: chapters 1 and
Newton via the agency of Bishop Clarke; Queen 2). The scientific contribulions of such women were
Christina of Sweden organized her Academy of habilually submerged in the production of their
Science together with her former tutor, Descartes. household, a production which was often credited to
Margaret Cavendish (1623-73), the first Duchess of its patriarchal head.
Newcastle, published many treatises on science (ibid.). By the mid- 19th century, the doctrine of separate
At the same time, the academies and societies that spheres acquired hegemony, resulting in a dichotomy
became the institutional centres of the new science, between a public domain with which science came Lo be
such as the Académie des Sciences in Paris and the Royal increasingly associaLed, as a result of increasing
Society of London, specifically excluded women, professionalization, and a private or domestic domain
however qualified. This stemmed in part from the fact with which women became increasingly associated. More
that the sinecures provided by these institutions were specifically, the emergence of the family as an emotional
crucial for the rising class of scientists who were of unit, i.e. not a 'mere' legal and economic unit, resonated
middle class origins and needed an income; and in part with increases in Lhe life expectancy of children and with
because the ideology of the new science, especially as the spread of a bourgeoisie in which women's economic
framed by Francis Bacon, construed science as a contributions were no longer needed. These changes in
(masculine) conquest of (feminine) nature (Merchant, family and class ideology precipitated the classical
1980; Keller, 1985; Schiebinger, 1989). The rhetoric of dilemma between marriage and career for women,
17th century science is replete with gender metaphors, further signalling a supposed incompatibility between
while further seeking to displace female-based forms of marriage and science (ibid:, chapters 3-6).
social power, both materially and symbolically, that Despite some modest gains in women's access to
ranged from female dominated courts and salons to science towards the end of the 19th century, the doctrine
various 'crafts' such as astronomy, entomology and of separate spheres continued to shape social and cultural
midwifery. Women with scientific interests had to attitudes. Women remained largely associated with the
retreat into women's academies, to limit themselves to private domain, just at the time that science shifted its
the practice of 'crafts', or to depend upon an institutional basis to the public domain, while increas¬
enlightened male relative for their access to science (e.g. ingly occupying a socially prominent position. Numerous
Caroline Herschel (1750-1848), discoverer of eighl literary and scientific writings elaborated on the
LU
comets, sister and aunt of Britain's Astronomers Royal). supposed incompatibility of women and intellectual
>
ce
Despite various exceptions throughout the 18th pursuits. Throughout the 19th century, the age of LU
>
century, such as the Marquise Emilie du Chatelet (1706- disciplinary differentiation and national associations for O
_i
49), best known as the translator of Newton and a the advancement of science, women remained on the <
O
collaboraior of Vollaire, who wrole several books on margins of increasingly professionalized science. As late ce
O
physics, or Laura Bassi (1711-78), a professor of physics as 1921 the University of Cambridge voted to exclude r-
co
al lhe University of Bologna, women's access to the women from formal degrees, an exclusion that obtained
practice of science remained derivative of their familial until after the Second World War.
>
war), broke the social stereotype of women's supposed
CD
O
Marie Curie and her daughter Irène in their Paris laboratory. inability to do science, especially 'hard' science such as
_l
Q countries of origin (e.g. the large contingent of Russian marriage to one's collaborator (as in Curie's case: for
Z
< women medical students in Switzerland (Bonner, many other collaborative couples see Pycior, Slack and
LU
O 1992), or American women doctors and physiologists Abir-Am, 1995); or devoting one's whole life to science
z
LU
in France, Britain and Germany (Rossiter, 1982). under the patronage of enlightened men scientists, as in
O
CO
Several women achieved fame while pursuing scientific Meitner's case (for additional examples see Abir-Am and
LL
O
careers from a variety of institutional bases, such as Outram, 1987; Ainley, 1990; Kass-Simon and Fames,
z
g women's colleges (e.g. astronomer Maria Mitchell 1990; see also below, pp. 353-4).
CO
(1818-82) at Vassar College in New York State); Throughout the first two-thirds of the 20th century
scientific societies (e.g. anthropologist Clémence Royer science remained largely restricted for women. While
Q
(1830-1902), who was the only woman member of the research institutes accommodated a certain number of
rr
LU
Q Société d'Anthropologie in Paris; and peripheral, new women, elite universities and national academies long
Z
LU universities (e.g. Sofia Kovalevskaia (1850-91) who remained bastions of gender discrimination (Rossiter,
CD
LU became the first woman professor of mathematics in 1982, 1995). The first woman to become President of
X
modern times, at the University of Stockholm) (Abir- the French Academy of Sciences, biochemist Marianne
Am and Outram, 1987: chapters 7-9). Many more Grunberg-Manago (1921-) was elected in Oclober
I
women became active in observational fields, such as 1994. The Royal Sociely began to elect women Fellows
astronomy, ornithology and primatology, that still only after the Second World War while retaining,
accepted many 'amateurs', or fields such as botany and together with the US National Academy of Sciences,
350 medicine, which further resonaled wiih the cullural unusually small numbers of women members.
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
astronomy at Harvard (in 1955); and the Nobel personal life under socially acceptable circumstances <
O
laureates, Marie Curie (1903, 1911), Irene Joliot-Curie (Abir-Am and Outram, 1987, especially chapters 4-6; rr
O
(1935), Gerly Radnitz Cori (1947), Maria Goeppert- Pycior, Slack and Abir-Am, 1995). Yel the relative r-
CO
Mayer (1963), Dorothy Hodgkin (1964), Rosalyn Yalow prevalence of women in observational sciences did not
(1977), Barbara McClintock (1983), Rita Levi- seem to lead to special peaks of achievement, as implied
Montalcini (1986) and Gertrude Elion (1988).
A young Barbara McCllntock surrounded by her peers. The gender balance speaks for itself.
discoveries, belonged to the experimental sciences, often barriers were lower, despite the greater potential for
to the so-called 'hard' sciences, or to fields in which rewards in the more prestigious fields.
there were very few women. Examples include the One possible answer could be that observational and
>
CD
discoveries of natural and artificial radioactivity, made theoretical sciences are less demanding in terms of rigid
O
_i
O
by Marie and Pierre Curie, and Irene and Frederic Joliot- time and less dependent on intense apprenticeship with
z
I Curie, respectively, in chemical physics; the inter¬ 'technical bottlenecks' such as traditional male mastery of
Ü
LU pretation of atomic fission by Lise Meitner in atomic scientific instruments, as well as being more compatible
physics; the solution of biomedically active compounds with women's familial responsibilities which often meant
< such as the complex organic molecules of penicillin, less time for work in the laboratory (see below).
LU
O vitamin B-12, and insulin by Dorothy Hodgkin and her To this day, the distribution of women scientists
Z
LU
teams in X-ray crystallography; the discovery of across disciplines is skewed while reflecting an historical
Ü
CO
'jumping genes' by Barbara McClintock in genetics; the accumulation of cultural sLereotypes. These historically
LL
O development of the radioimmunoassay technique by contingent and irrelevant stereotypes are further
z
g Rosalyn Yalow; the discovery of the nerve growth factor, sustained by the ongoing distribution of professional
co
or NGF, in experimental neuroembryology by Rita Levi- power within each discipline. Paradoxically, these stereo¬
Monialcini. These are all examples of major discoveries, types are particularly evident in medicine, a field com¬
rewarded (excepl for the oversight vis-à-vis Meitner, a patible with the cultural image of women as nurturers,
CE
LU
Q
theoretician) by Nobel Prizes, and made by women in yet one which displays strong gender stratification across
Z
LU experimental fields which had relatively few women. specialties with women often concentrating in
CD
LU
The innovative work of Sofia Kovalevskaia (1850- paediatrics, obstetrics and psychiatry.
X
91), Lise Meitner (1878-1968), Dorothy Wrinch
(1894-1976) or Maria Goeppert-Mayer (1906-72)
NATIONALITY
as well as olher regions, are needed in order beller Lo position for the foreign woman scientist in question. <
o
evalúale lhe role of national context, and of The scientific creativity deriving from such dual, cross- ce
O
nationalism as an ideology (Greenfeld, 1992), in cultural and cross-gender collaboration remains to be I-
CO
shaping the careers and opportunities of women further explored for both women and men scientists.
scientists. A rare example is the Kovalevskaia Fund,
directed by Ann Hibner Koblitz of Hartwick College,
New York Siale, which promotes interest in
history of women in science in Third World countries,
the
FAMILIAL STATUS
_i
Q various modifications of traditional marital life. One of (ibid., especially chapter 17 on Margaret Mead and the
Z
<
the most prevalent choices was that of a collaborative Myrdals). A few others were able to afford paid
LU
O marriage to a colleague in the same field. Even though childcare providers; more rarely, women received
z
LU
almost always priority was given to the husband's grants for childcare.
O
co
career, there was still room for scientific activity for As these historical case studies suggest, the problem
LL
O the female spouse. While collaborative activity with of childcare, or rather the lack of affordable quality
g their husbands appears Lo have shielded some women childcare, has continued to affect women's ability to
CO
z scienlists from total invisibility, it invariably tended to pursue scientific careers effectively, whether at the
LU
project their work as being derivative of their turn of the century or nowadays, a century later.
rr
husbands', implying a necessary spillover from their
LU
Q legal, economic and social status as the dependent
z
GENDER CONSCIOUSNESS
LU spouse (see the 24 case studies of collaborative
CD
LU couples in Pycior, Slack and Abir-Am, 1995). The question persists whether pioneering women
X
Parenting styles and childcare patterns varied greatly scientists were instrumental in promoting similar
among women scientists of historical note. While some opportunilies for other women as well as raising the
I women in collaborative couples had no children at all consciousness of both women and men scientists with
(nurturing a quasi-egalitarian relationship may have regard to the gender related barriers operating in a
been as demanding as an actual child, ibid.: chapters 5, supposedly meritocratic institution. A related question
354 6, 15); other women scientists had primary respon- is whether the reflection of women scientists on
WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT WORLD SCIENCE REPORT
gender and science found expression either in Despite the enlightened activities of various
correcting the gender bias in scientific knowledge, individual men scientists, and the increasing adaptation
most notably in 'anthropomorphic disciplines such as of scientific institutions to the political demands of
primalology, reproduciive biology or neurobiology; or gender equality, science has not shown itself, despite its
in political activism such as increasing female pretence to objectivity and meritocracy, to be different
scientific literacy and representation in academia from other social institutions more explicitly concerned
(Haraway, 1989; Hubbard, 1990). with maintaining social control through gender
Notable women scientists who both pioneered hierarchy. Resistance to sharing the power of science
positions for women in 19th century scientific with its women practitioners has remained high.
organizations and colleges, and were politically and Despite various measures congruent with the spirit of
literarily engaged in the cause of women's liberation, affirmative action, science did not seek to dismantle,
include: Maria Mitchell, who educated a whole through systematic or explicitly corrective policies, the
generation of American women astronomers and social practices and consequences of gender hierarchy
stood for women's political rights; Sofia Kovalevskaia in the society and culture that produce its labour pool
who wrote novels promoting revolutionary activity for and shape the world view of its practitioners. Let us
both women and men; and Clémence Royer who hope that the soon-to-arrive 21 si century will
wrote both professional and popular treatises on inaugurate a new era of gender equality in both science
evolution to combat its socially devastating view of and society.
women as 'non-evolving' members of the species. In
contrast, in the 20th century the political voices of
women scientists were relatively modest, as befitted
their lack of a 'critical mass'. Even the reformist
other problems of social and political inequality, the Society award for outstanding research. During the
cause of women in science received a big boost in the late academic year 1995-96 she will be a Resident
I
1980s when it became a 'mainstream' problem of US Fellow at the Dibner Institute for the History of
REFERENCES AND FURTHER READING Jordanova, L. (1989) Sexual Visions: Images of Gender in
Science and Medicine from the Eighteenth to Twentieth
Abir-Am, P.G. (1992) Science policy or social policy for women Centuries, Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
in science: from historical case-studies to an agenda for the
Kass-Simon, G. and Fames, P. (eds) (1990) Women of
1990s, Science and Technology Policy. 11-12, London,
Science, Righting the Record, Bloomington, IN: Indiana
April 1992 [Report on an international workshop sponsored
University Press.
by the US National Science Foundation, Visiting
Professorships for Women Program]; an earlier version, with Keller, E.F. (1983) A Feeling for the Organism: The Life and
bibliography, stimulated by discussions at a NATO Work of Barbara McClintock, San Francisco: Freeman.
Ainley, M.G. (ed) (1990) Despite the Odds: Essays on National Research Council (US) (1989) Office of scientific and
Canadian Women and Science , Montreal: Véhicule. engineering personnel, Responding to the Changing
> Ben-David, J. (1984; first edition in 1971) The Scientist's Role in Demography: Women in Science and Engineering,
CD Washington, DC: NRC Press.
Society: A Comparative Study, Chicago: University of
O
_i
Chicago Press. Ogilvie, M.B. (1986, 1991) Women in Science, Antiquity to the
O
z
Bonner, T.N. (1992) To the Ends of the Earth, Women's Search 19th century, A Biographical Dictionary with Annotated
X
for an Education in Medicine, Cambridge, MA: Harvard Biography, Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.
o
O
Routledge, Chapman and Hall, Inc. Rossiter, M.W. (1982) Women Scientists in America: Struggles
z
and Strategies to 1940, Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins
g Hodgkin, D. (1991) A life in science, in Farugui, A.M., Hassan,
CO University Press.
M.H.A. and Sandri G. (eds), The Role of Women in the
Development of Science and Technology in the Third (1995) Women Scientists in America: Before Affirmative
World: 14-28, Singapore, London, Hong Kong: World Actions, 1940-1972, Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins
Scientific. University Press.
rr
LU
Q
Hollinger (1993) How wide is the circle of the 'way'?: American Sayre, A. (1975) Rosalind Franklin and DNA, New York: Norton.
intellectuals and the problem of ethos since WWII,
Schiebinger, L. (1989) The Mind has No Sex? Women in the
CD American Historical Review, April 1993: 317-37.
Origins of Modern Science, Cambridge, MA: Harvard
Holman, P. and Apple, R.D. (1993) The History of Women and University Press.
r
Science, Health, and Technology. A Bibliographic Guide to
the Professions and Disciplines, Madison: University of
Wisconsin Press.
356
The new edition of this important periodic publication from
UNESCO reviews and updates the state of science and
/ nl
fifty years
92-3-1 03220-8
789231 "032202
UNITED NATIONS EDUCATIONAL, SCIENTIFIC AND CULTURAL ORGANIZATION